UNITED STATES SENTENCING COMMISSION ONE COLUMBUS CIRCLE, NE SUITE 2-500, SOUTH LOBBY WASHINGTON, DC 20002-8002 (202

) 502-4500 FAX (202) 502-4699

September 15, 2009 To all recipients of the Guidelines Manual: As Acting Chair of the United States Sentencing Commission, I am pleased to transmit this edition of the Guidelines Manual, which incorporates new guidelines and amendments effective November 1, 2009. The 2009 amendments include some substantive, clarifying, and technical revisions to guidelines, policy statements, and commentary. Appendix B, which sets forth the principal statutory provisions governing sentencing, is contained in a separate volume. That volume also is enclosed. A supplement to Appendix C setting forth guideline amendments effective November 1, 2004, through November 1, 2009, and the reasons for those amendments, also is enclosed. You should already have the existing two-volume set of Appendix C, which chronicles guideline amendments effective November 1, 1987, through November 5, 2003, and the reasons for those amendments. As always, the Commission encourages judges, probation officers, prosecuting and defense attorneys, and other interested individuals to submit suggestions for improving the guidelines. Please send comments to: United States Sentencing Commission, Thurgood Marshall Federal Judiciary Building, One Columbus Circle, N.E., Washington, D.C. 200028002, Attention: Office of Public Affairs.

Sincerely,

Ricardo H. Hinojosa

UNITED STATES SENTENCING COMMISSION GUIDELINES MANUAL
RICARDO H. HINOJOSA Acting Chair RUBEN CASTILLO Vice Chair WILLIAM K. SESSIONS III Vice Chair WILLIAM B. CARR, JR. Vice Chair BERYL A. HOWELL Commissioner DABNEY L. FRIEDRICH Commissioner EDWARD F. REILLY, JR. Commissioner, Ex-officio JONATHAN WROBLEWSKI Commissioner, Ex-officio
This document contains the text of the Guidelines Manual incorporating amendments effective January 15, 1988; June 15, 1988; October 15, 1988; November 1, 1989; November 1, 1990; November 1, 1991; November 27, 1991; November 1, 1992; November 1, 1993; September 23, 1994; November 1, 1994; November 1, 1995; November 1, 1996; May 1, 1997; November 1, 1997; November 1, 1998; May 1, 2000; November 1, 2000; December 16, 2000; May 1, 2001; November 1, 2001; November 1, 2002; January 25, 2003; April 30, 2003; October 27, 2003; November 1, 2003; November 5, 2003; November 1, 2004; October 24, 2005; November 1, 2005; March 27, 2006; September 12, 2006; November 1, 2006; May 1, 2007; November 1, 2007; February 6, 2008; March 3, 2008; May 1, 2008; November 1, 2008; and November 1, 2009.

RECOMMENDED CITATION FORM

United States Sentencing Commission Guidelines, Policy Statements, and Commentary may be cited as follows:

I.

Full citation form United States Sentencing Commission, Guidelines Manual, §3E1.1 (Nov. 2009)

II.

Abbreviated citation form
[using USSG as the designated short form for United States Sentencing Guidelines]

! a guideline — USSG §2D1.1 ! a policy statement — USSG §6A1.1, p.s. ! commentary designated as an application note — USSG §2B1.1, comment. (n.1) ! commentary designated as background — USSG §2B1.1, comment. (backg'd.) ! commentary designated as an introduction — USSG Ch.3, Pt.D, intro. comment. ! an appendix to the Guidelines Manual — USSG App. C

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER ONE -Introduction, Authority, and General Application Principles.. . . . . . . . . . . Part A-Introduction and Authority.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part B-General Application Principles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHAPTER TWO - Offense Conduct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part A-Offenses Against the Person. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Homicide.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Assault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Criminal Sexual Abuse and Offenses Related to Registration as a Sex Offender. . . . . . . . . 4. Kidnapping, Abduction, or Unlawful Restraint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. Air Piracy and Offenses Against Mass Transportation Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. Threatening or Harassing Communications, Hoaxes, Stalking, and Domestic Violence.. . . Part B-Basic Economic Offenses.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Theft, Embezzlement, Receipt of Stolen Property, Property Destruction, and Offenses Involving Fraud or Deceit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Burglary and Trespass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Robbery, Extortion, and Blackmail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Commercial Bribery and Kickbacks.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. Counterfeiting and Infringement of Copyright or Trademark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. Motor Vehicle Identification Numbers.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part C-Offenses Involving Public Officials and Violations of Federal Election Campaign Laws. . . Part D-Offenses Involving Drugs And Narco-Terrorism.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Unlawful Manufacturing, Importing, Exporting, Trafficking, or Possession; Continuing Criminal Enterprise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Unlawful Possession. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Regulatory Violations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part E-Offenses Involving Criminal Enterprises and Racketeering.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Racketeering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Extortionate Extension of Credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Gambling.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Trafficking in Contraband Cigarettes and Smokeless Tobacco. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. Labor Racketeering.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part F-[Deleted]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part G-Offenses Involving Commercial Sex Acts, Sexual Exploitation of Minors, and Obscenity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Promoting A Commercial Sex Act or Prohibited Sexual Conduct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Sexual Exploitation of a Minor.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Obscenity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part H-Offenses Involving Individual Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Civil Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Political Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Privacy and Eavesdropping.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Peonage, Involuntary Servitude, Slave Trade, and Child Soldiers.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii Page 1 1 16 47 48 48 51 57 70 73 75 80 80 108 111 118 121 126 128 139 139 186 188 190 190 193 194 196 196 200 201 201 208 218 222 222 224 225 228

Part I-[Not Used] Part J-Offenses Involving the Administration of Justice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part K-Offenses Involving Public Safety.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Explosives and Arson. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Firearms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Mailing Injurious Articles.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part L-Offenses Involving Immigration, Naturalization, and Passports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Immigration.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Naturalization and Passports.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part M-Offenses Involving National Defense and Weapons of Mass Destruction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Treason. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Sabotage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Espionage and Related Offenses.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Evasion of Military Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. Prohibited Financial Transactions and Exports, and Providing Material Support to Designated Foreign Terrorist Organizations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical Weapons and Materials, and Other Weapons of Mass Destruction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part N-Offenses Involving Food, Drugs, Agricultural Products, Consumer Products, and Odometer Laws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Tampering with Consumer Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Food, Drugs, Agricultural Products, and Consumer Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Odometer Laws and Regulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part O-[Not Used] Part P-Offenses Involving Prisons and Correctional Facilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part Q-Offenses Involving the Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Conservation and Wildlife. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part R-Antitrust Offenses.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part S-Money Laundering and Monetary Transaction Reporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part T-Offenses Involving Taxation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Income Taxes, Employment Taxes, Estate Taxes, Gift Taxes, and Excise Taxes (Other Than Alcohol, Tobacco, and Customs Taxes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Alcohol and Tobacco Taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Customs Taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Tax Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part U-[Not Used] Part V-[Not Used] Part W-[Not Used] Part X-Other Offenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Conspiracies, Attempts, Solicitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Aiding and Abetting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Accessory After the Fact.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Misprision of Felony.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv 329 329 332 332 334 292 296 296 303 306 310 316 316 325 326 328 231 240 240 247 260 261 261 268 273 273 273 274 279 279 283 287 287 289 290

5. 6. 7.

All Other Felony Offenses and Class A Misdemeanors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Offenses Involving Use of a Minor in a Crime of Violence.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Offenses Involving Border Tunnels And Submersible and Semi-Submersible Vessels. . . .

334 336 337

Part Y-[Not Used] Part Z-[Not Used] CHAPTER THREE - Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part A-Victim-Related Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part B-Role in the Offense.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part C-Obstruction and Related Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part D-Multiple Counts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part E-Acceptance of Responsibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHAPTER FOUR - Criminal History and Criminal Livelihood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part A-Criminal History.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part B-Career Offenders and Criminal Livelihood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHAPTER FIVE - Determining the Sentence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part A-Sentencing Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part B-Probation.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part C-Imprisonment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part D-Supervised Release.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part E-Restitution, Fines, Assessments, Forfeitures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part F-Sentencing Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part G-Implementing the Total Sentence of Imprisonment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part H-Specific Offender Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part I-[Not Used] Part J-Relief From Disability.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part K-Departures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Substantial Assistance to Authorities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Other Grounds for Departure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Early Disposition Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHAPTER SIX - Sentencing Procedures, Plea Agreements, and Crime Victims’ Rights. . . . . Part A-Sentencing Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part B-Plea Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 455 455 456 473 474 474 478 339 339 345 352 358 371 374 374 390 401 402 404 413 419 427 435 441 449

v

CHAPTER SEVEN - Violations of Probation and Supervised Release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part A-Introduction to Chapter Seven. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Authority.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Background. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Resolution of Major Issues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. The Basic Approach. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. A Concluding Note. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part B-Probation and Supervised Release Violations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHAPTER EIGHT - Sentencing of Organizations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part A-General Application Principles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part B-Remedying Harm from Criminal Conduct, and Effective Compliance and Ethics Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Remedying Harm from Criminal Conduct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Effective Compliance and Ethics Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part C-Fines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Determining the Fine - Criminal Purpose Organizations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Determining the Fine - Other Organizations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Implementing the Sentence of a Fine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Departures from the Guideline Fine Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part D-Organizational Probation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part E-Special Assessments, Forfeitures, and Costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part F-Violations of Probation - Organizations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A - Statutory Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INDEX TO GUIDELINES MANUAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

483 483 483 483 484 486 486 487 495 496 500 500 503 509 509 509 525 528 532 537 539 540 563

SUPPLEMENTARY VOLUMES APPENDIX B - Selected Sentencing Statutes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX C (Volume I) - Amendments to the Guidelines Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (effective November 1, 1997, and earlier) APPENDIX C (Volume II) - Amendments to the Guidelines Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (effective November 1, 1998, through November 5, 2003) SUPPLEMENT to APPENDIX C - Amendments to the Guidelines Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (effective November 1, 2004, through November 1, 2009)

1 1 1 1

vi

November 1, 2009

GUIDELINES MANUAL

Ch. 1 Pt. A

CHAPTER ONE - INTRODUCTION, AUTHORITY, AND GENERAL APPLICATION PRINCIPLES
PART A - INTRODUCTION AND AUTHORITY Introductory Commentary Subparts 1 and 2 of this Part provide an introduction to the Guidelines Manual describing the historical development and evolution of the federal sentencing guidelines. Subpart 1 sets forth the original introduction to the Guidelines Manual as it first appeared in 1987, with the inclusion of amendments made occasionally thereto between 1987 and 2000. The original introduction, as so amended, explained a number of policy decisions made by the United States Sentencing Commission ("Commission") when it promulgated the initial set of guidelines and therefore provides a useful reference for contextual and historical purposes. Subpart 2 further describes the evolution of the federal sentencing guidelines after the initial guidelines were promulgated. Subpart 3 of this Part states the authority of the Commission to promulgate federal sentencing guidelines, policy statements, and commentary. 1. ORIGINAL INTRODUCTION TO THE GUIDELINES MANUAL

The following provisions of this Subpart set forth the original introduction to this manual, effective November 1, 1987, and as amended through November 1, 2000: 1. Authority

The United States Sentencing Commission ("Commission") is an independent agency in the judicial branch composed of seven voting and two non-voting, ex officio members. Its principal purpose is to establish sentencing policies and practices for the federal criminal justice system that will assure the ends of justice by promulgating detailed guidelines prescribing the appropriate sentences for offenders convicted of federal crimes. The guidelines and policy statements promulgated by the Commission are issued pursuant to Section 994(a) of Title 28, United States Code. 2. The Statutory Mission

The Sentencing Reform Act of 1984 (Title II of the Comprehensive Crime Control Act of 1984) provides for the development of guidelines that will further the basic purposes of criminal punishment: deterrence, incapacitation, just punishment, and rehabilitation. The Act delegates broad authority to the Commission to review and rationalize the federal sentencing process. The Act contains detailed instructions as to how this determination should be made, the most important of which directs the Commission to create categories of offense behavior and offender characteristics. An offense behavior category might consist, for example, of "bank robbery/committed with a gun/$2500 taken." An offender characteristic category might be

–1–

Ch. 1 Pt. A

GUIDELINES MANUAL

November 1, 2009

"offender with one prior conviction not resulting in imprisonment." The Commission is required to prescribe guideline ranges that specify an appropriate sentence for each class of convicted persons determined by coordinating the offense behavior categories with the offender characteristic categories. Where the guidelines call for imprisonment, the range must be narrow: the maximum of the range cannot exceed the minimum by more than the greater of 25 percent or six months. 28 U.S.C. § 994(b)(2). Pursuant to the Act, the sentencing court must select a sentence from within the guideline range. If, however, a particular case presents atypical features, the Act allows the court to depart from the guidelines and sentence outside the prescribed range. In that case, the court must specify reasons for departure. 18 U.S.C. § 3553(b). If the court sentences within the guideline range, an appellate court may review the sentence to determine whether the guidelines were correctly applied. If the court departs from the guideline range, an appellate court may review the reasonableness of the departure. 18 U.S.C. § 3742. The Act also abolishes parole, and substantially reduces and restructures good behavior adjustments. The Commission’s initial guidelines were submitted to Congress on April 13, 1987. After the prescribed period of Congressional review, the guidelines took effect on November 1, 1987, and apply to all offenses committed on or after that date. The Commission has the authority to submit guideline amendments each year to Congress between the beginning of a regular Congressional session and May 1. Such amendments automatically take effect 180 days after submission unless a law is enacted to the contrary. 28 U.S.C. § 994(p). The initial sentencing guidelines and policy statements were developed after extensive hearings, deliberation, and consideration of substantial public comment. The Commission emphasizes, however, that it views the guideline-writing process as evolutionary. It expects, and the governing statute anticipates, that continuing research, experience, and analysis will result in modifications and revisions to the guidelines through submission of amendments to Congress. To this end, the Commission is established as a permanent agency to monitor sentencing practices in the federal courts. 3. The Basic Approach (Policy Statement)

To understand the guidelines and their underlying rationale, it is important to focus on the three objectives that Congress sought to achieve in enacting the Sentencing Reform Act of 1984. The Act’s basic objective was to enhance the ability of the criminal justice system to combat crime through an effective, fair sentencing system. To achieve this end, Congress first sought honesty in sentencing. It sought to avoid the confusion and implicit deception that arose out of the pre-guidelines sentencing system which required the court to impose an indeterminate sentence of imprisonment and empowered the parole commission to determine how much of the sentence an offender actually would serve in prison. This practice usually resulted in a substantial reduction in the effective length of the sentence imposed, with defendants often serving only about one-third of the sentence imposed by the court. Second, Congress sought reasonable uniformity in sentencing by narrowing the wide disparity in sentences imposed for similar criminal offenses committed by similar offenders. Third, Congress sought proportionality in sentencing through a system that imposes appropriately different sentences for criminal conduct of differing severity.

–2–

November 1, 2009

GUIDELINES MANUAL

Ch. 1 Pt. A

Honesty is easy to achieve: the abolition of parole makes the sentence imposed by the court the sentence the offender will serve, less approximately fifteen percent for good behavior. There is a tension, however, between the mandate of uniformity and the mandate of proportionality. Simple uniformity -- sentencing every offender to five years -- destroys proportionality. Having only a few simple categories of crimes would make the guidelines uniform and easy to administer, but might lump together offenses that are different in important respects. For example, a single category for robbery that included armed and unarmed robberies, robberies with and without injuries, robberies of a few dollars and robberies of millions, would be far too broad. A sentencing system tailored to fit every conceivable wrinkle of each case would quickly become unworkable and seriously compromise the certainty of punishment and its deterrent effect. For example: a bank robber with (or without) a gun, which the robber kept hidden (or brandished), might have frightened (or merely warned), injured seriously (or less seriously), tied up (or simply pushed) a guard, teller, or customer, at night (or at noon), in an effort to obtain money for other crimes (or for other purposes), in the company of a few (or many) other robbers, for the first (or fourth) time. The list of potentially relevant features of criminal behavior is long; the fact that they can occur in multiple combinations means that the list of possible permutations of factors is virtually endless. The appropriate relationships among these different factors are exceedingly difficult to establish, for they are often context specific. Sentencing courts do not treat the occurrence of a simple bruise identically in all cases, irrespective of whether that bruise occurred in the context of a bank robbery or in the context of a breach of peace. This is so, in part, because the risk that such a harm will occur differs depending on the underlying offense with which it is connected; and also because, in part, the relationship between punishment and multiple harms is not simply additive. The relation varies depending on how much other harm has occurred. Thus, it would not be proper to assign points for each kind of harm and simply add them up, irrespective of context and total amounts. The larger the number of subcategories of offense and offender characteristics included in the guidelines, the greater the complexity and the less workable the system. Moreover, complex combinations of offense and offender characteristics would apply and interact in unforeseen ways to unforeseen situations, thus failing to cure the unfairness of a simple, broad category system. Finally, and perhaps most importantly, probation officers and courts, in applying a complex system having numerous subcategories, would be required to make a host of decisions regarding whether the underlying facts were sufficient to bring the case within a particular subcategory. The greater the number of decisions required and the greater their complexity, the greater the risk that different courts would apply the guidelines differently to situations that, in fact, are similar, thereby reintroducing the very disparity that the guidelines were designed to reduce. In view of the arguments, it would have been tempting to retreat to the simple, broad category approach and to grant courts the discretion to select the proper point along a broad sentencing range. Granting such broad discretion, however, would have risked correspondingly broad disparity in sentencing, for different courts may exercise their discretionary powers in different ways. Such an approach would have risked a return to the wide disparity that Congress established the Commission to reduce and would have been contrary to the Commission’s mandate set forth in the Sentencing Reform Act of 1984.
–3–

Ch. 1 Pt. A

GUIDELINES MANUAL

November 1, 2009

In the end, there was no completely satisfying solution to this problem. The Commission had to balance the comparative virtues and vices of broad, simple categorization and detailed, complex subcategorization, and within the constraints established by that balance, minimize the discretionary powers of the sentencing court. Any system will, to a degree, enjoy the benefits and suffer from the drawbacks of each approach. A philosophical problem arose when the Commission attempted to reconcile the differing perceptions of the purposes of criminal punishment. Most observers of the criminal law agree that the ultimate aim of the law itself, and of punishment in particular, is the control of crime. Beyond this point, however, the consensus seems to break down. Some argue that appropriate punishment should be defined primarily on the basis of the principle of "just deserts." Under this principle, punishment should be scaled to the offender’s culpability and the resulting harms. Others argue that punishment should be imposed primarily on the basis of practical "crime control" considerations. This theory calls for sentences that most effectively lessen the likelihood of future crime, either by deterring others or incapacitating the defendant. Adherents of each of these points of view urged the Commission to choose between them and accord one primacy over the other. As a practical matter, however, this choice was unnecessary because in most sentencing decisions the application of either philosophy will produce the same or similar results. In its initial set of guidelines, the Commission sought to solve both the practical and philosophical problems of developing a coherent sentencing system by taking an empirical approach that used as a starting point data estimating pre-guidelines sentencing practice. It analyzed data drawn from 10,000 presentence investigations, the differing elements of various crimes as distinguished in substantive criminal statutes, the United States Parole Commission’s guidelines and statistics, and data from other relevant sources in order to determine which distinctions were important in pre-guidelines practice. After consideration, the Commission accepted, modified, or rationalized these distinctions. This empirical approach helped the Commission resolve its practical problem by defining a list of relevant distinctions that, although of considerable length, was short enough to create a manageable set of guidelines. Existing categories are relatively broad and omit distinctions that some may believe important, yet they include most of the major distinctions that statutes and data suggest made a significant difference in sentencing decisions. Relevant distinctions not reflected in the guidelines probably will occur rarely and sentencing courts may take such unusual cases into account by departing from the guidelines. The Commission’s empirical approach also helped resolve its philosophical dilemma. Those who adhere to a just deserts philosophy may concede that the lack of consensus might make it difficult to say exactly what punishment is deserved for a particular crime. Likewise, those who subscribe to a philosophy of crime control may acknowledge that the lack of sufficient data might make it difficult to determine exactly the punishment that will best prevent that crime. Both groups might therefore recognize the wisdom of looking to those distinctions that judges and legislators have, in fact, made over the course of time. These established distinctions are ones that the community believes, or has found over time, to be important from either a just deserts or crime control perspective.

–4–

commentary in the guidelines explains others. this introduction briefly discusses several of those issues. After all. even to formalize and rationalize the status quo. In addition. injured a teller. As an aid to understanding the guidelines. equitable. A The Commission did not simply copy estimates of pre-guidelines practice as revealed by the data. Rather. After spending considerable time and resources exploring alternative approaches. A pure charge offense system would overlook some of the harms that did not constitute statutory elements of the offenses of which the defendant was convicted. and what kinds of procedures the courts should use to determine the presence or absence of disputed factual elements. The Commission’s initial efforts in this direction. suggested or required departure. in a sense. how to add them up. refused to stop when ordered. the pre-guidelines sentencing system was. The guidelines may prove acceptable. but the first step in an evolutionary process. 1 Pt. might have used a gun.000. The Commission initially sought to develop a pure real offense system. incremental improvements in the status quo. would have required the Commission to decide precisely which harms to take into account. The Guidelines’ Resolution of Major Issues (Policy Statement) The guideline-drafting process required the Commission to resolve a host of important policy questions typically involving rather evenly balanced sets of competing considerations. empirical data. and raced away damaging property during his escape. however. Despite these policy-oriented departures from pre-guidelines practice. uniform. the data revealed inconsistencies in treatment. The sentencing court and the parole commission took account of the conduct in which the defendant actually engaged. and builds upon. Congressional statutes. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL Ch. this type of system. such as punishing economic crime less severely than other apparently equivalent behavior. for example. as the Act contemplates. The Commission found no practical way to combine and account –5– . One of the most important questions for the Commission to decide was whether to base sentences upon the actual conduct in which the defendant engaged regardless of the charges for which he was indicted or convicted ("real offense" sentencing). carried out in the spring and early summer of 1986. 4. A pure real offense system would sentence on the basis of all identifiable conduct. the Commission developed these guidelines as a practical effort toward the achievement of a more honest. it departed from the data at different points for various important reasons. as in the case of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1986 that imposed increased and mandatory minimum sentences. frightened bystanders. To make such a system work. Charge Offense Sentencing. mostly for practical reasons.November 1. The guidelines will not please those who wish the Commission to adopt a single philosophical theory and then work deductively to establish a simple and perfect set of categorizations and distinctions. who believe the best is often the enemy of the good. and who recognize that these guidelines are. A bank robber. proved unproductive. as determined in a presentence report. for example. the guidelines represent an approach that begins with. proportional. even though establishing offense values on this basis would help eliminate disparity because the data represent averages. and therefore effective sentencing system. at the sentencing hearing. taken $50. or before a parole commission hearing officer. (a) Real Offense vs. to those who seek more modest. or upon the conduct that constitutes the elements of the offense for which the defendant was charged and of which he was convicted ("charge offense" sentencing).

however. does contain a significant number of real offense elements. however. Creed. the hundreds of overlapping and duplicative statutory provisions that make up the federal criminal law forced the Commission to write guidelines that are descriptive of generic conduct rather than guidelines that track purely statutory language.12 (Lack of Guidance as a Youth and Similar Circumstances). Sex. For one thing. one to which a particular guideline linguistically applies but where conduct significantly differs from the norm.C. (b) Departures. specific offense characteristics. each count of which charges sale of 100 grams of heroin or theft of $10. This system. For example. the presence of a gun.10 (Race. When a court finds an atypical case. a sentencing court may control any inappropriate manipulation of the indictment through use of its departure power. the Commission moved closer to a charge offense system. The sentencing statute permits a court to depart from a guideline-specified sentence only when it finds "an aggravating or mitigating circumstance of a kind. 1 Pt. commonly occurring real offense elements such as role in the offense.Ch. whether or not mentioned anywhere else in the guidelines. §5H1.12 (Coercion and Duress). National Origin. 2009 for the large number of diverse harms arising in different circumstances. the same as a single-count indictment charging sale of 300 grams of heroin or theft of $30. not adequately taken into consideration by the Sentencing Commission in formulating the guidelines that should result in a sentence different from that described. Section 5H1. that could constitute grounds for departure in an unusual case. In the Commission’s view. For another. and adjustments. Including Drug or Alcohol Dependence or Abuse). the guidelines take account of a number of important. and SocioEconomic Status). the last sentence of §5K2. or to a degree. and §5K2. cross references.19 (Post-Sentencing Rehabilitative Efforts) list several factors that the court cannot take into account as grounds for departure. Furthermore. The Commission intends the sentencing courts to treat each guideline as carving out a "heartland.000. quadratic roots and other mathematical operations that the Commission considered too complex to be workable. the Commission has written its rules for the treatment of multicount convictions with an eye toward eliminating unfair treatment that might flow from count manipulation. One of the most important is the potential it affords prosecutors to influence sentences by increasing or decreasing the number of counts in an indictment. the guidelines treat a three-count indictment. The effort proposed as a solution to these problems required the use of." 18 U. through alternative base offense levels. In its initial set of guidelines submitted to Congress in April 1987. the Commission does not intend to limit the kinds of factors.4 (Physical Condition. Of course. Moreover. the court may consider whether a departure is warranted. such a system risked return to wide disparity in sentencing practice." a set of typical cases embodying the conduct that each guideline describes.S. Finally. the third sentence of §5H1. The Commission recognized that a charge offense system has drawbacks of its own. –6– . the defendant’s actual conduct (that which the prosecutor can prove in court) imposes a natural limit upon the prosecutor’s ability to increase a defendant’s sentence. Religion. for example. or the amount of money actually taken.000. § 3553(b). With those specific exceptions. the Commission will closely monitor charging and plea agreement practices and will make appropriate adjustments should they become necessary. nor did it find a practical way to reconcile the need for a fair adjudicatory procedure with the need for a speedy sentencing process given the potential existence of hosts of adjudicated "real harm" facts in many typical cases. A GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.

. will be able to refine the guidelines to specify more precisely when departures should and should not be permitted. In its view. By monitoring when courts depart from the guidelines and by analyzing their stated reasons for doing so and court decisions with references thereto. This is because the guidelines. Nearly ninety percent of all federal criminal cases involve guilty pleas and many of these cases involve some form of plea agreement. The Commission also recognizes that the initial set of guidelines need not do so. the list is not exhaustive. empowered by law to write and rewrite guidelines. physical injury) may infrequently occur in connection with a particular crime (e. First. 1 Pt. The Commission expects that most departures will reflect the suggestions and that the courts of appeals may prove more likely to find departures "unreasonable" where they fall outside suggested levels. Such rare occurrences are precisely the type of events that the courts’ departure powers were designed to cover -. The Commission is a permanent body. with progressive changes. the Commission. Thus. Some commentators on early Commission guideline drafts urged the Commission not to attempt any major reforms of the plea agreement process on the grounds that any set of guidelines that threatened to change pre-guidelines practice radically also threatened to make the federal system unmanageable. where the presence of physical injury made an important difference in pre-guidelines sentencing practice (as in the case of robbery or assault).. it also believes there may be cases in which a departure outside suggested levels is warranted. for example. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL Ch.g. The Commission decided not to make major changes in plea agreement practices in the –7– . Others argued that guidelines that failed to control and limit plea agreements would leave untouched a "loophole" large enough to undo the good that sentencing guidelines would bring. It may rest upon grounds referred to in Chapter Five. A The Commission has adopted this departure policy for two reasons. Second. however. Where the guidelines do not specify an augmentation or diminution. fraud). they will not do so very often. It is important to note that the guidelines refer to two different kinds of departure. such cases will be highly infrequent. (c) Plea Agreements. The Commission intends such suggestions as policy guidance for the courts. The first involves instances in which the guidelines provide specific guidance for departure by analogy or by other numerical or non-numerical suggestions. Part K (Departures) or on grounds not mentioned in the guidelines. over many years. offense by offense.unusual cases outside the range of the more typical offenses for which the guidelines were designed. Of course. Part K lists factors that the Commission believes may constitute grounds for departure. this is generally because the sentencing data did not permit the Commission to conclude that the factor was empirically important in relation to the particular offense. A second type of departure will remain unguided. over time. the Commission believes that despite the courts’ legal freedom to depart from the guidelines. it is difficult to prescribe a single set of guidelines that encompasses the vast range of human conduct potentially relevant to a sentencing decision.g. The Commission recognizes that there may be other grounds for departure that are not mentioned. an important factor (e. seek to take account of those factors that the Commission’s data indicate made a significant difference in pre-guidelines sentencing practice. While Chapter Five.November 1. the guidelines specifically include this factor to enhance the sentence.

the guidelines create a norm to which courts will likely refer when they decide whether.* *Note: Although the Commission had not addressed "single acts of aberrant behavior" at the time the Introduction to the Guidelines Manual originally was written. rationalizing impact upon plea agreements for two reasons. The Commission. Under pre-guidelines sentencing practice. if the policy statements relating to plea agreements are followed. the guidelines work as follows in respect to a first offender. Crim. More specifically. For offense levels eleven and twelve. circumvention of the Sentencing Reform Act and the guidelines should not occur. 1 Pt.C. even though the term may be short. effective November 1. § 994(j). . The Commission concluded that the definite prospect of prison. the remainder to be served on supervised release with a condition of community confinement or home detention. amendment 603. 11(e) govern the acceptance or rejection of such agreements. the court may substitute probation for a prison term. The statute provides that the guidelines are to "reflect the general appropriateness of imposing a sentence other than imprisonment in cases in which the defendant is a first offender who has not been convicted of a crime of violence or an otherwise serious offense . A GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. In the event a prosecutor and defense attorney explore the possibility of a negotiated plea. The Commission will collect data on the courts’ plea practices and will analyze this information to determine when and why the courts accept or reject plea agreements and whether plea agreement practices are undermining the intent of the Sentencing Reform Act.S. to accept or to reject a plea agreement or recommendation. 2000. tax evasion. the Commission will seek to further regulate the plea agreement process as appropriate. 2009 initial guidelines. The Commission expects the guidelines to have a positive. the sentencing court may elect to sentence the offender to probation (with or without confinement conditions) or to a prison term. The rules set forth in Fed. that in the Commission’s view are "serious. or home detention). they will no longer work in the dark. the court must impose at least one-half the minimum confinement sentence in the form of prison confinement. of course. First. under Rule 11(e). will serve as a significant deterrent. was the norm. For offense levels nine and ten. but the probation must include confinement conditions (community confinement. . Second. the guidelines create a clear. (See Supplement to Appendix C. (d) Probation and Split Sentences. This fact alone should help to reduce irrationality in respect to actual sentencing outcomes. such as theft. Importantly. P. For offense levels one through eight. intermittent confinement." The Commission’s solution to this problem has been to write guidelines that classify as serious many offenses for which probation previously was frequently given and provide for at least a short period of imprisonment in such cases. Part B (Plea Agreements). courts sentenced to probation an inappropriately high percentage of offenders guilty of certain economic crimes. .Ch. R. particularly when compared with pre-guidelines practice where probation. In light of this information and analysis. and embezzlement.) –8– . fraud. antitrust offenses. definite expectation in respect to the sentence that a court will impose if a trial takes place." 28 U. but rather to provide guidance by issuing general policy statements concerning the acceptance of plea agreements in Chapter Six. it subsequently addressed the issue in Amendment 603. insider trading. has not dealt with the single acts of aberrant behavior that still may justify probation at higher offense levels through departures. not prison.

for example. with the assistance of the Department of Justice and several regulatory agencies. administratively-related offenses such as failure to keep accurate records or to provide requested information.. These statutes pose two problems: first. how should it treat technical or administratively-related criminal violations? In respect to the first problem. for reasons that are often fortuitous. There are hundreds of such provisions scattered throughout the United States Code. (2) when nonfungible harms are involved. A (e) Multi-Count Convictions. Because of this practical difficulty. like several state sentencing commissions. does not necessarily warrant a proportionate increase in punishment. which criminal regulatory offenses were particularly important in light of the need for enforcement of the general regulatory scheme. (f) Regulatory Offenses. the offense level for the most serious count is increased (according to a diminishing scale) to reflect the existence of other counts of conviction. has found it particularly difficult to develop guidelines for sentencing defendants convicted of multiple violations of law. the Commission found that it could not comprehensively treat all regulatory violations in the initial set of guidelines. Part D (Multiple Counts). The guidelines have been written in order to minimize the possibility that an arbitrary casting of a single transaction into several counts will produce a longer sentence. Several individual guidelines provide special instructions for increasing punishment when the conduct that is the subject of that count involves multiple occurrences or has caused several harms. would lead to sentences of life imprisonment -sentences that neither just deserts nor crime control theories of punishment would justify. which criminal regulatory provisions should the Commission initially consider. Regulatory statutes. the Commission sought to determine. may warrant more punishment if he injures ten people than if he injures one.November 1. These rules are set out in Chapter Three. To find all potential violations would involve examination of each individual federal regulation. If it did. The Commission addressed these offenses in the initial guidelines. though primarily civil in nature. each additional harm. The guidelines also provide general rules for aggravating punishment in light of multiple harms charged separately in separate counts. and second. even if it increases the extent to which punishment is warranted. The Commission. A defendant who assaults others during a fight. In addition. but his conduct does not necessarily warrant ten times the punishment. but also more technical. 1 Pt. –9– .g. separate drug transactions or thefts of money). Such criminal provisions often describe not only substantive offenses. many of the simplest offenses. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL Ch. but normally they will permit an appropriate degree of aggravation of punishment for multiple offenses that are the subjects of separate counts. These rules may produce occasional anomalies. the amounts are added and the guidelines apply to the total amount. the sentencing court will have adequate power to prevent such a result through departures. each of which makes up a separate count in an indictment. sometimes contain criminal provisions in respect to particularly harmful activity. The difficulty is that when a defendant engages in conduct that causes several harms. They essentially provide: (1) when the conduct involves fungible items (e.

For defendants who provide substantial assistance to the government in the investigation or prosecution of others. The guidelines themselves. It also examined the sentences specified in federal statutes. First. 1 Pt. Second. While the Commission has not considered itself bound by pre-guidelines sentencing practice. inasmuch as those who pleaded guilty under pre-guidelines practice often received lesser sentences. These increases will occur irrespective of the guidelines. the same failure may have led to substantive harm. Moreover. to keep an accurate record of toxic substance transport. for example. (g) Sentencing Ranges. Third. Specific legislation. The Commission has also examined its sentencing ranges in light of their likely impact upon prison population. Guideline sentences. the Commission has developed a system for treating technical recordkeeping and reporting offenses that divides them into four categories. short sentences of incarceration for all offenders in a category have been substituted for a pre-guidelines sentencing practice of very wide variability in which some defendants received probation while others received several years in prison for the same offense. a guideline may include one or more specific offense characteristics in an effort to distinguish those types of defendants who received probation from those who received more severe sentences. but that failure may not lead. it has not attempted to develop an entirely new system of sentencing on the basis of theory alone. Fourth. the offender may have failed to fill out a form intentionally. increase the offense level. in the simplest of cases. in many instances. 2009 In respect to the second problem.Ch. The structure of a typical guideline for a regulatory offense provides a low base offense level (e. insofar as they reflect policy decisions made by the Commission (rather than – 10 – . in the parole guidelines. A GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. Specific offense characteristics designed to reflect substantive harms that do occur in respect to some regulatory offenses. the same failure may be accompanied by a significant likelihood that substantive harm will occur. § 994(h)).. For example. the guidelines permit the court to impose lesser sentences on those defendants who accept responsibility for their misconduct. In determining the appropriate sentencing ranges for each offense. will approximate average pre-guidelines practice and adherence to the guidelines will help to eliminate wide disparity. to the release or improper handling of any toxic substance. 6) aimed at the first type of recordkeeping or reporting offense.S.C. nor be likely to lead. the failure may represent an effort to conceal a substantive harm that has occurred. required the Commission to promulgate guidelines that will lead to substantial prison population increases. but without knowledge or intent that substantive harm would likely follow. where a high percentage of persons received probation under pre-guidelines practice. it may make a release of a toxic substance more likely. A specific offense characteristic also provides that a recordkeeping or reporting offense that conceals a substantive offense will have the same offense level as the substantive offense. such as the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1986 and the career offender provisions of the Sentencing Reform Act of 1984 (28 U.g. The Commission’s Supplementary Report on the Initial Sentencing Guidelines (1987) contains a comparison between estimates of preguidelines sentencing practice and sentences under the guidelines. and in other relevant. In some instances. He might fail. analogous sources. the Commission estimated the average sentences served within each category under the pre-guidelines sentencing system. a downward departure may be warranted. or that are likely to occur.

A legislated mandatory minimum or career offender sentences). (h) The Sentencing Table. Where a table has many small monetary distinctions.000 convictions.C. These tables often have many rather than a few levels. It developed additional distinctions relevant to the application of these provisions and it applied sentencing ranges to each resulting category. in keeping with the statutory requirement that the maximum of any range cannot exceed the minimum by more than the greater of 25 percent or six months (28 U. it will cure wide disparity. Both prosecution and defense will realize that the difference between one level and another will not necessarily make a difference in the sentence that the court imposes. At the same time. the table should discourage unnecessary litigation. and at the same time preserves the maximum degree of allowable discretion for the court within each level.000 augmented presentence reports. experience with the guidelines will lead to additional information and provide a firm empirical basis for consideration of revisions. A Concluding Note The Commission emphasizes that it drafted the initial guidelines with considerable caution. The Commission recognizes that some will criticize this approach as overly cautious. By overlapping the ranges. the parole guidelines. The guidelines. Each level in the table prescribes ranges that overlap with the ranges in the preceding and succeeding levels. The Commission is a permanent body that can amend the guidelines each year. each distinction would become more important and litigation over which category an offender fell within would become more likely. the levels work to increase a sentence proportionately.November 1. produced by the Commission and the Bureau of Prisons in 1987. Yet. Although the data available to it.S. the reason is to minimize the likelihood of unnecessary litigation. like all data. permit courts to exercise the greatest permissible range of sentencing discretion. works proportionately. Because of time constraints and the nonexistence of – 11 – . Thus. are projected to lead to an increase in prison population that computer models. If a money table were to make only a few distinctions. are imperfect. 5. the guidelines will apply to more than 90 percent of all felony and Class A misdemeanor cases in the federal courts. little purpose will be served in protracted litigation trying to determine. it relied upon pre-guidelines sentencing practice as revealed by its own statistical analyses based on summary reports of some 40. and policy judgments. It examined the many hundreds of criminal statutes in the United States Code. The table overlaps offense levels meaningfully. It began with those that were the basis for a significant number of prosecutions and sought to place them in a rational order.000 was obtained as a result of a fraud. whether $10. In doing so. for example. a sample of 10. it minimizes the likelihood of litigation because the precise amount of money involved is of considerably less importance. Similarly. estimated at approximately 10 percent over a period of ten years. 1 Pt. Finally. The Commission has established a sentencing table that for technical and practical reasons contains 43 levels. as representing too little a departure from pre-guidelines sentencing practice. § 994(b)(2)). A change of six levels roughly doubles the sentence irrespective of the level at which one starts. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL Ch.000 or $11. Again. many of the individual guidelines refer to tables that correlate amounts of money with offense levels.

at 264-65. 488 U. 1 Pt. 2009 statistical information. Moreover. The mandate rested on congressional awareness that sentencing is a dynamic field that requires continuing review by an expert body to revise sentencing policies. The continuing importance of the guidelines in federal sentencing was further acknowledged by the Court in United States v. In Booker. while lacking the mandatory features that Congress enacted. 543 U. 361 (1989). in light of application experience. [w]e have no doubt that in the hands of the Commission "the criteria which Congress has supplied are wholly adequate for carrying out the general policy and purpose" of the Act. The first theme is that the guidelines are the product of a deliberative process that seeks to embody the purposes of sentencing set forth in the Sentencing Reform Act. as new criminal statutes are enacted. 220 (2005). and maintaining sufficient flexibility to permit individualized sentences when warranted. and as more is learned about what motivates and controls criminal behavior.S. Although Congress has delegated significant discretion to the Commission to draw judgments from its analysis of existing sentencing practice and alternative sentencing models.Ch. the Court held that the imposition of an enhanced sentence under the federal sentencing guidelines based on the sentencing judge’s determination of a fact (other than a prior conviction) that was not found by the jury or admitted by the defendant violated the Sixth Amendment. echo two themes. which upheld the constitutionality of both the federal sentencing guidelines and the Commission against nondelegation and separation of powers challenges. labor-intensive task for which delegation to an expert body is especially appropriate. . The Supreme Court alluded to this in Mistretta v. . The Court reasoned that an advisory guideline system. Among other things. Their exclusion does not reflect any judgment regarding their seriousness and they will be addressed as the Commission refines the guidelines over time. An advisory – 12 – . retains other features that help to further congressional objectives. United States. submit to Congress appropriate modifications of the guidelines and recommended changes in criminal statutes. This statement finds resonance in a line of Supreme Court cases that. and establish education and research programs. at 379 (internal quotation marks and citations omitted). Booker. Therein the Court stated: Developing proportionate penalties for hundreds of different crimes by a virtually limitless array of offenders is precisely the sort of intricate. CONTINUING EVOLUTION AND ROLE OF THE GUIDELINES The Sentencing Reform Act of 1984 changed the course of federal sentencing.S. avoiding unwarranted sentencing disparities. the Act created the United States Sentencing Commission as an independent agency in the Judicial Branch. including providing certainty and fairness in meeting the purposes of sentencing. A GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. Id. even as that case rendered the guidelines advisory in nature. and directed it to develop guidelines and policy statements for sentencing courts to use when sentencing offenders convicted of federal crimes. . taken together." Id. it empowered the Commission with ongoing responsibilities to monitor the guidelines. 2. some offenses that occur infrequently are not considered in the guidelines. and as such they continue to play an important role in the sentencing court’s determination of an appropriate sentence in a particular case. An advisory guideline system continues to assure transparency by requiring that sentences be based on articulated reasons stated in open court that are subject to appellate review. helping to avoid excessive sentencing disparities while maintaining flexibility sufficient to individualize sentences where necessary. The Court concluded that an advisory guideline system would "continue to move sentencing in Congress’ preferred direction.

S. 2456 (2007).S. United States. § 3553(a). district courts are required to properly calculate and consider the guidelines when sentencing."). at retail. In instructing both the sentencing judge and the Commission what to do. (a)(5). but not greater than necessary. . at 597. 127 S. The appellate court engages in a two-step process upon review. Booker. They are the product of the Commission’s fulfillment of its statutory duties to monitor federal sentencing law and practices. ." Id. tak[ing] into account the totality of the circumstances. The continuing importance of the guidelines in the sentencing determination is predicated in large part on the Sentencing Reform Act’s intent that. as contemplated by the Sentencing Reform Act. Ct. the grounds for departure provided in the policy statements. Consequently." Gall. in determining the appropriate sentence in a particular case. and then the factors under 18 U. both in principle and in practice. §§ 994(f). at 264 ("The district courts. while not bound to apply the Guidelines. See Rita. 991(b)(1). 128 S. in promulgating guidelines. 127 S. the other at wholesale. 1 Pt. . Ct. As the Court acknowledged in Rita: – 13 – .").S.C. [and] then consider[s] the substantive reasonableness of the sentence imposed under an abuse-of-discretion standard[. See 28 U. 127 S. Ct.November 1. the Guidelines should be the starting point and the initial benchmark. . must consider the properly calculated guideline range. such as failing to calculate (or improperly calculating) the Guidelines range . Id. thereby enabling the parties to better anticipate the likely sentence based on the individualized facts of the case. which held that a court of appeals may apply a presumption of reasonableness to a sentence imposed by a district court within a properly calculated guideline range without violating the Sixth Amendment. Ct. the Commission must take into account the purposes of sentencing as set forth in 18 U. stating: [T]he presumption reflects the nature of the Guidelines-writing task that Congress set for the Commission and the manner in which the Commission carried out that task. In Rita. 586. therefore. .S. Ct.C.C." id.S. Congress referred to the basic sentencing objectives that the statute sets forth in 18 U.C. 543 U. take them into account when sentencing. . See 18 U. A guideline system also continues to promote certainty and predictability in sentencing. to comply with" the basic aims of sentencing as set out above. must . including the extent of any variance from the Guidelines range. United States. the guidelines are evolutionary in nature. . The appellate court "first ensure[s] that the district court committed no significant procedural error. Gall v. at 2465 (stating that a district court should begin all sentencing proceedings by correctly calculating the applicable Guidelines range). . Congressional statutes then tell the Commission to write Guidelines that will carry out these same § 3553(a) objectives. and to revise the guidelines accordingly.S. at 2465. The Supreme Court reinforced this view in Rita v. § 3553(a) . The second and related theme resonant in this line of Supreme Court cases is that.C. § 3553(a)(4). to seek public input on the operation of the guidelines. at 2463 (emphasis in original). and that the Commission’s process for promulgating guidelines results in "a set of Guidelines that seek to embody the § 3553(a) considerations. 128 S. .. at 2464. even in an advisory guideline system. The district court.] . Rita. the Court relied heavily on the complementary roles of the Commission and the sentencing court in federal sentencing. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL Ch. The Court concluded that "[t]he upshot is that the sentencing statutes envision both the sentencing judge and the Commission as carrying out the same basic § 3553(a) objectives. § 3553(a). the one. 596 (2007) ("As a matter of administration and to secure nationwide consistency. The provision also tells the sentencing judge to "impose a sentence sufficient.

128 S. As such. A GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. the Commission publishes guideline amendment proposals in the Federal Register and conducts hearings to solicit input on those proposals from experts and other members of the public. United States. – 14 – . § 3553(a)(2) in its promulgation of the guidelines. see also Booker. the guidelines are the product of a deliberative and dynamic process that seeks to embody within federal sentencing policy the purposes of sentencing set forth in the Sentencing Reform Act. The Commission will collect and examine the results.S. § 994(x). The statutes and the Guidelines themselves foresee continuous evolution helped by the sentencing courts and courts of appeals in that process. For example.S. and revising the Guidelines accordingly. civil liberties associations. and in consideration of data it receives from sentencing courts and other sources. the Commission periodically reviews and revises the guidelines in consideration of comments it receives from members of the federal criminal justice system. at 594 ("[E]ven though the Guidelines are advisory rather than mandatory. the Department of Justice. defenders. probation officers.C. In doing so.S. law enforcement groups." Id."). undertaking research. at 571. 128 S.Ch. Ct. Gall. and others.C. writing Guidelines. and reaffirmed by the Supreme Court. since Booker. For example. Provisions of the Sentencing Reform Act promote and facilitate this evolutionary process.C.S. "Congress has shown that it knows how to direct sentencing practices in express terms.C. 558 (2007). As the Supreme Court noted in Kimbrough v. applying the Guidelines in individual cases may depart (either pursuant to the Guidelines or. they are. it may obtain advice from prosecutors. The Courts of Appeals will determine the reasonableness of the resulting sentence. experts in penology. at 264 ("[T]he Sentencing Commission remains in place. at 2464. The judges will set forth their reasons. Congress retains authority to require certain sentencing practices and may exercise its authority through specific directives to the Commission with respect to the guidelines. by imposing a non-Guidelines sentence). Congress has specifically required the Sentencing Commission to set Guideline sentences for serious recidivist offenders ‘at or near’ the statutory maximum. Statutory mechanisms such as these bolster the Commission’s ability to take into account fully the purposes of sentencing set forth in 18 U. § 994(h). as we pointed out in Rita.S. including the courts. The sentencing courts. And it can revise the Guidelines accordingly. Id. the product of careful study based on extensive empirical evidence derived from the review of thousands of individual sentencing decisions. collecting information about actual district court sentencing decisions. Pursuant to 28 U. defense attorneys and the federal public defenders. 28 U. As envisioned by Congress. 543 U. the Bureau of Prisons. the guidelines continue to be a key component of federal sentencing and to play an important role in the sentencing court’s determination of an appropriate sentence in any particular case. pursuant to 28 U. 2009 The Commission’s work is ongoing. Ct. 1 Pt. implemented by the Commission."). § 994(o).

amendment 538). policy statements. 2008 (see Appendix C. November 1. – 15 – . 1990 (see Appendix C. November 1. United States Code. 1989 (see Appendix C. policy statements. amendments 717 and 725) . October 27. amendment 534). 1992 (see Appendix C. A 3. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 2000 (see Appendix C. are promulgated by the United States Sentencing Commission pursuant to: (1) section 994(a) of title 28. November 1. pursuant to the authority contained in that directive in addition to the authority under section 994(a) of title 28. and (2) with respect to guidelines. amendments 602 and 603). amendments 67 and 68). §1A3. amendment 307). Amended effective November 1. November 1. amendment 651). United States Code. 1987. AUTHORITY Authority The guidelines.November 1. amendment 466). 1996 (see Appendix C. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL Ch. and commentary set forth in this Guidelines Manual. November 1.1. and commentary promulgated or amended pursuant to specific congressional directive. 2003 (see Appendix C. 1 Pt. including amendments thereto. 1995 (see Appendix C. November 1.

See §1B1. Apply Part D of Chapter Three to group the various counts and adjust the offense level accordingly. fines. 2009 PART B . the offense guideline section from Chapter Two (Offense Conduct) applicable to the offense of conviction. and to any other policy statements or commentary in the guidelines that might warrant consideration in imposing sentence. the provisions of this manual are to be applied in the following order: (a) Determine. pursuant to §1B1. Refer to Parts H and K of Chapter Five. Apply the adjustments as appropriate related to victim. Determine the guideline range in Part A of Chapter Five that corresponds to the offense level and criminal history category determined above.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. and special instructions contained in the particular guideline in Chapter Two in the order listed. Application Instructions Except as specifically directed. and obstruction of justice from Parts A. and C of Chapter Three. If there are multiple counts of conviction. imprisonment. Determine from Part B of Chapter Four any other applicable adjustments. B.§1B1. Specific Offender Characteristics and Departures. role. Apply the adjustment as appropriate for the defendant’s acceptance of responsibility from Part E of Chapter Three. supervision conditions.GENERAL APPLICATION PRINCIPLES §1B1. cross references. For the particular guideline range.2. and restitution. Determine the base offense level and apply any appropriate specific offense characteristics. determine from Parts B through G of Chapter Five the sentencing requirements and options related to probation. repeat steps (a) through (c) for each count.1. Determine the defendant’s criminal history category as specified in Part A of Chapter Four.2 (Applicable Guidelines). (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) Commentary Application Notes: 1. The following are definitions of terms that are used frequently in the guidelines and are of general applicability (except to the extent expressly modified in respect to a particular guideline or policy statement): – 16 – .

and (ii) for purposes of §4A1.1 (A) "Abducted" means that a victim was forced to accompany an offender to a different location. in order to effect a sentence outside the applicable guideline range. assignment of a criminal history category other than the otherwise applicable criminal history category. or poison gas . "Firearm" means (i) any weapon (including a starter gun) which will or is designed to or may readily be converted to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive. "Bodily injury" means any significant injury. (ii) the frame or receiver of any such weapon. (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) "Destructive device" means any article described in 26 U. incendiary. "Brandished" with reference to a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) means that all or part of the weapon was displayed. or (ii) an object that is not an instrument capable of inflicting death or serious bodily injury but (I) closely resembles such an instrument. (iii) rocket having a propellant charge of more than four ounces. "Depart upward" means grant an upward departure. or is of a type for which medical attention ordinarily would be sought. or (iv) any (G) – 17 – . a defendant wrapped a hand in a towel during a bank robbery to create the appearance of a gun). an injury that is painful and obvious. Accordingly. or the presence of the weapon was otherwise made known to another person. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §1B1. imposition of a sentence outside the applicable guideline range or of a sentence that is otherwise different from the guideline sentence. "Departure" means (i) for purposes other than those specified in subdivision (ii). (ii) grenade. in order to intimidate that person. (iv) missile having an explosive or incendiary charge of more than one-quarter ounce. "Downward departure" means departure that effects a sentence less than a sentence that could be imposed under the applicable guideline range or a sentence that is otherwise less than the guideline sentence.C.November 1. the weapon must be present.3 (Departures Based on Inadequacy of Criminal History Category). (v) mine.(i) bomb. "Upward departure" means departure that effects a sentence greater than a sentence that could be imposed under the applicable guideline range or a sentence that is otherwise greater than the guideline sentence. § 5845(f) (including an explosive.. For example. or (II) the defendant used the object in a manner that created the impression that the object was such an instrument (e. (iii) any firearm muffler or silencer. or (vi) device similar to any of the devices described in the preceding clauses). "Dangerous weapon" means (i) an instrument capable of inflicting death or serious bodily injury. e.g. regardless of whether the weapon was directly visible to that person.S. "Depart" means grant a departure. although the dangerous weapon does not have to be directly visible. "Depart downward" means grant a downward departure.g. a bank robber’s forcing a bank teller from the bank into a getaway car would constitute an abduction.

. 3. (H) "Offense" means the offense of conviction and all relevant conduct under §1B1. bound. organ. A weapon. organ." is merely illustrative. "Physically restrained" means the forcible restraint of the victim such as by being tied. to distinguish the violation for which the defendant is being sentenced from a prior or subsequent offense.—The offense level adjustments from more than one specific offense characteristic within an offense guideline are applied cumulatively (added together) unless the guideline specifies that only the greater (or greatest) is to be used. or mental faculty that is likely to be permanent. an offense before a state court involving the same underlying conduct).g. The term "instant" is used in connection with "offense." "federal offense. commonly known as a "BB" or pellet gun. In addition.§1B1. or an obvious disfigurement that is likely to be permanent. 2009 destructive device. Definitions of terms also may appear in other sections. . however.g. loss or substantial impairment of the function of a bodily member. that uses air or carbon dioxide pressure to expel a projectile is a dangerous weapon but not a firearm. hospitalization. displaying. (I) (J) (K) (L) 2." as the case may be. § 2241 or § 2242 or any similar offense under state law. "serious bodily injury" is deemed to have occurred if the offense involved conduct constituting criminal sexual abuse under 18 U. Such definitions are not designed for general applicability. by denial of food or medical care) would constitute lifethreatening bodily injury. or mental faculty. their applicability to sections other than those expressly referenced must be determined on a case by case basis.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. in §2A2. pertaining to degree – 18 – 4. some statutes may be covered by more than one guideline. For example. only the one that best describes the conduct is to be used.. "Otherwise used" with reference to a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) means that the conduct did not amount to the discharge of a firearm but was more than brandishing. maltreatment to a lifethreatening degree (e. the offense level adjustments are alternative. In the case of a kidnapping.2(b)(3)." or "offense of conviction. Within each specific offense characteristic subsection. for example.g. The list of "Statutory Provisions" in the Commentary to each offense guideline does not necessarily include every statute covered by that guideline. (A) Cumulative Application of Multiple Adjustments within One Guideline. "Permanent or life-threatening bodily injury" means injury involving a substantial risk of death. "Serious bodily injury "means injury involving extreme physical pain or the protracted impairment of a function of a bodily member. or requiring medical intervention such as surgery.3 (Relevant Conduct) unless a different meaning is specified or is otherwise clear from the context. or from an offense before another court (e. or physical rehabilitation.C. therefore. or locked up. The term "includes" is not exhaustive.S. or possessing a firearm or other dangerous weapon. In addition. the term "e.

and Fraud). amendment 1). the adjustments for different degrees of bodily injury (subdivisions (A)-(E)) are not added together. November 1. such a parenthetical restatement of the guideline heading may be abbreviated for ease of reference.1 (Theft. November 1. October 27. In the case of lengthy guideline headings. 2003 (see Appendix C. such enhancements. 1990 (see Appendix C. and Other Forms of Theft. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 2000 (see Appendix C. 2003 (see Appendix C. determine the offense guideline section in Chapter Two applicable to the stipulated offense. Embezzlement. in the case of a plea agreement (written or made orally on the record) containing a stipulation that specifically establishes a more serious offense than the offense of conviction. and determinations may be triggered by the same conduct. the provision applicable to the discharge of the firearm would be used. adjustments under Chapter Three. in §2A2. the subdivision that best describes the level of bodily injury is used. 1989 (see Appendix C. if a firearm is both discharged and brandished. amendment 651). 1988 (see Appendix C. November 1. November 1. amendments 591 and 601).. amendments 69-72 and 303). Property Destruction. November 1. November 1. amendment 661). amendments 545 and 546). shooting a police officer during the commission of a robbery may warrant an injury enhancement under §2B3. Offenses Involving Stolen Property.2(b)(2). However. amendment 684). November 1. enhancements under Chapter Two. adjustments.2 of bodily injury. Offenses Involving Altered or Counterfeit Instruments Other than Counterfeit Bearer Obligations of the United States) may be abbreviated as follows: §2B1. use the provision that results in the greater offense level. amendment 388). 1987.g. In some cases. 6. (B) Cumulative Application of Multiple Adjustments from Multiple Guidelines. Fraud and Deceit. November 1. Property Damage or Destruction. Where two or more guideline provisions appear equally applicable.. For example.—Whenever a guideline makes reference to another guideline. the offense conduct charged in the count of the indictment or information of which the defendant was convicted). For example. This parenthetical is provided only for the convenience of the reader and is not intended to have substantive effect. 5. Forgery. amendment 617).1(b)(3) and an official victim adjustment under §3A1.1 (Larceny. 2006 (see Appendix C. Amended effective January 15.—Absent an instruction to the contrary.e.November 1. 1993 (see Appendix C. and determinations under Chapter Four are to be applied cumulatively. references to §2B1. 1997 (see Appendix C. Applicable Guidelines (a) Determine the offense guideline section in Chapter Two (Offense Conduct) applicable to the offense of conviction (i. – 19 – . E. amendment 497). even though the enhancement and the adjustment both are triggered by the shooting of the officer.2. a parenthetical restatement of that other guideline’s heading accompanies the initial reference to that other guideline. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §1B1. amendment 361). Use of Abbreviated Guideline Titles. November 1.2. but the guidelines authorize the application of only one such provision. 2001 (see Appendix C. 1991 (see Appendix C. §1B1.

However. and the Statutory Index will specify only one offense guideline for that offense of conviction. Solicitation. determine the applicable guideline range in accordance with §1B1. If the offense involved a conspiracy. the Statutory Index may specify more than one offense guideline for that particular statute. determined pursuant to §2X5.9 (Class B or C Misdemeanors and Infractions). This section provides the basic rules for determining the guidelines applicable to the offense conduct under Chapter Two (Offense Conduct).2 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. or solicitation.1 (Other Offenses).1 (Other Offenses). The court is to use the Chapter Two guideline section referenced in the Statutory Index (Appendix A) for the offense of conviction. referenced in the Statutory Index for the offense of conviction. and the court will determine which of the referenced guideline sections is most appropriate for the offense conduct charged in the count of which the defendant was convicted. the offense of conviction and the conduct proscribed by the statute will coincide. For statutory provisions not listed in the Statutory Index. For statutory provisions not listed in the Statutory Index. The guidelines do not apply to any count of conviction that is a Class B or C misdemeanor or an infraction. (A) in the case of a plea agreement (written or made orally on the record) containing a stipulation that specifically establishes a more serious offense than the offense of conviction. the most analogous guideline is to be used. or solicitation. attempt. attempt. A plea agreement (written or made orally on the record) containing a stipulation that specifically establishes the commission of additional offense(s) shall be treated as if the defendant had been convicted of additional count(s) charging those offense(s). (c) (d) Commentary Application Notes: 1. 2009 Refer to the Statutory Index (Appendix A) to determine the Chapter Two offense guideline. In the case of a particular statute that proscribes a variety of conduct that might constitute the subject of different offense guidelines. – 20 – . or Conspiracy) as well as the guideline referenced in the Statutory Index for the substantive offense. the most analogous guideline. and (B) for statutory provisions not listed in the Statutory Index. is to be used. A conviction on a count charging a conspiracy to commit more than one offense shall be treated as if the defendant had been convicted on a separate count of conspiracy for each offense that the defendant conspired to commit. refer to §2X1.1 (Other Offenses). Solicitation. use the most analogous guideline. See §2X5. If the offense involved a conspiracy.3 (Relevant Conduct).1 (Attempt. (b) After determining the appropriate offense guideline section pursuant to subsection (a) of this section.1 (Attempt. See §1B1.§1B1. the Chapter Two offense guideline section applicable to the stipulated offense is to be used. refer to §2X1. or Conspiracy) as well as the guideline referenced in the Statutory Index for the substantive offense. In the case of a particular statute that proscribes only a single type of criminal conduct. See §2X5.

e. to the maximum authorized by the statute under which the defendant is convicted.1 (Theft. A factual statement or a stipulation contained in a plea agreement (written or made orally on the record) is a stipulation for purposes of subsection (a) only if both the defendant and the government explicitly agree that the factual statement or stipulation is a stipulation for such purposes.2 As set forth in the first paragraph of this note.. 99 (1984). The sentence that shall be imposed is limited. This cumbersome. and Fraud) contains monetary distinctions which are more significant and more detailed than the monetary distinctions in §2B3. this guideline might even contain characteristics that are difficult to establish or not very important in the context of the actual offense conduct. Part B (Plea Agreements). and any other applicable sentencing factors pursuant to the relevant conduct definition in §1B1. or after any modification to the plea agreement has been made. otherwise fitting the exception.November 1. Property Destruction. Accordingly. Part D (Multiple Counts) are to be applied although there may be only one count of conviction. Part G (Implementing the Total Sentence of Imprisonment). . Without this exception. in accordance with the policies stated in Chapter Six. As with any plea agreement. 2. however. The sentence. §2B1. the applicable guideline section from Chapter Two) under §1B1. is not a stipulation for purposes of subsection (a).2(b) directs the court. However. For example. 98th Cong. See H. The exception to the general rule has a practical basis. See Chapter Five. The limited exception provided here applies only after the court has determined that a plea. Section 1B1. may not exceed the maximum sentence for theft.. once it has determined the applicable guideline (i. the guideline section applicable to the stipulated offense is to be used. the robbery guideline is to be applied. Then. 98-1017. the court would be forced to use an artificial guideline and then depart from it to the degree the court found necessary based upon the more serious conduct established by the plea agreement. the "relevant conduct" criteria of §1B1. unless conviction under a specific statute is expressly required. As a simple example.3. Where there is more than one base offense level within a particular guideline. the determination of the applicable base offense level is treated in the same manner as a determination of a specific offense characteristic. artificial procedure is avoided by using the exception rule in guilty or nolo contendere plea cases where it is applicable. However. however. if the defendant pleads guilty to theft. The probation officer would first be required to calculate the guideline for the offense of conviction. the court must first determine that the agreement is acceptable. Subsections (c) and (d) address circumstances in which the provisions of Chapter Three. a factual statement or stipulation made after the plea agreement has been entered.1 (Robbery).2(a) to determine any applicable specific offense characteristics (under that guideline). 2d Sess. the probation officer might need to calculate the robbery guideline to assist the court in determining the appropriate degree of departure in a case in which the defendant pled guilty to theft but admitted committing robbery. Rep. is acceptable.3 are to be used. In a case in which the elements of an offense more serious than the offense of conviction are established by a plea agreement. Subsection (c) provides that in the case of a stipulation to the commission of additional – 21 – 3. but admits the elements of robbery as part of the plea agreement. an exception to this general rule is that if a plea agreement (written or made orally on the record) contains a stipulation that establishes a more serious offense than the offense of conviction. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §1B1. it may unduly complicate the sentencing process if the applicable guideline does not reflect the seriousness of the defendant’s actual conduct.

endeavor. scheme. Relevant Conduct (Factors that Determine the Guideline Range) (a) Chapters Two (Offense Conduct) and Three (Adjustments). all reasonably foreseeable acts and omissions of others in furtherance of the jointly undertaken criminal activity. Subsection (d) provides that a conviction on a conspiracy count charging conspiracy to commit more than one offense is treated as if the defendant had been convicted of a separate conspiracy count for each offense that he conspired to commit. Historical Note: Effective November 1. – 22 – . or willfully caused by the defendant. (i) the base offense level where the guideline specifies more than one base offense level. if the object offenses specified in the conspiracy count would be grouped together under §3D1. and one count of conspiracy to commit the third robbery. November 1. however. §1B1. (B) that occurred during the commission of the offense of conviction. 2001 (see Appendix C. in preparation for that offense. 1987. amendment 591). were it sitting as a trier of fact. 1991 (see Appendix C. and in the case of a jointly undertaken criminal activity (a criminal plan. 2000 (see Appendix C. November 1. one count of conspiracy to commit the second robbery. 1989 (see Appendix C.2(d) (e. For example. shall be determined on the basis of the following: (1) (A) all acts and omissions committed. abetted..3. November 1. November 1. Particular care must be taken in applying subsection (d) because there are cases in which the verdict or plea does not establish which offense(s) was the object of the conspiracy. 1992 (see Appendix C. if the defendant is convicted of one count of robbery but. Note.3(a)(2) governs consideration of the defendant’s conduct. aided. procured. admits to having committed two additional robberies.§1B1. whether or not charged as a conspiracy). For example. the guidelines are to be applied as if the defendant had been convicted of an additional count for each of the offenses stipulated. and (iv) adjustments in Chapter Three. (ii) specific offense characteristics and (iii) cross references in Chapter Two. or in the course of attempting to avoid detection or responsibility for that offense. Amended effective January 15. the guidelines are to be applied as if the defendant had been convicted on one count of conspiracy to commit the first robbery. because §1B1.g. counseled. In such cases. amendments 613 and 617). or enterprise undertaken by the defendant in concert with others. 4. November 1. amendment 2). 1988 (see Appendix C. commanded. a conspiracy to steal three government checks) it is not necessary to engage in the foregoing analysis. as part of a plea agreement. the guidelines are to be applied as if the defendant had been convicted of three counts of robbery. subsection (d) should only be applied with respect to an object offense alleged in the conspiracy count if the court. would convict the defendant of conspiring to commit that object offense. amendment 434). amendment 438). amendments 73-75 and 303). where a conviction on a single count of conspiracy establishes that the defendant conspired to commit three robberies. Unless otherwise specified. induced.2 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. 2009 offense(s).

2(d) would require grouping of multiple counts.November 1. all acts and omissions described in subdivisions (1)(A) and (1)(B) above that were part of the same course of conduct or common scheme or plan as the offense of conviction. the court must first determine the scope of the criminal activity the particular defendant agreed to jointly undertake (i..e. and hence relevant conduct is not necessarily the same for every participant. The conduct of others that was not in – 23 – . and reasonably foreseeable in connection with. or enterprise undertaken by the defendant in concert with others.3 (2) solely with respect to offenses of a character for which §3D1. The principles and limits of sentencing accountability under this guideline are not always the same as the principles and limits of criminal liability. rather than on whether the defendant is criminally liable for an offense as a principal. 2. endeavor. accomplice. Under subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2). whether or not charged as a conspiracy. the scope of the criminal activity jointly undertaken by the defendant (the "jointly undertaken criminal activity") is not necessarily the same as the scope of the entire conspiracy. Commentary Application Notes: 1. or conspirator. the criminal activity jointly undertaken by the defendant is relevant conduct under this provision. In the case of a jointly undertaken criminal activity. subsection (a)(1)(B) provides that a defendant is accountable for the conduct (acts and omissions) of others that was both: (i) (ii) in furtherance of the jointly undertaken criminal activity. In order to determine the defendant’s accountability for the conduct of others under subsection (a)(1)(B). The conduct of others that was both in furtherance of. the focus is on the specific acts and omissions for which the defendant is to be held accountable in determining the applicable guideline range. Factors in Chapters Four and Five that establish the guideline range shall be determined on the basis of the conduct and information specified in the respective guidelines. all harm that resulted from the acts and omissions specified in subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2) above. Because a count may be worded broadly and include the conduct of many participants over a period of time. and any other information specified in the applicable guideline. the scope of the specific conduct and objectives embraced by the defendant’s agreement). A "jointly undertaken criminal activity" is a criminal plan. scheme. and all harm that was the object of such acts and omissions. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §1B1. (3) (4) (b) Chapters Four (Criminal History and Criminal Livelihood) and Five (Determining the Sentence). and reasonably foreseeable in connection with that criminal activity.

Defendant A aided and abetted the off-loading of the – 24 – . in such a case. such conduct is addressed under subsection (a)(1)(A). The Commission does not foreclose the possibility that there may be some unusual set of circumstances in which the exclusion of such conduct may not adequately reflect the defendant’s culpability. and the reasonably foreseeable conduct of others in furtherance of that criminal activity. abets.e. 2009 furtherance of the criminal activity jointly undertaken by the defendant. two defendants agree to commit a robbery and. The requirement of reasonable foreseeability applies only in respect to the conduct (i. procures. in the case of a jointly undertaken criminal activity. Regardless of the number of bales he personally unloaded. acts and omissions) of others under subsection (a)(1)(B). counsels. With respect to offenses involving contraband (including controlled substances). The off-loading of the ship is interrupted by law enforcement officers and one ton of marihuana is seized (the amount on the ship as well as the amount off-loaded). is not relevant conduct under this provision. The second defendant is accountable for the assault and injury to the victim (even if the second defendant had not agreed to the assault and had cautioned the first defendant to be careful not to hurt anyone) because the assaultive conduct was in furtherance of the jointly undertaken criminal activity (the robbery) and was reasonably foreseeable in connection with that criminal activity (given the nature of the offense). In determining the scope of the criminal activity that the particular defendant agreed to jointly undertake (i. Defendant A is accountable for the entire oneton quantity of marihuana. aids. or willfully causes. induces. Illustrations of Conduct for Which the Defendant is Accountable (a) Acts and omissions aided or abetted by the defendant (1) Defendant A is one of ten persons hired by Defendant B to off-load a ship containing marihuana.g. Defendant A and the other off-loaders are arrested and convicted of importation of marihuana.e. Note that the criminal activity that the defendant agreed to jointly undertake. It does not apply to conduct that the defendant personally undertakes. or was not reasonably foreseeable in connection with that criminal activity. the scope of the specific conduct and objectives embraced by the defendant’s agreement). in the case of a defendant who joins an ongoing drug distribution conspiracy knowing that it had been selling two kilograms of cocaine per week... the court may consider any explicit agreement or implicit agreement fairly inferred from the conduct of the defendant and others. are not necessarily identical. an upward departure may be warranted. even if the defendant knows of that conduct (e. the defendant is accountable for all quantities of contraband with which he was directly involved and. A defendant’s relevant conduct does not include the conduct of members of a conspiracy prior to the defendant joining the conspiracy. the cocaine sold prior to the defendant joining the conspiracy is not included as relevant conduct in determining the defendant’s offense level).3 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.. all reasonably foreseeable quantities of contraband that were within the scope of the criminal activity that he jointly undertook. commands. the first defendant assaults and injures a victim. For example. during the course of that robbery.§1B1.

of course. Defendant C is accountable for the money taken under subsection (a)(1)(A) because he aided and abetted the act of taking the money (the taking of money was the specific objective of the offense he joined).000 is taken and a teller is assaulted and injured. a defendant may be accountable for particular conduct under more than one subsection of this guideline. if a defendant’s accountability for particular conduct is established under one provision of this guideline. is accountable for the controlled substance in the suitcase regardless of his knowledge or lack of knowledge of the actual type or amount of that controlled substance. the specific objective of the criminal activity he joined was the offloading of the entire shipment). Defendant A engaged in a jointly undertaken criminal activity (the scope of which was the importation of the shipment of marihuana). As noted in the preceding paragraph. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §1B1. The specific circumstances of the case (the defendant was one of ten persons off-loading the marihuana in bales) also support this finding.November 1..3 entire shipment of marihuana by directly participating in the off-loading of that shipment (i. requirement that the conduct of others be in furtherance of the jointly undertaken criminal activity and reasonably foreseeable (1) Defendant C is the getaway driver in an armed bank robbery in which $15. In an actual case. Defendant A also is accountable for the entire one-ton shipment of marihuana on the basis of subsection (a)(1)(B)(applying to a jointly undertaken criminal activity). he is accountable for the entire shipment under subsection (a)(1)(A) without regard to the issue of reasonable foreseeability. A finding that the one-ton quantity of marihuana was reasonably foreseeable is warranted from the nature of the undertaking itself (the importation of marihuana by ship typically involves very large quantities of marihuana). the taking of money was the specific objective of the jointly undertaken criminal activity). – 25 – . This is conceptually similar to the case of a defendant who transports a suitcase knowing that it contains a controlled substance and. (b) Acts and omissions aided or abetted by the defendant. Therefore. it is not necessary to review alternative provisions under which such accountability might be established. Defendant C is accountable for the injury to the teller under subsection (a)(1)(B) because the assault on the teller was in furtherance of the jointly undertaken criminal activity (the robbery) and was reasonably foreseeable in connection with that criminal activity (given the nature of the offense). therefore. As noted earlier. a defendant may be accountable for particular conduct under more than one subsection. In certain cases.e. Defendant A is accountable for the entire one-ton shipment of marihuana under subsection (a)(1)(A). In this example. Defendant C also is accountable for the money taken on the basis of subsection (a)(1)(B) because the taking of money was in furtherance of the jointly undertaken criminal activity (the robbery) and was reasonably foreseeable (as noted.

Defendant D then uses that check as a down payment in a scheme to fraudulently obtain $15.. He is not accountable for prior or subsequent shipments of marihuana imported by Defendants H or I because those acts were not in furtherance of his jointly undertaken criminal activity (the importation of the single shipment of marihuana). Defendants F and G.000. working together.000 because the fraudulent scheme to obtain $15. Defendant K is a wholesale distributor of child pornography. Defendants F and G each are accountable for the entire amount ($55. Defendant E is not accountable for the $15. Each is convicted of mail fraud. Defendants H and I engaged in an ongoing marihuana importation conspiracy in which Defendant J was hired only to help off-load a single shipment. Defendant J is accountable for the entire single shipment of marihuana he helped import under subsection (a)(1)(A) and any acts and omissions in furtherance of the importation of that shipment that were reasonably foreseeable (see the discussion in example (a)(1) above). Defendant N also is accountable for the entire quantity sold to those defendants under subsection (a)(1)(B) because the entire quantity was within the scope of his jointly undertaken criminal activity and reasonably foreseeable. design and execute a scheme to sell fraudulent stocks by telephone.000. Each defendant is accountable for the amount he personally obtained under subsection (a)(1)(A). and J are included in a single count charging conspiracy to import marihuana. but otherwise operates independently of Defendant K.000). Defendant N is Defendant K’s assistant who recruits customers for Defendant K and frequently supervises the deliveries to Defendant K’s customers. Similarly. Defendant M is a retail-level dealer who purchases child pornography from Defendant K and resells it. I. the forgery of the $800 check). Defendant L is a retail-level dealer who purchases child pornography from Defendant K and resells it. Each defendant is accountable for the amount obtained by his accomplice under subsection (a)(1)(B) because the conduct of each was in furtherance of the jointly undertaken criminal activity and was reasonably foreseeable in connection with that criminal activity. Unknown to Defendant E. Defendant L is accountable under subsection (a)(1)(A) only for the quantity of – 26 – (2) (3) (4) . but otherwise operates independently of Defendant K. Each defendant is convicted of a count charging conspiracy to distribute child pornography. Defendant F fraudulently obtains $20.3 (c) GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.000 worth of merchandise. 2009 Requirement that the conduct of others be in furtherance of the jointly undertaken criminal activity and reasonably foreseeable.000 was not in furtherance of the criminal activity he jointly undertook with Defendant D (i.e. Defendants L and M are aware of each other’s criminal activity but operate independently.§1B1. Defendant G fraudulently obtains $35. Defendant K is accountable under subsection (a)(1)(A) for the entire quantity of child pornography sold to Defendants L and M. Defendant E is convicted of forging the $800 check and is accountable for the forgery of this check under subsection (a)(1)(A). scope of the criminal activity (1) Defendant D pays Defendant E a small amount to forge an endorsement on an $800 stolen government check. Defendants H.

the one delivery). Defendant O is accountable under subsection (a)(1)(A) for the drug quantity involved on that one occasion. and otherwise operated independently. V. U. As this example illustrates. if Defendants T. Defendant Q.3 child pornography that he purchased from Defendant K because the scope of his jointly undertaken criminal activity is limited to that amount. Each defendant is accountable for the aggregate quantity of marihuana transported by the four defendants. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §1B1. Defendants T. in cases involving contraband (including controlled substances). In contrast. For the same reason. Defendant P is a street-level drug dealer who knows of other street-level drug dealers in the same geographic area who sell the same type of drug as he sells.e. transported their individual shipments at different times. U. V. he is accountable under subsection (a)(1)(B) for the quantities of drugs sold by the four other dealers during the course of his joint undertaking with them because those sales were in furtherance of the jointly undertaken criminal activity and reasonably foreseeable in connection with that criminal activity. Defendant Q is engaged in a jointly undertaken criminal activity and. (5) Defendant O knows about her boyfriend’s ongoing drug-trafficking activity. Defendants T. and W were hired individually. V. and W receive their individual shipments from the supplier at the same time and coordinate their importation efforts by walking across the border together for mutual assistance and protection. and W are hired by a supplier to backpack a quantity of marihuana across the border from Mexico into the United States. another street-level drug dealer. Defendant S is accountable only for that 500 gram amount (under subsection (a)(1)(A)). Defendant R recruits Defendant S to distribute 500 grams of cocaine. pools his resources and profits with four other street-level drug dealers. U. and aided and abetted each other’s actions (subsection (a)(1)(A)) in carrying out the jointly undertaken criminal activity. Defendant P and the other dealers share a common source of supply. each defendant would be accountable only for the quantity of marihuana he personally transported (subsection (a)(1)(A)). Defendant S knows that Defendant R is the prime figure in a conspiracy involved in importing much larger quantities of cocaine. As long as Defendant S’s agreement and conduct is limited to the distribution of the 500 grams..November 1. In contrast. rather than the much larger quantity imported by Defendant R. the scope of the – 27 – (6) (7) (8) . Defendant P is not accountable for the quantities of drugs sold by the other street-level drug dealers because he is not engaged in a jointly undertaken criminal activity with them. but otherwise operate independently. but agrees to participate on only one occasion by making a delivery for him at his request when he was ill. Defendant O is not accountable for the other drug sales made by her boyfriend because those sales were not in furtherance of her jointly undertaken criminal activity (i. the object of which was the importation of the four backpacks containing marihuana (subsection (a)(1)(B)). The four defendants engaged in a jointly undertaken criminal activity. therefore. Defendant M is accountable under subsection (a)(1)(A) only for the quantity of child pornography that he purchased from Defendant K.

the risk created enters into the determination of the offense level only insofar as it is incorporated into the base offense level. to have been convicted of multiple counts. §2Q1. See generally §1B1. subsection (a)(2) applies to offenses of a character for which §3D1. had the defendant been convicted of multiple counts. thus.1 (Robbery)) or to actual.1 (Attempt. applies to offenses for which grouping of counts would be required under §3D1. are of a character for which §3D1.2 (Mishandling of Hazardous or Toxic Substances or Pesticides).2(d) had the defendant been convicted of multiple counts. as part of the same course of conduct or common scheme or plan. 2009 jointly undertaken criminal activity (and thus the accountability of the defendant for the contraband that was the object of that jointly undertaken activity) may depend upon whether. §2X1. it does not limit the scope of subsection (a)(2). subsection (a)(2) applies and the total amount of cocaine (45 grams) involved is used to determine the offense level. – 28 – . attempts to sell an additional 15 grams of cocaine (a violation of 21 U. as part of the same course of conduct or common scheme or plan. attempted or intended harm (e.g. whether that risk or danger was created is to be considered in determining the offense level. Property Damage by Use of Explosives). §2A2.g. 5. If. If the defendant is convicted of multiple counts for the above noted sales. Unless clearly indicated by the guidelines. as discussed above. where the defendant engaged in three drug sales of 10.2(d). If the offense guideline includes creating a risk or danger of harm as a specific offense characteristic. §5K2. § 841) on one occasion and. See.2(d) would require grouping of multiple counts. in fact.§1B1. in the particular circumstances. The two offenses (sale of cocaine and attempted sale of cocaine). § 846) on another occasion.4 (Arson. "Offenses of a character for which §3D1. The extent to which harm that was attempted or intended enters into the determination of the offense level should be determined in accordance with §2X1. although covered by different statutory provisions. "Harm" includes bodily injury. the nature of the offense is more appropriately viewed as one jointly undertaken criminal activity or as a number of separate criminal activities. Part D (Multiple Counts) provide that the counts are grouped together. the guideline refers only to harm sustained (e.2 (Aggravated Assault). 15. subsection (a)(2) provides that the total quantity of cocaine involved (45 grams) is to be used to determine the offense level even if the defendant is convicted of a single count charging only one of the sales. Although Chapter Three. §2B1..1 (Theft. monetary loss.C. e. As noted above. an upward departure may be warranted. Part D (Multiple Counts) applies to multiple counts of conviction. §2B3. harm that is merely risked is not to be treated as the equivalent of harm that occurred. Therefore.g.S." as used in subsection (a)(2). and Fraud). the grouping rules of Chapter Three. §2K1. or Conspiracy) and the applicable offense guideline. Property Destruction.3 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. Subsection (a)(2) merely incorporates by reference the types of offenses set forth in §3D1. multiple counts of conviction are not required for subsection (a)(2) to apply. For example. Application of this provision does not require the defendant. 4.2(d) would require the grouping of counts. Solicitation.C.4 (Information to be Used in Imposing Sentence). or Conspiracy)). the defendant sells 30 grams of cocaine (a violation of 21 U. In a case in which creation of risk is not adequately taken into account by the applicable offense guideline. had the defendant been convicted of both counts. property damage and any resulting harm..S.0 (Grounds for Departure).2(d) would require grouping of multiple counts. however. and 20 grams of cocaine..1 (Attempt. The defendant is convicted of one count charging the completed sale of 30 grams of cocaine. Solicitation. For example. 3.

1. Therefore.C.S.C. See Application Note 3(C) of §2S1. A particular guideline (in the base offense level or in a specific offense characteristic) may expressly direct that a particular factor be applied only if the defendant was convicted of a particular statute.1 (Attempt. He is convicted in state court for the first sale and sentenced to imprisonment.000). Unless such an express direction is included. 8. Solicitation. not as part of the same course of conduct or common scheme or plan as the offense of conviction.C.S. § 1956". the cocaine sale associated with the state conviction is considered as relevant conduct to the instant federal offense. Subsequently. In this example. See Application Note 4 in the Commentary to §2X1.1(c)(1). 7. the offense conduct relevant to the state prison sentence is considered as prior criminal history. in §2S1. the inchoate offense (attempt. – 29 – .1 (Accessory After the Fact) in a case in which the defendant was convicted of accessory after the fact to a violation of 18 U.C. an offense involving an attempted theft of $800. see §4A1. conviction under the statute is not required. Thus. using the same accomplices and modus operandi.November 1. solicitation.S. or conspiracy). or misprision of felony in respect to that particular statute. he is arrested by state authorities for the first sale and by federal authorities for the second sale. or both. subsection (b)(2)(B) applies if the defendant "is convicted under 18 U. An example of this usage is found in §2A3. or Conspiracy) whether the conviction is for the substantive offense. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §1B1.1 (Laundering of Monetary Instruments. however.1. offense conduct associated with a sentence that was imposed prior to the acts or omissions constituting the instant federal offense (the offense of conviction) is not considered as part of the same course of conduct or common scheme or plan as the offense of conviction. an express direction to apply a particular factor only if the defendant was convicted of a particular statute includes the determination of the offense level where the defendant was convicted of conspiracy.3 6. Engaging in Monetary Transactions in Property Derived from Unlawful Activity). attempt.S.S. For example. The prior state prison sentence is counted under Chapter Four (Criminal History and Criminal Livelihood).g. For example. In the case of a partially completed offense (e. the offense level is to be determined in accordance with §2X1. the cocaine sales are not separated by an intervening sentence. solicitation. accessory after the fact.1(b)(2)(B) (which is applicable only if the defendant is convicted under 18 U. §2S1. Note. § 1956 but would not be applied in a case in which the defendant is convicted of a conspiracy under 18 U. For the purposes of subsection (a)(2).000 and a completed theft of $30. use of a statutory reference to describe a particular set of circumstances does not require a conviction under the referenced statute. Unless otherwise specified. In this case.C. (2) The defendant engaged in two cocaine sales constituting part of the same course of conduct or common scheme or plan. § 1957. he again sold cocaine to the same person.S.2(a)(1). The instant federal offense (the offense of conviction) charges this latter sale.4(a)(2) ("if the offense was committed by the means set forth in 18 U.. The state prison sentence for that sale is not counted as a prior sentence. he is then convicted in federal court for the second sale. that Application Note 4 is not applicable where the offense level is determined under §2X1. Immediately upon release from prison. § 1956(h) and the sole object of that conspiracy was to commit an offense set forth in 18 U. Examples: (1) The defendant was convicted for the sale of cocaine and sentenced to state prison. under subsection (a)(2). § 1956) would be applied in determining the offense level under §2X3. aiding or abetting.C. § 2242").

Factors that are appropriate to the determination of whether offenses are sufficiently connected or related to each other to be considered as part of the same course of conduct include the degree of similarity of the offenses. For example. the conduct of five defendants who together defrauded a group of investors by computer manipulations that unlawfully transferred funds over an eighteen-month period would qualify as a common scheme or plan on the basis of any of the above listed factors. In the case of solicitation. whereas §1B1. the conduct for which the defendant is accountable includes all conduct relevant to determining the offense level for the underlying offense that was known. or similarity of modus operandi (the same or similar computer manipulations were used to execute the scheme). Subsection (a) establishes a rule of construction by specifying. a stronger presence of at least one of the other factors is required. offense conduct associated with a previously imposed sentence may be expressly charged in the offense of conviction. which – 30 – . Offenses that do not qualify as part of a common scheme or plan may nonetheless qualify as part of the same course of conduct if they are sufficiently connected or related to each other as to warrant the conclusion that they are part of a single episode. by the defendant. commonality of offenders (the conduct constituted an ongoing conspiracy). the commonality of victims (the same investors were defrauded on an ongoing basis). Background: This section prescribes rules for determining the applicable guideline sentencing range. such as common victims. (A) Common scheme or plan. common purpose. "Common scheme or plan" and "same course of conduct" are two closely related concepts. in certain cases. When one of the above factors is absent. Conduct that is not formally charged or is not an element of the offense of conviction may enter into the determination of the applicable guideline sentencing range. misprision. in the absence of more explicit instructions in the context of a specific guideline. The range of information that may be considered at sentencing is broader than the range of information upon which the applicable sentencing range is determined.e.. or accessory after the fact. or similar modus operandi. a stronger showing of similarity or regularity is necessary to compensate for the absence of temporal proximity. commonality of purpose (to defraud the group of investors). however. For two or more offenses to constitute part of a common scheme or plan. (B) 10. For example.g.4 (Information to be Used in Imposing Sentence) governs the range of information that the court may consider in adjudging sentence once the guideline sentencing range has been determined. they must be substantially connected to each other by at least one common factor. i. such conduct will be considered relevant conduct under subsection (a)(1). 9.. Same course of conduct. the regularity (repetitions) of the offenses. common accomplices. and the time interval between the offenses. 2009 Note. or reasonably should have been known. spree. a defendant’s failure to file tax returns in three consecutive years appropriately would be considered as part of the same course of conduct because such returns are only required at yearly intervals). or ongoing series of offenses. the range of conduct that is relevant to determining the applicable offense level (except for the determination of the applicable offense guideline. not (a)(2).§1B1.3 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. where the conduct alleged to be relevant is relatively remote to the offense of conviction. The nature of the offenses may also be a relevant consideration (e. Unless otherwise provided.

fraud and drug offenses for which the guidelines depend substantially on quantity.2(a)).e. for example. §2A1. Conversely. identifiable units that are meaningful for purposes of sentencing. the amount of money taken in one robbery would not be taken into account in determining the guideline range for the other robbery. 1992 (see Appendix C. in a mail fraud case. to which §3D1. it is important to take into account the full range of related conduct.) Subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2) adopt different rules because offenses of the character dealt with in subsection (a)(2) (i. amendment 389). 1988 (see Appendix C. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §1B1. the distinctions that the law makes as to what constitutes separate counts or offenses often turn on technical elements that are not especially meaningful for purposes of sentencing. tax.2(d) applies) often involve a pattern of misconduct that cannot readily be broken into discrete. For example. November 1. Subsection (a)(4) requires consideration of any other information specified in the applicable guideline. when §3D1. 2004 (see Appendix C.4 (Involuntary Manslaughter) specifies consideration of the defendant’s state of mind. In addition. which provides for grouping of multiple counts arising out of a continuing offense when the offense guideline takes the continuing nature into account. amendments 617 and 634). Continuing offenses present similar practical problems. Thus. Relying on the entire range of conduct. embezzled funds that may not be specified in any count of conviction are nonetheless included in determining the offense level if they were part of the same course of conduct or part of the same scheme or plan as the count of conviction. also prevents double counting. appears to be the most reasonable approach to writing workable guidelines for these offenses. amendment 439). November 1. each taking may provide a basis for a separate count. Historical Note: Effective November 1. than with respect to other offenses such as assault. 1994 (see Appendix C.4 (Arson. in a robbery case in which the defendant robbed two banks. Another consideration is that in a pattern of small thefts. Property Damage By Use of Explosives) specifies consideration of the risk of harm created. 1989 (see Appendix C. a pattern of embezzlement may consist of several acts of taking that cannot separately be identified.November 1. amendment 674). The distinction is made on the basis of §3D1. The reference to §3D1. which provides for grouping together (i. amendments 76-78 and 303). even though the overall conduct is clear. 1987. for example. 1991 (see Appendix C. Thus. in an embezzlement case. – 31 – . regardless of the number of counts that are alleged or on which a conviction is obtained. November 1.e. Amended effective January 15. 1990 (see Appendix C. primarily certain property. November 1. amendment 503). (This is true whether the defendant is convicted of one or both robberies. quantities and types of drugs not specified in the count of conviction are to be included in determining the offense level if they were part of the same course of conduct or part of a common scheme or plan as the count of conviction. even if both robberies were part of a single course of conduct or the same scheme or plan. 2001 (see Appendix C. treating as a single count) all counts charging offenses of a type covered by this subsection.3 is governed by §1B1. November 1. so that convictions on multiple counts are considered separately in determining the guideline sentencing range. No such rule of construction is necessary with respect to Chapters Four and Five because the guidelines in those Chapters are explicit as to the specific factors to be considered. November 1. the guidelines prohibit aggregation of quantities from other counts in order to prevent "double counting" of the conduct and harm from each count of conviction.2(d) does not apply. the applicability of subsection (a)(2) does not depend upon whether multiple counts are alleged. in an embezzlement case. the scheme is an element of the offense and each mailing may be the basis for a separate count.. robbery and burglary. §2K1. However. amendment 309). On the other hand.. November 1. For example.2(d). Similarly. amendment 3). in a drug distribution case. Subsection (a)(2) provides for consideration of a broader range of conduct with respect to one class of offenses.2(d).

amendment 4). 2000 (see Appendix C. Some policy statements do. Historical Note: Effective November 1. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.C.5. 1728).. A court is not precluded from considering information that the guidelines do not take into account in determining a sentence within the guideline range or from considering that information in determining whether and to what extent to depart from the guidelines. amendment 674) . specific offense characteristics. 1988 (see Appendix C. however. cross references. without limitation. the base offense level. the adjustments in Chapter Three (Adjustments) – 32 – .S. except as provided in subdivision (2) below. and special instructions). § 3661. Part H (Specific Offender Characteristics). §1B1. if the defendant committed two robberies. or should be considered only for limited purposes. and not to the entire offense guideline. but as part of a plea negotiation entered a guilty plea to only one. Commentary Background: This section distinguishes between factors that determine the applicable guideline sentencing range (§1B1. which recodifies 18 U. e. An instruction to use a particular subsection or table from another offense guideline refers only to the particular subsection or table referenced.C.e. or whether a departure from the guidelines is warranted.. Interpretation of References to Other Offense Guidelines (a) A cross reference (an instruction to apply another offense guideline) refers to the entire offense guideline (i. For example. 1987.S. 2009 Information to be Used in Imposing Sentence (Selecting a Point Within the Guideline Range or Departing from the Guidelines) In determining the sentence to impose within the guideline range. and special instructions). makes it clear that Congress intended that no limitation would be placed on the information that a court may consider in imposing an appropriate sentence under the future guideline sentencing system. See. amendment 303). express a Commission policy that certain factors should not be considered for any purpose. The section is based on 18 U.4.S. unless otherwise prohibited by law..4 §1B1. Amended effective January 15. character and conduct of the defendant. November 1. § 3577. the court may consider. 1989 (see Appendix C. See 18 U.e. the robbery that was not taken into account by the guidelines would provide a reason for sentencing at the top of the guideline range and may provide a reason for an upward departure. § 3661. November 1. the base offense level. amendment 604 ). 2004 (see Appendix C.C. cross references.§1B1. Chapter Five. (b) (2) (c) If the offense level is determined by a reference to another guideline under subsection (a) or (b)(1) above. The recodification of this 1970 statute in 1984 with an effective date of 1987 (99 Stat. (1) An instruction to use the offense level from another offense guideline refers to the offense level from the entire offense guideline (i. any information concerning the background.g. November 1.3) and information that a court may consider in imposing sentence within that range. specific offense characteristics.

For example. except as otherwise expressly provided. 2. These references may be to a specific guideline.2(d)) is to be used.g. Possession. the reference in §2D1.1 (Offering. Conspiracy to Defraud by Interference with Governmental Functions). . and then increase by 2 levels. the offense guideline for such other offense is to be applied." but may also appear in the portion of the guideline entitled "Base Offense Level" (e. References to other offense guidelines are most frequently designated "Cross References. A reference may also be to a specific subsection of another guideline. Soliciting. §2A4.. weapon use. A reference may direct that. except as otherwise expressly provided. to the guideline for the "underlying offense"). Commentary Application Notes: 1. §2D1.10(a)(1) to "3 plus the offense level from the Drug Quantity Table in §2D1.2. degree of injury and motive. In such case.g. Fraud Involving the Deprivation of the Intangible Right to Honest Services of Public Officials.5 also are determined in respect to the referenced offense guideline. cross references. to which §2K2.1(b)(7)).. if the guideline reads "2 plus the offense level from §2A2.g.3 (Relevant Conduct). and 2E1.2 (Interstate or Foreign Travel or Transportation in Aid of a Racketeering Enterprise). (d) A reference to another guideline under subsection (a) or (b)(1) above may direct that it be applied only if it results in the greater offense level. is found to have possessed that – 33 – 3. 2E1.g.1". Prohibited Transactions Involving Firearms or Ammunition) applies. or Transportation of Firearms or Ammunition. e. if the conduct involved another offense. or may be more general (e. the greater offense level means the greater Chapter Two offense level. the greater offense level means the offense level taking into account only the Chapter Two offense level.2 (Aggravated Assault). In such case. only the specific subsection of that other guideline is used. Giving. or "Specific Offense Characteristics" (e. Such references incorporate the specific offense characteristics. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §1B1. unless the offense guideline expressly provides for consideration of both the Chapter Two offense level and applicable Chapter Three adjustments. see the Commentary to §§2C1. For example. including any applicable adjustments for planning. such other offense includes conduct that may be a state or local offense and conduct that occurred under circumstances that would constitute a federal offense had the conduct taken place within the territorial or maritime jurisdiction of the United States.1 (Unlawful Receipt. For situations in which a comparison involving both Chapters Two and Three is necessary.. Extortion Under Color of Official Right.2(a)(1) and (2)). the most serious such offense (or group of closely related offenses in the case of offenses that would be grouped together under §3D1.1 (Unlawful Conduct Relating to Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations). if a defendant convicted of possession of a firearm by a felon.. In such cases. Consistent with the provisions of §1B1. or Receiving a Bribe.November 1. and special instructions as well as the base offense level. A reference to another guideline may direct that such reference is to be used only if it results in a greater offense level. Where there is more than one such other offense." the user would determine the offense level from §2A2.

See 18 U. amendment 666). Significance of Commentary The Commentary that accompanies the guideline sections may serve a number of purposes. 1992 (see Appendix C. §3A1. The first number is the chapter. the letter represents the part of the chapter.§1B1. amendment 616). 1997 (see Appendix C. in the view of the Commission. 2004 (see Appendix C. amendment 534). is the first guideline in the first subpart in Part B of Chapter Two.6. First. The parts are divided into subparts and individual guidelines. Finally. part. and the final number is the guideline.S. Amended effective November 1. November 1. 1991 (see Appendix C. Each guideline is identified by three numbers and a letter corresponding to the chapter. 1989 (see Appendix C. for example. §1B1. November 1. §1B1. amendment 429). the commentary may provide background – 34 – . 80.7. Failure to follow such commentary could constitute an incorrect application of the guidelines. 1987. subpart and individual guideline. amendment 440). § 3742. subjecting the sentence to possible reversal on appeal. Section 2B1.C. November 1. amendments 79. 2009 firearm during commission of a series of offenses.1(c) is applied to the offense resulting in the greatest offense level. may warrant departure from the guidelines.2 is the second guideline in the first subpart in Part A of Chapter Three. Or. November 1. 1987. the cross reference at §2K2. November 1. Policy statements are similarly identified. Second. and 302). To illustrate: Historical Note: Effective November 1. it may interpret the guideline or explain how it is to be applied. Structure of the Guidelines The guidelines are presented in numbered chapters divided into alphabetical parts. the commentary may suggest circumstances which. Historical Note: Effective November 1. November 1.5 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. 1995 (see Appendix C.1. 2001 (see Appendix C. the second number is the subpart. amendment 547). Such commentary is to be treated as the legal equivalent of a policy statement.

" Stinson v. then such information shall not be used in determining the applicable guideline range. that guideline. such commentary may provide guidance in assessing the reasonableness of any departure from the guidelines. "[C]ommentary in the Guidelines Manual that interprets or explains a guideline is authoritative unless it violates the Constitution or a federal statute. concerning the existence of prior convictions and sentences in determining §4A1. or to what extent. 36. The provisions of subsection (a) shall not be applied to restrict the use of information: (1) known to the government prior to entering into the cooperation agreement.1 (Criminal History Category) and §4B1. §1B1.S. or in determining whether. or a plainly erroneous reading of. amendment 498). 508 U.8. These are to be construed as commentary and thus have the force of policy statements. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §1B1. except to the extent provided in the agreement. 38 (1993).1 (Career Offender). 1987.1 (Substantial Assistance to Authorities).November 1. including factors considered in promulgating the guideline or reasons underlying promulgation of the guideline. Use of Certain Information (a) Where a defendant agrees to cooperate with the government by providing information concerning unlawful activities of others. in a prosecution for perjury or giving a false statement. (b) (2) (3) (4) (5) – 35 – . in the event there is a breach of the cooperation agreement by the defendant. United States. a downward departure from the guidelines is warranted pursuant to a government motion under §5K1. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 1993 (see Appendix C. As with a policy statement. Commentary Portions of this document not labeled as guidelines or commentary also express the policy of the Commission or provide guidance as to the interpretation and application of the guidelines. or is inconsistent with. and as part of that cooperation agreement the government agrees that self-incriminating information provided pursuant to the agreement will not be used against the defendant.8 information. Amended effective November 1.

Plea Discussions. as a corollary. 2.g. if a defendant is arrested in possession of a kilogram of cocaine and. a downward departure is warranted pursuant to a government motion under §5K1. 3. the use of such information remains protected by this section). pursuant to an agreement to provide information concerning the unlawful activities of co-conspirators. In the event no agreement is reached. and not merely as a restriction of the government’s presentation of such information (e. is that information prohibited from being used to determine the applicable guideline range shall not be used to depart upward. use of such information in a sentencing proceeding is restricted by Rule 11(f) (Admissibility or Inadmissibility of a Plea. for example. this guideline does not apply to information used against the defendant in a prosecution for perjury. Although the guideline itself affects only the determination of the guideline range.g.1 (Criminal History Category) and §4B1. As with the statutory provisions governing use immunity. the policy of the Commission. and Related Statements) of the Rules of Evidence. This provision does not authorize the government to withhold information from the court but provides that self-incriminating information obtained under a cooperation agreement is not to be used to determine the defendant’s guideline range.C. giving a false statement. where the defendant. and to what extent. admits that he assisted in the importation of an additional three kilograms of cocaine.§1B1. 4. Plea Discussions. subsequent to having entered into a cooperation agreement. a fact not previously known to the government. except to the extent provided in the agreement.1 (Substantial Assistance to Authorities). Subsection (b)(2) prohibits any cooperation agreement from restricting the use of information as to the existence of prior convictions and sentences in determining adjustments under §4A1. e.. § 6002. 5. The guideline operates as a limitation on the use of such incriminating information in determining the applicable guideline range. provides such information to the probation officer preparing the presentence report. 18 U. Under this provision.S.8 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. subsection (b)(5) provides that consideration of such information is appropriate in determining whether. In contrast.1 (Career Offender). This guideline limits the use of certain incriminating information furnished by a defendant in the context of a defendant-government agreement for the defendant to provide information concerning the unlawful activities of other persons. 2009 Commentary Application Notes: 1. On occasion the defendant will provide incriminating information to the government during plea negotiation sessions before a cooperation agreement has been reached. this admission would not be used to increase his applicable guideline range. – 36 – .. The Probation Service generally will secure information relevant to the defendant’s criminal history independent of information the defendant provides as part of his cooperation agreement. or in the event the defendant otherwise fails to comply with the cooperation agreement. a court may refuse to depart downward on the basis of such information. and Related Statements) of the Federal Rules of Criminal Procedure and Rule 410 (Inadmissibility of Pleas.

however. November 1. 1989 (see Appendix C. amendment 736). amendment 441). amendment 6). §1B1. 1988 (see Appendix C. amendment 674).November 1.. amendment 308). amendment 81). 1990 (see Appendix C.9. the Commission has exempted all Class B and C misdemeanors and infractions from the coverage of the guidelines. Unless the cooperation agreement relates to the provision of information concerning the unlawful activities of others. §1B1.10. 2004 (see Appendix C. A Class B misdemeanor is any offense for which the maximum authorized term of imprisonment is more than thirty days but not more than six months. Sentences for such offenses may be consecutive to or concurrent with sentences imposed on other counts. the court should. Amended effective November 1.—In a case in which a defendant is serving a term of imprisonment. November 1. 2. not involving an agreement to provide information concerning the unlawful activity of another person. and the guideline range applicable to that defendant has – 37 – . Class B or C Misdemeanors and Infractions The sentencing guidelines do not apply to any count of conviction that is a Class B or C misdemeanor or an infraction. Historical Note: Effective June 15. consider the relationship between the Class B or C misdemeanor or infraction and any other offenses of which the defendant is convicted. Amended effective November 1. November 1. Historical Note: Effective June 15. 1992 (see Appendix C. an agreement by the defendant simply to detail the extent of his own unlawful activities. amendment 390). Reduction in Term of Imprisonment as a Result of Amended Guideline Range (Policy Statement) (a) Authority.10 6. amendment 5). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §1B1. 2009 (see Appendix C.e. The guidelines for sentencing on multiple counts do not apply to counts that are Class B or C misdemeanors or infractions.— (1) In General. is not covered by this guideline). Background: For the sake of judicial economy. 1991 (see Appendix C. Commentary Application Notes: 1. November 1. the court may impose any sentence authorized by statute for each count that is a Class B or C misdemeanor or an infraction. a Class C misdemeanor is any offense for which the maximum authorized term of imprisonment is more than five days but not more than thirty days. this guideline does not apply (i. Notwithstanding any other provision of the guidelines. 1988 (see Appendix C. an infraction is any offense for which the maximum authorized term of imprisonment is not more than five days. In imposing sentence.

C. § 3582(c)(2) if— (A) none of the amendments listed in subsection (c) is applicable to the defendant.C. Exception. if the original term of imprisonment – 38 – (2) (B) .C. (B) (3) Limitation. the court may reduce the defendant’s term of imprisonment as provided by 18 U.S.— (1) In General.—If the original term of imprisonment imposed was less than the term of imprisonment provided by the guideline range applicable to the defendant at the time of sentencing.C. a reduction comparably less than the amended guideline range determined under subdivision (1) of this subsection may be appropriate.S.— (A) In General.C. the court shall determine the amended guideline range that would have been applicable to the defendant if the amendment(s) to the guidelines listed in subsection (c) had been in effect at the time the defendant was sentenced. § 3582(c)(2) and this policy statement do not constitute a full resentencing of the defendant. 2009 subsequently been lowered as a result of an amendment to the Guidelines Manual listed in subsection (c) below. any such reduction in the defendant’s term of imprisonment shall be consistent with this policy statement.C. Limitations and Prohibition on Extent of Reduction.—In determining whether. the court shall not reduce the defendant’s term of imprisonment under 18 U.§1B1. or an amendment listed in subsection (c) does not have the effect of lowering the defendant’s applicable guideline range.—A reduction in the defendant’s term of imprisonment is not consistent with this policy statement and therefore is not authorized under 18 U. However.S. and to what extent. a reduction in the defendant’s term of imprisonment under 18 U. § 3582(c)(2) and this policy statement to a term that is less than the minimum of the amended guideline range determined under subdivision (1) of this subsection.10 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. the court shall substitute only the amendments listed in subsection (c) for the corresponding guideline provisions that were applied when the defendant was sentenced and shall leave all other guideline application decisions unaffected.S. As required by 18 U.—Consistent with subsection (b). § 3582(c)(2).—Except as provided in subdivision (B). (2) Exclusions. In making such determination. (b) Determination of Reduction in Term of Imprisonment. § 3582(c)(2) and this policy statement is warranted.S.S. § 3582(c)(2). proceedings under 18 U.

— (i) In General. Post-Sentencing Conduct. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §1B1.C. 156. 706 as amended by 711.10 constituted a non-guideline sentence determined pursuant to 18 U. Commentary Application Notes: 1.—In no event may the reduced term of imprisonment be less than the term of imprisonment the defendant has already served. but only within the limits described in subsection (b). and (II) the extent of such reduction.. 488. 490. 454. 702. § 3582(c)(2) and is not consistent with this policy statement if: (i) none of the amendments listed in subsection (c) is applicable to the defendant. and (II) the extent of such reduction. Public Safety Consideration. 516. 543 U. 461. § 3553(a) in determining: (I) whether a reduction in the defendant’s term of imprisonment is warranted.—The court may consider post-sentencing conduct of the defendant that occurred after imposition of the original term of imprisonment in determining: (I) whether a reduction in the defendant’s term of imprisonment (B) (ii) (iii) – 39 – . 591. 499. 657.November 1.—Consistent with 18 U. 220 (2005).S. 433. 505.S. 371.S. (c) Covered Amendments.S.C.S.—Eligibility for consideration under 18 U. a reduction in the defendant’s term of imprisonment is not authorized under 18 U. a further reduction generally would not be appropriate. § 3582(c)(2) is triggered only by an amendment listed in subsection (c) that lowers the applicable guideline range. Factors for Consideration. the court shall consider the factors set forth in 18 U. 506. 379. or (ii) an amendment listed in subsection (c) is applicable to the defendant but the amendment does not have the effect of lowering the defendant’s applicable guideline range because of the operation of another guideline or statutory provision (e.— (A) Eligibility. 484. (C) Prohibition. and 715. 599. Accordingly. 329.S.C. 341. 380. Booker. § 3553(a) and United States v. 606. but only within the limits described in subsection (b). Application of Subsection (a).—Amendments covered by this policy statement are listed in Appendix C as follows: 126. 269.C. a statutory mandatory minimum term of imprisonment).g.—The court shall consider the nature and seriousness of the danger to any person or the community that may be posed by a reduction in the defendant’s term of imprisonment in determining: (I) whether such a reduction is warranted. 130.C. § 3582(c)(2). 176.

Application of Subsection (b)(2). if the original term of imprisonment imposed was within the guideline range applicable to the defendant at the time of sentencing. and (II) the extent of such reduction.—Only a term of imprisonment imposed as part of the original sentence is authorized to be reduced under this section.—Under subsection (b)(2). § 3582(c)(2) and this policy statement.—In determining the amended guideline range under subsection (b)(1). Supervised Release. 4. 2. Subject to these limitations. This section does not authorize a reduction in the term of imprisonment imposed upon revocation of supervised release. in a case in which: (A) the guideline range applicable to the defendant at the time of sentencing was 70 to 87 months. In no case. the amended guideline range determined under subsection (b)(1) and the term of imprisonment already served by the defendant limit the extent to which the court may reduce the defendant’s term of imprisonment under 18 U.—If the prohibition in subsection (b)(2)(C) relating to time already served precludes a reduction in the term of imprisonment to the – 40 – 3. Application of Subsection (b)(1). a reduction comparably less than the amended guideline range determined under subsection (b)(1) may be appropriate. 2009 is warranted. For example. shall the term of imprisonment be reduced below time served. the court shall substitute only the amendments listed in subsection (c) for the corresponding guideline provisions that were applied when the defendant was sentenced. the court shall not reduce the defendant’s term of imprisonment to a term that is less than the minimum term of imprisonment provided by the amended guideline range determined under subsection (b)(1). the court shall not reduce the defendant’s term of imprisonment to a term less than 30 months. (B) the original term of imprisonment imposed was 41 months. If the original term of imprisonment imposed was less than the term of imprisonment provided by the guideline range applicable to the defendant at the time of sentencing.C.§1B1. Modification Relating to Early Termination.S.— (A) Exclusion Relating to Revocation.10 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. All other guideline application decisions remain unaffected. (B) . however. and to what extent. a reduction to a term of imprisonment of 46 months (representing a reduction of approximately 20 percent below the minimum term of imprisonment provided by the amended guideline range determined under subsection (b)(1)) would amount to a comparable reduction and may be appropriate. (B) the defendant’s original term of imprisonment imposed was 56 months (representing a downward departure of 20 percent below the minimum term of imprisonment provided by the guideline range applicable to the defendant at the time of sentencing). and (C) the amended guideline range determined under subsection (b)(1) is 30 to 37 months. Specifically. For example. but only within the limits described in subsection (b). the sentencing court has the discretion to determine whether. and (C) the amended guideline range determined under subsection (b)(1) is 57 to 71 months. in a case in which: (A) the guideline range applicable to the defendant at the time of sentencing was 41 to 51 months. to reduce a term of imprisonment under this section.

United States Code.S. § 994(u) (formerly § 994(t)). The Commission has not included in this policy statement amendments that generally reduce the maximum of the guideline range by less than six months. it shall specify in what circumstances and by what amount the sentences of prisoners serving terms of imprisonment for the offense may be reduced. the magnitude of the change in the guideline range made by the amendment. and the difficulty of applying the amendment retroactively to determine an amended guideline range under subsection (b)(1).S.C. Background: Section 3582(c)(2) of Title 18. This criterion is in accord with the legislative history of 28 U. § 994(u). provides: "[I]n the case of a defendant who has been sentenced to a term of imprisonment based on a sentencing range that has subsequently been lowered by the Sentencing Commission pursuant to 28 U.10 extent the court determines otherwise would have been appropriate as a result of the amended guideline range determined under subsection (b)(1). or on its own motion. which provides: "If the Commission reduces the term of imprisonment recommended in the guidelines applicable to a particular offense or category of offenses. and does not entitle a defendant to a reduced term of imprisonment as a matter of right. provide a basis for early termination of supervised release. including the term of supervised release that would have been appropriate in connection with a sentence under the amended guideline range determined under subsection (b)(1). § 994(o). § 3582(c)(2) and implements 28 U." Among the factors considered by the Commission in selecting the amendments included in subsection (c) were the purpose of the amendment.S. after considering the factors set forth in section 3553(a) to the extent that they are applicable.S. if such a reduction is consistent with applicable policy statements issued by the Sentencing Commission. without more. § 3583(e)(1). does not authorize a reduction in any other component of the sentence. the court may consider any such reduction that it was unable to grant in connection with any motion for early termination of a term of supervised release under 18 U.C.C." This policy statement provides guidance and limitations for a court when considering a motion under 18 U. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §1B1.November 1. The listing of an amendment in subsection (c) reflects policy determinations by the Commission that a reduced guideline range is sufficient to achieve the purposes of sentencing and that. The authorization of such a discretionary reduction does not otherwise affect the lawfulness of a previously imposed sentence.C. the court should take into account the totality of circumstances relevant to a decision to terminate supervised release. in the sound discretion of the court.S. the court may reduce the term of imprisonment. qualified defendants. upon motion of the defendant or the Director of the Bureau of Prisons.C. Rather. which states: "It should be noted that the Committee does not expect that the Commission will recommend adjusting existing sentences under the provision when guidelines are simply refined in a way that might cause isolated instances – 41 – . a reduction in the term of imprisonment may be appropriate for previously sentenced. However. the fact that a defendant may have served a longer term of imprisonment than the court determines would have been appropriate in view of the amended guideline range determined under subsection (b)(1) shall not.

§1B1. 1991. November 5. March 3. 1993 (see Appendix C. The court shall not apply. November 1. Rep. for example. 1995 (see Appendix C. (b) (2) (3) Commentary Application Notes: 1. November 1. The Guidelines Manual in effect on a particular date shall be applied in its entirety. 1997 (see Appendix C. 2009 of existing sentences falling above the old guidelines* or when there is only a minor downward adjustment in the guidelines. Effective November 1. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 1st Sess.. If the defendant is convicted of two offenses. 1989 (see Appendix C. amendment 469)." S. 2008 (see Appendix C. amendment 306). Use of Guidelines Manual in Effect on Date of Sentencing (Policy Statement) (a) The court shall use the Guidelines Manual in effect on the date that the defendant is sentenced. amendment 502). However. amendment 504). November 1. November 1. 1991 (see Appendix C. the first committed before. He is to be sentenced in December 1992. if a court applies an earlier edition of the Guidelines Manual. Amended effective November 1. amendments 712 and 713). to the extent that such amendments are clarifying rather than substantive changes. (1) If the court determines that use of the Guidelines Manual in effect on the date that the defendant is sentenced would violate the ex post facto clause of the United States Constitution. 1992 (see Appendix C. 225. November 1. 2007 (see Appendix C.10 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. Subsection (b)(2) provides that if an earlier edition of the Guidelines Manual is used. 2008 (see Appendix C. 1990 (see Appendix C.11. 180 (1983). November 1. amendment 536). amendment 662). Probably should be "to fall above the amended guidelines". Example: A defendant is convicted of an antitrust offense committed in November 1989. May 1. 2003 (see Appendix C. amendment 423). the revised edition of the Guidelines Manual is to be applied to both offenses. amendment 360). the court shall use the Guidelines Manual in effect on the date that the offense of conviction was committed. and the second after. 98th Cong. amendment 716). amendment 607). amendment 710). 1994 (see Appendix C. 2000 (see Appendix C. amendment 548). November 1. the court shall consider subsequent amendments. * So in original. §1B1. the Commission raised the – 42 – . one guideline section from one edition of the Guidelines Manual and another guideline section from a different edition of the Guidelines Manual. it is to be used in its entirety. except that subsequent clarifying amendments are to be considered. The Committee does not believe the courts should be burdened with adjustments in these cases. a revised edition of the Guidelines Manual became effective. November 1.

1991. the court is to apply the guidelines and policy statements in effect at the time of sentencing.C. This is true even if the defendant’s conduct relevant to the determination of the guideline range under §1B1. Because the defendant completed the second offense after the amendment to the guidelines took effect.3 (Relevant Conduct) included an act that occurred on November 2. one committed before the amendments – 43 – . the conduct charged in the count of the indictment or information of which the defendant was convicted) was determined by the court to have been committed between October 15. 1991 and October 28. the ex post facto clause does not prevent determining the sentence for that count based on the amended guidelines. Under the 1992 edition of the Guidelines Manual (effective November 1. criminal history category of I). Effective November 1. the defendant has a guideline range of 4-10 months (final offense level of 9. § 3553. Although aware of possible ex post facto clause challenges to application of the guidelines in effect at the time of sentencing. Under 18 U. 1989). For example. It shall not apply. While the Commission concurs in the policy expressed by Congress. 1st Sess. if the offense of conviction (i. the guideline range applicable in sentencing will encompass any relevant conduct (e. 225. the offense level of 8 and criminal history category of I from the 1989 edition of the Guidelines Manual in conjunction with the amended guideline range of 0-6 months for this offense level and criminal history category from the 1992 edition of the Guidelines Manual. 1992). 98th Cong. a revised edition of the Guidelines Manual became effective. the Commission lowered the guideline range in the Sentencing Table for cases with an offense level of 8 and criminal history category of I from 2-8 months to 0-6 months. 1992. the date of October 28. for example.e. and the second after. 1991 is the controlling date for ex post facto purposes. 2. criminal history category of I).November 1. S. The same would be true for a defendant convicted of two counts of embezzlement... the revised edition of the Guidelines Manual is to be applied to both offenses. it shall apply the 1989 edition of the Guidelines Manual in its entirety. 1991 (after a revised Guideline Manual took effect). For example. Subsection (b)(3) provides that where the defendant is convicted of two offenses. Congress did not believe that the ex post facto clause would apply to amended sentencing guidelines. Subsection (b)(2) provides that the Guidelines Manual in effect on a particular date shall be applied in its entirety. Background: Subsections (a) and (b)(1) provide that the court should apply the Guidelines Manual in effect on the date the defendant is sentenced unless the court determines that doing so would violate the ex post facto clause in Article I. even if the revised edition results in an increased penalty for the first offense. if a defendant pleads guilty to a single count of embezzlement that occurred after the most recent edition of the Guidelines Manual became effective. related embezzlement offenses that may have occurred prior to the effective date of the guideline amendments) for the offense of conviction. the defendant has a guideline range of 2-8 months (final offense level of 8. If the court determines that application of the 1992 edition of the Guidelines Manual would violate the ex post facto clause of the United States Constitution. Rep.11 base offense level for antitrust offenses. Under subsection (b)(1). Under the 1989 edition of the Guidelines Manual (effective November 1. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §1B1. courts to date generally have held that the ex post facto clause does apply to sentencing guideline amendments that subject the defendant to increased punishment. the last date of the offense of conviction is the controlling date for ex post facto purposes. § 9 of the United States Constitution.. No. 77-78 (1983). the first committed before.S.g.

2). The ex post facto clause does not distinguish between groupable and nongroupable offenses. drug quantities as relevant conduct for the count of conviction. Allen.2d 697 (6th Cir. 886 F.C.12. if a defendant is sentenced in January 1992 for a bank robbery committed in October 1988 and one committed in November 1991. See generally United States v. Historical Note: Effective November 1. Decisions from several appellate courts addressing the analogous situation of the constitutionality of counting pre-guidelines criminal activity as relevant conduct for a guidelines sentence support this approach.2d 143 (8th Cir. §§ 5031-5042). it will not be necessary to compare more than two manuals to determine the applicable guideline range -. 1062 (1990). 1993 (see Appendix C. United States v. See United States v.5.§1B1.S. Under the guideline sentencing system. 901 F. Ykema. Moreover. In this example. Amended effective November 1. 291 (1992). cert. see also United States v. §1B1. and unless that clause would be violated. 1989) (similar). 921 F.1-3D1. 887 F. amendment 475). Thus. Stephenson. – 44 – . Persons Sentenced Under the Federal Juvenile Delinquency Act (Policy Statement) The sentencing guidelines do not apply to a defendant sentenced under the Federal Juvenile Delinquency Act (18 U.S. noting that habitual offender statutes routinely augment punishment for an offense of conviction based on acts committed before a law is passed). 2009 were enacted. 493 U. United States v. However.2d 29 (4th Cir.the manual in effect at the time the last offense of conviction was completed and the manual in effect at the time of sentencing.L. 1989) (upholding inclusion of pre-November 1. the ex post facto clause would not bar application of the amended guideline to the first conviction. 1992 (see Appendix C. even if there are multiple counts of conviction (see §§3D1. the approach set forth in subsection (b)(3) should be followed regardless of whether the offenses of conviction are the type in which the conduct is grouped under §3D1. 1990) (holding that the Sentencing Commission and Congress intended that the applicable version of the guidelines be applied as a "cohesive and integrated whole" rather than in a piecemeal fashion).S. a necessary step in ascertaining the maximum sentence that may be imposed upon a juvenile delinquent is the determination of the guideline range that would be applicable to a similarly situated adult defendant. and the second after. 503 U. even in a complex case involving multiple counts that occurred under several different versions of the Guidelines Manual. denied. 1990) (similar). Consequently. a single sentencing range is determined based on the defendant’s overall conduct. 5G1. the sentence imposed upon a juvenile delinquent may not exceed the maximum of the guideline range applicable to an otherwise similarly situated adult defendant unless the court finds an aggravating factor sufficient to warrant an upward departure from that guideline range.C. Historical Note: Effective November 1. amendment 474).2d 438 (2d Cir. Therefore. R. 1993 (see Appendix C.11 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.2(d). Congress’s directive to apply the sentencing guidelines in effect at the time of sentencing must be followed. a contrary conclusion would mean that such defendant was subject to a lower guideline range than if convicted only of the second offense. 1987.. amendment 442). Cusack. the November 1991 Guidelines Manual should be used to determine a combined guideline range for both counts.

(3) Commentary Application Notes: 1.13 §1B1.S. § 3142(g). there exists in the defendant’s case an extraordinary and compelling reason other than.— (A) Extraordinary and Compelling Reasons.C. the court may reduce a term of imprisonment (and may impose a term of supervised release with or without conditions that does not exceed the unserved portion of the original term of imprisonment) if.13. § 3582(c)(1)(A). (iii) (iv) – 45 – . or the defendant (i) is at least 70 years old. § 3559(c) for the offense or offenses for which the defendant is imprisoned. or is experiencing deteriorating physical or mental health because of the aging process. § 3553(a). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §1B1.S. the court determines that— (1) (A) (B) extraordinary and compelling reasons warrant the reduction.S.—Provided the defendant meets the requirements of subdivision (2).C. As determined by the Director of the Bureau of Prisons.C. The defendant is suffering from a permanent physical or medical condition. (2) the defendant is not a danger to the safety of any other person or to the community. to the extent that they are applicable. extraordinary and compelling reasons exist under any of the following circumstances: (i) (ii) The defendant is suffering from a terminal illness. as provided in 18 U. (ii). Application of Subsection (1)(A). that substantially diminishes the ability of the defendant to provide selfcare within the environment of a correctional facility and for which conventional treatment promises no substantial improvement. after considering the factors set forth in 18 U. The death or incapacitation of the defendant’s only family member capable of caring for the defendant’s minor child or minor children.S. and (iii). and (ii) has served at least 30 years in prison pursuant to a sentence imposed under 18 U.November 1. Reduction in Term of Imprisonment as a Result of Motion by Director of Bureau of Prisons (Policy Statement) Upon motion of the Director of the Bureau of Prisons under 18 U. the reasons described in subdivisions (i). or in combination with. and the reduction is consistent with this policy statement.C.

Amended effective November 1. – 46 – . Application of Subdivision (3).—Any reduction made pursuant to a motion by the Director of the Bureau of Prisons for the reasons set forth in subdivisions (1) and (2) is consistent with this policy statement. rehabilitation of the defendant is not. § 994(t). 2007 (see Appendix C.S.—Pursuant to 28 U. 2. 2006 (see Appendix C. amendment 683).§1B1. Background: This policy statement implements 28 U. 2009 (B) Rehabilitation of the Defendant.13 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. by itself.C. amendment 698).C. Historical Note: Effective November 1.S. an extraordinary and compelling reason for purposes of subdivision (1)(A). § 994(t).

and C (Obstruction). B (Role in the Offense). Certain factors relevant to the offense that are not covered in specific guidelines in Chapter Two are set forth in Chapter Three.November 1. Part K (Departures). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL Ch. 1987. The chapter is organized by offenses and divided into parts and related sections that may cover one statute or many. Historical Note: Effective November 1. Part B (Career Offenders and Criminal Livelihood). Each offense has a corresponding base offense level and may have one or more specific offense characteristics that adjust the offense level upward or downward. and Chapter Five. Chapter Four.OFFENSE CONDUCT Introductory Commentary Chapter Two pertains to offense conduct. – 47 – . Parts A (VictimRelated Adjustments). 2 CHAPTER TWO .

a kidnapping in which death occurs).—This guideline applies in cases of premeditated killing. The extent of the departure should be based upon the defendant’s state of mind (e.S.2 (Second Degree Murder) is not likely to be appropriate. 2..C. 2340A.g.— (A) Offenses Involving Premeditated Killing.g.C. Felony Murder. § 848(e). or 21 U. recklessness or negligence). and the nature of the underlying offense conduct. departure below the minimum guideline sentence provided for second degree murder in §2A1. a downward departure may be warranted if in robbing a bank. Also. 2118(c)(2). § 848(e). see Appendix A (Statutory Index). Application Notes: 1. First Degree Murder (a) Base Offense Level: 43 Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U.g. as a result of which the teller had a heart attack and died. Applicability of Guideline. For example. the degree of risk inherent in the conduct.1. 2113(e). a sentence of death may be – 48 – . (B) 3.C. For additional statutory provision(s).—In the case of premeditated killing..S.S. as provided in 18 U.§2A1. 2282A. life imprisonment is the appropriate sentence if a sentence of death is not imposed. § 3591 et seq.C. Imposition of Life Sentence.C. Applicability of Guideline When Death Sentence Not Imposed.S.—If the defendant did not cause the death intentionally or knowingly. However. this guideline may be applied as a result of a cross reference (e. it necessarily would be inappropriate to impose a sentence at a level below that which the guideline for the underlying offense requires in the absence of death.S. murder in aid of racketeering). or in cases in which the offense level of a guideline is calculated using the underlying crime (e.OFFENSES AGAINST THE PERSON 1. A downward departure from a mandatory statutory term of life imprisonment is permissible only in cases in which the government files a motion for a downward departure for the defendant’s substantial assistance. HOMICIDE §2A1.1 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. This guideline also applies when death results from the commission of certain felonies. a downward departure may be warranted.—If the defendant is sentenced pursuant to 18 U. 2291. §§ 1111. 2199.. 1992(a)(7). 2332b(a)(1). § 3553(e). the defendant merely passed a note to the teller. For example. 21 U. because death obviously is an aggravating factor. A downward departure would not be appropriate in such a case. 1841(a)(2)(C). 2009 PART A .

8 (Extreme Conduct). 1990 (see Appendix C. 2002 (see Appendix C. amendment 310). §2A1. if the offense involved criminally negligent conduct. amendment 637). 2199. 1987. amendment 82). 2004 (see Appendix C. amendment 663). amendment 637). 2332b(a)(1). amendments 699 and 700).3. amendment 685). 1993 (see Appendix C. Application Note: 1. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 2006 (see Appendix C. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2A1. 1989 (see Appendix C. 2007 (see Appendix C. Historical Note: Effective November 1.C. 1841(a)(2)(C). See §5K2. Second Degree Murder (a) Base Offense Level: 38 Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. or degrading to the victim.S. November 1. cruel.2. Amended effective November 1. amendment 699). amendment 637). 2282A. Amended effective November 1.—If the defendant’s conduct was exceptionally heinous. §2A1. For additional statutory provision(s). 2199. Historical Note: Effective November 1. November 1. 2006 (see Appendix C. amendment 685). Involuntary Manslaughter (a) Base Offense Level: (1) 12.C. or – 49 – . 2006 (see Appendix C. 1987. 1841(a)(2)(C). see Appendix A (Statutory Index).4. amendment 476). This guideline applies when a sentence of death is not imposed under those specific provisions. 2007 (see Appendix C. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). amendment 663).4 imposed under the specific provisions contained in that statute. an upward departure may be warranted. 1987. 2002 (see Appendix C. brutal. 2332b(a)(1). §§ 1112. amendment 663). November 1.November 1. amendment 685). 2340A. November 1. §§ 1111. November 1. November 1. Voluntary Manslaughter (a) Base Offense Level: 29 Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. 2002 (see Appendix C. Upward Departure Provision. November 1. November 1. November 1. 2004 (see Appendix C. For additional statutory provision(s). November 1. 2291. 2004 (see Appendix C. November 1. 2291. November 1.S. Amended effective November 1. amendments 699 and 700). §2A1. 2007 (see Appendix C.

Historical Note: Effective November 1. A homicide resulting from driving a means of transportation. November 1. Amended effective November 1. Offenses with this characteristic usually will be encountered as assimilative crimes. (b) Special Instruction (1) If the offense involved the involuntary manslaughter of more than one person. if the offense involved reckless conduct. §§ 1112. 1987. Part D (Multiple Counts) shall be applied as if the involuntary manslaughter of each person had been contained in a separate count of conviction. "Reckless" means a situation in which the defendant was aware of the risk created by his conduct and the risk was of such a nature and degree that to disregard that risk constituted a gross deviation from the standard of care that a reasonable person would exercise in such a situation. convictions for involuntary manslaughter under 18 U. Chapter Three.C. 2006 (see Appendix C. "Mass transportation" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. or similarly dangerous actions. or 22. November 1. 2199. "Reckless" includes all. § 1112. For additional statutory provision(s).5. amendment 699). §2A1. but which is not reckless.C.S. or nearly all. 2291. 2002 (see Appendix C.4 (2) GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1.S.C. amendment 652). November 1. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. amendment 663). 1841(a)(2)(C). see Appendix A (Statutory Index). 2004 (see Appendix C. 2009 (Apply the greater): (A) (B) 18. November 1. 2332b(a)(1). 2003 (see Appendix C. 2007 (see Appendix C. Definitions. if the offense involved the reckless operation of a means of transportation.§2A1.S. "Means of transportation" includes a motor vehicle (including an automobile or a boat) and a mass transportation vehicle.—For purposes of this guideline: "Criminally negligent" means conduct that involves a gross deviation from the standard of care that a reasonable person would exercise under the circumstances. amendment 637). § 1992(d)(7). Application Note: 1. while under the influence of alcohol or drugs ordinarily should be treated as reckless. Conspiracy or Solicitation to Commit Murder (a) Base Offense Level: 33 – 50 – . amendment 685).

2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2A2.C. amendment 663). * * * * * 2.1 (Assault with Intent to Commit Murder.1 (b) Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If the offense involved the offer or the receipt of anything of pecuniary value for undertaking the murder. (2) (b) Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If (A) the victim sustained permanent or life-threatening bodily injury.November 1. 1990 (see Appendix C. increase by 3 levels. 1117. 373. 1751(d). or 27. If the offense resulted in an attempted murder or assault with intent to commit murder.S. otherwise. apply §2A1. amendment 311). Attempted Murder). or (C) the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (A) and (B). Amended effective November 1. 2004 (see Appendix C. increase by 4 levels.1 (First Degree Murder). if the object of the offense would have constituted first degree murder. (2) Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. apply §2A2. Assault with Intent to Commit Murder. increase by 2 levels. increase by 4 levels. increase by 4 levels. 371. If the offense involved the offer or the receipt of anything of pecuniary value for undertaking the murder.1. ASSAULT §2A2. (c) Cross References (1) If the offense resulted in the death of a victim. Historical Note: Effective November 1. Attempted Murder (a) Base Offense Level: (1) 33. §§ 351(d). (2) – 51 – . (B) the victim sustained serious bodily injury.

1751(c). §2A2. increase by 3 levels. "Permanent or life-threatening bodily injury" and "serious bodily injury" have the meaning given those terms in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1. 1991 (see Appendix C. November 1. § 1111. Background: This section applies to the offenses of assault with intent to commit murder and attempted murder. 2007 (see Appendix C. 2002 (see Appendix C. An attempted manslaughter. increase by 4 levels. 1841(a)(2)(C). increase by 2 levels. November 1.1 (Application Instructions).S. (B) a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was otherwise used.2.C. if committed within the special maritime and territorial jurisdiction of the United States. 2.1 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. 1987.—If the offense created a substantial risk of death or serious bodily injury to more than one person. If (A) a firearm was discharged. 2291. amendment 534). November 1. November 1. an upward departure may be warranted. increase the offense level according to the seriousness of the injury: Degree of Bodily Injury (A) (B) Bodily Injury Serious Bodily Injury – 52 – (3) Increase in Level add 3 add 5 . 2006 (see Appendix C. §§ 113(a)(1). November 1.§2A2. increase by 5 levels. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). 2009 Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. 2004 (see Appendix C. amendment 663).S. November 1. (C) a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was brandished or its use was threatened. 351(c). Aggravated Assault (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 14 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) (2) If the assault involved more than minimal planning. 2199. 1113. or assault with intent to commit manslaughter.—For purposes of this guideline: "First degree murder" means conduct that.2 (Aggravated Assault). Upward Departure Provision. amendments 83 and 84). is covered under §2A2. Definitions. amendment 699).C. 1992(a)(7). amendment 637). 1995 (see Appendix C. would constitute first degree murder under 18 U. 1116(a). amendment 685). November 1. Application Notes: 1. Amended effective November 1. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 1989 (see Appendix C. amendment 311). 1990 (see Appendix C. If the victim sustained bodily injury. amendment 391). For additional statutory provision(s).

S. other than conduct to which §3C1. Application of Subsection (b)(1)." have the meaning given those terms in §1B1. 114.. a car. add 6 levels. 1992(a)(7). Application Note 1. (6)." "bodily injury. 1841(a)(2)(C). For additional statutory provision(s).1. 112.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1). not merely to frighten) with that weapon. § 111(b) or § 115.. (4) If the assault was motivated by a payment or offer of money or other thing of value. "More than minimal planning" also exists if significant affirmative steps were taken to conceal the offense. 113(a)(2). 351(e)." and "serious bodily injury.November 1.C. 2." "permanent or life-threatening bodily injury. increase by 2 levels. "more than minimal planning" means more planning than is typical for commission of the offense in a simple form. (3). or an ice pick) if such an instrument is involved in the offense with the intent to commit bodily injury. 2340A.1 (Application Instructions). "Brandished. (B) serious bodily injury. If the offense involved the violation of a court protection order. 2332b(a)(1). 115(a). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2A2. or (C) an intent to commit another felony.g. (b)(1). If the defendant was convicted under 18 U. or If the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (B) and (C). (E) However. §§ 111.1 (Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of Justice) applies. For example. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). "Dangerous weapon" has the meaning given that term in §1B1. Definitions. a chair.—For purposes of this guideline: "Aggravated assault" means a felonious assault that involved (A) a dangerous weapon with intent to cause bodily injury (i.2 (C) Permanent or Life-Threatening Bodily Injury add 7 (D) If the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (A) and (B). (5) (6) Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. Application Note 1. add 4 levels. increase by 2 levels. 2291.e. Application Notes: 1." "firearm. 1751(e)." "otherwise used. and includes any instrument that is not ordinarily used as a weapon (e.C. increase by 2 levels. 2199.S. the cumulative adjustments from application of subdivisions (2) and (3) shall not exceed 10 levels. waiting to commit the offense when no witnesses were – 53 – .

even if application of the base offense level and the weapon enhancement is based on the same conduct. serious bodily injury. if the offense involved physical contact.2 (Official Victim) also shall apply. §§ 111 and 115. amendment 699). Minor Assault (a) Base Offense Level: (1) 7.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse.C. otherwise. the structure follows §2A2. November 1. November 1. 2006 (see Appendix C. §3A1. the involvement of a dangerous weapon with intent to cause bodily injury.—In a case involving a dangerous weapon with intent to cause bodily injury. amendment 311). 1997 (see Appendix C. §2A2. Public Law 107–273.1. November 1. November 1. Assault with intent to commit murder is covered by §2A2. 1987.1 (Assault with Intent to Commit Murder. Historical Note: Effective November 1. amendment 637). November 1. The enhancement in subsection (b)(6) is cumulative to the adjustment in §3A1. November 1. or the intent to commit another felony. This guideline also covers attempted manslaughter and assault with intent to commit manslaughter. By contrast. 2009 present would not alone constitute more than minimal planning. Consequently. Application of Official Victim Adjustment. 1995 (see Appendix C.3. amendments 85 and 86). 2002 (see Appendix C. Application of Subsection (b)(2).. amendment 534).S. An assault that involves the presence of a dangerous weapon is aggravated in form when the presence of the dangerous weapon is coupled with the intent to cause bodily injury.2 (Official Victim) in order to address adequately the directive in section 11008(e)(2)(D) of the Act. amendment 663).—If subsection (b)(6) applies. 2004 (see Appendix C. 1990 (see Appendix C.2 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. 4. Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse). luring the victim to a specific location or wearing a ski mask to prevent identification would constitute more than minimal planning.e. or 4.§2A2. amendment 614). Background: This guideline covers felonious assaults that are more serious than minor assaults because of the presence of an aggravating factor. Assault with intent to commit rape is covered by §2A3. the court shall apply both the base offense level and subsection (b)(2). Subsection (b)(6) implements the directive to the Commission in subsection 11008(e) of the 21st Century Department of Justice Appropriations Act (the "Act"). amendment 549). i. which provides that the Commission shall consider "the extent to which sentencing enhancements within the Federal guidelines and the authority of the court to impose a sentence in excess of the applicable guideline range are adequate to ensure punishment at or near the maximum penalty for the most egregious conduct covered by" 18 U. amendment 685). In such a case. 2007 (see Appendix C. 3. Amended effective November 1. or if a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was possessed and its use was threatened. Such offenses occasionally may involve planning or be committed for hire. November 1. November 1. (2) – 54 – . 2001 (see Appendix C. Attempted Murder). 1989 (see Appendix C. the base offense level and the weapon enhancement in subsection (b)(2) take into account different aspects of the offense.

§ 113(b)(1). November 1. 1995 (see Appendix C. Definitions. or (B) a dangerous weapon – 55 – .C.—Conduct that forms the basis for application of subsection (a)(1) also may form the basis for application of the enhancement in subsection (b)(1)(A) or (B). 115(b)(1). see Appendix A (Statutory Index). 2291. "Minor assault" means a misdemeanor assault. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. "Substantial bodily injury" means "bodily injury which involves (A) a temporary but substantial disfigurement. 2199. "dangerous weapon". amendments 87 and 88). 2004 (see Appendix C. or (B) the offense resulted in substantial bodily injury to an individual under the age of sixteen years. Application of Subsection (b)(1). 1988 (see Appendix C.S. 2. 115(a). Amended effective October 15.—For purposes of this guideline: "Bodily injury". increase by 2 levels. amendment 663).1 (Application Instructions). organ. 2007 (see Appendix C. 1751(e). Background: Minor assault and battery are covered in this section. amendment 64). Application Notes: 1. or (B) a temporary but substantial loss or impairment of the function of any bodily member.2 (Aggravated Assault). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2A2. 1987. November 1. or a felonious assault not covered by §2A2. (c) Cross Reference (1) If the conduct constituted aggravated assault. Obstructing or Impeding Officers (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 10 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If (A) the offense involved physical contact. For additional statutory provision(s). 1989 (see Appendix C.November 1. and "firearm" have the meaning given those terms in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1. November 1. §§ 112.4.C. Historical Note: Effective November 1. amendment 699).4 (b) Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If (A) the victim sustained bodily injury. November 1. apply §2A2.S. increase by 4 levels.2 (Aggravated Assault). §2A2. or mental faculty." See 18 U. 351(e). amendment 510).

November 1.—The base offense level incorporates the fact that the victim was a governmental officer performing official duties. (2) (c) If the victim sustained bodily injury. Cross Reference (1) If the conduct constituted aggravated assault. amendment 443). 2005 (see Appendix C. "bodily injury".§2A2. 1502. For additional statutory provision(s). do not apply §3A1. the offense level is determined under §2A2.—For purposes of this guideline. 3. 2004 (see Appendix C. "dangerous weapon".2 (Reckless Endangerment During Flight). see Appendix A (Statutory Index). and "firearm" have the meaning given those terms in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1. an upward departure may be warranted. increase by 3 levels. 1992 (see Appendix C. 1988 (see Appendix C. the base offense level does not incorporate the possibility that the defendant may create a substantial risk of death or serious bodily injury to another person in the course of fleeing from a law enforcement official (although an offense under 18 U. 3056(d). Conversely.4 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. apply §3C1.—The base offense level does not assume any significant disruption of governmental functions. 2007 (see Appendix C. Therefore. involve the creation of that risk). amendment 550). 1997 (see Appendix C. November 1. amendments 89 and 90).S. If the defendant creates that risk and no higher guideline adjustment is applicable for the conduct creating the risk. increase by 2 levels. 2.2 (Aggravated Assault). amendment 699). Application Notes: 1. §§ 111. Definitions. November 1. pursuant to subsection (c). Historical Note: Effective October 15.2 (Official Victim) unless. In situations involving such disruption.C. Amended effective November 1. 1501. See §5K2. but not always. (a)(2)(A). amendment 663). § 758 for fleeing or evading a law enforcement checkpoint at high speed will often. * * * * * – 56 – .1 (Application Instructions). apply §2A2.7 (Disruption of Governmental Function). amendment 679). 2009 (including a firearm) was possessed and its use was threatened. Upward Departure Provision. November 1. amendment 64). Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U.C. 2237(a)(1). Application of Certain Chapter Three Adjustments.S. 1989 (see Appendix C. November 1.2 (Aggravated Assault).

increase by 3 levels. CRIMINAL SEXUAL ABUSE AND OFFENSES RELATED TO REGISTRATION AS A SEX OFFENDER Historical Note: Effective November 1. or (B) a person held in the custody of a correctional facility. Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse (a) Base Offense Level: (1) (2) (b) 38. to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. (B) if the victim sustained serious bodily injury. increase by 2 levels. increase by 2 levels. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. – 57 – . 2007 (see Appendix C.S. increase by 2 levels. or coerce a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. (A) If the victim sustained permanent or life-threatening bodily injury. or (C) if the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (A) and (B). (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (c) Cross References (1) If a victim was killed under circumstances that would constitute murder under 18 U. increase by 4 levels.C.1 3. or (B) the victim had attained the age of twelve years but had not attained the age of sixteen years. increase by 4 levels. entice. care. If. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2A3.1. If the victim was abducted. otherwise.C. if the defendant was convicted under 18 U. If subsection (a)(2) applies and (A) the victim had not attained the age of twelve years. increase by 4 levels. § 1111 had such killing taken place within the territorial or maritime jurisdiction of the United States. amendment 701). 1987. increase by 4 levels. Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the offense involved conduct described in 18 U. induce. the offense involved (A) the knowing misrepresentation of a participant’s identity. apply §2A1.S. If the victim was (A) in the custody. to persuade. or if. § 2241(a) or (b). Amended effective November 1.C. Criminal Sexual Abuse. § 2241(c). to facilitate transportation or travel.November 1. by a minor or a participant. or (B) the use of a computer or an interactive computer service. §2A3. increase by 2 levels. or supervisory control of the defendant.S. or 30.1 (First Degree Murder).

and "serious bodily injury" have the meaning given those terms in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1.S.1 (Sexually Exploiting a Minor by Production of Sexually Explicit Visual or Printed Material. production. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). for purposes of this guideline. or offering or seeking by notice or advertisement. "serious bodily injury" means conduct other than criminal sexual abuse. "Custody or control" and "prison official" have the meaning given those terms in Application Note 4 of the Commentary to §3A1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline: "Abducted".S. "Distribution" means any act. Application Notes: 1.C. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. the offense shall be deemed to have an official victim for purposes of subsection (c)(2) of §3A1. related to the transfer of material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor.§2A3. including possession with intent to distribute.S. However. § 2256(8). and advertisement. For additional statutory provision(s). transporting. but does not include the mere solicitation of such material by a defendant.1 (Application Instructions). transportation. – 58 – . (d) Special Instruction (1) If the offense occurred in the custody or control of a prison or other correctional facility and the victim was a prison official. §§ 2241.2 (Official Victim). distribution includes posting material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor on a website for public viewing. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. § 1030(e)(1).2 (Official Victim). 2009 If the offense involved causing.C.C. Accordingly. a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct for the purpose of producing a visual depiction of such conduct.1 (2) GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1.S.C. which already is taken into account in the base offense level under subsection (a). "Computer" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. "permanent or life-threatening bodily injury". § 230(f)(2)). "Interactive computer service" has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U. "Child pornography" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. 2242. apply §2G2. Advertisement for Minors to Engage in Production). Custodian Permitting Minor to Engage in Sexually Explicit Conduct. permitting.

3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill). for example. (B) an individual. (B) includes the production of child pornography. Application of Subsection (b)(3). Custody. the court should look to the actual relationship that existed between the defendant and the minor and not simply to the legal status of the defendant-minor relationship.S. intoxicant. or Supervisory Control.— (A) Care. and (C) does not include trafficking in. whether temporarily or permanently. "conduct described in 18 U. 2. who a law enforcement officer represented to a participant (i) had not attained the age of 18 years.—If the enhancement in subsection (b)(3) applies. or causing another person to engage in. (C) rendering the victim unconscious. serious bodily injury. or other similar substance and thereby substantially impairing the ability of the victim to appraise or control conduct.—Subsection (b)(3) is to be construed broadly and includes offenses involving a victim less than 18 years of age entrusted to the defendant. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2A3. and (ii) could be provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually explicit conduct. § 2241(c). do not apply §3B1.S. day care providers.C. or other temporary caretakers are among those who would be subject to this enhancement.November 1. child pornography. or without the knowledge or permission of the victim.—If the conduct that forms the basis for a conviction under 18 U. § 2241(c) is that the defendant engaged in conduct described in 18 U. This provision would apply. do not apply subsection (b)(1).C. "Prohibited sexual conduct" (A) means any sexual activity for which a person can be charged with a criminal offense.1 "Minor" means (A) an individual who had not attained the age of 18 years.1 (Aggravating Role). § 2241(a) or (b). § 2241(a) or (b)" is engaging in. (B) 3. Application in Cases Involving a Conviction under 18 U. a drug. if any dangerous weapon was used or brandished.C. or (C) an undercover law enforcement officer who represented to a participant that the officer had not attained the age of 18 years. or (D) administering by force or threat of force. Application of Subsection (b)(1). (B) – 59 – . or in a case in which the ability of the victim to appraise or control conduct was substantially impaired by drugs or alcohol. baby-sitters. "Participant" has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §3B1. "Victim" includes an undercover law enforcement officer.S.S. (B) threatening or placing the victim in fear that any person will be subject to death. a sexual act with another person by: (A) using force against the victim. For example. teachers. Inapplicability of Chapter Three Adjustment. or kidnapping. or possession of. In determining whether to apply this enhancement. whether fictitious or not.— (A) Definitions.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1).C.

care.S. (B) 6. coercing. November 1. Accordingly. to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. November 1. 2004 (see Appendix C. or (B) facilitate transportation or travel. Definition. Upward Departure Provision. 1991 (see Appendix C.— (A) In General. 2003 (see Appendix C. 5. 2008 (see Appendix C. Subsection (b)(6)(A) is intended to apply only to misrepresentations made directly to a minor or to a person who exercises custody. a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct for the purpose of producing any visual depiction of such conduct. the enhancement would not apply to the use of a computer or an interactive computer service to obtain airline tickets for the minor from an airline’s Internet site. amendment 725). an upward departure may be warranted.—For purposes of subsection (c)(2). induce. amendment 701). amendment 661). 1997 (see Appendix C. November 1. gender. November 1. amendment 477). or coerce a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. "sexually explicit conduct" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.—The cross reference in subsection (c)(2) is to be construed broadly and includes all instances where the offense involved employing. 2001 (see Appendix C.— (A) Misrepresentation of Participant’s Identity. November 1. Application of Subsection (c)(2). or supervisory control of the minor. § 2256(2). care. using. to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. inducing. by a minor or a participant. 2000 (see Appendix C. to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. permitting. November 1.—The enhancement in subsection (b)(6)(A) applies in cases involving the misrepresentation of a participant’s identity to (A) persuade. Historical Note: Effective November 1. persuading. amendments 91 and 92). transporting. without such intent. enticing. or supervisory control of the minor.§2A3. amendment 511). the enhancement in subsection (b)(6)(A) would not apply to a misrepresentation made by a participant to an airline representative in the course of making travel arrangements for the minor. November 1. – 60 – . or (B) facilitate transportation or travel. November 1. See §5K2.8 (Extreme Conduct). amendment 545). Accordingly. or status. The misrepresentation to which the enhancement in subsection (b)(6)(A) may apply includes misrepresentation of a participant’s name. induce. entice. occupation. Amended effective November 1. 1993 (see Appendix C. amendment 664). 1992 (see Appendix C. (B) Use of a Computer or Interactive Computer Service.—If a victim was sexually abused by more than one participant. or coerce a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. amendment 444). use of a computer screen name. by a minor or a participant.1 4. November 1. Accordingly. GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1.C. by a minor or a participant. 1989 (see Appendix C. induce. age. or coerce a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct.—Subsection (b)(6)(B) provides an enhancement if a computer or an interactive computer service was used to (i) persuade. November 1. would not be a sufficient basis for application of the enhancement. or (ii) facilitate transportation or travel. entice. 2009 Application of Subsection (b)(6). or offering or seeking by notice or advertisement. 1987. 1995 (see Appendix C. amendment 615). as long as the misrepresentation was made with the intent to (A) persuade. amendment 392). entice. 2007 (see Appendix C. amendments 592 and 601). Subsection (b)(6)(B) is intended to apply only to the use of a computer or an interactive computer service to communicate directly with a minor or with a person who exercises custody. November 1.

care. If a computer or an interactive computer service was used to persuade.S.2 §2A3.S. increase by 2 levels. or (C) an undercover law enforcement officer who represented to a participant that the officer had not attained the age of 16 years. (B) an individual. who a law enforcement officer represented to a participant (i) had not attained the age of 16 years.S. If the victim had not attained the age of 12 years. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2A3. – 61 – . or (ii) a participant otherwise unduly influenced the minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. (2) (3) (c) Cross Reference (1) If the offense involved criminal sexual abuse or attempt to commit criminal sexual abuse (as defined in 18 U. or coerce the minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. If (A) subsection (b)(1) does not apply. "Minor" means (A) an individual who had not attained the age of 16 years. induce.1 shall apply. Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse). regardless of the "consent" of the victim.—For purposes of this guideline: "Computer" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse. § 2241 or § 2242). "Interactive computer service" has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.C. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). and (B)(i) the offense involved the knowing misrepresentation of a participant’s identity to persuade. § 230(f)(2)).S. and (ii) could be provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually explicit conduct. Application Notes: 1. increase by 4 levels.C. Criminal Sexual Abuse of a Minor Under the Age of Sixteen Years (Statutory Rape) or Attempt to Commit Such Acts (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 18 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the minor was in the custody. or coerce the minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. apply §2A3. Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U. or supervisory control of the defendant. § 2243(a). increase by 4 levels.November 1. entice. § 1030(e)(1). Definitions. §2A3.C. induce. entice. For additional statutory provision(s).2. whether fictitious or not.C.

or coerce the minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. age. The voluntariness of the minor’s behavior may be compromised without prohibited sexual conduct occurring.—Subsection (b)(1) is intended to have broad application and is to be applied whenever the minor is entrusted to the defendant. entice. Accordingly.—The enhancement in subsection (b)(2)(B)(i) applies in cases involving the misrepresentation of a participant’s identity to persuade.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse. induce. "Prohibited sexual conduct" has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of §2A3. In determining whether to apply this enhancement. occupation. Accordingly. Application of Subsection (b)(2). there shall be – 62 – .2 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. 2. care. Subsection (b)(2)(B)(i) is intended to apply only to misrepresentations made directly to the minor or to a person who exercises custody. as long as the misrepresentation was made with the intent to persuade. or Supervisory Control Enhancement. do not apply subsection (b)(2) or §3B1. use of a computer screen name. the enhancement in subsection (b)(2)(B)(i) would not apply to a misrepresentation made by a participant to an airline representative in the course of making travel arrangements for the minor. induce. the court should closely consider the facts of the case to determine whether a participant’s influence over the minor compromised the voluntariness of the minor’s behavior. teachers.1 (Aggravating Role).§2A3. In a case in which a participant is at least 10 years older than the minor. 2009 "Participant" has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of §3B1. or coerce the minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. whether temporarily or permanently. Care. However. (B) Undue Influence. the court should look to the actual relationship that existed between the defendant and the minor and not simply to the legal status of the defendant-minor relationship. or supervisory control of the minor. baby-sitters. entice.—If the enhancement in subsection (b)(1) applies.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).—In determining whether subsection (b)(2)(B)(ii) applies. subsection (b)(2)(B)(ii) does not apply in a case in which the only "minor" (as defined in Application Note 1) involved in the offense is an undercover law enforcement officer. Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse). gender. Custody. or status. without such intent. The misrepresentation to which the enhancement in subsection (b)(2)(B)(i) may apply includes misrepresentation of a participant’s name. day care providers. Inapplicability of Chapter Three Adjustment.— (A) In General.— (A) Misrepresentation of Identity. For example. would not be a sufficient basis for application of the enhancement. or other temporary caretakers are among those who would be subject to this enhancement. (B) 3.

or coerce the minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. or (C) the victim was threatened or placed in fear other than fear of death.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse. §2A3. if the minor had not attained the age of 12 years. In such cases. entice. as defined in 18 U. or kidnaping (see 18 U. an upward departure may be warranted if the defendant committed the criminal sexual act in furtherance of a commercial scheme such as pandering.C. or supervisory control of the minor. A four-level enhancement is provided in subsection (b)(1) for a defendant who victimizes a minor under his supervision or care. thus. November 1. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2A3. Cross Reference. 1995 (see Appendix C. Upward Departure Consideration.S. care. November 1.—Subsection (b)(3) provides an enhancement if a computer or an interactive computer service was used to persuade.S. § 2241 or § 2242. 2000 (see Appendix C. November 1. transporting persons for the purpose of prostitution. regardless of the "consent" of the minor. amendment 511). Subsection (b)(3) is intended to apply only to the use of a computer or an interactive computer service to communicate directly with the minor or with a person who exercises custody.S. amendment 615). it also applies to cases. 2001 (see Appendix C.1 shall apply if (A) the victim had not attained the age of 12 years (see 18 U.(c)). 1989 (see Appendix C. 1987.C. (B) the victim had attained the age of 12 years but not attained the age of 16 years. Amended effective November 1.November 1. as specified in 18 U. in which a participant took active measure(s) to unduly influence the minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct and. amendment 93).1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse. § 2241(c)).S.S.C. 2009 (see Appendix C. the cross reference to §2A3. 4. amendment 732).—There may be cases in which the offense level determined under this guideline substantially understates the seriousness of the offense. amendment 444). For example. serious bodily injury. Background: This section applies to offenses involving the criminal sexual abuse of an individual who had not attained the age of 16 years. induce.3. or kidnaping (see 18 U.3 a rebuttable presumption that subsection (b)(2)(B)(ii) applies. It is assumed that at least a four-year age difference exists between the minor and the defendant. some degree of undue influence can be presumed because of the substantial difference in age between the participant and the minor.C. Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse) will apply.C. However. Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse) if the offense involved criminal sexual abuse or attempt to commit criminal sexual abuse. 1991 (see Appendix C.C. November 1. an upward departure may be warranted. While this section applies to consensual sexual acts prosecuted under 18 U. and was placed in fear of death. prosecuted under 18 U. § 2241(a). 5. 1992 (see Appendix C.S. For example. 6. serious bodily injury. amendment 592). § 2243(a) that would be lawful but for the age of the minor. A four-level enhancement is provided in subsection (b)(2) for such cases. § 2242(1)). or the production of pornography. Historical Note: Effective November 1. § 2243(a). § 2243(a). the voluntariness of the minor’s behavior was compromised.C.S. 2004 (see Appendix C. amendment 664). Application of Subsection (b)(3). amendment 392). §2A3. November 1.— Subsection (c)(1) provides a cross reference to §2A3. Criminal Sexual Abuse of a Ward or Attempt to Commit Such Acts (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 14 Specific Offense Characteristics – 63 – . November 1. November 1. In such a case.

who a law enforcement officer represented to a participant (i) had not attained the age of 18 years. "Minor" means (A) an individual who had not attained the age of 18. or status. entice. or coerce a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct.S.1 (Aggravating Role). or disciplinary authority of the defendant. whether fictitious or not. supervisory. increase by 2 levels. (B) an individual. If a computer or an interactive computer service was used to persuade. induce. gender.—For purposes of this guideline: "Computer" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. For additional statutory provision(s). "Prohibited sexual conduct" has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §2A3. Subsection (b)(1) is intended to apply only to misrepresentations made directly to a minor or to a person who exercises custody. § 230(f)(2)).—The enhancement in subsection (b)(1) applies in cases involving the misrepresentation of a participant’s identity to persuade. or coerce a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. without such intent. Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse). 2. entice. entice. Definitions. "Ward" means a person in official detention under the custodial. or coerce a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. induce.C. – 64 – . use of a computer screen name. entice. or coerce a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. care. and (ii) could be provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually explicit conduct.S. or (C) an undercover law enforcement officer who represented to a participant that the officer had not attained the age of 18 years. increase by 2 levels. as long as the misrepresentation was made with the intent to persuade. Application of Subsection (b)(1). The misrepresentation to which the enhancement in subsection (b)(1) may apply includes misrepresentation of a participant’s name.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse. § 2243(b). induce. age. would not be a sufficient basis for application of the enhancement. 2009 If the offense involved the knowing misrepresentation of a participant’s identity to persuade. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). or supervisory control of the minor. Application Notes: 1. "Interactive computer service" has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U. (2) Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U.3 (1) GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. "Participant" has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §3B1.C.S.§2A3. occupation.C. Accordingly. induce. § 1030(e)(1).

increase by 2 levels. 2007 (see Appendix C.C. Application of Subsection (b)(2). Abusive Sexual Contact or Attempt to Commit Abusive Sexual Contact (a) Base Offense Level: (1) 20. otherwise. § 2242. or coerce a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. Amended effective November 1. If the base offense level is determined under subsection (a)(1) or (2). If a computer or an interactive computer service was used to persuade. November 1. if the offense involved conduct described in 18 U.S. but if the resulting offense level is less than 22. 16.4 3. amendment 615). November 1. if the offense involved conduct described in 18 U. increase by 2 levels. § 2241(a) or (b). increase by 2 levels. Subsection (b)(2) is intended to apply only to the use of a computer or an interactive computer service to communicate directly with a minor or with a person who exercises custody. (2) (3) (4) (5) (c) Cross References (1) If the offense involved criminal sexual abuse or attempt to commit – 65 – . entice. entice. care. and the victim had attained the age of twelve years but had not attained the age of sixteen years. or coerce a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. November 1. If the offense involved the knowing misrepresentation of a participant’s identity to persuade. amendment 701). November 1. entice.November 1. 2004 (see Appendix C. Historical Note: Effective November 1. amendment 94). increase to level 22.—Do not apply §3B1. amendment 511). induce.C. 1987. or supervisory control of the defendant. 2001 (see Appendix C. induce. If the victim was in the custody. induce. Inapplicability of §3B1. or 12. increase by 4 levels. or coerce a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. 2000 (see Appendix C. 4. amendment 592). November 1.3. amendment 664). (2) (3) (b) Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the victim had not attained the age of twelve years. §2A3. 1989 (see Appendix C.4.S. or supervisory control of the minor.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill). care. increase by 2 levels. 1995 (see Appendix C.—Subsection (b)(2) provides an enhancement if a computer or an interactive computer service was used to persuade. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2A3.

or other similar substance and thereby substantially impairing the ability of the victim to appraise or control conduct. Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U.C. and (ii) could be provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually explicit conduct. "conduct described in 18 U. (2) If the offense involved criminal sexual abuse of a minor or attempt to commit criminal sexual abuse of a minor (as defined in 18 U.—For purposes of this guideline: "Computer" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. (B) an individual.S. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). . Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse). Application of Subsection (a)(1). or (D) administering by force or threat of force.4 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. a drug.S.—For purposes of subsection (a)(1).2 (Criminal Sexual Abuse of a Minor Under the Age of Sixteen Years (Statutory Rape) or Attempt to Commit Such Acts). apply §2A3. serious bodily injury. or without the knowledge or permission of the victim.C.—For purposes of subsection (a)(2). § 1030(e)(1). Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse).C.1 (Aggravating Role). "conduct described in 18 U. 2. § 2243(a)).C. or by another person by threatening or placing the victim in fear (other than by threatening or placing the victim in fear that any person will be subjected to death.§2A3. For additional statutory provision(s). apply §2A3. intoxicant. who a law enforcement officer represented to a participant (i) had not attained the age of 18 years.S. § 2241(a) or (b)" is engaging in. 2009 criminal sexual abuse (as defined in 18 U.C.S. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. § 2241 or § 2242). or kidnapping. serious bodily injury. or causing sexual contact with. (B) threatening or placing the victim in fear that any person will be subjected to death.C. or (B) – 66 – 3. or (C) an undercover law enforcement officer who represented to a participant that the officer had not attained the age of 18 years. "Interactive computer service" has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U. "Prohibited sexual conduct" has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §2A3. whether fictitious or not. Application of Subsection (a)(2). § 230(f)(2)). or by another person by: (A) using force against the victim.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse. or kidnapping). § 2242" is: (A) engaging in.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse.S.S. "Minor" means (A) an individual who had not attained the age of 18 years. Definitions.S. § 2244. "Participant" has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §3B1. or causing sexual contact with. Application Notes: 1.C. (C) rendering the victim unconscious.

use of a computer screen name. Accordingly. In determining whether to apply this enhancement. November 1. (B) 5. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2A3.—Subsection (b)(3) is intended to have broad application and is to be applied whenever the victim is entrusted to the defendant. 2000 (see Appendix C. or other temporary caretakers are among those who would be subject to this enhancement. the enhancement in subsection (b)(4) would not apply to a misrepresentation made by a participant to an airline representative in the course of making travel arrangements for the minor.3). 2004 (see Appendix C. or Supervisory Control. Subsection (b)(4) is intended to apply only to misrepresentations made directly to a minor or to a person who exercises custody. entice. or coerce a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct.—The enhancement in subsection (b)(4) applies in cases involving the misrepresentation of a participant’s identity to persuade. amendment 95). age. 1989 (see Appendix C. Background: This section covers abusive sexual contact not amounting to criminal sexual abuse (criminal sexual abuse is covered under §§2A3. November 1. Care. induce. 2007 (see Appendix C. entice. 1992 (see Appendix C. induce. amendment 511).1-3. Misrepresentation of a Participant’s Identity. occupation. Historical Note: Effective November 1. Subsection (b)(5) is intended to apply only to the use of a computer or an interactive computer service to communicate directly with a minor or with a person who exercises custody. Application of Subsection (b)(5). or by another person who is incapable of appraising the nature of the conduct or physically incapable of declining participation in. gender. November 1. or communicating unwillingness to engage in. November 1. as long as the misrepresentation was made with the intent to persuade. amendment 664). November 1. 4. or coerce a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. day care providers.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill). the sexual act. teachers. whether temporarily or permanently. amendment 444). 1987. 2001 (see Appendix C.November 1. November 1. or causing sexual contact with.5. 1995 (see Appendix C. care.5 engaging in. 1991 (see Appendix C. care. Accordingly. amendment 392). Amended effective November 1. For example. Failure to Register as a Sex Offender (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest): – 67 – . or status. amendment 592). or coerce a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. amendments 701 and 711). would not be a sufficient basis for application of the enhancement.— (A) Custody. babysitters. 6. or supervisory control of the minor. or supervisory control of the minor.—Subsection (b)(5) provides an enhancement if a computer or an interactive computer service was used to persuade. Application of Subsection (b)(3). do not apply §3B1. Alternative base offense levels are provided to take account of the different means used to commit the offense. The misrepresentation to which the enhancement in subsection (b)(4) may apply includes misrepresentation of a participant’s name. without such intent.—If the enhancement in subsection (b)(3) applies. entice. §2A3. amendment 615). the court should look to the actual relationship that existed between the defendant and the victim and not simply to the legal status of the defendant-victim relationship. November 1. induce. Inapplicability of Chapter Three Adjustment.

S. or 12. or (C) an undercover law enforcement officer who represented to a participant that the officer had not attained the age of 18 years. respectively. § 16911(5). 2.S. the defendant committed— (A) a sex offense against someone other than a minor. "Tier II offender".§2A3. or (B) attempted to register but was prevented from registering by uncontrollable circumstances and the defendant did not contribute to the creation of those circumstances. and (ii) could be provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually explicit conduct.—In order for subsection (b)(2) to apply.C. increase by 6 levels. if the defendant was required to register as a Tier III offender. (B) (C) (2) If the defendant voluntarily (A) corrected the failure to register. Specific Offense Characteristics (1) (Apply the greatest): If. Application of Subsection (b)(2). Definitions. increase by 6 levels. § 16911(2). if the defendant was required to register as a Tier I offender. (B) an individual. while in a failure to register status. (3) and (4). 14. 2009 16. Application Notes: 1. who a law enforcement officer represented to a participant (i) had not attained the age of 18 years.5 (1) (2) (3) (b) GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. § 2250(a).—For purposes of this guideline: "Minor" means (A) an individual who had not attained the age of 18 years. whether fictitious or not. or a sex offense against a minor. increase by 8 levels. "Sex offense" has the meaning given that term in 42 U. a felony offense against a minor not otherwise covered by subdivision (C). Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U. and "Tier III offender" have the meaning given those terms in 42 U. "Tier I offender". if the defendant was required to register as a Tier II offender.S.C.C.— (A) In General. the defendant’s voluntary attempt to register or to correct the failure to register must have occurred prior to the time the – 68 – . decrease by 3 levels.

6. the guideline sentence is the minimum term of imprisonment required by statute. the guideline sentence is the term of imprisonment required by statute.S.S. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. §§ 2250(c). provides a mandatory minimum term of five years’ imprisonment and a statutory maximum term of 30 years’ imprisonment. § 2250(a). Inapplicability of Chapter Two Enhancement. amendments 701 and 711). In General. or 18 U. Inapplicability of Chapters Three and Four. – 69 – . 2. United States Code.C. Historical Note: Effective November 1.C.2 (Sentencing on Multiple Counts of Conviction). §2A3.—If a sentence under this guideline is imposed in conjunction with a sentence for an underlying offense.November 1.S. 2260A. 2007 (see Appendix C.C. do not apply any specific offense characteristic that is based on the same conduct as the conduct comprising the conviction under 18 U. Section 2260A of title 18. See §§3D1.—Do not apply subsection (b)(2) if subsection (b)(1) also applies. Application Notes: 1. (b) Chapters Three (Adjustments) and Four (Criminal History and Criminal Livelihood) shall not apply to any count of conviction covered by this guideline.1 (Procedure for Determining Offense Level on Multiple Counts) and 5G1. (B) Interaction with Subsection (b)(1). § 2260A. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2A3.—Do not apply Chapters Three (Adjustments) and Four (Criminal History and Criminal Livelihood) to any offense sentenced under this guideline.—Section 2250(c) of title 18. United States Code. § 2250(c) or § 2260A.C.S. The statute also requires a sentence to be imposed consecutively to any sentence imposed for a conviction under 18 U.S. Aggravated Offenses Relating to Registration as a Sex Offender If the defendant was convicted under— (a) 18 U.C. § 2250(c). Such offenses are excluded from application of those chapters because the guideline sentence for each offense is determined only by the relevant statute.6 defendant knew or reasonably should have known a jurisdiction had detected the failure to register. provides a term of imprisonment of 10 years that is required to be imposed consecutively to any sentence imposed for an offense enumerated under that section. 3.

If the victim is a minor and. abduction. (A) If the victim sustained permanent or life-threatening bodily injury.§2A3. in a case involving a sex offense committed against a minor or if the offense resulted in serious bodily injury to a minor. a sentence above the minimum term required by 18 U. * * * * * 4. was placed in the care or custody of another person who had no legal right to such care or custody of the victim. abducted. or if another offense was committed during the kidnapping. If the victim was kidnapped. Kidnapping. Abduction. ABDUCTION. (A) If the victim was not released before thirty days had elapsed. another offense or escape therefrom. amendment 701).—In a case in which the guideline sentence is determined under subsection (a). OR UNLAWFUL RESTRAINT §2A4. or unlawful restraint. or unlawfully restrained during the commission of. increase by 2 levels.C.1. 2009 Upward Departure. increase to -(A) the offense level from the Chapter Two offense guideline – 70 – (7) . increase by 2 levels. 2007 (see Appendix C. increase by 2 levels. increase by 3 levels. KIDNAPPING. If the victim was not released before seven days had elapsed. Historical Note: Effective November 1. increase by 6 levels. GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1.6 4. or in connection with. Unlawful Restraint (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 32 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If a ransom demand or a demand upon government was made. or (C) if the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (A) and (B). in exchange for money or other consideration. § 2250(c) is an upward departure from the guideline sentence. (2) (3) (4) (B) (5) (6) If the victim was sexually exploited. If a dangerous weapon was used. (B) if the victim sustained serious bodily injury. increase by 3 levels. for example. A departure may be warranted. increase by 1 level.S. increase by 6 levels. increase by 4 levels.

or otherwise takes such conduct into account. 1203.C. – 71 – .1 (Attempt. 1201. For purposes of this guideline— Definitions of "serious bodily injury" and "permanent or life-threatening bodily injury" are found in the Commentary to §1B1. §§ 115(b)(2).S.S. (c) Cross Reference (1) If the victim was killed under circumstances that would constitute murder under 18 U. for purposes of this guideline. Therefore. 351(b). abduction. For additional statutory provision(s). which is taken into account in the specific offense characteristic under subsection (b)(5). for example. (d). apply §2A1. 2340A. and 24212423. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2A4.1 (First Degree Murder). attempt. Solicitation. 1751(b). §2X1. §§ 2241-2244.C.S.1(b)).1 (Application Instructions)).1 (Application Instructions). subsection (b)(7) would reference first degree murder (resulting in an offense level of 43. 4. if an offense involved conspiracy to kidnap for the purpose of committing murder. subject to a possible 3-level reduction under §2X1.1 applicable to that other offense if such offense guideline includes an adjustment for kidnapping. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. However. or (B) 4 plus the offense level from the offense guideline applicable to that other offense. in any other case. or a "firearm" or "dangerous weapon" was "otherwise used" (as defined in the Commentary to §1B1.C. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). § 1111 had such killing taken place within the territorial or maritime jurisdiction of the United States. or solicitation to kidnap. "A dangerous weapon was used" means that a firearm was discharged. "serious bodily injury" means conduct other than criminal sexual abuse. 2251. In the case of a conspiracy. or Conspiracy) requires that the court apply any adjustment that can be determined with reasonable certainty. "Sexually exploited" includes offenses set forth in 18 U. 2. the offense referenced under subsection (b)(7) would be the offense of first degree murder. Similarly. if an offense involved a kidnapping during which a participant attempted to murder the victim under circumstances that would have constituted first degree murder had death occurred.November 1. or unlawful restraint. but in no event greater than level 43. Application Notes: 1. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. for example. 3.

1202. but need not have been convicted.2. amendment 478). 2003 (see Appendix C. 1993 (see Appendix C. November 1. and the deletion of subsection (b)(4)(C). Demanding or Receiving Ransom Money (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 23 Cross Reference (1) If the defendant was a participant in the kidnapping offense. Section 401 of Public Law 101-647 amended 18 U. The guideline contains an adjustment for the length of time that the victim was detained. Historical Note: Effective November 1. Unlawful Restraint). amendment 651). §2A4. October 27. – 72 – . implement the directive to the Commission in section 104 of Public Law 108–21. 1987. amendment 96). effective May 30.C. amendment 363). Background: This section specifically includes conduct prohibited by 18 U. apply §2A4. 2003.S. 1997 (see Appendix C. November 1.S. kidnapping that occurs as part of or to facilitate the commission of another offense (often. amendment 650). November 1.C. 1991 (see Appendix C. 1992 (see Appendix C. November 1. or disposed of with knowledge of its criminal origins.C. 2009 Background: Federal kidnapping cases generally encompass three categories of conduct: limited duration kidnapping where the victim is released unharmed. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). amendment 545). amendment 445). state. Amended effective November 1. A "participant" is a person who is criminally responsible for the commission of the offense. Where the guidelines did not already take into account the conduct identified by the Act. and kidnapping for ransom or political demand. § 1202. § 1201 to require that courts take into account certain specific offense characteristics in cases involving a victim under eighteen years of age and directed the Commission to include those specific offense characteristics within the guidelines. Abduction. 1989 (see Appendix C. November 1. requiring that ransom money be received. or local offense that results in a greater offense level (subsections (b)(7) and (c)(1)).§2A4. possessed. An enhancement is provided when the offense is committed for ransom (subsection (b)(1)) or involves another federal. May 30. For additional statutory provision(s). amendment 637). 2003 (see Appendix C. 2002 (see Appendix C. Subsections (a) and (b)(5). The adjustment recognizes the increased suffering involved in lengthy kidnappings and provides an incentive to release the victim.1 (Kidnapping. additional specific offense characteristics have been provided.S.1 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. 877. Application Note: 1. sexual assault). §§ 876. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U.

Interference with Flight Crew Member or Flight Attendant. and aircraft piracy outside that jurisdiction when the defendant is later found in the United States.2 The actual demand for ransom under these circumstances is reflected in §2A4.C. if the offense involved intentionally endangering the safety of: (A) an airport or an aircraft. 49 U. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). For additional statutory provision(s).2.November 1. § 46502(b). or by any other form of intimidation. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 49 U.C. if the offense involved recklessly endangering the safety of: (A) an airport or an aircraft. 1995 (see Appendix C. 1993 (see Appendix C.S. 2002 (see Appendix C. §§ 876-877. 49 U. AIR PIRACY AND OFFENSES AGAINST MASS TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS Historical Note: Effective November 1.S.C. amendment 479). 18.C. Operation. amendment 637). § 46502(a).C. or (B) a mass transportation facility or a mass transportation vehicle.S. 1987. §2A5. Seizure of control of an aircraft may be by force or violence. The presence of a weapon is assumed in the base offense level. or (B) a mass transportation facility or a mass transportation vehicle. Amended effective November 1. amendment 534). Aircraft Piracy or Attempted Aircraft Piracy (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 38 Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If death resulted. behavior proscribed by 18 U. or Maintenance of Mass Transportation Vehicle (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest): (1) 30. Historical Note: Effective November 1. (n)). Navigation. Interference with Dispatch. (b) (formerly 49 U. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2A5. This section additionally includes extortionate demands through the use of the United States Postal Service. * * * * * 5.1.S. §2A5. Background: This section covers aircraft piracy both within the special aircraft jurisdiction of the United States.S. § 1472 (i). Amended effective November 1. – 73 – (2) . Historical Note: Effective November 1. Amended effective November 1. § 46502(a). increase by 5 levels. 1987. or threat of force or violence.1. 1987.

1995 (see Appendix C.S. "Mass transportation" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.C. Historical Note: Effective November 1.1 (Nuclear. and "otherwise used" have the meaning given those terms in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1.C. "firearm".S. §§ 46308. 2007 (see Appendix C. (a)(5). the offense level from the most analogous assault guideline. (B) a chemical weapon.§2A5. "Brandished". 46503. §§2A2. "chemical weapon". apply the most analogous guideline from Chapter Two.1 (Application Instructions). November 1.C. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. and (B)(i) a firearm was discharged.—For purposes of this guideline: "Biological agent". Application Note: 1. or delivery system. "nuclear material".1-2A2. 49 U. Subpart 1 (Homicide). 46504 (formerly 49 U. November 1. "dangerous weapon". (C) a biological agent. Definitions. Part A. (j)). increase by 5 levels. November 1. (ii) a dangerous weapon was otherwise used. (c) Cross References (1) If death resulted. 1993 (see Appendix C. Biological. (2) Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. nuclear material. or (iii) a dangerous weapon was brandished or its use was threatened. increase by 3 levels. apply §2M6. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). § 1992(d)(7). 2002 (see Appendix C. amendment 699). "nuclear byproduct material".4. or a threat to use (A) a nuclear weapon. If the resulting offense level is less than level 24. (a)(6). if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.C. § 1992(a)(1). amendment 480). 1987. and "weapon of mass destruction" have the meaning given those terms in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §2M6. 1989 (see Appendix C. Amended effective November 1.S. increase by 4 levels. Biological. amendments 97 and 303). November 1. If the offense involved possession of. and Other Weapons of Mass Destruction).S. increase to level 24. – 74 – . (a)(4). amendment 637). or 9. and Other Weapons of Mass Destruction). For additional statutory provision(s). or nuclear byproduct material.1 (Nuclear. or (D) a weapon of mass destruction.2 (3) GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. 2009 if an assault occurred. and Chemical Weapons. "toxin". § 1472(c). (4) (b) Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If (A) subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) applies. amendment 534). and Chemical Weapons. toxin.

§ 1472(k)(1)). § 46506 of which the defendant is convicted.S.1. If (A) the offense involved more than two threats. amendment 549).S. Application Notes: 1. 2.S.November 1.C. (D). 1988 (see Appendix C. If the conduct intentionally or recklessly endangered the safety of the aircraft or passengers. increase by 2 levels. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2A6. § 1521 and the offense involved more than two false liens or encumbrances. amendment 65). amendment 686). Hoaxes. 1995 (see Appendix C. HOAXES. § 223(a)(1)(C).C.C. November 1.3. increase by 6 levels. 1997 (see Appendix C. Threatening or Harassing Communications. 1989 (see Appendix C. Amended effective November 1.1 §2A5. 2006 (see Appendix C. § 46506 (formerly 49 U. (b) Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the offense involved any conduct evidencing an intent to carry out such threat. * * * * * 6. if the defendant is convicted of an offense under 47 U. or (E) that did not involve a threat to injure a person or property. amendment 534). False Liens (a) Base Offense Level: (1) (2) 12. (2) – 75 – . amendment 98).C.S. "Underlying offense" refers to the offense listed in 49 U. Amended effective November 1. §2A6. or (B) the defendant is convicted under 18 U. an upward departure may be warranted. Historical Note: Effective October 15. Committing Certain Crimes Aboard Aircraft (a) Base Offense Level: The offense level applicable to the underlying offense. AND DOMESTIC VIOLENCE Historical Note: Effective November 1. November 1. Commentary Statutory Provision: 49 U. 1987.S.C. THREATENING OR HARASSING COMMUNICATIONS. STALKING. or 6.

2292. § 2332a(c)(2)(B).C. (b)(2). 2291(a)(8). Scope of Conduct to Be Considered. If the offense resulted in (A) substantial disruption of public. § 115. apply §2M6. increase by 2 levels. (2). § 1521. . decontaminate. multiple counts involving making a threatening or harassing communication to the same victim are grouped – 76 – 2. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. as defined in 18 U.2 (Official Victim). however. 2291(e). conduct that occurred prior to the offense must be substantially and directly connected to the offense. (C). or business functions or services. 879. or (B) a substantial expenditure of funds to clean up. and (D). see Appendix A (Statutory Index).1 (Weapons of Mass Destruction).C. 1521. and (b)(3) apply.— In determining whether subsections (b)(1). 49 U. increase by 4 levels. § 46507. § 223(a)(1)(C)-(E). the court shall consider only those prior acts of threatening the victim that have a substantial and direct connection to the offense. and (5) do not apply.§2A6. (4). For additional statutory provision(s). 3. If (A) subsection (a)(2) and subdivisions (1). if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined under this guideline. if the defendant engaged in several acts of mailing threatening letters to the same victim over a period of years (including acts that occurred prior to the offense). Application Notes: 1.—If the defendant is convicted under 18 U. Part D (Multiple Counts). increase by 2 levels. § 115. under the facts of the case taken as a whole. 47 U.S. decrease by 4 levels. the court shall consider both conduct that occurred prior to the offense and conduct that occurred during the offense. (3).S. 35(b). 878(a). Applicability of Chapter Three Adjustments.S.S.1 (3) GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1.S. If the defendant (A) is convicted under 18 U. and (C) knew or should have known that the public threatening communication created a substantial risk of inciting others to violate 18 U.S.C.—For purposes of Chapter Three. 871. (B) made a public threatening communication.C. or otherwise respond to the offense. and (B) the offense involved a single instance evidencing little or no deliberation. then for purposes of determining whether subsections (b)(1).C. For example.C. (4) (5) (6) (c) Cross Reference (1) If the offense involved any conduct evidencing an intent to carry out a threat to use a weapon of mass destruction. governmental. Grouping. §§ 32(c). 1992(a)(9). 1038.S. 2009 If the offense involved the violation of a court protection order. 2332b(a)(2). apply §3A1. and (b)(3) apply. (a)(10).C. (b)(2). 876. 877.

if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. 2009 (see Appendix C. amendment 549). Multiple Threats. apply the offense guideline from Chapter Two. threatening. (iv) multiple victims. or (v) substantial pecuniary harm to a victim. Amended effective November 1. If the offense involved more than one of these aggravating factors. See Chapter Five.—The Commission recognizes that offenses covered by this guideline may include a particularly wide range of conduct and that it is not possible to include all of the potentially relevant circumstances in the offense level. or threatened use. November 1.2 together under §3D1. Subsection (b)(5) implements. or (D) a pattern of activity involving stalking. the seriousness of which depends upon the defendant’s intent and the likelihood that the defendant would carry out the threat. in a broader form. November 1. Departure Provisions. Pecuniary Harm. an upward departure may be warranted. the directive to the Commission in section 209 of the Court Security Improvement Act of 2007.November 1. (B) bodily injury. (c) Cross Reference (1) If the offense involved the commission of another criminal offense. 2006 (see Appendix C. of a dangerous weapon. Historical Note: Effective November 1. harassing. 1993 (see Appendix C. (iii) substantially more than two false liens or encumbrances against the real or personal property of the same victim. November 1. amendment 718). amendment 729). Multiple counts involving different victims are not to be grouped under §3D1. increase by 4 levels. (ii) a prolonged period of making harassing communications to the same victim. (C) possession. November 1. 4. The specific offense characteristics are intended to distinguish such cases. Factors not incorporated in the guideline may be considered by the court in determining whether a departure from the guidelines is warranted.2. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2A6.— (A) In General. 1987. §2A6. 2002 (see Appendix C. Public Law 110–177. Part A (Offenses Against the Person) most applicable to that other criminal offense. November 1. November 1.2 (Groups of Closely Related Counts). amendment 699). amendment 686). – 77 – . amendment 637). (B) Background: These statutes cover a wide range of conduct. 2007 (see Appendix C. or assaulting the same victim. Part K (Departures).—If the offense involved (i) substantially more than two threatening communications to the same victim. 1997 (see Appendix C. or Victims. increase by 2 levels. amendment 480).2. Stalking or Domestic Violence (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 18 Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If the offense involved one of the following aggravating factors: (A) the violation of a court protection order. 2008 (see Appendix C. False Liens or Encumbrances.

then for purposes of determining whether subsection (b)(1)(D) applies. threatening.2 (Aggravated Assault) most likely would apply pursuant to subsection (c) if the offense involved assaultive conduct in which injury more serious than bodily injury occurred or if a dangerous weapon was used rather than merely possessed. or assaulting the same victim constitutes a pattern of activity for purposes of this guideline. that person or an immediate family member of that person. any conduct that occurred prior to or during the offense. if a defendant engaged in several acts of stalking the same victim over a period of years (including acts that occurred prior to the offense). "Course of conduct" and "spouse or intimate partner" have the meaning given those terms in 18 U. harassing. If the offense involved aggravating factors more serious than the factors listed in subsection (b)(1). Prior convictions taken into account under subsection (b)(1)(D) are also counted for purposes of determining criminal history points pursuant to Chapter Four. § 2261A.C. or assaulting the same victim" means any combination of two or more separate instances of stalking. or serious bodily injury to. 2009 Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. 2. the court shall consider. placing the person in reasonable fear of death or serious bodily injury to that person or an immediate family member of that person. Part A (Criminal History). §2A2. if the resulting offense level is greater. or intimidate another person and.S.C. or assaulting the same victim.1 (Application Instructions). in the course of. because the more serious conduct will be covered by another offense guideline from Chapter Two. Subsection (b)(1) provides for a two-level or four-level enhancement based on the degree to which the offense involved aggravating factors listed in that subsection. § 2266(2) and (7). whether or not such conduct resulted in a conviction. the court shall look to the totality of the circumstances. For purposes of this guideline: "Bodily injury" and "dangerous weapon" are defined in the Commentary to §1B1. threatening. a single instance of stalking accompanied by a separate instance of threatening. harassing. "Immediate family member" (A) has the meaning given that term in 18 U. conduct that occurred prior to the offense must be substantially and directly connected to the offense. or (B) using the mail or any facility of interstate or foreign commerce to engage in a course of conduct that places that person in reasonable fear of the death of. – 78 – .C. or as a result of. the cross reference in subsection (c) most likely will apply. under the totality of the circumstances. 3.§2A6. For example.C. Application Notes: 1.S. and (B) includes a spouse or intimate partner. harass. considering only those prior acts of stalking the victim that have a substantial and direct connection to the offense. In determining whether subsection (b)(1)(D) applies. For example. injure. §§ 2261-2262. See 18 U.S. such travel. however. "Stalking" means (A) traveling with the intent to kill. § 115(c)(2). For example. harassing.2 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. respectively. "Pattern of activity involving stalking.S. Part A.

if the defendant is convicted of multiple counts of assaulting the ex-spouse in violation of a court protection order under 18 U. In contrast. amendment 616). multiple counts cross referenced pursuant to subsection (c) are not to be grouped together if §3D1. § 2261A and one count of interstate domestic violence involving an assault of the ex-spouse under 18 U. or harassing the same victim are grouped together (and with counts of other offenses involving the same victim that are covered by this guideline) under §3D1.2 (Groups of Closely Related Counts) would require grouping of those counts under that offense guideline.C. 2001 (see Appendix C. Multiple counts that are cross referenced to another offense guideline pursuant to subsection (c) are to be grouped together if §3D1. For example.2 4.November 1.1 (Threatening or Harassing Communications). 5. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2A6.S.C. if the defendant is convicted of multiple counts of threatening an ex-spouse in violation of a court protection order under 18 U. threatening. an upward departure may be warranted if the defendant stalked the victim on many occasions over a prolonged period of time. amendment 737).2 would likely apply to require grouping.2 (Groups of Closely Related Counts). Multiple counts involving different victims are not to be grouped under §3D1. If the defendant received an enhancement under subsection (b)(1) but that enhancement does not adequately reflect the extent or seriousness of the conduct involved. multiple counts involving stalking.2(d) specifically precludes grouping of counts covered by §2A2. November 1. § 2261. threatening.2 would preclude grouping of the counts under that offense guideline. Similarly.2 (Groups of Closely Related Counts). For example. 2009 (see Appendix C.2 and no other provision of §3D1.S. if the defendant is convicted of two counts of stalking the defendant’s ex-spouse under 18 U. Amended effective November 1. the counts probably would not group together inasmuch as §3D1. Part D (Multiple Counts). an upward departure may be warranted. For purposes of Chapter Three. § 2262 and the counts are cross referenced to §2A2. – 79 – .S. § 2262 and the counts are cross referenced to §2A6. 1997 (see Appendix C.S.C. harassing.2 (Aggravated Assault).1 specifically requires grouping. Historical Note: Effective November 1. the stalking counts would be grouped together with the interstate domestic violence count. the counts would group together because Application Note 3 of §2A6.C. For example. or assaulting the same victim) and recognizes that the stalking and interstate domestic violence counts are sufficiently related to warrant grouping. amendment 549). This grouping procedure avoids unwarranted "double counting" with the enhancement in subsection (b)(1)(D) (for multiple acts of stalking.

and simple property damage or destruction. increase the offense level as follows: Loss (Apply the Greatest) (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (I) (J) $5. Offenses Involving Stolen Property. PROPERTY DESTRUCTION. November 1.1 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1.BASIC ECONOMIC OFFENSES 1.000 More than $200.000 More than $10. 2001 (see Appendix C. Property Damage or Destruction.§2B1. otherwise. fraud. Historical Note: Effective November 1. forgery. These guidelines apply to offenses prosecuted under a wide variety of federal statutes. 2009 PART B . Embezzlement.000 – 80 – Increase in Level no increase add 2 add 4 add 6 add 8 add 10 add 12 add 14 add 16 add 18 . and Other Forms of Theft. insider trading.000 More than $1. embezzlement. AND OFFENSES INVOLVING FRAUD OR DECEIT Introductory Commentary These sections address basic forms of property offenses: theft. Offenses Involving Altered or Counterfeit Instruments Other than Counterfeit Bearer Obligations of the United States (a) Base Offense Level: (1) 7. Part K (Offenses Involving Public Safety)). 1989 (see Appendix C. §2B1. amendment 303). Forgery. or 6.000. if (A) the defendant was convicted of an offense referenced to this guideline.000 or less More than $5.000. Fraud and Deceit. counterfeiting (other than offenses involving altered or counterfeit bearer obligations of the United States). THEFT. 1987.500.000 More than $70.1. RECEIPT OF STOLEN PROPERTY. (2) (b) Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the loss exceeded $5. EMBEZZLEMENT. amendment 617).000 More than $30. and (B) that offense of conviction has a statutory maximum term of imprisonment of 20 years or more. transactions in stolen goods.000 More than $400.000 More than $120. Larceny. Amended effective November 1. (Arson is dealt with separately in Chapter Two.000 More than $2. as well as offenses that arise under the Assimilative Crimes Act.

increase by 4 levels.000 More than $20.000. § 1037. increase by 2 levels. increase by 2 levels. involved 50 or more victims. or a government agency. a fraudulent scheme to another jurisdiction to evade law enforcement or regulatory – 81 – (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) .000. or process not addressed elsewhere in the guidelines.000 (Apply the greatest) If the offense— (A) (i) involved 10 or more victims. property from a national cemetery or veterans’ memorial. increase to level 10. (K) (L) (M) (N) (O) (P) (2) More than $7. increase by 2 levels. (C) a violation of any prior. educational.000 More than $50. or involved 250 or more victims. increase by 2 levels. If (A) the defendant relocated. providing.000. increase by 2 levels. If the offense involved theft of. If the resulting offense level is less than level 10. or foreign agent. foreign instrumentality.C.S.000. or furnishing financial assistance for an institution of higher education. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B1. increase by 6 levels.000. specific judicial or administrative order. or participated in relocating. or (D) a misrepresentation to a consumer in connection with obtaining. (B) (C) (3) If the offense involved a theft from the person of another. destruction of. injunction.000 More than $100. increase by 2 levels. If the offense involved receiving stolen property.000 More than $200. and (B) the offense involved obtaining electronic mail addresses through improper means. religious.000.November 1. If the offense involved (A) a misrepresentation that the defendant was acting on behalf of a charitable. or trafficking in. If (A) the defendant was convicted of an offense under 18 U. decree.1 add 20 add 22 add 24 add 26 add 28 add 30. If the offense involved misappropriation of a trade secret and the defendant knew or intended that the offense would benefit a foreign government. damage to. (B) a misrepresentation or other fraudulent action during the course of a bankruptcy proceeding. increase by 2 levels. or political organization. or (ii) was committed through mass-marketing. and the defendant was a person in the business of receiving and selling stolen property.000 More than $400.

increase by 2 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 14. – 82 – (11) (12) (13) (14) (B) (C) (D) . § 1040.§2B1. except as provided in subdivision (D). increase by 4 levels. or (B) possession of a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) in connection with the offense. increase to level 14. increase by 2 levels. or the offense (i) substantially jeopardized the safety and soundness of a financial institution. or (B) goods or chattels that are part of a cargo shipment. increase by 2 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 12. (10) If the offense involved (A) the possession or use of any (i) devicemaking equipment. increase by 2 levels.000 in gross receipts from one or more financial institutions as a result of the offense. increase to level 12.000. If the offense involved (A) the conscious or reckless risk of death or serious bodily injury.S. If the resulting offense level determined under subdivision (A) or (B) is less than level 24. increase to level 24. or (C)(i) the unauthorized transfer or use of any means of identification unlawfully to produce or obtain any other means of identification.1 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1.000 or more employees. or obtained by the use of. 2009 officials. or (C) the offense otherwise involved sophisticated means. or (iii) substantially endangered the solvency or financial security of 100 or more victims. If the resulting offense level is less than level 12. If the resulting offense level is less than level 12. If the offense involved an organized scheme to steal or to receive stolen (A) vehicles or vehicle parts. increase to level 14.C. (I) was a publicly traded company. (Apply the greater) If— (A) the defendant derived more than $1. or (ii) the possession of 5 or more means of identification that unlawfully were produced from. (ii) substantially endangered the solvency or financial security of an organization that. increase to level 12. or (ii) authentication feature. If the offense involved conduct described in 18 U. (B) the production or trafficking of any (i) unauthorized access device or counterfeit access device. If the resulting offense level is less than level 14. or (II) had 1. (B) a substantial part of a fraudulent scheme was committed from outside the United States. increase to level 12. at any time during the offense. or (ii) authentication feature. The cumulative adjustments from application of both subsections (b)(2) and (b)(14)(B) shall not exceed 8 levels. another means of identification. increase by 2 levels. increase by 2 levels.

C.S. (B) increase by 4 levels. increase by 4 levels. increase by 2 levels. (c) Cross References (1) If (A) a firearm. or Trafficking (Including Possession with Intent to Commit These Offenses). explosive material. (17) If the offense involved— (A) a violation of securities law and. or Transportation of Explosive – 83 – . § 1030(a)(5)(A). apply §2D1. § 1030. or (iii) an investment adviser.S. or controlled substance was taken. transmitted.November 1.1 (Unlawful Possession. destructive device. and the offense involved a computer system used to maintain or operate a critical infrastructure. transported. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B1. (A) (Apply the greatest) If the defendant was convicted of an offense under: (i) 18 U. or (B) the stolen property received. the defendant was (i) an officer or a director of a futures commission merchant or an introducing broker. Attempt or Conspiracy). transferred. the defendant was (i) an officer or a director of a publicly traded company. or a violation of commodities law and. explosive material.1 (Unlawful Manufacturing. Exporting. or (iii) a commodity pool operator. Attempt or Conspiracy). increase by 6 levels. (16) (ii) (iii) (B) If subdivision (A)(iii) applies. or controlled substance. 18 U. increase by 2 levels. and the offense involved an intent to obtain personal information. and the offense caused a substantial disruption of a critical infrastructure.3 (Unlawful Receipt. § 1030. or the taking of any such item was an object of the offense. or a person associated with an investment adviser.S.S. §2D2. Importing. at the time of the offense. Possession. destructive device. or used by or for a government entity in furtherance of the administration of justice. or possessed was a firearm. § 1030. 18 U. (ii) a commodities trading advisor. (ii) a registered broker or dealer. and the offense level is less than level 24. at the time of the offense. or national security.C. §2K1.1 (15) If (A) the defendant was convicted of an offense under 18 U. increase to level 24. or a person associated with a broker or dealer. or (B) the offense involved the unauthorized public dissemination of personal information.C. national defense.C.

2282B. Definitions.S. or Destruction of. and (C) the conduct set forth in the count of conviction establishes an offense specifically covered by another guideline in Chapter Two (Offense Conduct). 500.5 (Theft of. 77q. 641.S. § 1342. or § 1343).C. Cultural Heritage Resources. including destruction of mail. 6h. 6c.1 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. 2332b(a)(1). § 1001. Damage to.1 (Unlawful Receipt. or Transportation of Firearms or Ammunition. Property Damage by Use of Explosives). Transportation. as appropriate. 6821. 77x. 1363. "Equity securities" has the meaning given that term in section 3(a)(11) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.C. 2113(b). §§ 38. For additional statutory provision(s). credit union.5 (Theft of. 19 U.C.C. 1031. 18 U. 18 U. 1644.S. or §2K2. or property damage by use of explosives. Transportation. 1026. 1348. Prohibited Transactions Involving Firearms or Ammunition). 2282A. 23. Damage to. apply §2K1. §§ 6.4 (Arson. 1361. 2701. 1030(a)(4)-(5).C. Purchase. § 656. § 1007. 1350. 1025. 285-289. (B) the defendant was convicted under a statute proscribing false. 1832. § 1006.§2B1. Unlawful Sale. §§ 50. Prohibited Transactions Involving Explosive Materials). 1040. 1001-1008. § 657.S.C. 656. 1708. 2291. §§ 14915. or Receipt of Cultural Heritage Resources).S. 42 U. 225. 30170. Unlawful Sale. 2312-2317. "Financial institution" includes any institution described in 18 U. – 84 – . 553(a)(1). (2) If the offense involved arson. 1010-1014. 15 U. 60123(b). 6b. 49 U. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. apply §2B1. Cultural Heritage Resources. 659. or Receipt of Cultural Heritage Resources). 471-473. 1016-1022. 46317(a). § 501(c). Possession. 77e. § 1011. or Destruction of.C. 1703 (if vandalism or malicious mischief. If the offense involved a cultural heritage resource. 1702. 29 U. If (A) neither subdivision (1) nor (2) of this subsection applies.S. (a)(5). 657. 510. 662.C. 78ff. 78j. or § 1014. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). or fraudulent statements or representations generally (e. 664. (3) (4) Commentary Statutory Provisions: 7 U. § 1005.. 13. Purchase.C. 1369. trust company. 1831. § 2401f. is involved).C. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. Exchange.S. 2009 Materials.g. apply that other guideline.—For purposes of this guideline: "Cultural heritage resource" has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §2B1. § 78c(a)(11)). Exchange. 80b-6. § 20.S. 1028. 1029. fictitious. 1037.S.S. 1341-1344. Application Notes: 1. any state or foreign bank. 6o. § 1341. 1992(a)(1).

other than the defendant or a person for whose conduct the defendant is accountable under §1B1. medical. with the Securities and Exchange Commission. or (G) similar information. § 1028(d)(7). whether or not insured by the federal government. (C) diaries. § 78o(d)). union or employee pension fund. brokers and dealers registered.C. or other monument described in 18 U. or (B) that is required to file reports under section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.1 (Application Instructions). (B) wills. and associations that undertake to provide pension. "Personal information" means sensitive or private information involving an identifiable individual (including such information in the possession of a third party).C.. plaque. with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. "Foreign instrumentality" and "foreign agent" have the meaning given those terms in 18 U. and any similar entity. including e-mail. any health. futures commodity merchants and commodity pool operators registered. § 78l). except that such means of identification shall be of an actual (i. or required to be registered. statue.C." primarily include large pension funds that serve many persons (e. of property that was being held by another person or was within arms’ reach.C. medical. without the use of force.S. § 1369(a). pension funds of large national and international organizations. disability. or required to be registered. respectively. and corporations doing substantial interstate business). such as the theft of a purse from a shopping cart. § 1839(3). § 78c). "Union or employee pension fund" and "any health.S. not fictitious) individual.1 insurance company.C. or hospital insurance association.S. "Trade secret" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. "National cemetery" means a cemetery (A) established under section 2400 of title 38. – 85 – . (F) photographs of a sensitive or private nature.C..3 (Relevant Conduct). (E) financial records. "Victim" means (A) any person who sustained any part of the actual loss determined under subsection (b)(1). § 1839(1) and (2). or the Secretary of the Interior. "Firearm" and "destructive device" have the meaning given those terms in the Commentary to §1B1. (D) private correspondence. savings (building and loan) association. "Issuer" has the meaning given that term in section 3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U. investment company.. or other benefits (e. mutual fund.S.S.g. medical or hospitalization insurance) to large numbers of persons. "Means of identification" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. or (B) any individual who sustained bodily injury as a result of the offense. Examples include pick-pocketing and non-forcible purse-snatching.C. or hospital insurance association.e. the Secretary of the Air Force. unions. the Secretary of the Navy. "Publicly traded company" means an issuer (A) with a class of securities registered under section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U. including (A) medical records. "Veterans’ memorial" means any structure.S. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B1. "Theft from the person of another" means theft.November 1.g. United States Code. or (B) under the jurisdiction of the Secretary of the Army.

societies. corporations. companies.—"Pecuniary harm" means harm that is monetary or that otherwise is readily measurable in money.—For purposes of subsection (a)(1). under the circumstances.—In a case involving multiple counts sentenced under this guideline. or (ii) in the case of a conviction for conspiracy.—In the cases described in subdivisions (I) through (III). and joint stock companies. 2009 "Person" includes individuals. solicitation.— (A) "Referenced to this Guideline". soliciting.§2B1.—Subject to the exclusions in subdivision (D).—This application note applies to the determination of loss under subsection (b)(1).—For purposes of this guideline. Rules of Construction in Certain Cases. Loss Under Subsection (b)(1). or attempting to commit. the applicable base offense level is determined by the count of conviction that provides the highest statutory maximum term of imprisonment.—"Actual loss" means the reasonably foreseeable pecuniary harm that resulted from the offense. as in a government sting operation. (A) General Rule. this guideline is the appropriate guideline for the offense the defendant was convicted of conspiring. Pecuniary Harm. Base Offense Level Determination for Cases Involving Multiple Counts. partnerships. and (II) includes intended pecuniary harm that would have been impossible or unlikely to occur (e. reasonably foreseeable pecuniary harm shall be considered to include the pecuniary harm specified for those cases as follows: – 86 – (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) . Intended Loss. "statutory maximum term of imprisonment" means the maximum term of imprisonment authorized for the offense of conviction. (i) Actual Loss. Application of Subsection (a)(1). associations. including any increase in that maximum term under a statutory enhancement provision. firms.—"Intended loss" (I) means the pecuniary harm that was intended to result from the offense.2 (Applicable Guidelines) for the offense of conviction. "reasonably foreseeable pecuniary harm" means pecuniary harm that the defendant knew or. Accordingly. Reasonably Foreseeable Pecuniary Harm..—For purposes of this guideline.1 (Attempt. harm to reputation. (B) (C) 3. or Conspiracy) applies. Definition of "Statutory Maximum Term of Imprisonment". 2. pecuniary harm does not include emotional distress. Solicitation. reasonably should have known. loss is the greater of actual loss or intended loss. was a potential result of the offense. or other non-economic harm. or an insurance fraud in which the claim exceeded the insured value). or attempt to which §2X1.g. an offense is "referenced to this guideline" if (i) this guideline is the applicable Chapter Two guideline determined under the provisions of §1B1.1 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1.

conducting a damage assessment.g. and any revenue lost. trade secrets). such as a fraud affecting a defense contract award. factors such as the following: (i) The fair market value of the property unlawfully taken. The approximate number of victims multiplied by the average loss to each victim.C. actual loss includes the following pecuniary harm. (II) (III) (B) Gain. Procurement Fraud Cases.—The court shall use the gain that resulted from the offense as an alternative measure of loss only if there is a loss but it reasonably cannot be determined. copied. or of retrofitting the product so that it can be used for its intended purpose. For this reason.S.—In the case of a procurement fraud.—In the case of a product substitution offense. plus any increased costs to procure the product or service involved that was reasonably foreseeable. including the cost of responding to an offense. system.S. (C) (ii) (iii) (iv) – 87 – .—The court need only make a reasonable estimate of the loss. § 1030. the cost to the victim of replacing that property. taking into account. if the fair market value is impracticable to determine or inadequately measures the harm. Offenses Under 18 U. or information to its condition prior to the offense.C. the reasonably foreseeable pecuniary harm includes the reasonably foreseeable costs of making substitute transactions and handling or disposing of the product delivered. program.C. the cost of developing that information or the reduction in the value of that information that resulted from the offense. The sentencing judge is in a unique position to assess the evidence and estimate the loss based upon that evidence. § 3742(e) and (f).. as appropriate and practicable under the circumstances. The estimate of the loss shall be based on available information. See 18 U. or other damages incurred because of interruption of service. and the reasonably foreseeable costs of rectifying the actual or potential disruption to the victim’s business operations caused by the product substitution. and restoring the data.1 (I) Product Substitution Cases.S.November 1. In the case of proprietary information (e. reasonably foreseeable pecuniary harm includes the reasonably foreseeable administrative costs to the government and other participants of repeating or correcting the procurement action affected. or destroyed. regardless of whether such pecuniary harm was reasonably foreseeable: any reasonable cost to any victim. or. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B1. The cost of repairs to damaged property. Estimation of Loss. § 1030. the court’s loss determination is entitled to appropriate deference. cost incurred.—In the case of an offense under 18 U.

"counterfeit access device" and "unauthorized access device" have the meaning given those terms in Application Note 9(A). Purloined Numbers and Codes. finance charges. loss shall be considered to be not less than the value of the benefits obtained by unintended recipients or diverted to unintended uses. More general factors. In a case involving collateral pledged or otherwise provided by the defendant. during the commission of the offense. For example. (ii) (F) Special Rules.g. loans. For purposes of this subdivision. by the defendant or other persons acting jointly with the defendant. the prosecution and criminal investigation of an offense. (vi) (D) Exclusions from Loss. and not used. loss includes any unauthorized charges made with the counterfeit access device or unauthorized access device and shall be not less than $500 per access device. The time of detection of the offense is the earlier of (I) the time the offense was discovered by a victim or government agency. (ii) (E) Credits Against Loss. penalties.§2B1.—Loss shall be reduced by the following: (i) The money returned. if the unauthorized access device is a means of telecommunications access that identifies a specific telecommunications instrument or telecommunications account (including an electronic serial number/mobile identification number (ESN/MIN) pair). or other similar costs. to the victim before the offense was detected.—Loss shall not include the following: (i) Interest of any kind. or if the collateral has not been disposed of by that time.—In a case involving any counterfeit access device or unauthorized access device. amounts based on an agreed-upon return or rate of return..1 (v) GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. 2009 The reduction that resulted from the offense in the value of equity securities or other corporate assets. the amount the victim has recovered at the time of sentencing from disposition of the collateral. as the case may be. late fees. and costs incurred by victims primarily to aid the government in. the fair market value of the collateral at the time of sentencing. grants. or (II) the time the defendant knew or reasonably should have known that the offense was detected or about to be detected by a victim or government agency. and the fair market value of the property returned and the services rendered. and that means was only possessed. if the defendant was the – 88 – (ii) . such as the scope and duration of the offense and revenues generated by similar operations. However. loss shall be not less than $100 per unused means. Government Benefits.—In a case involving government benefits (e. entitlement program payments). the following special rules shall be used to assist in determining loss in the cases indicated: (i) Stolen or Counterfeit Credit Cards and Access Devices. Costs to the government of.—Notwithstanding subdivision (A).

promotion. (II) goods were falsely represented as approved by a governmental regulatory agency. loss is $50.C. "Mass-marketing" includes. or misrepresented. services or goods transferred.C.—For purposes of subsection (b)(2). or campaign that is conducted through solicitation by telephone. rendered.C.e. loss shall include the amount paid for the property. for example. an offense under 18 U. (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) 4.— (A) Definition. loss is the estimated street value of the controlled substances.S. shall be considered to have been committed through mass-marketing.5. Value of Cultural Heritage Resources.S. or other means to induce a large number of persons to (i) purchase goods or services. the Internet. Ponzi and Other Fraudulent Investment Schemes. "mass-marketing" means a plan.—In a case involving a fraudulent investment scheme. if the defendant was convicted under. § 1037. (iii) Davis-Bacon Act Violations. the value of the benefits shall be considered to be not less than the difference between the legally required wages and actual wages paid. or was obtained by fraud. (B) – 89 – .. § 3142.C. or any other offense involving conduct described in 18 U. 18 U.S.C. Applicability to Transmission of Multiple Commercial Electronic Mail Messages. criminally prosecuted under 18 U. or (iii) invest for financial profit. or the offense involved conduct described in. (ii) participate in a contest or sweepstakes. mail.1 intended recipient of food stamps having a value of $100 but fraudulently received food stamps having a value of $150. § 1037.—In a case involving a Davis-Bacon Act violation (i. a telemarketing campaign that solicits a large number of individuals to purchase fraudulent life insurance policies.—For purposes of subsection (b)(2). the gain to an individual investor in the scheme shall not be used to offset the loss to another individual investor in the scheme). with no credit provided for the value of those items or services. such as a Ponzi scheme. Value of Controlled Substances.S.—In a case involving controlled substances. depending on the facts of the case. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B1.November 1. a violation of 40 U. the defendant shall receive at least a two-level enhancement under subsection (b)(2) and may. Certain Other Unlawful Misrepresentation Schemes. § 1001).e. loss attributable to that cultural heritage resource shall be determined in accordance with the rules for determining the "value of the cultural heritage resource" set forth in Application Note 2 of the Commentary to §2B1.S. Application of Subsection (b)(2). Accordingly. loss shall not be reduced by the money or the value of the property transferred to any individual investor in the scheme in excess of that investor’s principal investment (i..—In a case involving a scheme in which (I) services were fraudulently rendered to the victim by persons falsely posing as licensed professionals. or (III) goods for which regulatory approval by a government agency was required but not obtained. § 1037.—In a case involving a cultural heritage resource. receive a greater enhancement under such subsection. program.

– 90 – . collection box. 2009 Undelivered United States Mail. or cart. "victim" means (I) any victim as defined in Application Note 1. The value and size of the inventory of stolen property maintained by the defendant. whether such receptacle is owned by the United States Postal Service or otherwise owned. (D) Vulnerable Victims. The defendant’s past activities involving stolen property. or in a case in which the stolen property received. satchel. of the undelivered United States mail. shall. in a case involving means of identification "victim" means (i) any victim as defined in Application Note 1. (ii) (II) (iii) Definition. Special Rule. proprietary service. be presumed to have involved the number of victims corresponding to the number of mailboxes in each cluster box or similar receptacle.§2B1. a housing unit cluster box or any similar receptacle that contains multiple mailboxes..1 (C) GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. unless proven otherwise.— (i) In General. transferred. the court shall consider the following nonexhaustive list of factors in determining whether the defendant was in the business of receiving and selling stolen property: (A) (B) (C) (D) The regularity and sophistication of the defendant’s activities. "improper means" includes the unauthorized harvesting of electronic mail addresses of users of a website.1(b)(2) shall not apply. 6. transmitted. or other online public forum. Enhancement for Business of Receiving and Selling Stolen Property under Subsection (b)(4). or the taking of such item was an object of the offense.—"Undelivered United States mail" means mail that has not actually been received by the addressee or the addressee’s agent (e. The extent to which the defendant’s activities encouraged or facilitated other crimes. Application of Subsection (b)(7).—For purposes of subsection (b)(4). shall be considered to have involved at least 50 victims.g. or possessed was undelivered United States mail.—In a case in which undelivered United States mail was taken. delivery vehicle. (E) 5.—If subsection (b)(2)(B) or (C) applies. or (ii) any individual whose means of identification was used unlawfully or without authority. or addressee.—For purposes of subsection (b)(7).—A case described in subdivision (C)(i) of this note that involved— (I) a United States Postal Service relay box.—For purposes of subsection (b)(2). mail taken from the addressee’s mail box). Cases Involving Means of Identification. or (II) any person who was the intended recipient. an enhancement under §3A1. transported.

but who nonetheless engaged in fraudulent conduct to sell the product. Application of Subsection (b)(8). in a particular case. this enhancement applies even if the defendant was not a specifically named party in that prior case. If. grant. Subsection (b)(8)(A) applies. and the defendant had knowledge of that prior decree or order.g. A defendant who does not comply with such a prior. A defendant. or process.—For purposes of subsection (b)(8)(D): "Financial assistance" means any scholarship.November 1. A defendant who solicited donations from church members by falsely claiming to be a fundraiser for a religiously affiliated school. chief of a local fire department. for example. discount. the defendant intended to divert all or part of that benefit (e. If it is established that an entity the defendant controlled was a party to the prior proceeding that resulted in the official judicial or administrative action. College Scholarship Fraud. official judicial or administrative warning demonstrates aggravated criminal intent and deserves additional punishment. a defendant whose business previously was enjoined from selling a dangerous product. who conducted a public fundraiser representing that the purpose of the fundraiser was to procure sufficient funds for a new fire engine when.1 (Criminal History Category)). an upward departure may be warranted.— (A) In General.. a violation of a condition of release addressed in §3C1. For example. Misrepresentations Regarding Charitable and Other Institutions. for the defendant’s personal gain).3 (Commission of Offense While on Release) or a violation of probation addressed in §4A1. or a government agency (regardless of whether the defendant actually was associated with the organization or government agency) when.1 7. the defendant intended to divert some of the funds for the defendant’s personal benefit. is subject to this enhancement.S.g. "Institution of higher education" has the meaning given that term in section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1954 (20 U. to take or not to take a specified action. religious. award. tuition. decree.—Subsection (b)(8)(C) provides an enhancement if the defendant commits a fraud in contravention of a prior. This enhancement does not apply if the same conduct resulted in an enhancement pursuant to a provision found elsewhere in the guidelines (e. in the form of an order. (B) (ii) (iii) (C) Fraud in Contravention of Prior Judicial Order. or political organization.. loan. however. more than one of the enumerated factors applied. injunction. – 91 – (D) .—Subsection (b)(8)(A) applies in any case in which the defendant represented that the defendant was acting to obtain a benefit on behalf of a charitable. § 1001).C. in fact. official judicial or administrative warning. educational.—The adjustments in subsection (b)(8) are alternative rather than cumulative. to the following: (i) A defendant who solicited contributions for a non-existent famine relief organization. or other financial assistance for the purpose of financing an education. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B1. in fact.

—For purposes of subsection (b)(9)(B). the Northern Mariana Islands. 2009 Non-Applicability of Chapter Three Adjustments. through the use of fictitious entities.—If the conduct that forms the basis for an enhancement under subsection (b)(8)(A) is the only conduct that forms the basis for an adjustment under §3B1. and American Samoa.C.—If the conduct that forms the basis for an enhancement under subsection (b)(8)(B) or (C) is the only conduct that forms the basis for an adjustment under §3C1.3. (ii) 8. or offshore financial accounts also ordinarily indicates sophisticated means.C.— (A) Definition of United States. "Device-making equipment" (i) has the meaning given that term in 18 U.C. § 1029(a)(9). the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. § 1029(e)(6). do not apply that adjustment under §3C1.S.S.1. § 1029(e)(2).S. For example. corporate shells. do not apply that adjustment under §3B1.C. the United States Virgin Islands. "United States" means each of the 50 states. Subsection (b)(8)(B) and (C).— (i) Subsection (b)(8)(A). and (ii) includes a telecommunications instrument that has been modified or altered to obtain unauthorized use of telecommunications service.1 (E) GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. Application of Subsection (b)(10). the District of Columbia.1 (Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of Justice). Conduct such as hiding assets or transactions.— (A) Definitions. § 1028(d)(1). and (II) a scanning receiver referred to in 18 U.—If the conduct that forms the basis for an enhancement under subsection (b)(9) is the only conduct that forms the basis for an adjustment under §3C1. "Scanning receiver" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill). locating the main office of the scheme in one jurisdiction but locating soliciting operations in another jurisdiction ordinarily indicates sophisticated means. Sophisticated Means Enhancement under Subsection (b)(9). Sophisticated Means Enhancement.C. (B) (C) 9.S. and (ii) includes (I) any hardware or software that has been configured as described in 18 U.1.—For purposes of subsection (b)(9)(C).—For purposes of subsection (b)(10): "Authentication feature" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. or both.C. § 1029(e)(8).§2B1.S. – 92 – . § 1029(a)(8). in a telemarketing scheme. "Counterfeit access device" (i) has the meaning given that term in 18 U. do not apply that adjustment under §3C1. Non-Applicability of Chapter Three Adjustment.S. "sophisticated means" means especially complex or especially intricate offense conduct pertaining to the execution or concealment of an offense.1. Guam.

—Offenses involving authentication features. design. alteration. or legal resident status.S. and subsequently uses a credit card in that individual’s name. also are covered by this guideline. from a piece of mail taken from the individual’s mailbox) and obtains a bank loan in that individual’s name. If the primary purpose of the offense. in violation of 18 U. authenticate. as appropriate.g. or assembly.2 (Fraudulently Acquiring Documents Relating to Naturalization). duplicate. alter.S. design. Examples. the law pertaining to naturalization. identification documents. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B1.—Subsection (b)(10)(C)(i) applies in a case in which a means of identification of an individual other than the defendant (or a person for whose conduct the defendant is accountable under §1B1. "Telecommunications service" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. (C) (ii) (II) (iii) Non-Applicability of Subsection (b)(10)(C)(i). authentication.November 1. citizenship.C. (B) Authentication Features and Identification Documents. Application of Subsection (b)(10)(C)(i).—Examples of conduct to which subsection (b)(10)(C)(i) does not apply are as follows: (I) A defendant uses a credit card from a stolen wallet only to make a purchase. § 1029(e)(9).— (i) In General.C.S. was to violate. § 1029(e)(3). A defendant obtains an individual’s name and address from a source (e.. "Production" includes manufacture.g. duplication. or assemble. the account number of the bank loan is the other means of identification that has been obtained unlawfully.C.1 (Trafficking in a Document Relating to Naturalization) or §2L2.—Examples of conduct to which subsection (b)(10)(C)(i) applies are as follows: (I) A defendant obtains an individual’s name and social security number from a source (e. In such a case.S.C. rather than this guideline. § 1028. under 18 U. In this example. In this example. the credit card is the other means of identification that has been obtained unlawfully.3 (Relevant Conduct)) is used without that individual’s authorization unlawfully to produce or obtain another means of identification. and means of identification. apply §2L2.1 "Produce" includes manufacture. the defendant has not used the stolen credit card to obtain another means of identification. from a driver’s license in a stolen wallet) and applies for. – 93 – .. or assist another to violate. obtains. "Unauthorized access device" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. § 1028. false identification documents.

Application of Subsection (b)(14)(B).000. The financial institution was so depleted of its assets as to be forced to merge with another institution in order to continue active operations. tangible or intangible. or investment. – 94 – . 10. an auto theft ring or "chop shop") to steal or to receive stolen (A) vehicles or vehicle parts. regardless of the number of individuals in whose name (or other identifying information) the means of identification were so produced or so obtained. Definition. (D) Application of Subsection (b)(10)(C)(ii).1 (Applicability of Chapter Eight). or (B) goods or chattels that are part of a cargo shipment. the defendant shall be considered to have derived more than $1. payment.—For purposes of this subsection.§2B1.— (A) Application of Subsection (b)(14)(B)(i). "vehicle" means motor vehicle.—The following is a non-exhaustive list of factors that the court shall consider in determining whether. The financial institution was unable on demand to refund fully any deposit. as a result of the offense.—Subsection (b)(12) provides a minimum offense level in the case of an ongoing. The financial institution substantially reduced benefits to pensioners or insureds. A "cargo shipment" includes cargo transported on a railroad car. rather than to all participants. (B) 12. Application of Subsection (b)(12). "organization" has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of §8A1. See 18 U. which is obtained directly or indirectly as a result of such offense. vessel. § 982(a)(4).. vessel.000.g. real or personal.000. 11. bus.S.— (A) In General. For purposes of this subsection. steamboat. 2009 A defendant forges another individual’s signature to cash a stolen check. or aircraft. or airplane. exceeded $1.—For purposes of subsection (b)(14)(A).C. the safety and soundness of a financial institution was substantially jeopardized: (i) (ii) (iii) The financial institution became insolvent.—Subsection (b)(10)(C)(ii) applies in any case in which the offense involved the possession of 5 or more means of identification that unlawfully were produced or obtained.1 (II) GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. (iv) (B) Application of Subsection (b)(14)(B)(ii).—"Gross receipts from the offense" includes all property.000 in gross receipts if the gross receipts to the defendant individually.— (i) Definition. Gross Receipts Enhancement under Subsection (b)(14)(A). Forging another individual’s signature is not producing another means of identification. sophisticated operation (e.

—For purposes of subsection (b)(16): "Critical infrastructure" means systems and assets vital to national defense. do not apply the enhancement under subsection (b)(14)(B). storage. financing and banking systems. The organization substantially reduced its employee pension benefits. as a result of the offense. § 1030(e)(9). water supply systems. A critical infrastructure may be publicly or privately owned. the company was delisted from its primary listing exchange. airlines. For example.C. emergency services (including medical. United States Code).November 1. electrical power delivery systems. (B) Subsection (b)(16)(A)(iii). 14. the solvency or financial security of an organization that was a publicly traded company or that had more than 1. mass transit.C. and delivery systems. national security. public health or safety. or 13 of the Bankruptcy Code (title 11. The organization substantially reduced its workforce. The organization suffered a substantial reduction in the value of its equity securities or the value of its employee retirement accounts. Application of Subsection (b)(16).). or any combination of those matters.000 employees was substantially endangered: (I) The organization became insolvent or suffered a substantial reduction in the value of its assets. (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) 13.—For purposes of subsection (b)(17): "Commodities law" means (i) the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U. "Government entity" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.1 (ii) In General. and government operations that provide essential services to the public. fire. and rescue services). 11. transportation systems and services (including highways. The organization filed for bankruptcy under Chapters 7. telecommunications networks. and – 95 – .S. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B1.— (A) Definitions. Examples of critical infrastructures include gas and oil production. and airports). The liquidity of the equity securities of a publicly traded company was substantially endangered.—If the same conduct that forms the basis for an enhancement under subsection (b)(16)(A)(iii) is the only conduct that forms the basis for an enhancement under subsection (b)(14)(B). Application of Subsection (b)(17). police. or trading of the company’s securities was halted for more than one full trading day.— (A) Definitions. § 1 et seq. economic security.S.—The following is a non-exhaustive list of factors that the court shall consider in determining whether.

do not apply §3B1. 1350. "Commodity trading advisor" has the meaning given that term in section 1a(6) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U. § 1001. and the count of conviction establishes an offense involving fraudulent conduct that is more aptly covered by another guideline.C.S.S. § 1a(6)). "Commodity pool operator" has the meaning given that term in section 1a(5) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.1 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. This subsection would apply in the case of a defendant convicted under a general fraud statute if the defendant’s conduct violated a securities law or commodities law.C. or a similarly general statute. § 1a(23)). and orders issued by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. § 78c(a)(18)).C. "Investment adviser" has the meaning given that term in section 202(a)(11) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U. regulations. and (ii) includes the rules.C.C. § 80b-2(a)(11)).C.C.3.S. For example. § 1a(20)). "Person associated with a broker or dealer" has the meaning given that term in section 3(a)(18) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U. Sometimes.S.S. and the provisions of law referred to in section 3(a)(47) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C.C.—Subsection (c)(3) provides a cross reference to another guideline in Chapter Two (Offense Conduct) in cases in which the defendant is convicted of a general fraud statute.S. (C) 15.—A conviction under a securities law or commodities law is not required in order for subsection (b)(17) to apply.S.C. § 78c(a)(48)).S. Cross Reference in Subsection (c)(3). "Person associated with an investment adviser" has the meaning given that term in section 202(a)(17) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U. § 1a(5)). "Introducing broker" has the meaning given that term in section 1a(23) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U. regulations. "Securities law" (i) means 18 U.—If subsection (b)(17) applies. § 78c(a)(47)). "Futures commission merchant" has the meaning given that term in section 1a(20) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S. § 80b-2(a)(17)). 2009 (ii) includes the rules.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill). Nonapplicability of §3B1.§2B1. (B) In General. §§ 1348. even if the officer is convicted only of wire fraud. – 96 – .C. this subsection would apply if an officer of a publicly traded company violated regulations issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission by fraudulently influencing an independent audit of the company’s financial statements for the purposes of rendering such financial statements materially misleading. offenses involving fraudulent statements are prosecuted under 18 U.S. "Registered broker or dealer" has the meaning given that term in section 3(a)(48) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U. and orders issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the provisions of law referred to in such section.

g. or financial records). In such cases. Multiple-Count Indictments. the offense level is that applicable to the underlying series of offenses comprising the "continuing financial crimes enterprise".1.1 (Evading Import Duties or Restrictions (Smuggling). – 97 – 17.S. psychological harm. Part D (Multiple Counts). Solicitation. The cumulative loss produced by a common scheme or course of conduct should be used in determining the offense level. Extortion Under Color of Official Right.1 (Offering. solicitation. 16.S. See Chapter Three.— (A) Upward Departure Considerations.—There may be cases in which the offense level determined under this guideline substantially understates the seriousness of the offense. regardless of the number of counts of conviction. (ii) . if. educational. An upward departure also would be warranted. or Conspiracy) whether the conviction is for the substantive offense. or resulted in a substantial invasion of a privacy interest (through. In certain other cases. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B1. and false statements to a customs officer. Continuing Financial Crimes Enterprise.—Some fraudulent schemes may result in multiple-count indictments.C. or Receiving a Bribe. Conspiracy to Defraud by Interference with Governmental Functions).1 (Attempt. the offense level is to be determined in accordance with the provisions of §2X1. or conspiracy). or both.C. for which §2S1. depending on the technical elements of the offense.—In the case of a partially completed offense (e. the mail or wire fraud statutes. Receiving or Trafficking in Smuggled Property) likely would be more apt. non-monetary objective. Soliciting.November 1. a state employee who improperly influenced the award of a contract and used the mails to commit the offense may be prosecuted under 18 U. the offense caused physical harm. § 225 (relating to a continuing financial crimes enterprise). For example. death resulted. Fraud involving the Deprivation of the Intangible Right to Honest Services of Public Officials.C. An upward departure would be warranted.3 (Structuring Transactions to Evade Reporting Requirements) likely would be more apt.S. For example. For example. attempted theft or fraud). for which §2T3. as a result of that offense.—If the defendant is convicted under 18 U. Such a case would be more aptly sentenced pursuant to §2C1.1 although the offense involves fraudulent conduct that is also covered by a more specific statute. Examples include false entries regarding currency transactions. See Application Note 4 of the Commentary to §2X1. Departure Considerations. 19. 18. for example. § 1030 offense involving damage to a protected computer.. or other relatively broad statutes. for example. an offense involving a completed theft or fraud that is part of a larger. The following is a nonexhaustive list of factors that the court may consider in determining whether an upward departure is warranted: (i) A primary objective of the offense was an aggravating. Partially Completed Offenses. or severe emotional trauma. a primary objective of the offense was to inflict emotional harm. the theft of personal information such as medical. an upward departure may be warranted. Giving. the inchoate offense (attempt. The offense caused or risked substantial non-monetary harm. in an 18 U. § 1341 for fraud involving the deprivation of the intangible right of honest services. are used primarily as jurisdictional bases for the prosecution of other offenses.

(C) (D) – 98 – . hardship. as defined in 18 U. a downward departure may be warranted.C. (ii) the defendant sustained damage. In such cases. late fees. national public health or safety. amounts based on an agreed-upon return or rate of return. Downward Departure for Major Disaster or Emergency Victims. The offense created a risk of substantial loss beyond the loss determined for purposes of subsection (b)(1). not included in the determination of loss for purposes of subsection (b)(1). finance charges. in the course of the offense. a downward departure may be warranted. § 1030(e)(2). serious bodily injury or death resulted.S.—There may be cases in which the offense level determined under this guideline substantially overstates the seriousness of the offense. In a case involving access devices or unlawfully produced or unlawfully obtained means of identification: (I) The offense caused substantial harm to the victim’s reputation or credit record. (iii) The offense involved a substantial amount of interest of any kind. (iv) (v) (vi) (II) (III) (B) Upward Departure for Debilitating Impact on a Critical Infrastructure. the defendant sought the stolen information to further a broader criminal purpose. in a case involving animal enterprise terrorism under 18 U. and (iii) the benefits received illegally were only an extension or overpayment of benefits received legitimately.S.C. or substantial scientific research or information were destroyed. 2009 for example. national economic security.S. or the victim suffered a substantial inconvenience related to repairing the victim’s reputation or a damaged credit record.—If (i) the minimum offense level of level 12 in subsection (b)(11) applies. or any combination of those matters. or suffering caused by a major disaster or an emergency as those terms are defined in 42 U. In a case involving stolen information from a "protected computer". § 5122. § 43. if. or other similar costs. loss.1 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. An individual whose means of identification the defendant used to obtain unlawful means of identification is erroneously arrested or denied a job because an arrest record has been made in that individual’s name.C.—An upward departure would be warranted in a case in which subsection (b)(16)(A)(iii) applies and the disruption to the critical infrastructure(s) is so substantial as to have a debilitating impact on national security. Downward Departure Consideration. penalties.§2B1. The defendant produced or obtained numerous means of identification with respect to one individual and essentially assumed that individual’s identity.

Consequently. such crimes are robberies and are covered under §2B3. forgery. Subsection (b)(6) implements the instruction to the Commission in section 2 of Public Law 105–101 and the directive to the Commission in section 3 of Public Law 110–384. fraud. Therefore. These offenses are difficult to detect and require costly investigations and prosecutions.November 1. The specific offense characteristics and cross references contained in this guideline are designed with these considerations in mind. the specific offense characteristic of "organized scheme" is used as an alternative to "loss" in setting a minimum offense level. Use of false pretenses involving charitable causes and government agencies enhances the sentences of defendants who take advantage of victims’ trust in government or law enforcement agencies or the generosity and charitable motives of victims. or local administrative agencies. such as pickpocketing or non-forcible purse-snatching. This guideline does not include an enhancement for thefts from the person by means of force or fear. state. as a result of which the offense of conviction may be somewhat arbitrary. along with other relevant factors under the guidelines. Furthermore. the scope of such activity is substantial. Because federal fraud statutes often are broadly written. defendants who exploit victims’ charitable impulses or trust in government create particular social harm. but the value of the property may be particularly difficult to ascertain in individual cases because the stolen property is rapidly resold or otherwise disposed of in the course of the offense. The Commission has determined that. loss serves as a measure of the seriousness of the offense and the defendant’s relative culpability and is a principal factor in determining the offense level under this guideline. In a similar vein.1 Background: This guideline covers offenses involving theft. and counterfeiting (other than offenses involving altered or counterfeit bearer obligations of the United States). Taking advantage of a victim’s selfinterest does not mitigate the seriousness of fraudulent conduct. a minimum offense level of level 12 is provided for these offenses. a single pattern of offense conduct usually can be prosecuted under several code sections. most fraud statutes cover a broad range of conduct with extreme variation in severity. rather. A minimum offense level of level 14 is provided for offenses involving an organized scheme to steal vehicles or vehicle parts. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B1. a defendant who has been subject to civil or administrative proceedings for the same or similar fraudulent conduct demonstrates aggravated criminal intent and is deserving of additional punishment for not conforming with the requirements of judicial process or orders issued by federal. property damage or destruction. – 99 – . Typically. Offenses that involve the use of financial transactions or financial accounts outside the United States in an effort to conceal illicit profits and criminal conduct involve a particularly high level of sophistication and complexity. the sentences of defendants convicted of federal offenses should reflect the nature and magnitude of the loss caused or intended by their crimes. Diplomatic processes often must be used to secure testimony and evidence beyond the jurisdiction of United States courts. Theft from the person of another. ordinarily. receives an enhanced sentence because of the increased risk of physical injury. Accordingly. stolen property.1 (Robbery).

the instruction to the Commission in section 961(m) of Public Law 101–73. in a broader form. in a broader form. a credit card.. This subsection provides a minimum offense level of level 12. Subsection (b)(15) implements the directive in section 209 of Public Law 110–326. 2009 Subsection (b)(8)(D) implements. The minimum offense level of level 24 provided in subsection (b)(16)(B) for an offense that resulted in a substantial disruption of a critical infrastructure reflects the serious impact such an offense could – 100 – . in part because of the seriousness of the offense.g.1 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1.e. Because 18 U. harm to the individual’s reputation or credit rating.g. the victim does not become aware of the offense until certain harms have already occurred (e. Public Law 106–420. The minimum offense level accounts for the fact that the means of identification that were "bred" (i. The legislative history of the Identity Theft and Assumption Deterrence Act of 1998 indicates that Congress was especially concerned with providing increased punishment for this type of harm.. This subsection focuses principally on an aggravated form of identity theft known as "affirmative identity theft" or "breeding". in a broader form. Subsection (b)(13)(B) implements. Subsection (b)(14)(A) implements. a damaged credit rating or an inability to obtain a loan). Public Law 105–318. in a broader form. in which a defendant uses another individual’s name. the instruction to the Commission in section 110512 of Public Law 103–322. produced or obtained) often are within the defendant’s exclusive control. The minimum offense level also accounts for the non-monetary harm associated with these types of offenses. Public Law 105–172. Subsection (b)(16) implements the directive in section 225(b) of Public Law 107–296." Generally.. making it difficult for the individual victim to detect that the victim’s identity has been "stolen.e. and other difficulties resulting from the offense). much of which may be difficult or impossible to quantify (e.. produce or obtain) new or additional forms of identification. the instruction to the Commission in section 2507 of Public Law 101–647. Subsection (b)(9) implements. Subsection (b)(14)(B)(i) implements. in a broader form. inconvenience. § 1028(d) broadly defines "means of identification". the new or additional forms of identification can include items such as a driver’s license. Subsection (b)(11) implements the directive in section 5 of Public Law 110–179. social security number.§2B1. the instruction to the Commission in section 6(c)(2) of Public Law 105–184. or some other form of identification (the "means of identification") to "breed" (i. Subsection (b)(10)(C) implements the directive to the Commission in section 4 of the Identity Theft and Assumption Deterrence Act of 1998. Subsections (b)(10)(A)(i) and (B)(i) implement the instruction to the Commission in section 4 of the Wireless Telephone Protection Act.C. or a bank loan.S. the directive in section 3 of the College Scholarship Fraud Prevention Act of 2000.

amendments 637. November 1. 2000 (see Appendix C. 1988 (see Appendix C. 1993 (see Appendix C. amendment 512). amendments 685 and 696).November 1. November 1. amended effective June 15. amendment 7). Amended effective June 15. November 1. or a combination of any of these matters. 1990 (see Appendix C. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 15 U. and November 1. amendment 551). 1997 (see Appendix C. January 25. 1988 (see Appendix C. 2002 (see Appendix C.2 (Receiving. November 1. increase by the number of levels from the table in §2B1. amendment 9). §2B1. amendment 10). §2B1. 666. November 1. 1998 (see Appendix C. 317. Examples might include a corporate president or an attorney who misused information – 101 – . Property Destruction.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill) should be applied only if the defendant occupied and abused a position of special trust. amendments 719 and 725). amendment 8). 2008 (see Appendix C. 2001 (see Appendix C. 1997 (see Appendix C. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). amendment 679).3 (Property Damage or Destruction). was deleted by consolidation with §2B1. and 646). amendment 647). For additional statutory provision(s). amendments 726. amendments 312 and 313). amendment 576). June 15.1 (Theft. November 1. amendment 596). November 1. amendment 551). 1989 (see Appendix C. November 1. 1995 (see Appendix C.C. amendments 481 and 482).4 have on national security. and Fraud) corresponding to that amount. November 1. national economic security. Transmitting. 1990 (see Appendix C. was deleted by consolidation with §2B1. effective November 1.—Section 3B1. Transporting. 638. national public health or safety.10b-5. amendments 102-104). amendments 99-101 and 303). amendment 714).3. November 1. and 674). November 1. amendments 364 and 393). November 1. and 702). amendments 699. November 1. 1998 (see Appendix C. § 240. amendment 481). 1993 (see Appendix C. amendment 617). 654.R.3. Application Note: 1. 1987. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2B1. effective November 1. November 1. 1989 (see Appendix C. Transferring. 1990 (see Appendix C. November 1. amendments 653. amended effective January 15. November 1. 2009 (see Appendix C. amendments 312 and 361). [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2B1. 2001 (see Appendix C. or Possessing Stolen Property). 733.4. Historical Note: Effective November 1.000. November 1. November 1. November 1. amendment 576). 1991 (see Appendix C. Insider Trading (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 8 Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If the gain resulting from the offense exceeded $5. 1988 (see Appendix C. February 6.2. 655. November 1. and 661). 2006 (see Appendix C.1 effective November 1. 1987. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B1. 1987. Application of Subsection of §3B1. 2008 (see Appendix C. and 361). amendments 665. and 737). amendment 617). 2003 (see Appendix C. 2005 (see Appendix C. 1988 (see Appendix C.F. November 1. 2003 (see Appendix C.1 effective November 1. 2004 (see Appendix C. 700.S. 2007 (see Appendix C. amendments 312. §2B1. § 78j and 17 C.

e. that involve misuse of inside information for personal gain also appropriately may be covered by this guideline. (2) (3) (4) (5) – 102 – . (E) cultural property. Theft of. or (G) the World Heritage List.g. and Fraud) corresponding to that amount. It typically would not apply to an ordinary "tippee". or (G) a pre-Columbian monumental or architectural sculpture or mural. (F) a museum. or that.§2B1.S. (B) a National Historic Landmark. is employed instead of the victims’ losses. Exchange. (F) designated archaeological or ethnological material. increase by 1 level. the gain. If the offense involved a cultural heritage resource constituting (A) human remains. or Destruction of. the total increase in value realized through trading in securities by the defendant and persons acting in concert with the defendant or to whom the defendant provided inside information. (D) a sacred object. If the offense was committed for pecuniary gain or otherwise involved a commercial purpose. Because the victims and their losses are difficult if not impossible to identify. 2001 (see Appendix C. Transportation. Unlawful Sale.000 but did not exceed $5.. (B) a funerary object. Certain other offenses. Purchase. 2009 regarding a planned but unannounced takeover attempt. was on. Property Destruction.. 7 U.000. e. in. §2B1. i. Cultural Heritage Resources. Background: This guideline applies to certain violations of Rule 10b-5 that are commonly referred to as "insider trading". (D) a national marine sanctuary. or Receipt of Cultural Heritage Resources (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 8 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the value of the cultural heritage resource (A) exceeded $2. (E) a national cemetery or veterans’ memorial. prior to the offense. increase by 2 levels.C. (C) cultural patrimony. Insider trading is treated essentially as a sophisticated fraud. increase by the number of levels from the table in §2B1. increase by 2 levels. or (B) exceeded $5. Historical Note: Effective November 1. amendment 617).000. increase by 2 levels. or in the custody of (A) the national park system.5. Damage to.1 (Theft. If the offense involved a cultural heritage resource from.4 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. (C) a national monument or national memorial. If the defendant engaged in a pattern of misconduct involving cultural heritage resources. increase by 2 levels. § 13(e).

661-662. 18 C. "Cultural Heritage Resource" Defined.S.F. 296. pt.S.F.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1). 641. (c) Cross Reference (1) If the offense involved arson. 554. (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) 2. as defined in 16 U. 1152-1153.S. (A) General Rule. as defined in 18 U. 1361. the value of the cultural heritage resource shall include.S.S. and (B) includes any national monument or national memorial.4 (Arson. §§ 541-546. 668(a). An object of cultural heritage.C. increase by 2 levels. as defined in 16 U. the following: – 103 – .—For purposes of this guideline. 666.R.F. pt.C. and 2604. § 668(a)(2). 299. 2601(7). 25 U.R. 668. If the resulting offense level is less than level 14.C. 1168.C. pt. 2314-2315. Property Damage by Use of Explosives).C.S. increase to level 14. "Commemorative work" (A) has the meaning given that term in section 2(c) of Public Law 99–652 (40 U.C.November 1. 2232.5 (6) If a dangerous weapon was brandished or its use was threatened. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B1. 1369.R. § 3001(3) (see also 43 C.2(d)). § 10. 36 C. apply §2K1. A cultural item. 707(b). 1163. as described in 19 U. § 470w(5). A historic resource. 32 C.C. An archaeological resource. § 470w(5) (see also section 16(l) of 36 C. as defined in 16 U. § 470bb(1) (see also section 3(a) of 43 C.R. pt.F. or destructive device.S. §§ 2601(2)(ii). Application Notes: 1. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 16 U. 18 U. Designated ethnological material.—This application note applies to the determination of the value of the cultural heritage resource under subsection (b)(1).S. "cultural heritage resource" means any of the following: (A) A historic property.R. or property damage by the use of any explosive. as defined in section 2(3) of the Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act. §§ 470ee. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.S.C.R. Value of the Cultural Heritage Resource Under Subsection (b)(1). as applicable to the particular resource involved. 1312). explosive material. 1170.F.C. pt. 800). 7. A commemorative work. § 1002(c)).F.

14(a). § 7.R. § 1312.) (C) (ii) (iii) (D) Determination of Value in Cases Involving a Variety of Cultural Heritage Resources.14(b). § 296.—For purposes of this application note: (i) "Archaeological value" of a cultural heritage resource means the cost of the retrieval of the scientific information which would have been obtainable prior to the offense. (III) research necessary to conduct reconstruction and stabilization.) The commercial value.14(b).14(a). § 1312.R. (II) reconstruction and stabilization of ground contour and surface. 32 C. including (I) its reconstruction and stabilization.F. and consultation with respect to.F. (IV) the construction of physical barriers and other protective devices. § 7.R. as would be necessary to realize the information potential. the court need only make a reasonable estimate of the value of the cultural heritage resource based on available information. § 229. 2009 The archaeological value.R.F. (See 43 C. (Archaeological value shall be included in the case of any cultural heritage resource that is an archaeological resource.—In a case involving a variety of cultural heritage resources.R.14(c). including the cost of preparing a research design. § 229.14(a). the value of the cultural heritage resources is the sum of all calculations made for those resources under this application note. conducting laboratory analysis.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1). and any other actual and projected costs to complete restoration and repair of the cultural heritage resource. and preparing reports.14(a). 36 C.F. 18 C. 18 C.14(b). (See 43 C.R. 3. § 296. (See 43 C.F.R.R.S. § 668(a)(1) except that the museum may be situated outside the United States.F.§2B1. – 104 – . and (VI) preparation of reports.F. conducting field work.F. The cost of restoration and repair. and appropriate reburial of.R. § 296. Definitions. 36 C.5 (i) GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1.) "Cost of restoration and repair" includes all actual and projected costs of curation.14(c).14(b).F.) "Commercial value" of a cultural heritage resource means the fair market value of the cultural heritage resource at the time of the offense. (ii) (iii) (B) Estimation of Value. Enhancement in Subsection (b)(2). 18 C.F.14(c). 36 C. § 229.—For purposes of subsection (b)(2): (A) "Museum" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.R. 32 C. (V) examination and analysis of the cultural heritage resource as part of efforts to salvage remaining information about the resource. the cultural heritage resource. 32 C.C. disposition.R. § 1312.F.R.14(c). § 7.F.

C. "Sacred object" has the meaning given that term in 25 U.S.C.C.S. § 431).R. Scientific.C. Property Destruction. "World Heritage List" means the World Heritage List maintained by the World Heritage Committee of the United Nations Educational.F.S.S. with or near human remains. "National park system" has the meaning given that term in 16 U. and Cultural Organization in accordance with the Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage.S.C. Enhancement in Subsection (b)(3). § 2601(6).S.R. § 2095(3).—For purposes of subsection (b)(3): (A) "Cultural patrimony" has the meaning given that term in 25 U. § 3001(3)(C) (see also 43 C.2(d)(4)).S. § 1433.1 (Theft.C. at the time of death or later. §§ 2601(2) and 2604).F. and (ii) does not include remains that reasonably may be determined to have been freely disposed of or naturally shed by the human from whose body the remains were obtained. was placed intentionally. § 10. "Designated archaeological or ethnological material" means archaeological or ethnological material described in 19 U.S. "Pre-Columbian monumental or architectural sculpture or mural" has the meaning given that term in 19 U. § 2601(7) (see also 19 U. "National Historic Landmark" means a property designated as such pursuant to 16 U. and Fraud). "Human remains" (i) means the physical remains of the body of a human. § 470a(a)(1)(B).November 1.2(d)(3)). 10. § 1c(a).C. as a part of the death rite or ceremony of a culture. "National marine sanctuary" means a national marine sanctuary designated as such by the Secretary of Commerce pursuant to 16 U.5 (B) "National cemetery" and "veterans’ memorial" have the meaning given those terms in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §2B1. such as hair made into ropes or nets. "Funerary object" means an object that. (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) 4.C. "Cultural property" has the meaning given that term in 19 U.S. § 3001(3)(D) (see also 43 C.C.S. "National monument or national memorial" means any national monument or national memorial established as such by Act of Congress or by proclamation pursuant to the Antiquities Act of 1906 (16 U. (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) – 105 – .C. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B1.

Commercial Purpose.§2B1. (B) 6. or (B) the offense 8.—For purposes of subsection (b)(6).—For purposes of Chapter Three.5 5. or in anticipation of receipt of.1 (Application Instructions). including a governmental entity. that did not occur during the course of the instant offense of conviction and all relevant conduct under §1B1. "brandished" and "dangerous weapon" have the meaning given those terms in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1.—There may be cases in which the offense level determined under this guideline substantially understates the seriousness of the offense.—For purposes of subsection (b)(4).. – 106 – . or a private forprofit organization.2 (Groups of Closely Related Counts). the offense involved theft of. anything of value. whether for a fee or donation and whether by an individual or an organization. For example.e.— (A) "For Pecuniary Gain". multiple counts involving cultural heritage offenses covered by this guideline are grouped together under subsection (d) of §3D1. 9. damage to. whether monetary or in goods or services.3 (Relevant Conduct)). Part A (Criminal History). shall be considered to involve a "commercial purpose" for purposes of subsection (b)(4). Dangerous Weapons Enhancement Under Subsection (b)(6). Multiple counts involving cultural heritage offenses covered by this guideline and offenses covered by other guidelines are not to be grouped under §3D1. Multiple Counts. "pattern of misconduct involving cultural heritage resources" means two or more separate instances of offense conduct involving a cultural heritage resource that did not occur during the course of the offense (i.2(d). Offense conduct involving a cultural heritage resource may be considered for purposes of subsection (b)(5) regardless of whether the defendant was convicted of that conduct. an upward departure may be warranted if (A) in addition to cultural heritage resources. offenses committed for pecuniary gain include both monetary and barter transactions. a private non-profit organization.—A conviction taken into account under subsection (b)(5) is not excluded from consideration of whether that conviction receives criminal history points pursuant to Chapter Four. Therefore. Pattern of Misconduct Enhancement Under Subsection (b)(5). Upward Departure Provision. In such cases. Computation of Criminal History Points. as well as activities designed to increase gross revenue.—The acquisition of cultural heritage resources for display to the public. Part D (Multiple Counts). or destruction of.—For purposes of subsection (b)(5). items that are not cultural heritage resources (such as an offense involving the theft from a national cemetery of lawnmowers and other administrative property in addition to historic gravemarkers or other cultural heritage resources).— (A) Definition. GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. an upward departure may be warranted. "for pecuniary gain" means for receipt of. 2009 Pecuniary Gain and Commercial Purpose Enhancement Under Subsection (b)(4). (B) 7.

2006 (see Appendix C.—If a sentence under this guideline is imposed in conjunction with a sentence for an underlying offense.— (A) In General.S. or use of a means of identification when determining the sentence for the underlying offense.C. in the discretion of the court.C.6 involved a cultural heritage resource that has profound significance to cultural identity (e.g. Chapters Three (Adjustments) and Four (Criminal History and Criminal Livelihood) shall not apply to that count of conviction. Multiple Convictions Under Section 1028A.S. Accordingly. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B1. (B) 2. § 1028A is the term required by that statute. United State Code. Imposition of Sentence.2 (Sentencing on Multiple Counts of Conviction) for guidance regarding imposition of sentence on multiple counts of 18 U.C. provides a mandatory term of imprisonment.C. § 1028A.6. amendment 685). "Means of identification" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U. §2B1. provides that in the case of multiple convictions under 18 U.—Do not apply Chapters Three (Adjustments) and Four (Criminal History and Criminal Livelihood) to any offense sentenced under this 3.—Section 1028A(b)(4) of title 18. Inapplicability of Chapter Two Enhancement.C. § 1028A. A sentence under this guideline accounts for this factor for the underlying offense of conviction. the Statue of Liberty or the Liberty Bell). amendment 638).S. possession.S.S. United State Code.November 1. § 1028A. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 18 U. § 1028A. Application Notes: 1. 2002 (see Appendix C. 2007 (see Appendix C.S. Amended effective November 1. in whole or in part.—Section 1028A of title 18. with each other. November 1. For additional statutory provision(s).3 (Relevant Conduct). the guideline sentence is the term of imprisonment required by statute. the terms of imprisonment imposed on such counts may. § 1028(d)(7). Aggravated Identity Theft (a) If the defendant was convicted of violating 18 U. § 1028A also requires a term of imprisonment imposed under this section to run consecutively to any other term of imprisonment. – 107 – ..C.C. Inapplicability of Chapters Three and Four. do not apply any specific offense characteristic for the transfer. Except as provided in subdivision (B). run concurrently. See the Commentary to §5G1. the guideline sentence for a defendant convicted under 18 U. amendment 700). including any such enhancement that would apply based on conduct for which the defendant is accountable under §1B1.S.

amendment 677). increase by 2 levels. or controlled substance was taken.1 (Procedure for Determining Offense Level on Multiple Counts) and 5G1.000.500 or less More than $2.500. increase the offense level as follows: Loss (Apply the Greatest) (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (I) (3) $2. or if the taking of such item was an object of the offense.000 Increase in Level no increase add 1 add 2 add 3 add 4 add 5 add 6 add 7 add 8.000 More than $1. if a residence. See §§3D1. 2009 guideline. Historical Note: Effective November 1. Burglary of a Residence or a Structure Other than a Residence (a) Base Offense Level: (1) (2) (b) 17. destructive device.500. increase by 2 levels.500 More than $10. or 12. 2005 (see Appendix C.6 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1.000 More than $50.2. If a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was possessed.000 More than $5.000 More than $800. (4) Commentary – 108 – .§2B1. if a structure other than a residence. * * * * * 2. increase by 1 level. If a firearm. Specific Offense Characteristics (1) (2) If the offense involved more than minimal planning. BURGLARY AND TRESPASS §2B2.1.500. Such offenses are excluded from application of those chapters because the guideline sentence for each offense is determined only by the relevant statute.000 More than $250. If the loss exceeded $2.000 More than $2.

or destroyed. "Firearm.2 (Burglary of Other Structures). §2B2. Weapon possession. 1988 (see Appendix C. 1988 (see Appendix C. For additional statutory provision(s). November 1. amendment 617). "More than minimal planning" also exists if significant affirmative steps were taken to conceal the offense.1 (Application Instructions). 1993 (see Appendix C. 2115. obtaining building plans to plot a particular course of entry. 3. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). amendment 481).3.1 effective November 1.2. 4. or disabling an alarm system. other than conduct to which §3C1. amendment 11). (F) at – 109 – . Weapon use would be a ground for upward departure. and November 1. but not use. amendment 12). November 1. 2. §§ 1153. (C) on a vessel or aircraft of the United States. 1990 (see Appendix C. More than Minimal Planning. Subsection (b)(4) does not apply to possession of a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) that was stolen during the course of the offense. 1988 (see Appendix C. By contrast. November 1. 1987. 2001 (see Appendix C. November 1.S. amended effective June 15. was deleted by consolidation with §2B2. 2117. 1993 (see Appendix C. "More than minimal planning" shall be considered to be present in any case involving repeated acts over a period of time. 1987." and "dangerous weapon" are defined in the Commentary to §1B1. checking the area to make sure no witnesses were present would not alone constitute more than minimal planning.—"More than minimal planning" means more planning than is typical for commission of the offense in a simple form. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 2118(b). amendments 105 and 106). damaged. (B) at a nuclear energy facility. amendment 481). (E) at a residence. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2B2. amendment 107).3 Statutory Provisions: 18 U. Amended effective January 15. amendments 315 and 361). June 15. is a specific offense characteristic because use of a weapon (including to threaten) ordinarily would make the offense robbery. 1990 (see Appendix C. Trespass (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 4 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the trespass occurred (A) at a secure government facility.November 1. "Loss" means the value of the property taken. 2113(a). (D) in a secure area of an airport or a seaport.C. effective November 1.1 (Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of Justice) applies. Background: The base offense level for residential burglary is higher than for other forms of burglary because of the increased risk of physical and psychological injury. amendment 13). §2B2. 1989 (see Appendix C. would constitute more than minimal planning. unless it is clear that each instance was purely opportune. For example. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B2. amendments 315 and 361). November 1. 1989 (see Appendix C. Application Notes: 1." "destructive device.

Definitions. § 2413.S.000 but did not exceed $5. public health or safety. 42 U. (2) If a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was possessed. §§ 1030(a)(3). Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. 1036. increase by 1 level. or national security.3 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. "Critical infrastructure" means systems and assets vital to national defense. mass transit. police. state. national defense.000. transportation systems and services (including highways. If (A) the offense involved invasion of a protected computer. increase by 2 levels.C. telecommunications networks. economic security. Examples of critical infrastructures include gas and oil production. or (ii) exceeded $5. 2009 Arlington National Cemetery or a cemetery under the control of the National Cemetery Administration. A critical infrastructure may be publicly or privately owned. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. 38 U.1 (Theft. Application Notes: 1. – 110 – .§2B2. and rescue services). and delivery systems.—For purposes of this guideline: "Airport" has the meaning given that term in section 47102 of title 49. electrical power delivery systems. and (B) the loss resulting from the invasion (i) exceeded $2. and Fraud) corresponding to that amount. fire. and government operations that provide essential services to the public.1 (Attempt. increase by 2 levels. or any combination of those matters.S. or (ii) by or for a government entity in furtherance of the administration of justice. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). Property Destruction. or Conspiracy) in respect to that felony offense.000. whether or not a criminal charge was brought or a conviction was obtained.C. storage. apply §2X1. airlines.C. United States Code. (3) (c) Cross Reference (1) If the offense was committed with the intent to commit a felony offense. § 7270b.1 (Application Instructions). financing and banking systems. "Felony offense" means any offense (federal. For additional statutory provision(s). 2199. "Firearm" and "dangerous weapon" are defined in the Commentary to §1B1.S. water supply systems. Solicitation. and airports). or (G) on a computer system used (i) to maintain or operate a critical infrastructure. emergency services (including medical. increase by the number of levels from the table in §2B1. national security. or local) punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year.

§ 26. November 1. The trespass section provides an enhancement for offenses involving trespass on secure government installations (such as nuclear facilities) and other locations (such as airports and seaports) to protect a significant federal interest. increase the offense level according to the seriousness of the injury: Degree of Bodily Injury (A) (B) Bodily Injury Serious Bodily Injury – 111 – (2) (3) Increase in Level add 2 add 4 . amendment 617).November 1.1 "Government entity" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. (E) if a dangerous weapon was brandished or possessed. amendment 637). increase by 2 levels. Amended effective November 1. (C) if a firearm was brandished or possessed.S. November 1. or (F) if a threat of death was made. EXTORTION. Additionally. an enhancement is provided for trespass at a residence. ROBBERY. increase by 7 levels.1. amendments 699 and 703). AND BLACKMAIL §2B3. 2002 (see Appendix C. 2003 (see Appendix C. 1987. * * * * * 3. November 1. increase by 6 levels. (B) if a firearm was otherwise used. amendments 108 and 109). Property Destruction.C. Historical Note: Effective November 1. § 1030(e)(9). increase by 4 levels. "Protected computer" means a computer described in 18 U.C. increase by 3 levels. Background: Most trespasses punishable under federal law involve federal lands or property. 2007 (see Appendix C. (D) if a dangerous weapon was otherwise used. 2. November 1. amendment 551). amendment 654). (A) If a firearm was discharged. Valuation of loss is discussed in the Commentary to §2B1. increase by 5 levels. and Fraud).1 (Theft. 1989 (see Appendix C.S.S. § 1030(e)(2)(A) or (B). If any victim sustained bodily injury. Robbery (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 20 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the property of a financial institution or post office was taken. or if the taking of such property was an object of the offense. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B3. "Seaport" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. increase by 2 levels. 2001 (see Appendix C. 1997 (see Appendix C.C. November 1.

increase by 4 levels. If the offense involved carjacking. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U.000 More than $5.000. add 3 levels.000 More than $800.1 (C) (D) GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. § 1111 had such killing taken place within the territorial or maritime jurisdiction of the United States. or controlled substance was taken.500. 2009 Permanent or Life-Threatening Bodily Injury add 6 If the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (A) and (B). however. that the cumulative adjustments from (2) and (3) shall not exceed 11 levels. 2113.000 More than $1. or If the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (B) and (C). increase by 1 level. increase by 2 levels. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). If a firearm. (5) (6) (7) Cross Reference (1) If a victim was killed under circumstances that would constitute murder under 18 U.§2B3.000 Increase in Level no increase add 1 add 2 add 3 add 4 add 5 add 6 add 7.000 More than $250. If the loss exceeded $10. For additional statutory provision(s).1 (First Degree Murder). add 5 levels.S. 2118(a). §§ 1951. or (B) if any person was physically restrained to facilitate commission of the offense or to facilitate escape.000. increase by 2 levels.C. 2114. (E) Provided. (4) (A) If any person was abducted to facilitate commission of the offense or to facilitate escape.C.000 or less More than $10.S. or if the taking of such item was an object of the offense. – 112 – .000 More than $2.000 More than $50. 2119. apply §2A1.500. destructive device. increase the offense level as follows: Loss (Apply the Greatest) (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (c) $10.

Consistent with Application Note 1(d)(ii) of §1B1. an increase of 1 or 2 levels brings about a considerable increase in sentence length in absolute terms. 3. The guideline provides for a range of enhancements where these factors are present." as used in subsection (b)(2)(F). If the defendant intended to murder the victim. see §2A2." "bodily injury. who is a victim of the offense. and unlawful restraint sometimes occur during a robbery. an object shall be considered to be a dangerous weapon for purposes of subsection (b)(2)(E) if (A) the object closely resembles an instrument capable of inflicting death or serious bodily injury. "A threat of death. physical injury." "dangerous weapon.. Background: Possession or use of a weapon. an oral or written demand using words such as "Give me the money or I will kill you". "Loss" means the value of the property taken. its importance was small compared to that of the other harm involved. For example. 6. 5. The court should consider that the intent of this provision is to provide an increased offense level for cases in which the offender(s) engaged in conduct that would instill in a reasonable person. damaged.g. 4. The combined adjustments for weapon involvement and injury are limited to a maximum enhancement of 11 levels.1 (Assault with Intent to Commit Murder. the gradations for property loss increase more slowly than for simple property offenses. or combination thereof. or (B) the defendant used the object in a manner that created the impression that the object was an instrument capable of inflicting death or serious bodily injury (e.1 (Application Instructions). an upward departure may be warranted. or destroyed. Accordingly." and "physically restrained" are defined in the Commentary to §1B1." "permanent or life-threatening bodily injury. gesture." "serious bodily injury. or "Give me the money or you are dead" would constitute a threat of death. "Give me your money or else (where the defendant draws his hand across his throat in a slashing motion)".November 1." "abducted. Accordingly. the defendant does not have to state expressly his intent to kill the victim in order for the enhancement to apply. "Carjacking" means the taking or attempted taking of a motor vehicle from the person or presence of another by force and violence or by intimidation. "Give me the money or I will pull the pin on the grenade I have in my pocket". act. a defendant wrapped a hand in a towel during a bank robbery to create the appearance of a gun). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B3.1 Application Notes: 1. – 113 – . Moreover. a fear of death. "Firearm. Although in pre-guidelines practice the amount of money taken in robbery cases affected sentence length." "otherwise used.1 (Application Instructions)." "brandished. "Give me the money or I will shoot you"." "destructive device. because of the relatively high base offense level for robbery. 2. may be in the form of an oral or written statement. Attempted Murder).

increase by the corresponding number of levels from the table in §2B3. or (B) If (i) the offense involved preparation to carry out a threat of (I) death. or national security.000. increase by 3 levels. amendments 14 and 15). bound. increase the offense level according to the seriousness of the injury: Degree of Bodily Injury (A) (B) (C) (D) Increase in Level add 2 add 4 add 6 (2) (3) Bodily Injury Serious Bodily Injury Permanent or Life-Threatening Bodily Injury If the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (A) and (B). Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 18 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the offense involved an express or implied threat of death. If the greater of the amount demanded or the loss to the victim exceeded $10. add 3 levels. November 1. or locked up. §2B3.§2B3. November 1. (4) If any victim sustained bodily injury. amendments 110 and 111). increase by 3 levels. 2001 (see Appendix C. amendment 365). increase by 7 levels. 1993 (see Appendix C. (III) kidnapping. increase by 5 levels. November 1. November 1. (ii) if a firearm was otherwise used. (A)(i) If a firearm was discharged. bodily injury. increase by 4 levels. 1988 (see Appendix C. increase by 2 levels.2. November 1. and 361). amendment 601).1(b)(7).1 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. or was physically restrained by being tied. 1987. or (v) if a dangerous weapon was brandished or possessed. amendment 483). or – 114 – . 1989 (see Appendix C. Historical Note: Effective November 1. November 1. amendment 617). (iv) if a dangerous weapon was otherwise used. 1990 (see Appendix C. 2000 (see Appendix C. national defense. (II) serious bodily injury. or (ii) the participant(s) otherwise demonstrated the ability to carry out a threat described in any of subdivisions (i)(I) through (i)(V). (iii) if a firearm was brandished or possessed. 1991 (see Appendix C. November 1. 2009 The guideline provides an enhancement for robberies where a victim was forced to accompany the defendant to another location. or kidnapping. amendments 545 and 552). or (V) damage to a computer system used to maintain or operate a critical infrastructure. 1997 (see Appendix C. or by or for a government entity in furtherance of the administration of justice. Amended effective June 15. amendments 314. 315. increase by 6 levels. (IV) product tampering.

" "dangerous weapon. (c) Cross References (1) If a victim was killed under circumstances that would constitute murder under 18 U. (5) (A) If any person was abducted to facilitate commission of the offense or to facilitate escape. that the cumulative adjustments from (3) and (4) shall not exceed 11 levels. mass transit. and rescue services). Application Notes: 1." "brandished. For additional statutory provision(s). § 1030(e)(9). 1951. §§ 875(b). airlines. – 115 – ." "physically restrained. Attempted Murder) if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. water supply systems. increase by 2 levels. 877.S.—For purposes of this guideline: "Abducted. and delivery systems.S. Provided. public health or safety.1 (Application Instructions). see Appendix A (Statutory Index). fire. apply §2A1. Examples of critical infrastructures include gas and oil production. police. transportation systems and services (including highways. national security. Definitions. "Critical infrastructure" means systems and assets vital to national defense. § 1111 had such killing taken place within the territorial or maritime jurisdiction of the United States. increase by 4 levels. financing and banking systems." "permanent or life-threatening bodily injury.S. or (B) if any person was physically restrained to facilitate commission of the offense or to facilitate escape.November 1. (2) Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U.1 (Assault with Intent to Commit Murder. add 5 levels." "firearm. or any combination of those matters. telecommunications networks. storage.C. 876. A critical infrastructure may be publicly or privately owned.2 (E) If the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (B) and (C). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B3." "otherwise used. economic security. electrical power delivery systems. apply §2A2.C. emergency services (including medical. and government operations that provide essential services to the public. and airports). however. If the offense was tantamount to attempted murder. 1030(a)(7). "Government entity" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.C.1 (First Degree Murder)." "bodily injury." and "serious bodily injury" have the meaning given those terms in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1.

Offenses Involving Public Officials. It provides for a maximum term of imprisonment of twenty years. § 877 involve mailing threatening communications from foreign countries.g. November 1.C. express or implied.C. "Extortion under color of official right.S. Violations of 18 U. is covered under §2C1. Violations of 18 U.C. The combined adjustments for weapon involvement and injury are limited to a maximum enhancement of 11 levels.C. ordinarily should be treated under this section. Amended effective November 1. or a threat to a family member of the victim.g." as used in subsection (b)(2). an extortionate demand containing a threat to tamper with a consumer product accompanied by a workable plan showing how the product’s tamper-resistant seals could be defeated. 2000 (see Appendix C. 1997 (see Appendix C. and 303)." Historical Note: Effective November 1. 18 U. an extortionate demand may be accompanied by conduct that does not qualify as a display of a dangerous weapon under subsection (b)(3)(A)(v) but is nonetheless similar in seriousness. amendments 112.. 113. means any demand paid plus any additional consequential loss from the offense (e. 2003 (see Appendix C. § 876 involve the use of the United States mails to communicate threats.S. "Loss to the victim. If the offense involved the threat of death or serious bodily injury to numerous victims (e. § 1030(a)(7) involving a threat to impair the operation of a "protected computer. or a threat to kidnap a person accompanied by information showing study of that person’s daily routine). Certain other extortion offenses are covered under the provisions of Part E. amendment 654). November 1.S. – 116 – . or any comparably serious threat.S.S.§2B3. 8. 6. 1998 (see Appendix C. that reasonably could be interpreted as one to injure a person or physically damage property. amendment 586). 1989 (see Appendix C. GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. 1987. amendment 316). amendment 601). November 1. an upward departure may be warranted. such as "pay up or else. November 1. the possibility of violence or serious adverse consequences may be inferred from the circumstances of the threat or the reputation of the person making it. § 1951. This guideline also applies to offenses under 18 U.1 unless there is use of force or a threat that qualifies for treatment under this section. § 875 involve threats or demands transmitted by interstate commerce. §§ 875-877 prohibit communication of extortionate demands through various means. attempted extortion." or a threat to cause labor problems. Background: The Hobbs Act. 4.. prohibits extortion. and conspiracy to extort. 3." which usually is solicitation of a bribe by a public official. amendment 551). November 1. 1991 (see Appendix C. such as to drive an enterprise out of business. Subsection (b)(3)(B) addresses such cases. November 1. while violations of 18 U. 18 U. demonstrating the defendant’s preparation or ability to carry out the threatened harm (e. the cost of defensive measures taken in direct response to the offense).C. in the case of a plan to derail a passenger train or poison consumer products). amendment 479). November 1. an upward departure may be warranted. 7. 1990 (see Appendix C. Guidelines for bribery involving public officials are found in Part C.C. Offenses Involving Criminal Enterprises and Racketeering.S. Even if the threat does not in itself imply violence.. 5.2 2. In certain cases.g. 1993 (see Appendix C. An ambiguous threat. If the offense involved organized criminal activity. 2009 This guideline applies if there was any threat. amendment 366). The maximum penalty under these statutes varies from two to twenty years.

3 §2B3.C. amendment 679).000.3. Background: Under 18 U. Amended effective November 1.S. November 1. "Blackmail" (18 U. Blackmail and Similar Forms of Extortion (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 9 Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If the greater of the amount obtained or demanded (A) exceeded $2.000 but did not exceed $5. Conspiracy to Defraud by Interference with Governmental Functions). Historical Note: Effective November 1. or Receiving a Bribe. Commentary (2) Statutory Provisions: 18 U. November 1.C. * * * * * – 117 – . Giving.November 1.1 (Offering. or (B) exceeded $5. or other threats that are less serious than those covered by §2B3.000. §§ 873. § 873) is defined as a threat to disclose a violation of United States law unless money or some other item of value is given. 875-877. 2001 (see Appendix C. If the offense involved extortion by force or threat of injury or serious damage. apply §2B3. 1989 (see Appendix C. increase by the number of levels from the table in §2B1. amendment 114). 1993 (see Appendix C. and Fraud) corresponding to that amount.2. Extortion Under Color of Official Right. Application Note: 1. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B3. increase by 1 level.C. (c) Cross References (1) If the offense involved extortion under color of official right. §§ 875-877. may also be prosecuted under 18 U. amendment 617).1 (Theft. apply §2C1. Fraud Involving the Deprivation of the Intangible Right to Honest Services of Public Officials. November 1. 1951. This section applies only to blackmail and similar forms of extortion where there clearly is no threat of violence to person or property. For additional statutory provision(s). amendment 479). Soliciting. the maximum term of imprisonment authorized for blackmail is one year.S.C. § 873. see Appendix A (Statutory Index).2 (Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage). Extortionate threats to injure a reputation.S. which carry higher maximum sentences.S. 2005 (see Appendix C. 1987. Property Destruction.

1 (Theft. increase by 4 levels.C.000 but did not exceed $5. 49 U. 42 U. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). or public international organizations.000 in gross receipts from one or more financial institutions as a result of the offense. (2).1 4. §§ 53. Offenses Involving Public Officials. 54.S. increase to level 24. state. This guideline covers commercial bribery offenses and kickbacks that do not involve officials of federal. Property Destruction. (2) (B) If the resulting offense level determined under subdivision (A) or (B) is less than level 24. – 118 – .S. if any such officials are involved. 9042(d).§2B4. (Apply the greater) If— (A) the defendant derived more than $1. or the offense substantially jeopardized the safety and soundness of a financial institution.000. or local government.S.C. increase by the number of levels from the table in §2B1. or (C) the consequential damages resulting from the unlawful payment. 225. foreign governments.000. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. 224. increase by 1 level.4 (Base Fine).S. and Fraud) corresponding to that amount. Application Notes: 1. (c) Special Instruction for Fines . For additional statutory provision(s). See Part C.Organizations (1) In lieu of the pecuniary loss under subsection (a)(3) of §8C2. 1396h(b)(1). Bribery in Procurement of Bank Loan and Other Commercial Bribery (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 8 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the greater of the value of the bribe or the improper benefit to be conferred (A) exceeded $2. or (B) exceeded $5.(2). 41 U. GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. § 11902. §§ 215.S.C.1. 26 U.000. use the greatest of: (A) the value of the unlawful payment.C. (B) the value of the benefit received or to be received in return for the unlawful payment.C. 2009 COMMERCIAL BRIBERY AND KICKBACKS §2B4. §§ 1395nn(b)(1). increase by 2 levels. §§ 9012(e).

(D) was so depleted of its assets as to be forced to merge with another institution in order to continue active operations. tangible or intangible. Gross Receipts Enhancement under Subsection (b)(2)(A). Conspiracy to Defraud by Interference with Governmental Functions)." as used above. credit union. insurance company.. or investment. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B4. as a consequence of the offense. with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. real or personal. or other benefits (e.g. futures commodity merchants and commodity pool operators registered. is defined to include any institution described in 18 U. If the defendant is convicted under 18 U. medical or hospitalization insurance) to large numbers of persons. payment. and 1014. Enhancement for Substantially Jeopardizing the Safety and Soundness of a Financial Institution under Subsection (b)(2)(B).C. any state or foreign bank. "Union or employee pension fund" and "any health.—"Gross receipts from the offense" includes all property. 4. Giving.1 2. pension funds of large national and international organizations. or required to be registered. disability.C. See 18 U. any health. the defendant shall be considered to have derived more than $1." as used in this guideline. See Commentary to §2C1.S. and any similar entity. an offense shall be considered to have substantially jeopardized the safety and soundness of a financial institution if.November 1. Fraud Involving the Deprivation of the Intangible Right to Honest Services of Public Officials. 657. medical or hospital insurance association. medical. Definition. Background: This guideline applies to violations of various federal bribery statutes that do not involve governmental officials.C. The "value of the improper benefit to be conferred" refers to the value of the action to be taken or effected in return for the bribe. Extortion Under Color of Official Right. 3. whether or not insured by the federal government. or required to be registered.000 in gross receipts if the gross receipts to the defendant individually. §§ 20. § 982(a)(4). and corporations doing substantial interstate business)." 6.—For purposes of subsection (b)(2)(B). (B) substantially reduced benefits to pensioners or insureds. – 119 – . unions. (B) 5. the offense level is that applicable to the underlying series of offenses comprising the "continuing financial crimes enterprise. 656.—For purposes of subsection (b)(2)(A). whichever is greater. which is obtained directly or indirectly as a result of such offense. primarily include large pension funds that serve many individuals (e. 1005-1007. or hospital insurance association. brokers and dealers registered.000. rather than to all participants.S. "Financial institution. The base offense level is to be enhanced based upon the value of the unlawful payment or the value of the action to be taken or effected in return for the unlawful payment. investment company. union or employee pension fund. savings (building and loan) association. and associations that undertake to provide pension. the institution (A) became insolvent. or (E) was placed in substantial jeopardy of any of subdivisions (A) through (D) of this note.g.1 (Offering. or Receiving a Bribe.— (A) In General. with the Securities and Exchange Commission.000. mutual fund.000. trust company.. Soliciting.S. (C) was unable on demand to refund fully any deposit. § 225 (relating to a continuing financial crimes enterprise). exceeded $1.

§2B4.S. This guideline also applies to violations of law involving bribes and kickbacks in expenses incurred for a presidential nominating convention or presidential election campaign. amendments 364 and 422).S. Similar provisions in 42 U. Amended effective November 1. * * * * * – 120 – . If that amount could not be estimated. the value of the action to the gambler would be the amount that he and his confederates won or stood to gain. 1992 (see Appendix C. would use the greater of the $25. in increasing the offense level. This guideline also applies to making prohibited payments to induce the award of subcontracts on federal projects for which the maximum term of imprisonment authorized was recently increased from two to ten years. §§ 1396h(b)(1) and (b)(2) cover the offer or acceptance of a payment for referral to the Medicaid program. This guideline also applies to violations of 18 U. the court. Violations of 42 U. 2001 (see Appendix C. November 1. Subsection (b)(2)(B) implements the instruction to the Commission in section 2507 of Public Law 101-647. amendment 468). if a bank officer agreed to the offer of a $25. 1997 (see Appendix C.C.C. 2002 (see Appendix C. this guideline considers not only the amount of the bribe but also the value of the action received in return. sports bribery.S. 2009 One of the more commonly prosecuted offenses to which this guideline applies is offering or accepting a fee in connection with procurement of a loan from a financial institution in violation of 18 U.C. the instruction to the Commission in section 961(m) of Public Law 101-73. 1987. involve the offer or acceptance of a payment to refer an individual for services or items paid for under the Medicare program.C. As with non-commercial bribery. amendment 553). for example. November 1.S. Subsection (b)(2)(A) implements. amendments 639 and 646).1 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. Historical Note: Effective November 1. November 1. 53-54. amendment 317). amendment 666). in a broader form. §§ 51. These offenses are prohibited under 26 U.S. 41 U. Thus.000 bribe. § 215.C. November 1. November 1.000 loan under terms for which the applicant would not otherwise qualify. the amount of the bribe would be used to determine the appropriate increase in offense level. §§ 1395nn(b)(1) and (b)(2).000 bribe to approve a $250. If a gambler paid a player $5. and the savings in interest over the life of the loan compared with alternative loan terms. 2004 (see Appendix C. § 224.000 to shave points in a nationally televised basketball game. as well as certain violations of the Interstate Commerce Act.C. 1990 (see Appendix C. 1991 (see Appendix C. §§ 9012(e) and 9042(d). which apply to candidates for President and Vice President whose campaigns are eligible for federal matching funds.S. November 1. amendment 617).

476. 501. If the defendant (A) manufactured or produced any counterfeit obligation or security of the United States. Amended effective November 1. If subsection (b)(2)(A) applies. or possessed or had custody of or control over a counterfeiting device or materials used for counterfeiting. or (B) exceeded $5. §§ 470-474A. or (iii) a feature or device essentially identical to a distinctive counterfeit deterrent. (ii) genuine United States currency paper from which the ink or other distinctive counterfeit deterrent has been completely or partially removed. Application Notes: 1.—For purposes of this guideline: "Counterfeit" refers to an instrument that has been falsely made.1. increase by 2 levels. increase by 2 levels. increase to level 15. increase by the number of levels from the table in §2B1. If a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was possessed in connection with the offense.C. 1987. an instrument that has been falsely made or manufactured in its entirety is "counterfeit". see Appendix A (Statutory Index).000. increase by 1 level. amendment 481). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B5. For additional statutory provision(s). 1993 (see Appendix C. increase to level 13. manufactured. and the offense level determined under that subsection is less than level 15. COUNTERFEITING AND INFRINGEMENT OF COPYRIGHT OR TRADEMARK Historical Note: Effective November 1.November 1. or altered. §2B5.1 (Theft. (2) (3) (4) (5) Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. If the resulting offense level is less than level 13.1 5. If any part of the offense was committed outside the United States. or (B) controlled or possessed (i) counterfeiting paper similar to a distinctive paper. 477. Property Destruction. 1003. and Fraud) corresponding to that amount.000. increase by 2 levels. For example. 500.S. Offenses Involving Counterfeit Bearer Obligations of the United States (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 9 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the face value of the counterfeit items (A) exceeded $2. as is a genuine instrument that has been falsely altered (such as a genuine $5 bill that has been altered to appear to be a genuine $100 bill).000 but did not exceed $5. – 121 – . Definitions.

§ 474A(c)(2) and (1). §2B5. 1989 (see Appendix C. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2B5.000. amendments 595 and 605).S. Historical Note: Effective November 1. the United States Virgin Islands. – 122 – . or (B) exceeded $5. §2B5. amendments 617 and 618).1 (Theft. Inapplicability to Certain Obviously Counterfeit Items. was deleted by consolidation with §2F1. treasury bills. November 1.. amendment 115). 1988 (see Appendix C. an enhancement is provided for a defendant who produces. amendment 481). that are not made out to a specific payee. 2000 (see Appendix C. November 1. amendment 16). 1988 (see Appendix C. Amended effective January 15. amendment 731). respectively. amended effective January 15. the counterfeit items.— This guideline applies to counterfeiting of United States currency and coins.—Subsection (b)(2)(A) does not apply to persons who produce items that are so obviously counterfeit that they are unlikely to be accepted even if subjected to only minimal scrutiny. the District of Columbia. and Fraud) corresponding to that amount. effective November 1. "United States" means each of the fifty states. Criminal Infringement of Copyright or Trademark (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 8 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the infringement amount (A) exceeded $2.C. Guam. amendment 554). Applicability to Counterfeit Bearer Obligations of the United States. 1998 (see Appendix C. November 1.000 but did not exceed $5. bearer bonds and other items that generally could be described as bearer obligations of the United States. 1989 (see Appendix C. 2. amendment 587). 2001 (see Appendix C. November 1.1 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. postage stamps. the Northern Mariana Islands. 1987. amendment 17) and November 1. November 1.e. increase by the number of levels from the table in §2B1.1 effective November 1. 2009 (see Appendix C. in a broader form. 3. food stamps.2. Offenses Involving Altered or Counterfeit Instruments Other than Counterfeit Bearer Obligations of the United States).§2B5.3.2 (Forgery. Property Destruction. Subsection (b)(4) implements. 1987. rather than merely passes. 1997 (see Appendix C. November 1. 1993 (see Appendix C. amendment 513). Similarly.000. and American Samoa. the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. 1995 (see Appendix C. i. November 1. 2009 "Distinctive counterfeit deterrent" and "distinctive paper" have the meaning given those terms in 18 U. Background: Possession of counterfeiting devices to copy obligations (including securities) of the United States is treated as an aggravated form of counterfeiting because of the sophistication and planning involved in manufacturing counterfeit obligations and the public policy interest in protecting the integrity of government obligations. the instruction to the Commission in section 110512 of Public Law 103-322. increase by 1 level. amendment 116).

S.November 1.S. or (B) defendant was convicted under 17 U. 1201. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). publication. If the offense was not committed for commercial advantage or private financial gain.C. 2511. "Infringing item" means the item that violates the copyright or trademark laws.S. or distribution of a work being prepared for commercial distribution. Definitions. "Uploading" means making an infringing item available on the Internet or a similar electronic bulletin board with the intent to enable other persons to (A) download or otherwise copy the infringing item. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2B5. "Uploading" does not include merely downloading or installing an infringing item on a hard drive on a defendant’s personal computer unless the infringing item is an openly shared file. § 506(a)(3). 1204. If the resulting offense level is less than level 14. 18 U. reproduction. of anything of value. performance. including by storing the infringing item as an openly shared file. If the (A) offense involved the manufacture. §§ 1201 and 1204 for trafficking in circumvention devices. importation.S. (3) (4) (5) Commentary Statutory Provisions: 17 U.C. or (B) possession of a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) in connection with the offense. "Commercial advantage or private financial gain" means the receipt.C. increase to level 12. For additional statutory provision(s). or uploading of infringing items. increase to level 14. §§ 506(a). or (B) have access to the infringing item. §§ 2318-2320. Application Notes: 1. decrease by 2 levels. increase by 2 levels.3 (2) If the offense involved the display. – 123 – . including other protected works. If the offense involved (A) the conscious or reckless risk of death or serious bodily injury. increase by 2 levels. "Infringed item" means the copyrighted or trademarked item with respect to which the crime against intellectual property was committed.—For purposes of this guideline: "Circumvention devices" are devices used to perform the activity described in 17 U. §§ 1201(a)(3)(A) and 1201(b)(2)(A). If the resulting offense level is less than level 12.C.C. increase by 2 levels. or expectation of receipt. but the resulting offense level shall be not less than level 8.S. "Work being prepared for commercial distribution" has the meaning given that term in 17 U.

2009 Determination of Infringement Amount. The offense involves the illegal interception of a satellite cable transmission in violation of 18 U. the "retail value of the infringed item" is the price the user would have paid to access lawfully the copyrighted work. genuine good or service. container. the "infringed item" is the identifiable. had it been so used. § 2319A. and (II) which. medallion. box. multiplied by the number of infringing items. reproduction. In such a case. enclosing or accompanying an identifiable. badge. genuine good or service. performance. in any case not covered by subdivision (A) of this Application Note. The retail price of the infringing item is not less than 75% of the retail price of the infringed item. or packaging of any type or nature (I) that has not been affixed to.S.C.S. case. §§ 1201 and 1204 in which the defendant used a circumvention device. in a case involving any of the following: (i) The infringing item (I) is.C. charm. GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. A case under 17 U.3 2. § 2511. or appears to a reasonably informed purchaser to be. publication. emblem. hangtag.—The infringement amount is the retail value of the infringed item. and the "infringed item" is the accessed work. would appear to a reasonably informed purchaser to be affixed to.S. (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) (viii) (B) Use of Retail Value of Infringing Item. A case under 18 U. or (II) is a digital or electronic reproduction of the infringed item.—The infringement amount is the retail value of the infringing item.) The retail value of the infringed item provides a more accurate assessment of the pecuniary harm to the copyright or trademark owner than does the retail value of the infringing item.S. § 2318 or § 2320 that involves a counterfeit label. The retail value of the infringing item is difficult or impossible to determine without unduly complicating or prolonging the sentencing proceeding. – 124 – . (A) Use of Retail Value of Infringed Item. can. documentation. multiplied by the number of infringing items. sticker. (In a case involving such an offense. identical or substantially equivalent to the infringed item. including a case involving the unlawful recording of a musical performance in violation of 18 U. In a case involving such an offense. wrapper.—This note applies to the determination of the infringement amount for purposes of subsection (b)(1).C. the "retail value of the infringed item" is the price the user of the transmission would have paid to lawfully receive that transmission. or does not enclose or accompany a good or service. patch.§2B5. and the "infringed item" is the satellite transmission rather than the intercepting device. In such an offense.C. or distribution of a work being prepared for commercial distribution. the "retail value of the infringed item" is the value of that item upon its initial commercial distribution. The offense involves the display.

November 1, 2009

GUIDELINES MANUAL

§2B5.3

(C)

Retail Value Defined.—For purposes of this Application Note, the "retail value" of an infringed item or an infringing item is the retail price of that item in the market in which it is sold. Determination of Infringement Amount in Cases Involving a Variety of Infringing Items.—In a case involving a variety of infringing items, the infringement amount is the sum of all calculations made for those items under subdivisions (A) and (B) of this Application Note. For example, if the defendant sold both counterfeit videotapes that are identical in quality to the infringed videotapes and obviously inferior counterfeit handbags, the infringement amount, for purposes of subsection (b)(1), is the sum of the infringement amount calculated with respect to the counterfeit videotapes under subdivision (A)(i) (i.e., the quantity of the infringing videotapes multiplied by the retail value of the infringed videotapes) and the infringement amount calculated with respect to the counterfeit handbags under subdivision (B) (i.e., the quantity of the infringing handbags multiplied by the retail value of the infringing handbags). Indeterminate Number of Infringing Items.—In a case in which the court cannot determine the number of infringing items, the court need only make a reasonable estimate of the infringement amount using any relevant information, including financial records.

(D)

(E)

3.

Application of §3B1.3.—If the defendant de-encrypted or otherwise circumvented a technological security measure to gain initial access to an infringed item, an adjustment under §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill) may apply. Departure Considerations.—If the offense level determined under this guideline substantially understates or overstates the seriousness of the offense, a departure may be warranted. The following is a non-exhaustive list of factors that the court may consider in determining whether a departure may be warranted: (A) The offense involved substantial harm to the reputation of the copyright or trademark owner. The offense was committed in connection with, or in furtherance of, the criminal activities of a national, or international, organized criminal enterprise. The method used to calculate the infringement amount is based upon a formula or extrapolation that results in an estimated amount that may substantially exceed the actual pecuniary harm to the copyright or trademark owner.

4.

(B)

(C)

Background: This guideline treats copyright and trademark violations much like theft and fraud. Similar to the sentences for theft and fraud offenses, the sentences for defendants convicted of intellectual property offenses should reflect the nature and magnitude of the pecuniary harm caused by their crimes. Accordingly, similar to the loss enhancement in the theft and fraud guideline, the infringement amount in subsection (b)(1) serves as a principal factor in determining the offense level for intellectual property offenses. Subsection (b)(1) implements section 2(g) of the No Electronic Theft (NET) Act of 1997, Pub. L. 105–147, by using the retail value of the infringed item, multiplied by the number of
– 125 –

§2B5.3

GUIDELINES M ANUAL

November 1, 2009

infringing items, to determine the pecuniary harm for cases in which use of the retail value of the infringed item is a reasonable estimate of that harm. For cases referred to in Application Note 2(B), the Commission determined that use of the retail value of the infringed item would overstate the pecuniary harm or otherwise be inappropriate. In these types of cases, use of the retail value of the infringing item, multiplied by the number of those items, is a more reasonable estimate of the resulting pecuniary harm. Section 2511 of title 18, United States Code, as amended by the Electronic Communications Act of 1986, prohibits the interception of satellite transmission for purposes of direct or indirect commercial advantage or private financial gain. Such violations are similar to copyright offenses and are therefore covered by this guideline.
Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1993 (see Appendix C, amendments 481 and 482); May 1, 2000 (see Appendix C, amendment 590); November 1, 2000 (see Appendix C, amendment 593); November 1, 2001 (see Appendix C, amendment 617); October 24, 2005 (see Appendix C, amendment 675); September 12, 2006 (see Appendix C, amendment 682); November 1, 2006 (see Appendix C, amendment 687); November 1, 2007 (see Appendix C, amendment 704); November 1, 2009 (see Appendix C, amendment 735).

§2B5.4. [Deleted]
Historical Note: Section 2B5.4 (Criminal Infringement of Trademark), effective November 1, 1987, was deleted by consolidation with §2B5.3 effective November 1, 1993 (see Appendix C, amendment 481).

*

*

*

*

*

6.

MOTOR VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS Altering or Removing Motor Vehicle Identification Numbers, or Trafficking in Motor Vehicles or Parts with Altered or Obliterated Identification Numbers (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 8 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the retail value of the motor vehicles or parts (A) exceeded $2,000 but did not exceed $5,000, increase by 1 level; or (B) exceeded $5,000, increase by the number of levels from the table in §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud) corresponding to that amount. If the defendant was in the business of receiving and selling stolen property, increase by 2 levels. If the offense involved an organized scheme to steal vehicles or vehicle parts, or to receive stolen vehicles or vehicle parts, and the offense level as determined above is less than level 14, increase to level 14.

§2B6.1.

(2)

(3)

– 126 –

November 1, 2009

GUIDELINES MANUAL

§2B6.1

Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 511, 553(a)(2), 2321. Application Notes: 1. Subsection (b)(3), referring to an "organized scheme to steal vehicles or vehicle parts, or to receive stolen vehicles or vehicle parts," provides an alternative minimum measure of loss in the case of an ongoing, sophisticated operation such as an auto theft ring or "chop shop." "Vehicles" refers to all forms of vehicles, including aircraft and watercraft. See Commentary to §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud). The term "increase by the number of levels from the table in §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud) corresponding to that amount," as used in subsection (b)(1), refers to the number of levels corresponding to the retail value of the motor vehicles or parts involved.

2.

Background: The statutes covered in this guideline prohibit altering or removing motor vehicle identification numbers, importing or exporting, or trafficking in motor vehicles or parts knowing that the identification numbers have been removed, altered, tampered with, or obliterated. Violations of 18 U.S.C. §§ 511 and 553(a)(2) carry a maximum of five years imprisonment. Violations of 18 U.S.C. § 2321 carry a maximum of ten years imprisonment.
Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 117-119); November 1, 1993 (see Appendix C, amendment 482); November 1, 2001 (see Appendix C, amendment 617).

– 127 –

§2C1.1

GUIDELINES M ANUAL

November 1, 2009

PART C - OFFENSES INVOLVING PUBLIC OFFICIALS AND VIOLATIONS OF FEDERAL ELECTION CAMPAIGN LAWS

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 25, 2003 (see Appendix C, amendment 648). Introductory Commentary to Part C, effective November 1, 1987, was deleted effective January 25, 2003 (see Appendix C, amendment 648), and November 1, 2003 (see Appendix C, amendment 656).

§2C1.1.

Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a Bribe; Extortion Under Color of Official Right; Fraud Involving the Deprivation of the Intangible Right to Honest Services of Public Officials; Conspiracy to Defraud by Interference with Governmental Functions (a) Base Offense Level: (1) (2) (b) 14, if the defendant was a public official; or 12, otherwise.

Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the offense involved more than one bribe or extortion, increase by 2 levels. If the value of the payment, the benefit received or to be received in return for the payment, the value of anything obtained or to be obtained by a public official or others acting with a public official, or the loss to the government from the offense, whichever is greatest, exceeded $5,000, increase by the number of levels from the table in §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud) corresponding to that amount. If the offense involved an elected public official or any public official in a high-level decision-making or sensitive position, increase by 4 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 18, increase to level 18. If the defendant was a public official who facilitated (A) entry into the United States for a person, a vehicle, or cargo; (B) the obtaining of a passport or a document relating to naturalization, citizenship, legal entry, or legal resident status; or (C) the obtaining of a government identification document, increase by 2 levels.

(2)

(3)

(4)

(c)

Cross References (1) If the offense was committed for the purpose of facilitating the commission of another criminal offense, apply the offense guideline applicable to a conspiracy to commit that other offense, if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

– 128 –

November 1, 2009

GUIDELINES MANUAL

§2C1.1

(2)

If the offense was committed for the purpose of concealing, or obstructing justice in respect to, another criminal offense, apply §2X3.1 (Accessory After the Fact) or §2J1.2 (Obstruction of Justice), as appropriate, in respect to that other offense, if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. If the offense involved a threat of physical injury or property destruction, apply §2B3.2 (Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage), if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

(3)

(d)

Special Instruction for Fines - Organizations (1) In lieu of the pecuniary loss under subsection (a)(3) of §8C2.4 (Base Fine), use the greatest of: (A) the value of the unlawful payment; (B) the value of the benefit received or to be received in return for the unlawful payment; or (C) the consequential damages resulting from the unlawful payment. Commentary

Statutory Provisions: 15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-1, 78dd-2, 78dd-3; 18 U.S.C. §§ 201(b)(1), (2), 226, 227, 371 (if conspiracy to defraud by interference with governmental functions), 872, 1341 (if the scheme or artifice to defraud was to deprive another of the intangible right of honest services of a public official), 1342 (if the scheme or artifice to defraud was to deprive another of the intangible right of honest services of a public official), 1343 (if the scheme or artifice to defraud was to deprive another of the intangible right of honest services of a public official), 1951. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index). Application Notes: 1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline: "Government identification document" means a document made or issued by or under the authority of the United States Government, a State, or a political subdivision of a State, which, when completed with information concerning a particular individual, is of a type intended or commonly accepted for the purpose of identification of individuals. "Payment" means anything of value. A payment need not be monetary. "Public official" shall be construed broadly and includes the following: (A) (B) "Public official" as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 201(a)(1). A member of a state or local legislature. "State" means a State of the United States, and any commonwealth, territory, or possession of the United States. An officer or employee or person acting for or on behalf of a state or local government, or any department, agency, or branch of government thereof, in any
– 129 –

(C)

§2C1.1

GUIDELINES M ANUAL

November 1, 2009

official function, under or by authority of such department, agency, or branch of government, or a juror in a state or local trial. (D) Any person who has been selected to be a person described in subdivisions (A), (B), or (C), either before or after such person has qualified. An individual who, although not otherwise covered by subdivisions (A) through (D): (i) is in a position of public trust with official responsibility for carrying out a government program or policy; (ii) acts under color of law or official right; or (iii) participates so substantially in government operations as to possess de facto authority to make governmental decisions (e.g., which may include a leader of a state or local political party who acts in the manner described in this subdivision).

(E)

2.

More than One Bribe or Extortion.—Subsection (b)(1) provides an adjustment for offenses involving more than one incident of either bribery or extortion. Related payments that, in essence, constitute a single incident of bribery or extortion (e.g., a number of installment payments for a single action) are to be treated as a single bribe or extortion, even if charged in separate counts. In a case involving more than one incident of bribery or extortion, the applicable amounts under subsection (b)(2) (i.e., the greatest of the value of the payment, the benefit received or to be received, the value of anything obtained or to be obtained by a public official or others acting with a public official, or the loss to the government) are determined separately for each incident and then added together.

3.

Application of Subsection (b)(2).—"Loss", for purposes of subsection (b)(2)(A), shall be determined in accordance with Application Note 3 of the Commentary to §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud). The value of "the benefit received or to be received" means the net value of such benefit. Examples: (A) A government employee, in return for a $500 bribe, reduces the price of a piece of surplus property offered for sale by the government from $10,000 to $2,000; the value of the benefit received is $8,000. (B) A $150,000 contract on which $20,000 profit was made was awarded in return for a bribe; the value of the benefit received is $20,000. Do not deduct the value of the bribe itself in computing the value of the benefit received or to be received. In the preceding examples, therefore, the value of the benefit received would be the same regardless of the value of the bribe. Application of Subsection (b)(3).— (A) Definition.—"High-level decision-making or sensitive position" means a position characterized by a direct authority to make decisions for, or on behalf of, a government department, agency, or other government entity, or by a substantial influence over the decision-making process. Examples.—Examples of a public official in a high-level decision-making position include a prosecuting attorney, a judge, an agency administrator, and any other public official with a similar level of authority. Examples of a public official who holds a sensitive position include a juror, a law enforcement officer, an election official, and any other similarly situated individual.
– 130 –

4.

(B)

November 1, 2009

GUIDELINES MANUAL

§2C1.1

5.

Application of Subsection (c).—For the purposes of determining whether to apply the cross references in this section, the "resulting offense level" means the final offense level (i.e., the offense level determined by taking into account both the Chapter Two offense level and any applicable adjustments from Chapter Three, Parts A-D). See §1B1.5(d); Application Note 2 of the Commentary to §1B1.5 (Interpretation of References to Other Offense Guidelines). Inapplicability of §3B1.3.—Do not apply §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill). Upward Departure Provisions.—In some cases the monetary value of the unlawful payment may not be known or may not adequately reflect the seriousness of the offense. For example, a small payment may be made in exchange for the falsification of inspection records for a shipment of defective parachutes or the destruction of evidence in a major narcotics case. In part, this issue is addressed by the enhancements in §2C1.1(b)(2) and (c)(1), (2), and (3). However, in cases in which the seriousness of the offense is still not adequately reflected, an upward departure is warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures). In a case in which the court finds that the defendant’s conduct was part of a systematic or pervasive corruption of a governmental function, process, or office that may cause loss of public confidence in government, an upward departure may be warranted. See §5K2.7 (Disruption of Governmental Function).

6.

7.

Background: This section applies to a person who offers or gives a bribe for a corrupt purpose, such as inducing a public official to participate in a fraud or to influence such individual’s official actions, or to a public official who solicits or accepts such a bribe. The object and nature of a bribe may vary widely from case to case. In some cases, the object may be commercial advantage (e.g., preferential treatment in the award of a government contract). In others, the object may be issuance of a license to which the recipient is not entitled. In still others, the object may be the obstruction of justice. Consequently, a guideline for the offense must be designed to cover diverse situations. In determining the net value of the benefit received or to be received, the value of the bribe is not deducted from the gross value of such benefit; the harm is the same regardless of value of the bribe paid to receive the benefit. In a case in which the value of the bribe exceeds the value of the benefit, or in which the value of the benefit cannot be determined, the value of the bribe is used because it is likely that the payer of such a bribe expected something in return that would be worth more than the value of the bribe. Moreover, for deterrence purposes, the punishment should be commensurate with the gain to the payer or the recipient of the bribe, whichever is greater. Under §2C1.1(b)(3), if the payment was for the purpose of influencing an official act by certain officials, the offense level is increased by 4 levels. Under §2C1.1(c)(1), if the payment was to facilitate the commission of another criminal offense, the guideline applicable to a conspiracy to commit that other offense will apply if the result is greater than that determined above. For example, if a bribe was given to a law enforcement officer to allow the smuggling of a quantity of cocaine, the guideline for conspiracy to import cocaine would be applied if it resulted in a greater offense level.

– 131 –

§2C1.1

GUIDELINES M ANUAL

November 1, 2009

Under §2C1.1(c)(2), if the payment was to conceal another criminal offense or obstruct justice in respect to another criminal offense, the guideline from §2X3.1 (Accessory After the Fact) or §2J1.2 (Obstruction of Justice), as appropriate, will apply if the result is greater than that determined above. For example, if a bribe was given for the purpose of concealing the offense of espionage, the guideline for accessory after the fact to espionage would be applied. Under §2C1.1(c)(3), if the offense involved forcible extortion, the guideline from §2B3.2 (Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage) will apply if the result is greater than that determined above. Section 2C1.1 also applies to offenses under 15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-1, 78dd-2, and 78dd-3. Such offenses generally involve a payment to a foreign public official, candidate for public office, or agent or intermediary, with the intent to influence an official act or decision of a foreign government or political party. Typically, a case prosecuted under these provisions will involve an intent to influence governmental action. Section 2C1.1 also applies to fraud involving the deprivation of the intangible right to honest services of government officials under 18 U.S.C. §§ 1341-1343 and conspiracy to defraud by interference with governmental functions under 18 U.S.C. § 371. Such fraud offenses typically involve an improper use of government influence that harms the operation of government in a manner similar to bribery offenses. Offenses involving attempted bribery are frequently not completed because the offense is reported to authorities or an individual involved in the offense is acting in an undercover capacity. Failure to complete the offense does not lessen the defendant’s culpability in attempting to use public position for personal gain. Therefore, solicitations and attempts are treated as equivalent to the underlying offense.
Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 18); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 120-122); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendments 367 and 422); November 1, 1997 (see Appendix C, amendment 547); November 1, 2001 (see Appendix C, amendment 617); November 1, 2002 (see Appendix C, amendment 639); November 1, 2003 (see Appendix C, amendment 653); November 1, 2004 (see Appendix C, amendment 666); November 1, 2007 (see Appendix C, amendment 699); November 1, 2008 (see Appendix C, amendment 720).

§2C1.2.

Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a Gratuity (a) Base Offense Level: (1) (2) (b) 11, if the defendant was a public official; or 9, otherwise.

Specific Offense Characteristics (1) (2) If the offense involved more than one gratuity, increase by 2 levels. If the value of the gratuity exceeded $5,000, increase by the number of levels from the table in §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud) corresponding to that amount.
– 132 –

November 1, 2009

GUIDELINES MANUAL

§2C1.2

(3)

If the offense involved an elected public official or any public official in a high-level decision-making or sensitive position, increase by 4 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 15, increase to level 15. If the defendant was a public official who facilitated (A) entry into the United States for a person, a vehicle, or cargo; (B) the obtaining of a passport or a document relating to naturalization, citizenship, legal entry, or legal resident status; or (C) the obtaining of a government identification document, increase by 2 levels.

(4)

(c)

Special Instruction for Fines - Organizations (1) In lieu of the pecuniary loss under subsection (a)(3) of §8C2.4 (Base Fine), use the value of the unlawful payment.

Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 201(c)(1), 212-214, 217. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index). Application Notes: 1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline: "Government identification document" means a document made or issued by or under the authority of the United States Government, a State, or a political subdivision of a State, which, when completed with information concerning a particular individual, is of a type intended or commonly accepted for the purpose of identification of individuals. "Public official" shall be construed broadly and includes the following: (A) (B) "Public official" as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 201(a)(1). A member of a state or local legislature. "State" means a State of the United States, and any commonwealth, territory, or possession of the United States. An officer or employee or person acting for or on behalf of a state or local government, or any department, agency, or branch of government thereof, in any official function, under or by authority of such department, agency, or branch of government, or a juror. Any person who has been selected to be a person described in subdivisions (A), (B), or (C), either before or after such person has qualified. An individual who, although not otherwise covered by subdivisions (A) through (D): (i) is in a position of public trust with official responsibility for carrying out a government program or policy; (ii) acts under color of law or official right; or (iii) participates so substantially in government operations as to
– 133 –

(C)

(D)

(E)

§2C1.2

GUIDELINES M ANUAL

November 1, 2009

possess de facto authority to make governmental decisions (e.g., which may include a leader of a state or local political party who acts in the manner described in this subdivision). 2. Application of Subsection (b)(1).—Related payments that, in essence, constitute a single gratuity (e.g., separate payments for airfare and hotel for a single vacation trip) are to be treated as a single gratuity, even if charged in separate counts. Application of Subsection (b)(3).— (A) Definition.—"High-level decision-making or sensitive position" means a position characterized by a direct authority to make decisions for, or on behalf of, a government department, agency, or other government entity, or by a substantial influence over the decision-making process. Examples.—Examples of a public official in a high-level decision-making position include a prosecuting attorney, a judge, an agency administrator, a law enforcement officer, and any other public official with a similar level of authority. Examples of a public official who holds a sensitive position include a juror, a law enforcement officer, an election official, and any other similarly situated individual.

3.

(B)

4.

Inapplicability of §3B1.3.—Do not apply the adjustment in §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position or Trust or Use of Special Skill).

Background: This section applies to the offering, giving, soliciting, or receiving of a gratuity to a public official in respect to an official act. It also applies in cases involving (1) the offer to, or acceptance by, a bank examiner of a loan or gratuity; (2) the offer or receipt of anything of value for procuring a loan or discount of commercial bank paper from a Federal Reserve Bank; and (3) the acceptance of a fee or other consideration by a federal employee for adjusting or cancelling a farm debt.
Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 121); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 422); November 1, 1995 (see Appendix C, amendment 534); November 1, 2001 (see Appendix C, amendment 617); November 1, 2004 (see Appendix C, amendment 666).

§2C1.3.

Conflict of Interest; Payment or Receipt of Unauthorized Compensation (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 6 Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If the offense involved actual or planned harm to the government, increase by 4 levels.

(c)

Cross Reference (1) If the offense involved a bribe or gratuity, apply §2C1.1 (Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a Bribe; Extortion Under Color of

– 134 –

November 1, 2009

GUIDELINES MANUAL

§2C1.5

Official Right; Fraud Involving the Deprivation of the Intangible Right to Honest Services of Public Officials; Conspiracy to Defraud by Interference with Governmental Functions) or §2C1.2 (Offering, Giving, Soliciting, or Receiving a Gratuity), as appropriate, if the resulting offense level is greater than the offense level determined above.

Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 203, 205, 207, 208, 209, 1909; 40 U.S.C. § 14309(a), (b). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index). Application Note: 1. Abuse of Position of Trust.—Do not apply the adjustment in §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1995 (see Appendix C, amendment 534); November 1, 2001 (see Appendix C, amendment 619); November 1, 2003 (see Appendix C, amendment 661); November 1, 2005 (see Appendix C, amendment 679).

§2C1.4. [Deleted]
Historical Note: Section 2C1.4 (Payment or Receipt of Unauthorized Compensation), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective November 1, 1998 (see Appendix C, amendment 588), was deleted by consolidation with §2C1.3 effective November 1, 2001 (see Appendix C, amendment 619).

§2C1.5.

Payments to Obtain Public Office (a) Base Offense Level: 8

Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 210, 211. Application Note: 1. Do not apply the adjustment in §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).

Background: Under 18 U.S.C. § 210, it is unlawful to pay, offer, or promise anything of value to a person, firm, or corporation in consideration of procuring appointive office. Under 18 U.S.C. § 211, it is unlawful to solicit or accept anything of value in consideration of a promise of the use of influence in obtaining appointive federal office. Both offenses are misdemeanors for which the maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute is one year.
Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

– 135 –

or (B) the defendant committed the offense for the purpose of obtaining a specific. Fraudulently Misrepresenting Campaign Authority. apply §2C1. 2004 (see Appendix C.1 (Theft. expenditure. donation. Making. Soliciting. Extortion Under Color of – 136 – . (4) (5) (c) Cross Reference (1) If the offense involved a bribe or gratuity. 2004 (see Appendix C. amendment 547). or a government of a foreign country. Donation. directly or indirectly. or receipt of governmental funds. Property Destruction. was deleted by consolidation with §2C1. November 1.§2C1. 2003 (see Appendix C. amendment 666). increase by 2 levels.6. threat of pecuniary or other harm. 1991 (see Appendix C. If the offense involved a contribution. 1992 (see Appendix C. 2001 (see Appendix C. amendment 653). solicitation. increase by 4 levels.2 effective November 1. an illegal transaction made by or received from— (A) (B) (3) a foreign national. amendment 617). §2C1. amendment 666). or coercion. Amended effective November 1. and Fraud) corresponding to that amount. or Receiving a Bribe. amendment 617). or expenditure made or obtained through intimidation. Amended effective November 1. (2) If (A) the offense involved the contribution. [Deleted] GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. donation. increase by 2 levels. Receiving. solicitation. 1997 (see Appendix C. If the defendant engaged in 30 or more illegal transactions. 2009 Historical Note: Effective November 1. (Apply the greater) If the offense involved.6 §2C1.7. identifiable non-monetary Federal benefit.8. increase by 2 levels.000. amendment 368).1 (Offering. disbursement. November 1. Soliciting or Receiving a Donation in Connection with an Election While on Certain Federal Property (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 8 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the value of the illegal transactions exceeded $5. November 1. or Expenditure in Violation of the Federal Election Campaign Act. amendment 468). [Deleted] Historical Note: Effective November 1. Giving. or Failing to Report a Contribution. increase by 4 levels. §2C1. 2001 (see Appendix C. 1987.1 effective November 1. increase by the number of levels from the table in §2B1. was deleted by consolidation with §2C1.

§ 431(8) and (9)). or American Samoa. § 441e(b).C. 441i. including any branch. 2. assets. Application Notes: 1. "Government of a foreign country" has the meaning given that term in section 1(e) of the Foreign Agents Registration Act of 1938 (22 U. any solicitation or receipt of money or anything of value under that section. identifiable non-monetary Federal benefit. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2C1. or property.C. subdivision.C.—Subsection (b)(3)(B) provides an enhancement for a defendant who commits the offense for the purpose of achieving a specific. or expenditure that may be made under such Act. 441d. subsection (b)(3)(B) is intended to apply to defendants who commit the offense to obtain a specific. as appropriate.S.C.S. donation. donation. 441e. For additional provision(s). solicitation. Soliciting.S. or expenditure of money or anything of value made in excess of the amount of such contribution. respectively.S. 2 U.S. §§ 437g(d)(1). or expenditure of money or anything of value. 441c. solicitation. Rather. donation. – 137 – . or Receiving a Gratuity). or other component of any such government. (B) any contribution.C. or of a local government.S.S. of a State government. 441f.C. § 611(e)).2 (Offering. § 607. 2 U. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 2 U.—For purposes of this guideline: "Foreign national" has the meaning given that term in section 319(b) of the Federal Election Campaign Act of 1971. the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. 441a. and (C) in the case of a violation of 18 U. 441a-1. if the resulting offense level is greater than the offense level determined above. public officials. or heightened access to. prohibited by the Federal Election Campaign Act of 1971. The terms "contribution" and "expenditure" have the meaning given those terms in section 301(8) and (9) of the Federal Election Campaign Act of 1971 (2 U. "Local government" means the government of a political subdivision of a State. identifiable nonmonetary Federal benefit that does not rise to the level of a bribe or a gratuity. 441b. Guam. see Statutory Index (Appendix A). "Illegal transaction" means (A) any contribution. or any other conduct. 18 U. the United States Virgin Islands. the Northern Mariana Islands. 441h(a).C. such as a Presidential pardon or information proprietary to the government. Conspiracy to Defraud by Interference with Governmental Functions) or §2C1. Giving. § 607.November 1. Definitions. the District of Columbia. of the United States government. agency. 441g. Fraud Involving the Deprivation of the Intangible Right to Honest Services of Public Officials. § 431 et seq. 441k. Subsection (b)(3)(B) is not intended to apply to offenses under this guideline in which the defendant’s only motivation for commission of the offense is generally to achieve increased visibility with. solicitation. "State" means any of the fifty States. "Governmental funds" means money. 439a. Application of Subsection (b)(3)(B).8 Official Right. department.

8 3. Amended effective November 1. 2003 (see Appendix C. amendment 679). GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1.—In a case in which the defendant’s conduct was part of a systematic or pervasive corruption of a governmental function. whether or not the illegal transactions resulted in a conviction for such conduct. an upward departure may be warranted.§2C1. November 1. 2009 Application of Subsection (b)(4). or office that may cause loss of public confidence in government. process. amendment 648). Departure Provision. Historical Note: Effective January 25. 2005 (see Appendix C. – 138 – . 4.—Subsection (b)(4) shall apply if the defendant engaged in any combination of 30 or more illegal transactions during the course of the offense. amendment 656). 2003 (see Appendix C.

S. or Trafficking (Including Possession with Intent to Commit These Offenses). or (iii) level 38. or 21 U. or (b)(3).November 1. § 841(b)(1)(A). or the offense level specified in the Drug Quantity Table set forth in subsection (c). (ii) level 34 or level 36. and the offense of conviction establishes that death or serious bodily injury resulted from the use of the substance and that the defendant committed the offense after one or more prior convictions for a similar offense. (b)(2). § 841(b)(1)(E) or 21 U.C. § 841(b)(1)(A). except that if (A) the defendant receives an adjustment under §3B1. if the defendant is convicted under 21 U. if the defendant is convicted under 21 U.S. and (B) the base offense level under subsection (c) is (i) level 32. decrease by 3 levels. or 38.S. (2) (3) (4) (5) (b) Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was possessed. If the defendant unlawfully imported or exported a controlled substance under circumstances in which (A) an aircraft other than a regularly – 139 – (2) .2 (Mitigating Role). (b)(1)(B). or 26. if the defendant is convicted under 21 U. decrease by 2 levels. if the defendant is convicted under 21 U. and the offense of conviction establishes that death or serious bodily injury resulted from the use of the substance.C. (b)(2). and the offense of conviction establishes that death or serious bodily injury resulted from the use of the substance.C. or (b)(1)(C). IMPORTING.1 PART D . or (b)(3).S.C.S. CONTINUING CRIMINAL ENTERPRISE §2D1.C. § 960(b)(5). Unlawful Manufacturing. § 960(b)(1). § 960(b)(1).C. § 841(b)(1)(E) or 21 U.S. UNLAWFUL MANUFACTURING. 1987. (b)(1)(B). or (b)(1)(C). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1.OFFENSES INVOLVING DRUGS AND NARCO-TERRORISM Historical Note: Effective November 1. Amended effective November 1. Importing. and the offense of conviction establishes that death or serious bodily injury resulted from the use of the substance and that the defendant committed the offense after one or more prior convictions for a similar offense. decrease by 4 levels. EXPORTING.1.C.C.S.S. 1. Attempt or Conspiracy (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest): (1) 43. amendment 711). increase by 2 levels. or 21 U. 2007 (see Appendix C. or 30. OR POSSESSION. TRAFFICKING. § 960(b)(5). Exporting.

§ 841(g)(1)(A). (Apply the greatest): (A) If the offense involved (i) an unlawful discharge.2 (Mitigating Role). increase by 2 levels. increase by 2 levels.§2D1.C.1 GUIDELINES M ANUAL November 1. increase by 2 levels.S. captain. increase by 2 levels. or release into the environment of a hazardous or toxic substance. treatment. increase by 2 levels. and (B) the defendant is not subject to an adjustment under §3B1.S. distributed a controlled substance through mass-marketing by means of an interactive computer service. methamphetamine on premises where a minor is present or resides. or detention facility. If the resulting offense level is less than level 14. or possessing with intent to distribute. or (C) the defendant acted as a pilot. 2009 scheduled commercial air carrier was used to import or export the controlled substance. increase by 2 levels. or disposal of a hazardous waste.C. increase by 2 levels. flight officer. If the defendant. increase by 2 levels.S. If the defendant is convicted under 21 U. increase to level 14. § 2285 was used. If the defendant distributed an anabolic steroid to an athlete. navigator. (B) a submersible vessel or semi-submersible vessel as described in 18 U. increase by 2 levels. If (A) the offense involved the importation of amphetamine or methamphetamine or the manufacture of amphetamine or methamphetamine from listed chemicals that the defendant knew were imported unlawfully. (3) If the object of the offense was the distribution of a controlled substance in a prison. or a person for whose conduct the defendant is accountable under §1B1. § 860a of distributing.C. or (ii) the unlawful transportation. increase to level 26. storage. increase by 2 levels. § 865. correctional facility. If— (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (B) (C) – 140 – .3 (Relevant Conduct). If the defendant was convicted under 21 U. or any other operation officer aboard any craft or vessel carrying a controlled substance. If the offense involved the distribution of an anabolic steroid and a masking agent. copilot.C.S. emission. If the defendant was convicted under 21 U. If the resulting offense level is less than level 26.

(ii) increase by 3 levels. a sexual offense against another individual by distributing. decrease by 2 levels.1 (First Degree Murder) or §2A1. (D) If the offense (i) involved the manufacture of amphetamine or methamphetamine.C.2 (Second Degree Murder). as appropriate. If the resulting offense level is less than level 27. increase to level 30. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1.] (d) Cross References (1) If a victim was killed under circumstances that would constitute murder under 18 U. apply §2X1. [Subsection (c) (Drug Quantity Table) is set forth on the following pages. apply §2A1. If the defendant was convicted under 21 U. or Conspiracy) in respect to the crime of violence that the defendant committed. § 841(b)(7) (of distributing a controlled substance with intent to commit a crime of violence). increase by 6 levels.S. a controlled substance to that individual. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined under this guideline. with or without that individual’s knowledge. an adjustment under §3A1.S. – 141 – . or (II) the environment. and (ii) created a substantial risk of harm to the life of a minor or an incompetent.1 (Attempt. § 860a of manufacturing. or possessing with intent to manufacture. and (B) the defendant committed.1 (i) the defendant was convicted under 21 U. increase to level 27. or attempted to commit. If the resulting offense level is less than level 30. or attempted or intended to commit. methamphetamine on premises where a minor is present or resides.C. Solicitation. (2) (e) Special Instruction (1) If (A) subsection (d)(2) does not apply. or the offense involved the manufacture of amphetamine or methamphetamine and the offense created a substantial risk of harm to (I) human life other than a life described in subdivision (D).2 (Limitation on Applicability of Statutory Minimum Sentences in Certain Cases).C.November 1. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.S. (11) If the defendant meets the criteria set forth in subdivisions (1)-(5) of subsection (a) of §5C1. § 1111 had such killing taken place within the territorial or maritime jurisdiction of the United States.1(b)(1) shall apply.

150 KG or more of Cocaine.5 KG or more of "Ice". M 6.875. or at least 500 G but less than 1.5 KG of Cocaine Base. At least 500 G but less than 1.§2D1.000. At least 625. or at least 500 G but less than 1. M 3 KG or more of a Fentanyl Analogue. At least 2.000. At least 10. At least 3 KG but less than 10 KG of Heroin. At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of a Fentanyl Analogue. M 30 KG or more of PCP. At least 200 KG but less than 600 KG of Hashish Oil. At least 5 KG but less than 15 KG of Amphetamine.000 KG but less than 30. or at least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of PCP (actual).5 KG of Cocaine Base. or at least 500 G but less than 1. At least 50 KG but less than 150 KG of Cocaine. M 30.000.5 KG of Methamphetamine (actual).000 units of Ketamine. M 15 KG or more of Amphetamine. M 15 KG or more of Methamphetamine.5 KG or more of Cocaine Base. At least 10.000 KG or more of Hashish. or 1.000. At least 3 KG but less than 10 KG of PCP. At least 15 KG but less than 50 KG of Cocaine.000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants.5 KG or more of Amphetamine (actual). or at least 300 G but less than 1 KG of PCP (actual). M 30. M 300 G or more of LSD.000. 2009 (c) DRUG QUANTITY TABLE Controlled Substances and Quantity* (1) M M Base Offense Level Level 38 30 KG or more of Heroin. M 4. M 1. At least 100 G but less than 300 G of LSD.000 but less than 30.000 but less than 1.000 but less than 30. M 30. M 12 KG or more of Fentanyl. or 3 KG or more of PCP (actual). At least 10 KG but less than 30 KG of PCP.875.000 KG but less than 6. At least 4 KG but less than 12 KG of Fentanyl.5 KG of Amphetamine (actual). or 1. At least 1.000 units or more of Schedule I or II Depressants. M M M M M (2) M M M M M M M M M M At least 10 KG but less than 30 KG of Heroin.5 KG or more of Methamphetamine (actual). At least 5 KG but less than 15 KG of Methamphetamine. At least 10. or 1.000 units or more of Flunitrazepam.000 KG or more of Marihuana. Level 36 (3) M M M M Level 34 – 142 – .5 KG of "Ice".5 KG but less than 4.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.000 KG of Hashish.000 units of Flunitrazepam.000 units or more of Ketamine.000. M 600 KG or more of Hashish Oil.000 KG of Marihuana.

M At least 600 KG but less than 2.000 but less than 3.000 units of Ketamine. At least 20 KG but less than 60 KG of Hashish Oil.5 KG of Amphetamine.5 KG but less than 5 KG of Cocaine. At least 3.000 KG of Marihuana. M At least 3. M At least 300 G but less than 1 KG of a Fentanyl Analogue.000. At least 150 G but less than 500 G of Cocaine Base. or at least 100 G but less than 300 G of PCP (actual). At least 10 G but less than 30 G of LSD. M At least 1. M (4) M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of Heroin.000.November 1. or at least 150 G but less than 500 G of Amphetamine (actual).000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants.000 but less than 3. At least 50 G but less than 150 G of Cocaine Base. or at least 70 G but less than 100 G of PCP (actual).000.000 KG of Hashish. At least 280 G but less than 400 G of Fentanyl.2 KG of Fentanyl. M At least 3. or at least 50 G but less than 150 G of Methamphetamine (actual).000. At least 62. At least 1. M At least 187.500 but less than 625.000 KG of Marihuana.5 KG but less than 5 KG of Amphetamine.500 but less than 187. At least 1.500 units of Flunitrazepam. or at least 35 G but less than 50 G of Methamphetamine (actual). At least 500 G but less than 1.000 but less than 10. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1. At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of PCP. At least 1. or at least 35 G but less than 50 G of "Ice". At least 700 G but less than 1 KG of PCP.000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants. At least 500 G but less than 1.000 KG but less than 3. At least 7 G but less than 10 G of LSD. At least 100 G but less than 300 G of a Fentanyl Analogue.5 KG of Methamphetamine.1 At least 1. Level 32 (5) M M M M M Level 30 M M M M – 143 – . At least 400 G but less than 1. M At least 3.000.000 units of Flunitrazepam. At least 5 KG but less than 15 KG of Cocaine. M At least 1.000. or at least 150 G but less than 500 G of "Ice". or at least 50 G but less than 150 G of "Ice".000 units of Ketamine. M At least 30 G but less than 100 G of LSD. or at least 50 G but less than 150 G of Amphetamine (actual). At least 700 G but less than 1 KG of Heroin. At least 200 KG but less than 600 KG of Hashish. or at least 35 G but less than 50 G of Amphetamine (actual).000 but less than 10.000. At least 350 G but less than 500 G of Methamphetamine.000 KG but less than 10.000. At least 350 G but less than 500 G of Amphetamine. or at least 150 G but less than 500 G of Methamphetamine (actual).5 KG but less than 5 KG of Methamphetamine.2 KG but less than 4 KG of Fentanyl. At least 70 G but less than 100 G of a Fentanyl Analogue. M At least 60 KG but less than 200 KG of Hashish Oil.

5 KG of Cocaine.000. M M Level 26 – 144 – .000 units of Schedule III Hydrocodone.1 M M M M M M M GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. At least 35 G but less than 50 G of Cocaine Base.000 but less than 400.750 but less than 62.000 but less than 700. At least 8 KG but less than 14 KG of Hashish Oil.000 but less than 400. At least 14 KG but less than 20 KG of Hashish Oil. At least 200 G but less than 350 G of Amphetamine. At least 200 G but less than 350 G of Methamphetamine. At least 700. or at least 5 G but less than 20 G of Amphetamine (actual). At least 4 G but less than 7 G of LSD.000 KG of Marihuana. At least 400 KG but less than 700 KG of Marihuana. At least 400 G but less than 700 G of Heroin.000 units of Ketamine. At least 140 KG but less than 200 KG of Hashish.000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants. 2009 At least 700 KG but less than 1. M At least 50 G but less than 200 G of Methamphetamine. At least 500 G but less than 2 KG of Cocaine. or at least 20 G but less than 35 G of "Ice".000 units of Flunitrazepam.000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants. M At least 100 G but less than 400 G of PCP. At least 400. At least 160 G but less than 280 G of Fentanyl.000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants.000 but less than 700. or at least 10 G but less than 40 G of PCP (actual). M At least 40 G but less than 160 G of Fentanyl. or at least 20 G but less than 35 G of Amphetamine (actual). At least 400.500 units of Flunitrazepam. M At least 6. M At least 100 KG but less than 400 KG of Marihuana.000 but less than 43. At least 80 KG but less than 140 KG of Hashish. At least 700.§2D1. or at least 5 G but less than 20 G of "Ice". M At least 50 G but less than 200 G of Amphetamine. At least 2 KG but less than 3. M At least 100. At least 400. At least 40 G but less than 70 G of a Fentanyl Analogue.750 units of Flunitrazepam.000 units of Ketamine.000 but less than 1. (6) M M M M M Level 28 M M M M M M M M M M M (7) At least 100 G but less than 400 G of Heroin. M At least 20 KG but less than 80 KG of Hashish.000 units of Schedule III Hydrocodone. M At least 100.000 but less than 700. M At least 1 G but less than 4 G of LSD.000 but less than 400.000 or more units of Schedule III Hydrocodone. or at least 5 G but less than 20 G of Methamphetamine (actual). At least 25.250 but less than 25. M At least 10 G but less than 40 G of a Fentanyl Analogue.000 units of Ketamine. or at least 20 G but less than 35 G of Methamphetamine (actual).000. or at least 40 G but less than 70 G of PCP (actual). M At least 2 KG but less than 8 KG of Hashish Oil. M At least 100. At least 400 G but less than 700 G of PCP. 700. M At least 20 G but less than 35 G of Cocaine Base.000 but less than 1. At least 43.

At least 80 KG but less than 100 KG of Marihuana. M At least 200 G but less than 300 G of Cocaine.000 units of Ketamine.250 units of Flunitrazepam. At least 24 G but less than 32 G of Fentanyl. At least 8 G but less than 10 G of a Fentanyl Analogue. At least 1. At least 600 MG but less than 800 MG of LSD. At least 30 G but less than 40 G of Methamphetamine. At least 60 G but less than 80 G of Heroin. At least 3. M At least 3 G but less than 4 G of Cocaine Base.November 1. At least 1. Level 20 – 145 – . At least 30 G but less than 40 G of Amphetamine.750 but less than 5. or at least 3 G but less than 4 G of Methamphetamine (actual).000 but less than 100. At least 80. At least 80 G but less than 100 G of PCP.000 but less than 80.000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants. or at least 3 G but less than 4 G of Amphetamine (actual).000 but less than 80. M At least 40 G but less than 60 G of PCP. or at least 3 G but less than 4 G of "Ice".6 KG but less than 2 KG of Hashish Oil. or at least 4 G but less than 6 G of PCP (actual). At least 5 G but less than 20 G of Cocaine Base. or at least 4 G but less than 5 G of Methamphetamine (actual). At least 40 G but less than 50 G of Methamphetamine. or at least 8 G but less than 10 G of PCP (actual). At least 60. At least 5. or at least 6 G but less than 8 G of PCP (actual). At least 60 KG but less than 80 KG of Marihuana. M At least 20 G but less than 30 G of Methamphetamine.000 but less than 100.2 KG but less than 1.000 but less than 6. or at least 4 G but less than 5 G of "Ice". At least 4 G but less than 5 G of Cocaine Base. At least 80.000 units of Flunitrazepam.6 KG of Hashish Oil. At least 300 G but less than 400 G of Cocaine.000 units of Schedule III Hydrocodone. At least 60. At least 40 G but less than 50 G of Amphetamine. At least 6 G but less than 8 G of a Fentanyl Analogue. At least 16 KG but less than 20 KG of Hashish. At least 80. or at least 4 G but less than 5 G of Amphetamine (actual). (9) M M M M M Level 22 M M M M M M M M M M M (10) M At least 40 G but less than 60 G of Heroin. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1. At least 400 G but less than 500 G of Cocaine. At least 60. At least 12 KG but less than 16 KG of Hashish.000 but less than 80.000 units of Schedule III Hydrocodone. or at least 2 G but less than 3 G of Methamphetamine (actual). At least 32 G but less than 40 G of Fentanyl.1 Level 24 (8) M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M At least 80 G but less than 100 G of Heroin.000 units of Ketamine.000 but less than 100. At least 800 MG but less than 1 G of LSD.000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants. or at least 2 G but less than 3 G of "Ice". At least 60 G but less than 80 G of PCP.

or at least 500 MG but less than 1 G of Amphetamine (actual). M At least 2. M At least 1. M At least 500 G but less than 800 G of Hashish Oil.000 units of Schedule III substances (except Ketamine or Hydrocodone). M At least 4 G but less than 6 G of a Fentanyl Analogue.000 but less than 60. M At least 8 G but less than 16 G of Fentanyl.1 M GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.2 KG of Hashish Oil. or at least 2 G but less than 4 G of PCP (actual).000 but less than 60. M At least 5 G but less than 10 G of Amphetamine. or at least 2 G but less than 3 G of Amphetamine (actual). M At least 50 G but less than 100 G of Cocaine. M 40. M At least 100 MG but less than 200 MG of LSD. 2009 At least 20 G but less than 30 G of Amphetamine. M At least 400 MG but less than 600 MG of LSD. M At least 10 G but less than 20 G of Amphetamine. M At least 20 G but less than 40 G of PCP.000 but less than 40. or at least 500 MG but less than 1 G of Methamphetamine (actual). M At least 20 KG but less than 40 KG of Marihuana.500 units of Flunitrazepam.000 units of Schedule III Hydrocodone. M At least 1 G but less than 2 G of Cocaine Base. M At least 20. M At least 20. M At least 5 G but less than 10 G of Methamphetamine. or at least 1 G but less than 2 G of Methamphetamine (actual).000 but less than 40. M At least 5 KG but less than 8 KG of Hashish. M At least 20. M At least 800 G but less than 1.000 but less than 40.500 but less than 3. M At least 40. or at least 1 G but less than 2 G of PCP (actual). (11) M At least 20 G but less than 40 G of Heroin. M At least 40 KG but less than 60 KG of Marihuana.750 units of Flunitrazepam.000 but less than 60. M At least 10 G but less than 20 G of PCP.000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants.000 but less than 40. M At least 10 G but less than 20 G of Methamphetamine.000 units of Ketamine. M At least 200 MG but less than 400 MG of LSD. M At least 40. M At least 8 KG but less than 12 KG of Hashish. M At least 2 G but less than 3 G of Cocaine Base. M At least 2 G but less than 4 G of a Fentanyl Analogue.250 but less than 2. or at least 500 MG but less than 1 G of "Ice".000 units of Ketamine. (12) M At least 10 G but less than 20 G of Heroin. or at least 1 G but less than 2 G of Amphetamine (actual). or at least 1 G but less than 2 G of "Ice". M At least 16 G but less than 24 G of Fentanyl. M At least 100 G but less than 200 G of Cocaine.000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants.000 or more units of Schedule III substances (except Ketamine or Hydrocodone). M At least 40. M At least 20.§2D1. Level 18 Level 16 – 146 – .000 units of Schedule III Hydrocodone.

5 G of Amphetamine.000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants. Level 14 Level 12 – 147 – .000 but less than 10. M At least 500 MG but less than 1 G of Cocaine Base. M At least 5. M Less than 5 G of PCP. At least 10. M Less than 500 MG of a Fentanyl Analogue.000 units of Schedule III Hydrocodone. M Less than 25 G of Cocaine. or at least 250 MG but less than 500 MG of "Ice". or at least 250 MG but less than 500 MG of Amphetamine (actual). M At least 5 KG but less than 10 KG of Marihuana.000 units of Schedule III Hydrocodone. M At least 5. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1. M Less than 50 MG of LSD. M At least 50 MG but less than 100 MG of LSD. M At least 5 G but less than 10 G of PCP. M At least 312 but less than 625 units of Flunitrazepam. M At least 5. M At least 5. M Less than 2 G of Fentanyl.1 M M M M M M M M M M At least 4 G but less than 8 G of Fentanyl.000 units of Ketamine.000 but less than 10. M At least 2. M At least 25 G but less than 50 G of Cocaine.000 but less than 10.250 units of Flunitrazepam. At least 2 KG but less than 5 KG of Hashish.000 but less than 10. At least 625 but less than 1.000 but less than 20. or less than 250 MG of "Ice". M At least 2. At least 1 G but less than 2 G of a Fentanyl Analogue. At least 200 G but less than 500 G of Hashish Oil. (13) M At least 5 G but less than 10 G of Heroin. M At least 100 G but less than 200 G of Hashish Oil.000 but less than 20. At least 10. M At least 2. M At least 500 MG but less than 1 G of a Fentanyl Analogue. or at least 250 MG but less than 500 MG of Methamphetamine (actual).5 G of Methamphetamine. or less than 250 MG of Amphetamine (actual). At least 10.5 G but less than 5 G of Methamphetamine. M Less than 2. At least 10. M At least 500 G but less than 1 KG of Hashish. or less than 250 MG of Methamphetamine (actual). M At least 1 KG but less than 2 KG of Hashish. M At least 50 G but less than 100 G of Hashish Oil.000 units of Ketamine.5 KG but less than 5 KG of Marihuana. (14) M Less than 5 G of Heroin.000 units of Schedule III substances (except Ketamine or Hydrocodone). At least 10 KG but less than 20 KG of Marihuana.000 but less than 20. or less than 500 MG of PCP (actual).000 but less than 20. M At least 2 G but less than 4 G of Fentanyl. M Less than 2.000 units of Schedule III substances (except Ketamine or Hydrocodone).000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants.5 G but less than 5 G of Amphetamine. M Less than 500 MG of Cocaine Base. or at least 500 MG but less than 1 G of PCP (actual).November 1.

M At least 4.000 units of Schedule III Hydrocodone.1 M M M M M M GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. M At least 5 G but less than 20 G of Hashish Oil. M Less than 250 units of Schedule III Hydrocodone. M Less than 40.500 but less than 5.000 units of Ketamine. M Less than 250 units of Ketamine.000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants. If a mixture or substance contains more than one controlled substance.000 but less than 16. At least 2. M Less than 250 units of Schedule I or II Depressants.000 or more units of Schedule IV substances (except Flunitrazepam).000 or more units of Schedule V substances.000 units of Schedule V substances.500 units of Ketamine.500 units of Schedule III Hydrocodone. (16) M At least 250 G but less than 1 KG of Marihuana. – 148 – .000 units of Schedule III substances (except Ketamine or Hydrocodone). M At least 50 G but less than 200 G of Hashish. M Less than 62 units of Flunitrazepam. M At least 1. *Notes to Drug Quantity Table: (A) Level 10 Level 8 Level 6 Unless otherwise specified.500 but less than 5.000 but less than 2. M Less than 4. At least 2.§2D1. the weight of a controlled substance set forth in the table refers to the entire weight of any mixture or substance containing a detectable amount of the controlled substance. 40. M At least 62 but less than 156 units of Flunitrazepam. M At least 16.000 but less than 2.000 units of Schedule III substances (except Ketamine or Hydrocodone). M At least 250 but less than 1. M Less than 50 G of Hashish.500 units of Schedule III substances (except Ketamine or Hydrocodone). M Less than 250 units of Schedule III substances (except Ketamine or Hydrocodone).000 units of Schedule IV substances (except Flunitrazepam).500 but less than 5. M At least 1. M At least 250 but less than 1.000 but less than 40. the weight of the entire mixture or substance is assigned to the controlled substance that results in the greater offense level. (17) M Less than 250 G of Marihuana.000 units of Schedule IV substances (except Flunitrazepam).5 KG of Marihuana. At least 156 but less than 312 units of Flunitrazepam.500 units of Schedule I or II Depressants. M 40.000 units of Schedule I or II Depressants.000 but less than 2. M At least 200 G but less than 500 G of Hashish.000 units of Schedule III Hydrocodone. At least 2. M At least 1. M At least 250 but less than 1.000 units of Schedule IV substances (except Flunitrazepam). (15) M At least 1 KG but less than 2.000 but less than 2. 2009 At least 2.500 but less than 5. M Less than 5 G of Hashish Oil. M At least 250 but less than 1. M At least 1. M At least 20 G but less than 50 G of Hashish Oil.000 units of Ketamine.

dark colored oil. treat each plant. or mixture. but it can vary from a dry resin to a colorless liquid. treat each dose of LSD on the carrier medium as equal to 0. 960(a). or the offense level determined by the weight of the PCP (actual). § 1308. and (iii) fragments of plant material (such as cystolith fibers). For example. the court shall consider that each 25 mg of an anabolic steroid is one "unit". hashish oil is a viscous.F.R. For an anabolic steroid that is not in a pill. that if the actual weight of the marihuana is greater. "Amphetamine (actual)". Provided. contained in the mixture or substance. whichever is greater. means a mixture or substance containing d-methamphetamine hydrochloride of at least 80% purity. tablet. (ii) at least two of the following: cannabinol. a sheet of blotter paper). capsule. Schedule IV substances. amphetamine. The term "Oxycodone (actual)" refers to the weight of the controlled substance. use the actual weight of the marihuana. If the substance (except gamma-hydroxybutyric acid) is in liquid form. or cannabichromene. 49 U. aerosol). In making a reasonable estimate. for the purposes of this guideline. (b)(1)-(3). and usually appearing in a lumpy. plant fragments). for the purposes of this guideline.g. or methamphetamine. regardless of sex. (C) (D) "Ice. amphetamine (actual). 865. and Schedule V substances. and "Methamphetamine (actual)" refer to the weight of the controlled substance. "Cocaine base. Commentary (E) (F) (G) (H) (I) Statutory Provisions: 21 U. – 149 – ." "Crack" is the street name for a form of cocaine base.. one "unit" means 0. or cannabichromene.November 1. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1. itself. use the offense level determined by the entire weight of the mixture or substance. means "crack. rocklike form.C. In the case of Schedule I or II Depressants (except gamma-hydroxybutyric acid). Hashish." for the purposes of this guideline. as equivalent to 100 G of marihuana." for the purposes of this guideline. § 46317(b). capsule.g. Typically. means a resinous substance of cannabis that includes (i) one or more of the tetrahydrocannabinols (as listed in 21 C. In the case of a mixture or substance containing PCP.1 (B) The terms "PCP (actual)". a mixture weighing 10 grams containing PCP at 50% purity contains 5 grams of PCP (actual).C. the court shall determine the base offense level using a reasonable estimate of the quantity of anabolic steroid involved in the offense. (b). Schedule III substances. Hashish oil. (ii) at least two of the following: cannabinol.5 ml.S. usually prepared by processing cocaine hydrochloride and sodium bicarbonate. In the case of LSD on a carrier medium (e.11(d)(25)). however. contained in the pill. or tablet.. (7). patch.. cannabidiol. or methamphetamine (actual). For additional statutory provision(s). cannabidiol. see Appendix A (Statutory Index).4 mg of LSD for the purposes of the Drug Quantity Table.R. one "unit" means one pill. (g). means a preparation of the soluble cannabinoids derived from cannabis that includes (i) one or more of the tetrahydrocannabinols (as listed in 21 C. do not use the weight of the LSD/carrier medium. topical cream. capsule. 860a. itself.S.g. In the case of an offense involving marihuana plants. Instead.F. or liquid form (e.11(d)(25)). and (iii) is essentially free of plant material (e. § 1308. §§ 841(a).

C. In the case of a controlled substance that is not specifically referenced in this guideline. The adjustment should be applied if the weapon was present.1. the court shall. with a bale of rain-soaked marihuana or freshly harvested marihuana that had not been dried). except as otherwise provided.6. 2D1.1(b)(1). non-countable material in an unusually sophisticated manner in order to avoid detection.C. any analogue of that controlled substance.8.S. Definitions of "firearm" and "dangerous weapon" are found in the Commentary to §1B1.S. all salts of isomers. Analogues and Controlled Substances Not Referenced in this Guideline. 21 U. 2D1. Similarly. 2. in the case of marihuana having a moisture content that renders the marihuana unsuitable for consumption without drying (this might occur.S.5(a)(1).§2D1. an approximation of the weight of the marihuana without such excess moisture content is to be used. the court also may consider whether the same quantity of analogue produces a greater effect on the central nervous system than the controlled substance for which it is an analogue. 2D1. for example. The enhancement for weapon possession reflects the increased danger of violence when drug traffickers possess weapons. unless it is clearly improbable that the weapon was connected with the offense. § 841(b)(4).S. to the extent practicable.1 Application Notes: 1. Any reference to cocaine includes ecgonine and coca leaves. An upward departure nonetheless may be warranted when the mixture or substance counted in the Drug Quantity Table is combined with other. and. which are defined in 21 U. 2D1.1 applies. arrested at his residence. In determining the appropriate sentence. The statute and guideline also apply to "counterfeit" substances. and 2D2.1 (Application Instructions). GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. § 841. 5. 2009 "Mixture or substance" as used in this guideline has the same meaning as in 21 U. except as expressly provided. Examples of such materials include the fiberglass in a cocaine/fiberglass bonded suitcase. In determining the most closely related controlled substance. consider the following: 3. 2D1.7(b)(1). the court may use any reasonable method to approximate the weight of the mixture or substance to be counted. § 802 to mean controlled substances that are falsely labeled so as to appear to have been legitimately manufactured or distributed. Distribution of "a small amount of marihuana for no remuneration".—Any reference to a particular controlled substance in these guidelines includes all salts. – 150 – . 2D1.C. isomers.2(a)(1) and (2). is treated as simple possession. and waste water from an illicit laboratory used to manufacture a controlled substance. the enhancement would not be applied if the defendant.11(c)(1). 4. Mixture or substance does not include materials that must be separated from the controlled substance before the controlled substance can be used. had an unloaded hunting rifle in the closet. to which §2D2. see §§2D1.12(c)(1). except extracts of coca leaves from which cocaine and ecgonine have been removed. beeswax in a cocaine/beeswax statue. § 802(32). The enhancement also applies to offenses that are referenced to §2D1. If such material cannot readily be separated from the mixture or substance that appropriately is counted in the Drug Quantity Table. For purposes of this guideline "analogue" has the meaning given the term "controlled substance analogue" in 21 U. For example. determine the base offense level using the marihuana equivalency of the most closely related controlled substance referenced in this guideline.C.

C. § 3553(f) provides an exception to the applicability of mandatory minimum sentences in certain cases. Whether a lesser or greater quantity of the controlled substance not referenced in this guideline is needed to produce a substantially similar effect on the central nervous system as a controlled substance referenced in this guideline. See §5C1. § – 151 – 10. Tables for making the necessary conversions are provided below. chemists.—A defendant who used special skills in the commission of the offense may be subject to an adjustment under §3B1. pilots. trade. compounds.3 ordinarily would apply in a case in which the defendant used his or her position as a coach to influence an athlete to use an anabolic steroid. or oxycodone for which the guideline itself provides for the consideration of purity (see the footnote to the Drug Quantity Table). 9. this mandatory minimum sentence may be "waived" and a lower sentence imposed (including a downward departure). the fact that a defendant is in possession of unusually pure narcotics may indicate a prominent role in the criminal enterprise and proximity to the source of the drugs. or hallucinogenic effect on the central nervous system that is substantially similar to the stimulant. particularly in the case of heroin. except in the case of PCP. attorneys.C. however. may be relevant in the sentencing process because it is probative of the defendant’s role or position in the chain of distribution.3. Where there are multiple transactions or multiple drug types. (B) (C) 6. an enhancement under §3B1. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1. In addition.S. Where a mandatory (statutory) minimum sentence applies. depressant. that if an adjustment from subsection (b)(2)(C) applies. Certain professionals often occupy essential positions in drug trafficking schemes. Since controlled substances are often diluted and combined with other substances as they pass down the chain of distribution. or hallucinogenic effect on the central nervous system of a controlled substance referenced in this guideline. the quantities of drugs are to be added. accountants. 18 U. Use of Drug Equivalency Tables.S. Additionally. as provided in 28 U." See §5K1. by reason of a defendant’s "substantial assistance in the investigation or prosecution of another person who has committed an offense.1 (A) Whether the controlled substance not referenced in this guideline has a chemical structure that is substantially similar to a controlled substance referenced in this guideline. Interaction with §3B1. this factor is particularly relevant where smaller quantities are involved.November 1. 7. bankers. The purity of the controlled substance. depressant. methamphetamine. or position may be used to significantly facilitate the commission of a drug offense. 8.1 (Substantial Assistance to Authorities).—The Commission has used the sentences provided in. financiers. § 994(n). profession. Whether the controlled substance not referenced in this guideline has a stimulant. . Trafficking in controlled substances. amphetamine. Note. and others whose special skill. boat captains. do not apply §3B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill). or mixtures of unusually high purity may warrant an upward departure. These professionals include doctors.2 (Limitation on Applicability of Statutory Minimum Sentences in Certain Cases). and equivalences derived from. As large quantities are normally associated with high purities.— (A) Controlled Substances Not Referenced in Drug Quantity Table.S.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).C. the statute (21 U.

In the case of a controlled substance that is not specifically referenced in the Drug Quantity Table. the combined equivalent weight of all Schedule V controlled substances shall not exceed 999 grams of marihuana). (B) Combining Differing Controlled Substances (Except Cocaine Base). (See also Application Note 5. In a case involving 100 gm of oxymorphone. a quantity of a Schedule IV substance and a quantity of a Schedule V substance). heroin. 1 gm of a substance containing oxymorphone. The statute. LSD and marihuana. add the quantities. Use the offense level that corresponds to the equivalent quantity of marihuana as the base offense level for the controlled substance involved in the offense. provides direction only for the more common controlled substances. fentanyl. applicable to the combined amounts). – 152 – . PCP. which corresponds to a base offense level of 28 in the Drug Quantity Table. Note: Because of the statutory equivalences. Where there are controlled substances from more than one schedule (e. in the Drug Equivalency Tables set forth in this Note.—The Drug Equivalency Tables also provide a means for combining differing controlled substances to obtain a single offense level. convert each of the drugs to its marihuana equivalent.e. applicable to that schedule). the marihuana equivalencies in the Drug Equivalency Tables are "capped" at specified amounts (e. methamphetamine. i. if any. (C) Examples for Combining Differing Controlled Substances (Except Cocaine Base). the LSD converts to 25 kilograms of marihuana. if any. In each case. and look up the total in the Drug Quantity Table to obtain the combined offense level.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. a Schedule I opiate.. converts to an equivalent quantity of 5 kg of marihuana. for which the Drug Quantity Table provides an offense level of 24. cocaine.g.g. see subdivision (D) of this note. The PCP converts to 70 kilograms of marihuana. Find the equivalent quantity of marihuana in the Drug Quantity Table. For certain types of controlled substances. the ratios in the Drug Equivalency Tables do not necessarily reflect dosages based on pharmacological equivalents. The total is therefore equivalent to 95 kilograms of marihuana. however.. determine the base offense level as follows: (i) (ii) (iii) Use the Drug Equivalency Tables to convert the quantity of the controlled substance involved in the offense to its equivalent quantity of marihuana.) For example. as the primary basis for the guideline sentences.§2D1. determine the marihuana equivalency for each schedule separately (subject to the cap. To determine a single offense level in a case involving cocaine base and other controlled substances. the equivalent quantity of marihuana would be 500 kg.. 2009 841(b)(1)). Then add the marihuana equivalencies to determine the combined marihuana equivalency (subject to the cap.— (i) The defendant is convicted of selling 70 grams of a substance containing PCP (Level 22) and 250 milligrams of a substance containing LSD (Level 18).

is subject to the cap of 59.125 kilograms of marihuana.—The 2-level reduction provided in subdivision (i) shall not apply in a case in which: (I) the offense involved 4.000 units of a Schedule IV substance.99 kilograms of marihuana set forth as the maximum combined equivalent weight for Schedule III.99 + . or less than 250 mg. IV. Without the cap. The diazepam. determine the combined offense level as provided by subdivision (B) of this note. which has an offense level of 18 in the Drug Quantity Table. The cocaine is equivalent to 16 kilograms of marihuana.99 kilograms of marihuana set forth as the maximum equivalent weight for Schedule IV substances (without the cap it would have been 6.5 kg or more. determined by adding together the above amounts. The defendant is convicted of selling 80 grams of cocaine (Level 16) and five kilograms of marihuana (Level 14).—Except as provided in subdivision (ii). if the offense involves cocaine base ("crack") and one or more other controlled substance. The marihuana equivalency for the Schedule III substance is 56 kilograms of marihuana (below the cap of 59. the combined equivalent weight would have been 61.000 units of a Schedule III substance. The defendant is convicted of selling 56.— (i) In General.. is equivalent to 625 grams of marihuana. The marihuana equivalency for the Schedule V substance is subject to the cap of 999 grams of marihuana set forth as the maximum equivalent weight for Schedule V substances (without the cap it would have been 1. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1. Exceptions to 2-level Reduction. The total is therefore equivalent to 21 kilograms of marihuana.November 1. (ii) (II) – 153 – . The total.000 units of a Schedule V substance. 100. and reduce the combined offense level by 2 levels. has an offense level of 10 in the Drug Quantity Table.1 (ii) The defendant is convicted of selling 500 grams of marihuana (Level 8) and five kilograms of diazepam (Level 8).999) kilograms. a Schedule IV drug.25 kilograms). and 200. or the 2-level reduction results in a combined offense level that is less than the combined offense level that would apply under subdivision (B) of this note if the offense involved only the other controlled substance(s) (i.99 (56 + 4. The combined equivalent weight. (iii) (iv) (D) Determining Base Offense Level in Offenses Involving Cocaine Base and Other Controlled Substances. The marihuana equivalency for the Schedule IV substance is subject to a cap of 4.99 kilograms of marihuana set forth as the maximum equivalent weight for Schedule III substances). 1. and V substances.e. of cocaine base.25 kilograms). the controlled substance(s) other than cocaine base).

Under the Drug Quantity Table. Under the Drug Quantity Table. which is reduced by two levels to level 28. the combined offense level for all three drug types remains level 28. which.— (I) GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.000 kg). when added to the 10 kg of marihuana results in a combined equivalent quantity of 710 kg of marihuana. The case involves 5 gm of cocaine base and 6 kg of heroin. 20 gm of cocaine base converts to 400 kg of marihuana (20 gm x 20 kg = 400 kg).100 kg of marihuana. 710 kg of marihuana corresponds to a combined offense level of 30. the reduction does not apply and the combined offense level for the two drugs remains level 34. which is reduced by two levels to 32. For the heroin.000 kg of marihuana (6.000 kg of marihuana corresponds to an offense level 34 under the Drug Quantity Table.5 kg of cocaine.5 kg x 200 gm = 300 kg).— Schedule I or II Opiates* 1 gm of Heroin = 1 gm of Alpha-Methylfentanyl = 1 gm of Dextromoramide = 1 gm of Dipipanone = 1 gm of 3-Methylfentanyl = 1 gm of 1-Methyl-4-phenyl-4-propionoxypiperidine/MPPP = 1 gm of 1-(2-Phenylethyl)-4-phenyl-4-acetyloxypiperidine/ PEPAP = 700 gm of marihuana 1 kg of marihuana 10 kg of marihuana 670 gm of marihuana 250 gm of marihuana 10 kg of marihuana 700 gm of marihuana – 154 – . Under the Drug Equivalency Tables in subdivision (E) of this note. and 6 kg of heroin converts to 6. when added together results in a combined equivalent quantity of 6. (II) (E) Drug Equivalency Tables.§2D1. and 1. Because the combined offense level for the two drug types after the 2-level reduction is less than the offense level for the heroin. 5 gm of cocaine base converts to 100 kg of marihuana (5 gm x 20 kg = 100 kg).100 kg of marihuana corresponds to a combined offense level of 34. Because the combined offense level for all three drug types after the 2-level reduction is not less than the combined base offense level for the cocaine and marihuana.5 kg of cocaine converts to 300 kg of marihuana (1. 6. For the cocaine and marihuana.1 (iii) Examples. and 10 kg of marihuana. the 6. 2009 The case involves 20 gm of cocaine base. which. 1. Under the Drug Equivalency Tables in subdivision (E) of this note.000 gm x 1 kg = 6. their combined equivalent quantity of 310 kg of marihuana corresponds to a combined offense level of 26 under the Drug Quantity Table.

November 1. or in combination with another controlled substance.01 gm of marihuana 100 gm of marihuana 100 gm of marihuana 80 gm of marihuana – 155 – .5 kg of marihuana 2.5 kg of marihuana 2. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1. that the minimum offense level from the Drug Quantity Table for any of these controlled substances individually. Cocaine and Other Schedule I and II Stimulants (and their immediate precursors)* 1 gm of Cocaine = 1 gm of N-Ethylamphetamine = 1 gm of Fenethylline = 1 gm of Amphetamine = 1 gm of Amphetamine (Actual) = 1 gm of Methamphetamine = 1 gm of Methamphetamine (Actual) = 1 gm of "Ice" = 1 gm of Khat = 1 gm of 4-Methylaminorex ("Euphoria")= 1 gm of Methylphenidate (Ritalin)= 1 gm of Phenmetrazine = 1 gm Phenylacetone/P2 P (when possessed for the purpose of manufacturing methamphetamine) = 1 gm Phenylacetone/P2 P (in any other case) = 1 gm Cocaine Base (‘Crack’) = 1 gm of Aminorex = 416 gm of marihuana 75 gm of marihuana 20 kg of marihuana 100 gm of marihuana 200 gm of marihuana 80 gm of marihuana 40 gm of marihuana 2 kg of marihuana 20 kg of marihuana 2 kg of marihuana 20 kg of marihuana 20 kg of marihuana .1 100 gm of marihuana 1 gm of Alphaprodine = 1 gm of Fentanyl (N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4piperidinyl] Propanamide) = 1 gm of Hydromorphone/Dihydromorphinone = 1 gm of Levorphanol = 1 gm of Meperidine/Pethidine = 1 gm of Methadone = 1 gm of 6-Monoacetylmorphine = 1 gm of Morphine = 1 gm of Oxycodone (actual) = 1 gm of Oxymorphone = 1 gm of Racemorphan = 1 gm of Codeine = 1 gm of Dextropropoxyphene/Propoxyphene-Bulk = 1 gm of Ethylmorphine = 1 gm of Hydrocodone/Dihydrocodeinone = 1 gm of Mixed Alkaloids of Opium/Papaveretum = 1 gm of Opium = 1 gm of Levo-alpha-acetylmethadol (LAAM)= 2.5 kg of marihuana 50 gm of marihuana 500 gm of marihuana 1 kg of marihuana 500 gm of marihuana 6700 gm of marihuana 5 kg of marihuana 800 gm of marihuana 80 gm of marihuana 50 gm of marihuana 165 gm of marihuana 500 gm of marihuana 250 gm of marihuana 50 gm of marihuana 3 kg of marihuana *Provided. is level 12.

or in combination with another controlled substance.1 1 gm of Methcathinone = GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. etc. or in combination with another controlled substance. that the minimum offense level from the Drug Quantity Table for any of these controlled substances individually.67 kg of marihuana 500 gm of marihuana 500 gm of marihuana 500 gm of marihuana 500 gm of marihuana 680 gm of marihuana 1 kg of marihuana 1 gm of marihuana 70 gm of marihuana 100 kg of marihuana 80 gm of marihuana 100 gm of marihuana 10 gm of marihuana *Provided.5-Dimethoxyamphetamine/DOB = 1 gm of 2. Organic = 1 gm of Tetrahydrocannabinol. PCP. is level 12.4-Methylenedioxy-N-ethylamphetamine/MDEA= 1 gm of Paramethoxymethamphetamine/PMA = 1 gm of 1-Piperidinocyclohexanecarbonitrile/PCC = 1 gm of N-ethyl-1-phenylcyclohexylamine (PCE) = 0. that the minimum offense level from the Drug Quantity Table for any of these controlled substances individually. is level 12. Synthetic = 1 gm of marihuana 50 gm of marihuana 5 gm of marihuana 167 gm of marihuana 167 gm of marihuana – 156 – .4-Methylenedioxymethamphetamine/MDMA = 1 gm of 3. and Other Schedule I and II Hallucinogens (and their immediate precursors)* 1 gm of Bufotenine = 1 gm of D-Lysergic Acid Diethylamide/Lysergide/LSD = 1 gm of Diethyltryptamine/DET = 1 gm of Dimethyltryptamine/DMT = 1 gm of Mescaline = 1 gm of Mushrooms containing Psilocin and/or Psilocybin (Dry) = 1 gm of Mushrooms containing Psilocin and/or Psilocybin (Wet) = 1 gm of Peyote (Dry) = 1 gm of Peyote (Wet) = 1 gm of Phencyclidine/PCP = 1 gm of Phencyclidine (actual) /PCP (actual) = 1 gm of Psilocin = 1 gm of Psilocybin = 1 gm of Pyrrolidine Analog of Phencyclidine/PHP = 1 gm of Thiophene Analog of Phencyclidine/TCP = 1 gm of 4-Bromo-2.5-Dimethoxy-4-methylamphetamine/DOM = 1 gm of 3.5 kg of marihuana 1. 2009 380 gm of marihuana 40 gm of marihuana 1 gm of N-N-Dimethylamphetamine = *Provided.§2D1. granulated.4-Methylenedioxyamphetamine/MDA = 1 gm of 3. = 1 gm of Hashish Oil = 1 gm of Cannabis Resin or Hashish = 1 gm of Tetrahydrocannabinol. LSD.1 gm of marihuana 0.5 gm of marihuana 0.05 gm of marihuana 1 kg of marihuana 10 kg of marihuana 500 gm of marihuana 500 gm of marihuana 1 kg of marihuana 1 kg of marihuana 2. powdered. Schedule I Marihuana 1 gm of Marihuana/Cannabis.

Schedule IV substances.1 Flunitrazepam ** 1 unit of Flunitrazepam = 16 gm of marihuana **Provided. that the minimum offense level from the Drug Quantity Table for flunitrazepam individually. or in combination with any Schedule I or II depressants. that the combined equivalent weight of all Schedule III substances (except ketamine). Schedule III Hydrocodone**** 1 unit of Schedule III hydrocodone = 1 gm of marihuana ****Provided. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1. Ketamine 1 unit of ketamine = 1 gm of marihuana Schedule IV Substances (except flunitrazepam)***** 1 unit of a Schedule IV Substance (except Flunitrazepam)= 0.99 kilograms of marihuana. that the combined equivalent weight of all Schedule III substances (except ketamine and hydrocodone). – 157 – . that the combined equivalent weight of all Schedule IV (except flunitrazepam) and V substances shall not exceed 4. and Schedule V substances shall not exceed 59.8 gm of marihuana Schedule III Substances (except ketamine and hydrocodone)*** 1 unit of a Schedule III Substance = 1 gm of marihuana ***Provided.0625 gm of marihuana *****Provided. and Schedule V substances is level 8.99 kilograms of marihuana.99 kilograms of marihuana.November 1. Schedule I or II Depressants (except gamma-hydroxybutyric acid) 1 unit of a Schedule I or II Depressant (except gamma-hydroxybutyric acid) = 1 gm of marihuana Gamma-hydroxybutyric Acid 1 ml of gamma-hydroxybutyric acid = 8. and Schedule V substances shall not exceed 999. Schedule IV substances (except flunitrazepam). Schedule IV substances (except flunitrazepam). Schedule III substances.

GHB.946 liters 1 gm = 1 ml (liquid) 1 liter = 1. displays the typical weight per dose. – 158 – . The Typical Weight Per Unit Table. or phenylpropanolamine contained in the tablets.6 gm 1 lb = 0. 100 doses of Mescaline at 500 mg per dose = 50 gms of mescaline). If the number of doses.. or ketamine) 1 ml of 1. prepared from information provided by the Drug Enforcement Administration.4536 kg 1 gal = 3.000 ml 1 kg = 1.8 mg. use the weight of the ephedrine.00625 gm of marihuana ******Provided. Do not use this table if any more reliable estimate of the total weight is available from case-specific information. pseudoephedrine.000 gm 1 gm = 1. 2009 Schedule V Substances****** 1 unit of a Schedule V Substance = 0.8 gm marihuana To facilitate conversions to drug equivalencies. or capsule for certain controlled substances. pills. or capsules but not the weight of the controlled substance is known.4-butanediol = 1 ml of gamma butyrolactone = 8.8 gm marihuana 8. not the weight of the entire tablets. that in a case involving ephedrine. pills. Date Rape Drugs (except flunitrazipam. pill. that the combined equivalent weight of Schedule V substances shall not exceed 999 grams of marihuana. multiply the number of doses. 11.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. in calculating the base offense level. or phenylpropanolamine tablets.785 liters 1 qt = 0. or capsules by the typical weight per dose in the table below to estimate the total weight of the controlled substance (e. the following table is provided: MEASUREMENT CONVERSION TABLE 1 oz = 28.35 gm 1 lb = 453. List I Chemicals (relating to the manufacture of amphetamine or methamphetamine)******* 1 gm of Ephedrine = 1 gm of Phenylpropanolamine = 1 gm of Pseudoephedrine = 10 kg of marihuana 10 kg of marihuana 10 kg of marihuana *******Provided.§2D1.g.000 mg 1 grain = 64. pseudoephedrine.

Therefore. 12. In an offense involving an agreement to sell a controlled substance. sale of five grams of heroin and an attempt to sell an additional ten grams of heroin). the weight per unit shown is the weight of the actual controlled substance. for example. OR CAPSULE) TABLE Hallucinogens MDA MDMA Mescaline PCP* Peyote (dry) Peyote (wet) Psilocin* Psilocybe mushrooms (dry) Psilocybe mushrooms (wet) Psilocybin* 2. financial or other records. the price generally obtained for the controlled substance.5 gm *For controlled substances marked with an asterisk. and not generally the weight of the mixture or substance containing the controlled substance. If the offense involved both a substantive drug offense and an attempt or conspiracy (e.3(a)(2) (Relevant Conduct). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1.November 1. use of this table provides a very conservative estimate of the total weight.5-Dimethoxy-4-methylamphetamine (STP. Where there is no drug seizure or the amount seized does not reflect the scale of the offense.. similar transactions in controlled substances by the defendant. In making this determination. For – 159 – . the court may consider. the total quantity involved shall be aggregated to determine the scale of the offense. and the size or capability of any laboratory involved.g. DOM)* 250 mg 250 mg 500 mg 5 mg 12 gm 120 gm 10 mg 5 gm 50 gm 10 mg 3 mg Marihuana 1 marihuana cigarette Stimulants Amphetamine* Methamphetamine* Phenmetrazine (Preludin)* 10 mg 5 mg 75 mg 0.1 TYPICAL WEIGHT PER UNIT (DOSE. the court shall approximate the quantity of the controlled substance. Types and quantities of drugs not specified in the count of conviction may be considered in determining the offense level. the agreed-upon quantity of the controlled substance shall be used to determine the offense level unless the sale is completed and the amount delivered more accurately reflects the scale of the offense. See §1B1. PILL.

F. an upward departure may be warranted where the quantity is at least ten times the minimum quantity required for level 38. in a reverse sting. 13. a Schedule II opiate.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. § 1308.. or root hairs is a marihuana plant). In such a case.13-15 is the appropriate classification.13-15 even though they contain a small amount of a Schedule I or II controlled substance. Certain pharmaceutical preparations are classified as Schedule III. LSD on a blotter paper carrier medium typically is marked so that the number of doses ("hits") per sheet readily can be determined. the agreed-upon quantity of the controlled substance would more accurately reflect the scale of the offense because the amount actually delivered is controlled by the government. the court finds that the government agent set a price for the controlled substance that was substantially below the market value of the controlled substance.R. Similarly. however. the agreed-upon quantity of the controlled substance. 17. When this is not the case. For purposes of the guidelines. the defendant establishes that the defendant did not intend to provide or purchase.F. IV.R. In this example. an upward departure above offense level 38 on the basis of drug quantity may be warranted. If.actually 480 grams of cocaine. 2009 example. and no further delivery is scheduled. a downward departure may be warranted. For the purposes of the guidelines. a marihuana cutting having roots. the amount delivered more accurately reflects the scale of the offense. in the case of a controlled substance for which the maximum offense level is less than level 38. thereby leading to the defendant’s purchase of a significantly greater quantity of the controlled substance than his available resources would have allowed him to purchase except for the artificially low price set by the government agent. 15. a "plant" is an organism having leaves and a readily observable root formation (e. In the case of liquid LSD (LSD that has not been placed onto a carrier medium). not by the defendant. in a reverse sting (an operation in which a government agent sells or negotiates to sell a controlled substance to a defendant). the transaction is completed by the delivery of the controlled substance . For example. an upward departure may be warranted. or V controlled substances by the Drug Enforcement Administration under 21 C. an upward departure may be warranted if the drug quantity substantially exceeds the quantity for the highest offense level established for that particular controlled substance. the court shall exclude from the offense level determination the amount of controlled substance that the defendant establishes that the defendant did not intend to provide or purchase or was not reasonably capable of providing or purchasing. or was not reasonably capable of providing or purchasing. In an extraordinary case.§2D1. In contrast. a defendant agrees to sell 500 grams of cocaine. 16. 14. a rootball. Tylenol 3 is classified as a Schedule III controlled substance even though it contains a small amount of codeine. For example. – 160 – . it is to be presumed that each 1/4 inch by 1/4 inch section of the blotter paper is equal to one dose. using the weight of the LSD alone to calculate the offense level may not adequately reflect the seriousness of the offense.g. § 1308. the classification of the controlled substance under 21 C. If.

respectively.November 1.C.C. treatment. and the number of human lives placed at substantial risk of harm. or 49 U.3 (Conditions of Supervised Release). Compensation.1 (Restitution) and in fashioning appropriate conditions of probation and supervision under §§5B1. § 853(q) (mandatory restitution for cleanup costs relating to the manufacture of amphetamine and methamphetamine). 20. release.3 (Relevant Conduct) involved any discharge. the Federal Water Pollution Control Act.S. in determining the amount of restitution under §5E1. the Comprehensive Environmental Response. – 161 – .—For purposes of subsection (b)(10)(D): "Incompetent" means an individual who is incapable of taking care of the individual’s self or property because of a mental or physical illness or disability. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1.. for purposes of subsection (b)(10)(C)(ii) or (D). whether the laboratory is located in a residential neighborhood or a remote area). and Liability Act. and the extent of the manufacturing operation. do not apply subsection (b)(4). an upward departure may be warranted. Additionally. the enhancement under subsection (b)(10)(A) may not account adequately for the seriousness of the environmental harm or other threat to public health or safety (including the health or safety of law enforcement and cleanup personnel). and the manner in which the chemicals or substances were stored. and the likelihood of release into the environment of hazardous or toxic substances. § 6928(d). 42 U. § 9603(b). If the offense involved importation of amphetamine or methamphetamine. § 5124 (relating to violations of laws and regulations enforced by the Department of Transportation with respect to the transportation of hazardous material). 33 U.S.S. In some cases. transportation. whether the offense created a substantial risk of harm to human life or the environment. Substantial Risk of Harm Associated with the Manufacture of Amphetamine and Methamphetamine.S. In such cases.g.C. The location of the laboratory (e.3 (Conditions of Probation) and 5D1. any costs of environmental cleanup and harm to individuals or property shall be considered by the court in cases involving the manufacture of amphetamine or methamphetamine and should be considered by the court in cases involving the manufacture of a controlled substance other than amphetamine or methamphetamine. or disposal violation covered by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. See 21 U. 19.S. The duration of the offense. or senility. (ii) (iii) (iv) (B) Definitions. and an adjustment from subsection (b)(2) applies. mental retardation.C.—In determining.C. the court shall include consideration of the following factors: (i) The quantity of any chemicals or hazardous or toxic substances found at the laboratory.— (A) Factors to Consider. The manner in which hazardous or toxic substances were disposed. 42 U.1 18. storage. § 1319(c). Hazardous or Toxic Substances. emission.—Subsection (b)(10)(A) applies if the conduct for which the defendant is accountable under §1B1.

Applicability of Subsection (b)(11). 22.—For purposes of subsection (b)(8). "athlete" means an individual who participates in an athletic activity conducted by (i) an intercollegiate athletic 26. – 162 – .—For purposes of subsection (b)(7).C. which provides a minimum offense level of level 17.S. Application of Subsection (b)(8).§2D1.S. § 860a or § 865. § 860a or § 865.—For purposes of this guideline. For example. for purposes of subsection (b)(6) and this note.—If the defendant committed a sexual offense against more than one individual.S. § 860a or § 865. by means of an interactive computer service.C. "sexual offense" means a "sexual act" or "sexual contact" as those terms are defined in 18 U. Imposition of Consecutive Sentence for 21 U.C.S.—The applicability of subsection (b)(11) shall be determined without regard to whether the defendant was convicted of an offense that subjects the defendant to a mandatory minimum term of imprisonment. specifying the number of months to be served consecutively for the conviction under 21 U. of a large number of persons to induce those persons to purchase a controlled substance. or in conjunction with an anabolic steroid. is not pertinent to the determination of whether subsection (b)(11) applies.C. In order to comply with the relevant statute. For example. subsection (b)(6) would apply to a defendant who operated a web site to promote the sale of Gamma-hydroxybutyric Acid (GHB) but would not apply to coconspirators who use an interactive computer service only to communicate with one another in furtherance of the offense. respectively. "masking agent" means a substance that. 24.C. 23. a sentence of 130 months for the underlying offense plus 21 months for the conduct covered by 21 U. Upward Departure Provision.2(b). when taken before. United States Code. Application of Subsection (b)(6).S. Application of Subsection (b)(7). prevents the detection of the anabolic steroid in an individual’s body. 2009 "Minor" has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §2A3. an upward departure would be warranted. § 860a or § 865 would achieve the "total punishment" in a manner that satisfies the statutory requirement of a consecutive sentence. 21. require the imposition of a mandatory consecutive term of imprisonment of not more than 20 years and 15 years. Section §5C1. "Interactive computer service".1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse). after. if the applicable adjusted guideline range is 151-188 months and the court determines a "total punishment" of 151 months is appropriate.— (A) Definition.S. "mass-marketing by means of an interactive computer service" means the solicitation. the court should determine the appropriate "total punishment" and divide the sentence on the judgment form between the sentence attributable to the underlying drug offense and the sentence attributable to 21 U. (B) 25.—For purposes of subsection (b)(6). respectively. has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.C.—Sections 860a and 865 of title 21. § 230(f)(2)).1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. § 2246(2) and (3). Application of Subsection (e)(1).

Part D (Supervised Release). The dosage weight of LSD selected exceeds the Drug Enforcement Administration’s standard dosage unit for LSD of 0.4 milligram for purposes of determining the base offense level. Background: Offenses under 21 U. e. such as PCP. the quantity of actual LSD per dose) in order to assign some weight to the carrier medium.1 association or interscholastic athletic association. Because the weights of LSD carrier media vary widely and typically far exceed the weight of the controlled substance itself. whichever is greater. The base offense levels at levels 26 and 32 establish guideline ranges with a lower limit as close to the statutory minimum as possible.November 1. Where necessary. who also advocate the necessity of these distinctions. the Commission consulted numerous experts and practitioners.C. where the statutory minimum is ten years or 120 months. The base offense levels in §2D1.05 milligram (i.. attorneys. an attempt is assigned the same offense level as the object of the attempt.1 are either provided directly by the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1986 or are proportional to the levels established by statute. In controlled substance offenses.S. the defendant’s criminal history. probation officers. including authorities at the Drug Enforcement Administration. For marihuana plants. or the actual weight of the usable marihuana. the Commission has adopted an equivalency of 100 grams per plant. chemists. Consequently. or (iii) an amateur athletic organization. duration. except where the actual weight of the usable marihuana is greater. as well as sentences disproportionate to those for other. level 32 ranges from 121 to 151 months.g. Specific Offense Characteristic (b)(2) is derived from Section 6453 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988. however. Guidelines for the imposition. and conditions of supervised release are set forth in Chapter Five. Because LSD typically is marketed and consumed orally on a – 163 – . in cases involving LSD contained in a carrier medium. the Commission has determined that basing offense levels on the entire weight of the LSD and carrier medium would produce unwarranted disparity among offenses involving the same quantity of actual LSD (but different carrier weights). (ii) a professional athletic association. and whether death or serious bodily injury resulted from the offense. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1. Consequently. and members of the Organized Crime Drug Enforcement Task Forces.. further refinement of drug amounts is essential to provide a logical sentencing structure for drug offenses. To determine these finer distinctions. a term of supervised release to follow imprisonment is required by statute for offenses covered by this guideline. and apply to all unlawful trafficking.e. more dangerous controlled substances. the Commission has established a weight per dose of 0. The decision to treat each plant as equal to 100 grams is premised on the fact that the average yield from a mature marihuana plant equals 100 grams of marihuana. Levels 32 and 26 in the Drug Quantity Table are the distinctions provided by the Anti-Drug Abuse Act. the Commission adopted the policy that each plant is to be treated as the equivalent of an attempt to produce 100 grams of marihuana. Frequently. §§ 841 and 960 receive identical punishment based upon the quantity of the controlled substance involved. this scheme has been modified in response to specific congressional directives to the Commission.

November 1. §5G1. Attempt or Conspiracy (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest): (1) 2 plus the offense level from §2D1. November 1. 2005 (see Appendix C. 1988 (see Appendix C. a controlled substance that comparative assessments indicate is more likely to induce violent acts and ancillary crime than is LSD. amendments 369-371 and 394-396). amendment 505). 302.§2D1. amendment 715). or 1 plus the offense level from §2D1. 706. 2003 (see Appendix C. or 26. this approach does not override the applicability of "mixture or substance" for the purpose of applying any mandatory minimum sentence (see Chapman. amendments 609-611). November 1. November 1. 2001 (see Appendix C. (Treating LSD on a carrier medium as weighing 0.S. 2000 (see Appendix C. amendment 679). November 1. 2006 (see Appendix C. 1992 (see Appendix C. and (B) the decision in Chapman v. November 1. November 1. November 1. otherwise. 1990 (see Appendix C. 668. December 16.2. the weight per dose selected is less than the weight per dose that would equate the offense level for LSD on a carrier medium with that for the same number of doses of PCP. amendments 446 and 447). amendment 681). amendment 640). 2007 (see Appendix C. 2009 carrier medium. amendments 555 and 556). the approach decided upon by the Commission will harmonize offense levels for LSD offenses with those for other controlled substances and avoid an undue influence of varied carrier weight on the applicable offense level.1(b)). 2001 (see Appendix C. Drug Offenses Occurring Near Protected Locations or Involving Underage or Pregnant Individuals. 20. November 1. amendments 19. amendments 123-134. § 841(b)(1) includes the carrier medium in which LSD is absorbed). amendment 318). March 27. November 1. 2006 (see Appendix C. May 1.Ct. amendments 479.1 applicable to the total quantity of controlled substances involved in the offense. November 1. 1987. Subsections (b)(10)(C)(ii) and (D) implement. 2002 (see Appendix C. 1995 (see Appendix C. Historical Note: Effective November 1. if the offense involved a person less than eighteen years of age. November 1. 111 S. 1991 (see Appendix C. §2D1. and 303). amendment 608). At the same time. the instruction to the Commission in section 102 of Public Law 106–310. May 1.C. September 23. 1919 (1991) (holding that the term "mixture or substance" in 21 U. 2000 (see Appendix C. and 499). amendment 509). 1994 (see Appendix C. and 21). (2) (3) (4) – 164 – . amendment 657). Nonetheless. amendments 667. Subsection (b)(10)(A) implements the instruction to the Commission in section 303 of Public Law 103–237. 2009 (see Appendix C. November 1. 1994 (see Appendix C. November 1. and 674). amendments 705. November 1. 1997 (see Appendix C. or 13. amendments 684 and 687). November 1. amendments 620-625). 1993 (see Appendix C. 2008 (see Appendix C. amendments 594 and 605). United States. in a broader form. the inclusion of some weight attributable to the carrier medium recognizes (A) that offense levels for most other controlled substances are based upon the weight of the mixture containing the controlled substance without regard to purity.5 milligram per dose would produce offense levels equivalent to those for PCP.1 applicable to the quantity of controlled substances directly involving a protected location or an underage or pregnant individual. 2004 (see Appendix C.) Thus. 484-488. and 711). 1989 (see Appendix C.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. November 1. amendments 727 and 728). amendments 514-518). Amended effective January 15.

§2D1. the total amount of heroin involved in the offense). as part of the same course of conduct or common scheme or plan. amended effective November 1.S. was deleted by consolidation with the guidelines applicable to the underlying substantive offenses effective November 1. § 845). 1988 (see Appendix C. § 845a). amendment 421). Attempt or Conspiracy (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater): – 165 – . to Pregnant Women. November 1.5. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2D1. or Within 1000 Feet of a School or College). This guideline applies only in a case in which the defendant is convicted of a statutory violation of drug trafficking in a protected location or involving an underage or pregnant individual (including an attempt or conspiracy to commit such a violation) or in a case in which the defendant stipulated to such a statutory violation. November 1. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2D1. §2D1. amendment 447).4 (Attempts and Conspiracies). 1987.C. effective November 1.S. November 1. 1991 (see Appendix C. 1988 (see Appendix C.4. amendment 447). § 845b).3. 1990 (see Appendix C. 1989 (see Appendix C. amendment 591). November 1. 860 (formerly 21 U.5 Commentary Statutory Provisions: 21 U. Historical Note: Effective November 1. the offense level from subsection (a)(2) would be level 17 (1 plus the offense level for the sale of 15 grams of heroin.November 1. See §1B1.2 effective November 1. §§ 859 (formerly 21 U. the offense level from subsection (a)(1) would be level 16 (2 plus the offense level for the sale of 5 grams of heroin. 1989 (see Appendix C. if the defendant. subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2) may result in different offense levels.S.C. amendment 135). In a case involving such a conviction but in which only part of the relevant offense conduct directly involved a protected location or an underage or pregnant individual. amendment 319). Amended effective January 15. 861 (formerly 21 U. For example.S.C. 1987. was deleted by consolidation with §2D1. 2000 (see Appendix C. sold 5 grams of heroin near a protected location and 10 grams of heroin elsewhere. amended effective January 15. 1989 (see Appendix C. Application Note: 1.2(a).C. amendment 135). 1992 (see Appendix C. effective November 1. amendment 23). amendment 22). Background: This section implements the direction to the Commission in Section 6454 of the AntiDrug Abuse Act of 1988. 1987. the amount sold near the protected location). §2D1. amendments 136-138). November 1. Continuing Criminal Enterprise.3 (Distributing Controlled Substances to Individuals Younger than Twenty-One Years. 1992 (see Appendix C.

Part B (Role in the Offense).S.C. amendment 66).C. §2D1.C. certain conduct for which the defendant has previously been sentenced may be charged as part of the instant offense to establish a "continuing series of violations.2(a)(1) and not part of the instant offense. Violations of 21 U.S.6. Under 21 U. See §5G1.C. An adjustment from Chapter Three. an upward departure may be warranted. November 1. the statutory minimum shall be the guideline sentence.S. 1992 (see Appendix C. Title 21 U. November 1. § 848.5 (1) GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. § 848 provides a 20-year minimum mandatory penalty for the first conviction. If the application of the guidelines results in a sentence below the minimum sentence required by statute. Part B is not authorized because the offense level of this guideline already reflects an adjustment for role in the offense. 3. a 30-year minimum mandatory penalty for a second conviction. Historical Note: Effective November 1. § 848 will be grouped with other drug offenses for the purpose of applying Chapter Three. § 848. If as part of the enterprise the defendant sanctioned the use of violence. amendment 139).S. Background: Because a conviction under 21 U. and a mandatory life sentence for principal administrators of extremely large enterprises.1(b).§2D1. Use of Communication Facility in Committing Drug Offense. amendment 447)." A sentence resulting from a conviction sustained prior to the last overt act of the instant offense is to be considered a prior sentence under §4A1. Application Notes: 1.C. 1989 (see Appendix C. this guideline provides a minimum base offense level of 38. or 38. Amended effective October 15. Attempt or Conspiracy (a) Base Offense Level: the offense level applicable to the underlying offense.1 applicable to the underlying offense. 1988 (see Appendix C. Commentary (2) Statutory Provision: 21 U. Part D (Multiple Counts). 4. Do not apply any adjustment from Chapter Three. 2009 4 plus the offense level from §2D1. § 848 establishes that a defendant controlled and exercised authority over one of the most serious types of ongoing criminal activity. or if the number of persons managed by the defendant was extremely large. – 166 – .S. 1987. 2.

Commentary Statutory Provision: 21 U. Unlawful Sale or Transportation of Drug Paraphernalia. Application Note: 1. In a case involving a large-scale dealer.1 provides a minimum offense level of 12 where the offense involves heroin (or other Schedule I or II opiates).C. signals. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1. LSD (or other Schedule I or II hallucinogens). Note that the Drug Quantity Table in §2D1. §2D1.C. § 843(b). as appropriate.November 1.S. The typical case addressed by this guideline involves small-scale trafficking in drug paraphernalia (generally from a retail establishment that also sells items that are not unlawful).S. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.7 Commentary Statutory Provision: 21 U. Exporting.1 (Unlawful Possession).S. wire.1 for guidance in determining the scale of the offense. or Trafficking) or §2D2.1 (Unlawful Manufacturing. fentanyl. PCP.. where the offense was not committed for pecuniary – 167 – . A communication facility includes any public or private instrument used in the transmission of writing. amendment 737). and a minimum offense level of 6 otherwise (§2D1. see Application Note 12 of the Commentary to §2D1. radio.g. Conversely.C. cocaine base.1(c)(16)). Historical Note: Effective November 1. 1994 (see Appendix C. Background: This section covers the use of a communication facility in committing a drug offense.1(c)(17)). methamphetamine. November 1. 2009 (see Appendix C. Importing. signs. § 863 (formerly 21 U. Application Note: 1. 1987.1. or manufacturer. amendment 447). an upward departure may be warranted. or fentanyl analogue (§2D1. distributor. Where the offense level for the underlying offense is to be determined by reference to §2D1. November 1. amendment 320). 1992 (see Appendix C. Attempt or Conspiracy (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 12 Cross Reference (1) If the offense involved a controlled substance. November 1. pictures. amendment 505). telephone. and sound. e. 1990 (see Appendix C. § 857).1(c)(14)). Amended effective November 1.7. a minimum offense level of 8 where the offense involves flunitrazepam (§2D1. apply §2D1. cocaine (or other Schedule I or II stimulants).

C.1 applicable to the underlying controlled substance offense. but not greater than level 26. a defendant who arranged for the use of the premises for the purpose of facilitating a drug transaction. For example. 2009 gain (e. subsection (a)(2) does not apply unless the defendant initially leased.§2D1. Historical Note: Effective November 1. a defendant who made telephone calls to facilitate the underlying controlled substance offense. Application Note: 1. Amended effective November 1. or otherwise acquired a possessory interest in the premises for a legitimate purpose. a defendant who allowed the use of more than one premises. 1991 (see Appendix C. Subsection (a)(2) does not apply unless the defendant had no participation in the underlying controlled substance offense other than allowing use of the premises. a defendant who guarded the cache of controlled substances.. rented. Renting or Managing a Drug Establishment. § 856. If the defendant had no participation in the underlying controlled substance offense other than allowing use of the premises. the offense level shall be 4 levels less than the offense level from §2D1. §2D1.S. 1987. subsection (a)(2) would not apply to a defendant who possessed a dangerous weapon in connection with the offense.1 applicable to the underlying controlled substance offense. Attempt or Conspiracy (a) Base Offense Level: (1) The offense level from §2D1. transportation for the defendant’s personal use). a downward departure may be warranted. do not apply an adjustment under §3B1. amendment 397). Finally. Commentary Statutory Provision: 21 U.2 (Mitigating Role). amendment 447).7 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. (2) (b) Special Instruction (1) If the offense level is determined under subsection (a)(2).g.8. purchased. – 168 – . subsection (a)(2) does not apply if the defendant had previously allowed any premises to be used as a drug establishment without regard to whether such prior misconduct resulted in a conviction. November 1. except as provided below. or a defendant who otherwise assisted in the commission of the underlying controlled substance offense. Furthermore. 1992 (see Appendix C.

or using a controlled substance contrary to law (e. or 20. Background: This section covers the offense of assembling. managing. increase to level 27. Amended effective November 1. 2002 (see Appendix C.1. 1991 (see Appendix C. distributing.C. §2D1. maintaining.S. a "crack house"). increase by 3 levels. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1. or maintaining a "booby-trap" on federal property where a controlled substance is being manufactured or distributed.10 Background: This section covers the offense of knowingly opening. November 1. Attempt or Conspiracy (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater): (1) (2) (b) 3 plus the offense level from the Drug Quantity Table in §2D1. 1987. amendments 447 and 448). November 1. placing. increase to level 30.10.g. If the resulting offense level is less than level 30. room. Historical Note: Effective November 1.. storing. 2002 (see Appendix C.November 1. or controlling any building. or enclosure for the purpose of manufacturing. (B) – 169 – . and (ii) created a substantial risk of harm to the life of a minor or an incompetent. amendment 394). amendment 447). Specific Offense Characteristic (1) (Apply the greater): (A) If the offense involved the manufacture of amphetamine or methamphetamine. If the resulting offense level is less than level 27. amendment 646).9. § 841(d)(1). amendment 640). Attempt or Conspiracy (a) Base Offense Level: 23 Commentary Statutory Provision: 21 U. If the offense (i) involved the manufacture of amphetamine or methamphetamine. or causing to be placed. Amended effective November 1. 1992 (see Appendix C. 1987. §2D1. Historical Note: Effective November 1. increase by 6 levels. November 1. 1992 (see Appendix C. Placing or Maintaining Dangerous Devices on Federal Property to Protect the Unlawful Production of Controlled Substances. Endangering Human Life While Illegally Manufacturing a Controlled Substance.

2001 (see Appendix C. and the extent of the manufacturing operation. The location of the laboratory (e.2 (Mitigating Role). The duration of the offense. 1992 (see Appendix C. amendment 140). December 16.10 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse). and the number of human lives placed at substantial risk of harm. the court shall include consideration of the following factors: (i) The quantity of any chemicals or hazardous or toxic substances found at the laboratory. Application Note: 1.11. and (B) the base offense – 170 – . and the manner in which the chemicals or substances were stored. or senility. Attempt or Conspiracy (a) Base Offense Level: The offense level from the Chemical Quantity Table set forth in subsection (d) or (e). whether the laboratory is located in a residential neighborhood or a remote area). 2009 Commentary Statutory Provision: 21 U.— (A) Factors to Consider. except that if (A) the defendant receives an adjustment under §3B1. The manner in which hazardous or toxic substances were disposed. Importing.— In determining. amendment 620).g. November 1. amendment 608). "Minor" has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §2A3.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1)(B): "Incompetent" means an individual who is incapable of taking care of the individual’s self or property because of a mental or physical illness or disability. mental retardation. 2000 (see Appendix C. 1989 (see Appendix C.C. and the likelihood of release into the environment of hazardous or toxic substances. Substantial Risk of Harm Associated with the Manufacture of Amphetamine and Methamphetamine. Historical Note: Effective November 1.§2D1. § 858. for purposes of subsection (b)(1)(B). Exporting or Possessing a Listed Chemical. (ii) (iii) (iv) (B) Definitions. whether the offense created a substantial risk of harm to the life of a minor or an incompetent.S. Background: Subsection (b)(1) implements the instruction to the Commission in section 102 of Public Law 106–310. amendment 447).. Unlawfully Distributing. as appropriate. §2D1. Amended effective November 1.

3 (Relevant Conduct). (d)(3). storage. or § 960(d)(2). increase by 2 levels. If the offense involved (A) an unlawful discharge. or disposal of a hazardous waste.S.November 1. decrease by 3 levels. increase by 2 levels.11 level under subsection (d) is (i) level 32. decrease by 2 levels. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1. or attempting to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully. Trafficking) if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. or (iii) level 38.1 (Unlawful Manufacturing.S. If the defendant is convicted under 21 U. treatment. distributed a listed chemical through mass-marketing by means of an interactive computer service. decrease by 4 levels. or release into the environment of a hazardous or toxic substance.C.C. Exporting. decrease by 3 levels. (b) Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was possessed. or a person for whose conduct the defendant is accountable under §1B1. Importing. emission. § 841(c)(2) or (f)(1). If the defendant. or (d)(4). § 865. increase by 2 levels. unless the defendant knew or believed that the listed chemical was to be used to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully. apply §2D1. – 171 – . or (B) the unlawful transportation. (2) (3) (4) (5) (c) Cross Reference (1) If the offense involved unlawfully manufacturing a controlled substance. (ii) level 34 or level 36. increase by 2 levels. If the defendant is convicted of violating 21 U.

At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of Phenylpropanolamine. 2009 (d) EPHEDRINE. At least 300 G but less than 1 KG of Pseudoephedrine. At least 40 G but less than 70 G of Phenylpropanolamine. At least 10 G but less than 40 G of Ephedrine. At least 100 G but less than 300 G of Ephedrine. At least 300 G but less than 1 KG of Ephedrine.11 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. Base Offense Level Level 38 (2) Level 36 (3) Level 34 (4) Level 32 (5) Level 30 (6) Level 28 (7) Level 26 (8) Level 24 (9) Level 22 – 172 – . AND PHENYLPROPANOLAMINE QUANTITY TABLE* (Methamphetamine and Amphetamine Precursor Chemicals) Quantity (1) 3 KG or more of Ephedrine.§2D1. At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of Ephedrine. PSEUDOEPHEDRINE. At least 300 G but less than 1 KG of Phenylpropanolamine. At least 70 G but less than 100 G of Pseuodoephedrine. At least 70 G but less than 100 G of Phenylpropanolamine. 3 KG or More of Pseudoephedrine. At least 10 G but less than 40 G of Phenylpropanolamine. 3 KG or more of Phenylpropanolamine. At least 8 G but less than 10 G of Ephedrine. At least 6 G but less than 8 G of Ephedrine. At least 8 G but less than 10 G of Phenylpropanolamine. At least 70 G but less than 100 G of Ephedrine. At least 100 G but less than 300 G of Phenylpropanolamine. At least 6 G but less than 8 G of Pseudoephedrine. At least 6 G but less than 8 G of Phenylpropanolamine. At least 40 G but less than 70 G of Ephedrine. At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of Pseudoephedrine. At least 10 G but less than 40 G of Pseudoephedrine. At least 100 G but less than 300 G of Pseudoephedrine. At least 8 G but less than 10 G of Pseudoephedrine. At least 40 G but less than 70 G of Pseudoephedrine.

At least 1 G but less than 2 G of Pseudoephedrine. Less than 500 MG of Phenylpropanolamine. 320 KG or more of Safrole. At least 2 G but less than 4 G of Pseudoephedrine. 400 KG or more of 3. 200 G or more of Methylamine. At least 500 MG but less than 1 G of Pseudoephedrine. At least 4 G but less than 6 G of Pseudoephedrine. 500 KG or more of N-Methylephedrine. 1. At least 2 G but less than 4 G of Phenylpropanolamine. 500 KG or more of N-Methylpseudoephedrine. Level 18 Level 16 Level 14 Level 12 (e) CHEMICAL QUANTITY TABLE* (All Other Precursor Chemicals) Listed Chemicals and Quantity (1) List I Chemicals 890 G or more of Benzaldehyde. (14) Less than 500 MG of Ephedrine. (13) At least 500 MG but less than 1 G of Ephedrine. At least 4 G but less than 6 G of Phenylpropanolamine. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1. 20 KG or more of Benzyl Cyanide.November 1. 20 KG or more of Ethylamine. 320 KG or more of Isosafrole. 625 G or more of Nitroethane.11 Level 20 (10) At least 4 G but less than 6 G of Ephedrine. At least 1 G but less than 2 G of Phenylpropanolamine.2 KG or more of Hydriodic Acid. Less than 500 MG of Pseudoephedrine. (11) At least 2 G but less than 4 G of Ephedrine. 2. 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone. 20 KG or more of Phenylacetic Acid. Base Offense Level Level 30 – 173 – . At least 500 MG but less than 1 G of Phenylpropanolamine. 200 G or more of Ergonovine.6 KG or more of Propionic Anhydride. 320 KG or more of Piperonal. 10 KG or more of Norpseudoephedrine. 10 KG or more of Piperidine. 400 G or more of Ergotamine. (12) At least 1 G but less than 2 G of Ephedrine.

1300 KG or more of Toluene. (2) List I Chemicals Level 28 At least 267 G but less than 890 G of Benzaldehyde. At least 214 G but less than 714 G of Red Phosphorus. or Hypophosphorous Acid. At least 150 KG but less than 500 KG of N-Methylephedrine. At least 20 G but less than 60 G of Methylamine. At least 2 KG but less than 6 KG of Benzyl Cyanide. (3) List I Chemicals At least 89 G but less than 267 G of Benzaldehyde. At least 2 KG but less than 6 KG of Ethylamine. 714 G or more of Red Phosphorus. 1075 KG or more of Ethyl Ether. At least 40 G but less than 120 G of Ergotamine.5 L of Gamma-butyrolactone.7 L but less than 1135. At least 6 KG but less than 20 KG of Ethylamine.5 G of Nitroethane. At least 96 KG but less than 320 KG of Piperonal. or Hypophosphorous Acid. At least 6 KG but less than 20 KG of Benzyl Cyanide. At least 187. At least 20 G but less than 60 G of Ergonovine.5 G but less than 187. Level 26 – 174 – . White Phosphorus.2 G or more of Iodine.2 KG of Hydriodic Acid.6 KG of Propionic Anhydride. At least 96 KG but less than 320 KG of Safrole. At least 96 KG but less than 320 KG of Isosafrole. List II Chemicals 11 KG or more of Acetic Anhydride. White Phosphorus. At least 340. At least 120 KG but less than 400 KG of 3. At least 32 KG but less than 96 KG of Isosafrole.5 G but less than 625 G of Nitroethane. At least 220 G but less than 660 G of Hydriodic Acid.11 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. At least 50 KG but less than 150 KG of N-Methylephedrine. 376. 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone. At least 660 G but less than 2.5 L or more of Gamma-butyrolactone. At least 6 KG but less than 20 KG of Phenylacetic Acid. 2009 1135. At least 480 G but less than 1. At least 3 KG but less than 10 KG of Norpseudoephedrine. 1200 KG or more of Methyl Ethyl Ketone. At least 3 KG but less than 10 KG of Piperidine. 1175 KG or more of Acetone. At least 62. At least 60 G but less than 200 G of Methylamine. 10 KG or more of Potassium Permanganate. At least 60 G but less than 200 G of Ergonovine. At least 50 KG but less than 150 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine. At least 120 G but less than 400 G of Ergotamine. 20 KG or more of Benzyl Chloride.§2D1. At least 150 KG but less than 500 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine.

5 KG but less than 352.8 G but less than 62. – 175 – . At least 28 KG but less than 40 KG of 3. At least 117. At least 14 G but less than 20 G of Methylamine.5 KG of Acetone. At least 1.2 G of Iodine. At least 700 G but less than 1 KG of Piperidine. At least 35 KG but less than 50 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine.4 KG but less than 2 KG of Benzyl Cyanide. At least 1. At least 113. List II Chemicals At least 1. At least 14 G but less than 20 G of Ergonovine.5 L but less than 113. At least 352.11 At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of Norpseudoephedrine. At least 40 KG but less than 120 KG of 3.3 KG of Acetic Anhydride. List II Chemicals At least 3. At least 154 G but less than 220 G of Hydriodic Acid. White Phosphorus.4 KG but less than 2 KG of Ethylamine. At least 360 KG but less than 1200 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone.1 KG but less than 3.4 KG but less than 32 KG of Piperonal. At least 22.5 KG but less than 1075 KG of Ethyl Ether. At least 35 KG but less than 50 KG of N-Methylephedrine. 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone. At least 390 KG but less than 1300 KG of Toluene. At least 28 G but less than 40 G of Ergotamine. or Hypophosphorous Acid.3 G but less than 89 G of Benzaldehyde.5 KG but less than 1175 KG of Acetone. At least 160 G but less than 480 G of Propionic Anhydride. At least 6 KG but less than 20 KG of Benzyl Chloride. White Phosphorus. At least 125. At least 2 KG but less than 6 KG of Benzyl Chloride. At least 43. At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of Piperidine. At least 32 KG but less than 96 KG of Safrole.5 G of Nitroethane. At least 32 KG but less than 96 KG of Piperonal.November 1. At least 700 G but less than 1 KG of Norpseudoephedrine. At least 2 KG but less than 6 KG of Phenylacetic Acid. At least 79. At least 3 KG but less than 10 KG of Potassium Permanganate.4 KG but less than 32 KG of Isosafrole. At least 50 G but less than 71 G of Red Phosphorus. At least 22.4 KG but less than 2 KG of Phenylacetic Acid. At least 71 G but less than 214 G of Red Phosphorus. or Hypophosphorous Acid.4 KG but less than 32 KG of Safrole.3 KG but less than 11 KG of Acetic Anhydride.6 L of Gamma-butyrolactone. At least 322. (4) List I Chemicals Level 24 At least 62. At least 112 G but less than 160 G of Propionic Anhydride.7 L of Gamma-butyrolactone. 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone. At least 22. At least 1.6 L but less than 340. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1.4 G but less than 376.

At least 50. At least 12. At least 8 G but less than 14 G of Methylamine.8 KG but less than 22.4 KG of Piperonal.4 KG but less than 2 KG of Benzyl Chloride. At least 1. At least 16 KG but less than 28 KG of 3. At least 120 KG but less than 360 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone. At least 16 G but less than 28 G of Ergotamine. At least 84 KG but less than 120 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone.4 G of Iodine.4 KG of Isosafrole. White Phosphorus. At least 3.6 G but less than 62. At least 20 KG but less than 35 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine.§2D1. At least 45.5 KG of Ethyl Ether. At least 91 KG but less than 130 KG of Toluene. At least 12.5 KG of Acetone. At least 29 G but less than 50 G of Red Phosphorus.4 L but less than 79. At least 400 G but less than 700 G of Piperidine.5 L of Gamma-butyrolactone.8 G of Nitroethane.6 G of Benzaldehyde. At least 200 G but less than 800 G of Ethylamine.8 KG but less than 22. At least 400 G but less than 700 G of Norpseudoephedrine. At least 130 KG but less than 390 KG of Toluene. At least 800 G but less than 1. At least 12. At least 87. At least 22 G but less than 88 G of Hydriodic Acid.4 KG of Safrole. At least 64 G but less than 112 G of Propionic Anhydride. At least 2 G but less than 8 G of Methylamine.11 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. At least 200 G but less than 800 G of Benzyl Cyanide. At least 82. At least 800 G but less than 1. 2009 At least 107. At least 25 G but less than 43.8 G but less than 125.4 KG of Phenylacetic Acid.4 KG of Benzyl Cyanide.5 KG but less than 322. (5) List I Chemicals Level 22 At least 35. Level 20 – 176 – . At least 75. List II Chemicals At least 726 G but less than 1. At least 700 G but less than 1 KG of Potassium Permanganate.4 KG of Ethylamine. At least 2 G but less than 8 G of Ergonovine.1 KG of Acetic Anhydride.8 KG of Isosafrole.3 G of Benzaldehyde.8 G of Iodine. At least 1 KG but less than 3 KG of Potassium Permanganate. (6) List I Chemicals At least 8. or Hypophosphorous Acid.2 KG but less than 12.9 G but less than 35. At least 88 G but less than 154 G of Hydriodic Acid. At least 20 KG but less than 35 KG of N-Methylephedrine.5 KG of Ethyl Ether. 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone.25 KG but less than 117.8 KG but less than 22. At least 800 G but less than 1. At least 8 G but less than 14 G of Ergonovine.2 G but less than 87. At least 4 G but less than 16 G of Ergotamine.25 KG but less than 107.

4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone. At least 5 G but less than 6.6 G but less than 22 G of Hydriodic Acid.November 1. At least 800 G but less than 1.2 KG but less than 4 KG of 3.6 G but less than 2 G of Ergonovine. At least 80 G but less than 100 G of Norpseudoephedrine. At least 52 KG but less than 91 KG of Toluene. At least 160 G but less than 200 G of Benzyl Cyanide. or Hypophosphorous Acid. At least 12.56 KG but less than 3.25 KG of Ethyl Ether. (7) List I Chemicals Level 18 At least 7.4 KG of Benzyl Chloride.3 G but less than 25 G of Nitroethane. At least 4 KG but less than 5 KG of N-Methylephedrine.4 L but less than 45. At least 47 KG but less than 82.1 L but less than 11. At least 7 G but less than 29 G of Red Phosphorus.2 KG but less than 12. At least 2.4 L of Gamma-butyrolactone.1 G but less than 8. At least 2. At least 160 G but less than 200 G of Ethylamine.11 At least 5 KG but less than 20 KG of N-Methylephedrine. At least 6.4 L of Gamma-butyrolactone. At least 3. At least 160 G but less than 200 G of Phenylacetic Acid. At least 11.25 KG of Acetone. At least 48 KG but less than 84 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone. At least 200 G but less than 800 G of Phenylacetic Acid. or Hypophosphorous Acid. List II Chemicals At least 440 G but less than 726 G of Acetic Anhydride.2 G but less than 4 G of Ergotamine. At least 1. At least 43 KG but less than 75. At least 1.2 KG of Safrole. 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone. – 177 – .6 G but less than 2 G of Methylamine. At least 17. At least 6 G but less than 7 G of Red Phosphorus.2 KG of Isosafrole. White Phosphorus.3 G of Nitroethane.2 KG but less than 12. At least 80 G but less than 100 G of Piperidine.56 KG but less than 3. At least 9. At least 3. At least 3. At least 12. White Phosphorus. At least 5 KG but less than 20 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine.9 G of Benzaldehyde. At least 100 G but less than 400 G of Piperidine.5 G but less than 50.56 KG but less than 3. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1.2 G of Iodine. At least 4 KG but less than 16 KG of 3. At least 16 G but less than 64 G of Propionic Anhydride.8 KG of Safrole.8 G but less than 16 G of Propionic Anhydride. At least 400 G but less than 700 G of Potassium Permanganate. At least 3. At least 100 G but less than 400 of Norpseudoephedrine.2 KG of Piperonal. At least 2. At least 4 KG but less than 5 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine.8 KG of Piperonal.

6 G of Hydriodic Acid.6 KG or more of Anthranilic Acid.4 KG but less than 13 KG of Toluene. 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone.1 L of Gamma-butyrolactone.2 G but less than 1.92 KG but less than 2. At least 120 G but less than 160 G of Ethylamine. 4. At least 60 G but less than 80 G of Piperidine.2 G of Ergotamine. At least 120 G but less than 160 G of Phenylacetic Acid. At least 1.11 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.8 L but less than 9. Level 14 – 178 – .1 G of Benzaldehyde. At least 10 G but less than 12. At least 1.56 KG of Piperonal. At least 1.2 KG of 3.6 G but less than 12.3 G but less than 7.6 G of Ergonovine.§2D1.56 KG of Safrole. At least 80 G but less than 100 G of Potassium Permanganate.3 G of Benzaldehyde.75 KG of Acetone.4 KG but less than 11. 2009 List II Chemicals At least 110 G but less than 440 G of Acetic Anhydride. At least 1. At least 60 G but less than 80 G of Norpseudoephedrine.56 KG of Isosafrole. At least 3 KG but less than 4 KG of N-Methylephedrine. At least 3.8 G but less than 5 G of Nitroethane. (8) List I Chemicals Level 16 3.8 KG or more of N-Acetylanthranilic Acid. At least 13 KG but less than 52 KG of Toluene. At least 9. At least 100 G but less than 400 G of Potassium Permanganate. At least 160 G but less than 200 G of Benzyl Chloride.5 G but less than 10 G of Iodine. At least 2. At least 200 G but less than 800 G of Benzyl Chloride.75 KG of Ethyl Ether. At least 1.6 KG but less than 12 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone. At least 8.4 KG but less than 3. At least 13. (9) List I Chemicals At least 2. At least 9. At least 9.75 KG but less than 47 KG of Acetone. White Phosphorus. or Hypophosphorous Acid. List II Chemicals At least 88 G but less than 110 G of Acetic Anhydride.2 G but less than 17. At least 12 KG but less than 48 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone. At least 11.6 KG of Anthranilic Acid. At least 120 G but less than 160 G of Benzyl Cyanide.6 G but less than 5.5 G of Iodine. At least 3 KG but less than 4 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine. At least 10. At least 4 G but less than 6 G of Red Phosphorus.8 G of Propionic Anhydride.75 KG but less than 43 KG of Ethyl Ether. At least 3. At least 2. At least 5. At least 6.7 KG but less than 3. At least 7.92 KG but less than 2.2 G but less than 1.6 KG but less than 10. At least 10.4 G but less than 3.92 KG but less than 2.6 G of Methylamine.

6 G of Ergotamine.7 KG of Anthranilic Acid. At least 60 G but less than 80 G of Potassium Permanganate.4 G of Ergotamine. At least 800 MG but less than 1.8 L of Gamma-butyrolactone.6 G of Benzaldehyde.44 KG but less than 1.11 At least 80 G but less than 120 G of Benzyl Cyanide.8 KG of N-Acetylanthranilic Acid. At least 80 G but less than 120 G of Phenylacetic Acid. At least 2.2 KG but less than 9. Less than 80 G of Phenylacetic Acid. List II Chemicals At least 66 G but less than 88 G of Acetic Anhydride.2 G of Hydriodic Acid.25 KG but less than 3 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine. Less than 1.05 KG but less than 9. Less than 800 MG of Methylamine.November 1. Less than 800 MG of Ergonovine.44 KG but less than 1. Less than 2. Less than 3. At least 800 MG but less than 1.5 G of Nitroethane.6 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone. Level 12 – 179 – . At least 120 G but less than 160 G of Benzyl Chloride. Less than 8. Less than 3. 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone.8 G of Nitroethane.6 KG but less than 4.8 G of Hydriodic Acid. Less than 1.4 KG of Acetone. At least 1. At least 3.5 G of Iodine.25 KG but less than 3 KG of N-Methylephedrine. (10) List I Chemicals Less than 2. At least 4.4 KG of Toluene. At least 2.8 G but less than 13. At least 7.4 KG of 3. At least 8.44 KG of Isosafrole. Less than 80 G of Ethylamine.25 KG of N-Methylephedrine. At least 40 G but less than 60 G of Norpseudoephedrine.5 G but less than 3. At least 1. Less than 2. At least 7.6 G of Propionic Anhydride.92 KG of Isosafrole. At least 40 G but less than 60 G of Piperidine.2 G of Methylamine. At least 7.2 G but less than 9. At least 7. Less than 2. At least 6.8 KG but less than 2. At least 5 G but less than 7. At least 3 G but less than 4 G of Red Phosphorus. or Hypophosphorous Acid. At least 80 G but less than 120 G of Ethylamine.8 KG but less than 10.92 KG of Piperonal.6 KG of Ethyl Ether.25 KG of N-Methylpseudoephedrine. At least 1. Less than 40 G of Norpseudoephedrine.6 KG of N-Acetylanthranilic Acid. At least 1.5 L but less than 6. At least 2. At least 1. Less than 80 G of Benzyl Cyanide.2 G of Ergonovine. White Phosphorus.92 KG of Safrole. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1.45 KG but less than 8.6 G but less than 2.44 KG but less than 1.

§2D1. Less than 120 G of Benzyl Chloride. in calculating the base offense level. "Firearm" and "dangerous weapon" are defined in the Commentary to §1B1.2 G of Propionic Anhydride.05 KG of Acetone. use the weight of the ephedrine. or a person for whose conduct the defendant is accountable under §1B1. (2). to calculate the base offense level in an offense that involves two or more chemicals. use the quantity of the single chemical that results in the greatest offense level.45 KG of Ethyl Ether..2 KG of Methyl Ethyl Ketone. (3)." as used in subsection (c)(1).8 KG of 3. Less than 4.3 (Relevant 2. §§ 841(c)(1). (2). Less than 1. (i) aggregate the quantities of all such chemicals. list I or list II) under subsection (d) or (e) of this guideline. Less than 6. means that the defendant.1 (Application Instructions).8 KG of Toluene. Less than 7. and (ii) determine the base offense level corresponding to the aggregate quantity.44 KG of Safrole. pseudoephedrine. regardless of whether the chemicals are set forth in different tables or in different categories (i. (4). Less than 1. unless it is improbable that the weapon was connected with the offense. not the weight of the entire tablets. 960(d)(1). as appropriate. Pseudoephedrine. and Phenylpropanolamine Quantity Table. Less than 5 G of Iodine. or phenylpropanolamine tablets.11 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. The adjustment in subsection (b)(1) should be applied if the weapon was present.5 L of Gamma-butyrolactone. Less than 1. (f)(1). Less than 7. Less than 7. (C) In a case involving ephedrine. 2009 Less than 40 G of Piperidine. 865. Less than 60 G of Potassium Permanganate. Application Notes: 1.S. "Offense involved unlawfully manufacturing a controlled substance or attempting to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully.44 KG of Piperonal. White Phosphorus. (B) To calculate the base offense level in an offense that involves two or more chemicals each of which is set forth in the Ephedrine. pseudoephedrine. or Hypophosphorous Acid. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 21 U. – 180 – . 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl-2-propanone. or phenylpropanolamine contained in the tablets. Less than 7. List II Chemicals Less than 66 G of Acetic Anhydride.C.e. Less than 3 G of Red Phosphorus. ______________ *Notes: (A) Except as provided in Note (B).

For example. The base offense level for each chemical is calculated separately and the chemical with the higher base offense level is used. completed the actions sufficient to constitute the offense of unlawfully manufacturing a controlled substance or attempting to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully. Pseudoephedrine. The offense level for methylamine is determined by using §2D1. Five kilograms of ephedrine result in a base offense level of level 38. or Trafficking). and Phenylpropanolamine Quantity Table. Example: The defendant was in possession of 80 grams of ephedrine and 50 grams of phenylpropanolamine.. 3. In this case. Note that in determining the scale of the offense under §2D1. Cases Involving Multiple Chemicals. Under the grouping rules of §3D1. if the offense involves two or more chemicals. an upward departure may be warranted if the offense level does not adequately address the seriousness of the offense. (i) aggregate the quantities of all such chemicals.1. or Phenylpropanolamine. use the quantity of the single chemical that results in the greatest offense level.1). list I or list II) under this guideline. or to manufacture one controlled substance by different manufacturing processes.—In a case involving two or more chemicals used to manufacture different controlled substances. – 181 – . the defendant will be convicted of an offense involving a listed chemical covered under this guideline. Example: The defendant was in possession of five kilograms of ephedrine and 300 grams of hydriodic acid. The base offense level corresponding to that aggregate quantity is level 32. 300 grams of hydriodic acid result in a base offense level of level 26.11 Conduct). P2P (an immediate precursor) and methylamine (a listed chemical) are used together to produce methamphetamine.—Except as provided in subdivision (B).e. (C) Upward Departure. 4.November 1. Importing. Determine the offense level under each guideline separately. The offense level for P2P is determined by using §2D1. Ephedrine and hydriodic acid typically are used together in the same manufacturing process to manufacture methamphetamine.11.1 (P2P is listed in the Drug Equivalency Table under Cocaine and Other Schedule I and II Stimulants (and their immediate precursors)). regardless of whether the chemicals are set forth in different tables or in different categories (i. an aggregate quantity of 130 grams of such chemicals. the quantity of both the controlled substance and listed chemical should be considered (see Application Note 12 in the Commentary to §2D1.—If the offense involves two or more chemicals each of which is set forth in the Ephedrine. In certain cases. the counts will be grouped together. Exporting. (B) Determining the Base Offense Level for Offenses involving Ephedrine.1 (Unlawfully Manufacturing.— (A) Determining the Base Offense Level for Two or More Chemicals.2(b). Pseudoephedrine. and (ii) determine the base offense level corresponding to the aggregate quantity. and a related offense involving an immediate precursor or other controlled substance covered under §2D1. the base offense level would be level 38. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1.

The amount of ephedrine – 182 – . specifying the number of months to be served consecutively for the conviction under 21 U. treatment.S. 8.—For purposes of subsection (b)(4).3 (Conditions of Probation) and 5D1. 9603(b).S. In such cases. § 6928(d). emission. "mass-marketing by means of an interactive computer service" means the solicitation. In some cases. § 1319(c). Compensation. for purposes of subsection (b)(4) and this note. Application of Subsection (b)(4). 6. divide the sentence between the sentence attributable to the underlying drug offense and the sentence attributable to 21 U.3 (Relevant Conduct) involved any discharge.C. or disposal violation covered by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. 42 U. For example. Additionally. the Federal Water Pollution Control Act. §§ 5124. storage. the court should determine the appropriate "total punishment" and. any costs of environmental cleanup and harm to persons or property should be considered by the court in determining the amount of restitution under §5E1. List I chemicals are important to the manufacture of a controlled substance and usually become part of the final product. In a case in which the defendant possessed or distributed the listed chemical without such knowledge or belief.C. and (d)(4) do not require that the defendant have knowledge or an actual belief that the listed chemical was to be used to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully.S. "Interactive computer service". In order to comply with the relevant statute.3 (Conditions of Supervised Release). § 865.11 5. subsection (b)(4) would apply to a defendant who operated a web site to promote the sale of Gamma-butyrolactone (GBL) but would not apply to coconspirators who use an interactive computer service only to communicate with one another in furtherance of the offense. § 230(f)(2)).§2D1.S. requires the imposition of a mandatory consecutive term of imprisonment of not more than 15 years. 33 U. 7.S. pseudoephedrine. release. if the applicable adjusted guideline range is 151-188 months and the court determines a "total punishment" of 151 months is appropriate. by means of an interactive computer service. §§ 841(c)(2) and (f)(1). (d)(3). 42 U. § 865. For example. has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U. and Liability Act. of a large number of persons to induce those persons to purchase a controlled substance.C. a 3-level reduction is provided to reflect that the defendant is less culpable than one who possessed or distributed listed chemicals knowing or believing that they would be used to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully. transportation.S. ephedrine reacts with other chemicals to form methamphetamine.S. 2009 Convictions under 21 U. or the Comprehensive Environmental Response.C.S.C. and 960(d)(2).S. on the judgment form.C.C. the enhancement under subsection (b)(3) may not adequately account for the seriousness of the environmental harm or other threat to public health or safety (including the health or safety of law enforcement and cleanup personnel).—Section 865 of title 21. and pheylpropanolamine) and list II chemicals. Background: Offenses covered by this guideline involve list I chemicals (including ephedrine. a sentence of 130 months for the underlying offense plus 21 months for the conduct covered by 21 U. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.C. For example.1 (Restitution) and in fashioning appropriate conditions of supervision under §§5B1. § 865 would achieve the "total punishment" in a manner that satisfies the statutory requirement of a consecutive sentence. an upward departure may be warranted. Subsection (b)(3) applies if the conduct for which the defendant is accountable under §1B1. § 865.C. Imposition of Consecutive Sentence for 21 U. United States Code.

amendments 605 and 606). Product. 1997 (see Appendix C. product. chemical. equipment. November 1. November 1. or material through mass-marketing by means of an interactive computer service. or 9. 1995 (see Appendix C. chemical. increase by 2 levels. or material was to be used to manufacture a controlled substance. Distribution. amendment 541). Attempt or Conspiracy (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater): (1) 12. amendment 679). November 1. chemical. increase by 2 levels. apply – 183 – . equipment. if the defendant had reasonable cause to believe the prohibited flask.12 directly affects the amount of methamphetamine produced. emission. 1997 (see Appendix C. List II chemicals are generally used as solvents. amendment 371). or material was to be used to manufacture methamphetamine. increase by 2 levels. amendment 625). product. November 1. 2004 (see Appendix C. (2) (3) (4) (c) Cross Reference (1) If the offense involved unlawfully manufacturing a controlled substance.3 (Relevant Conduct). May 1. 2000 (see Appendix C. Amended effective November 1. Chemical. May 1. catalysts. Exportation. 1992 (see Appendix C. amendment 557). or attempting to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully. and reagents. or a person for whose conduct the defendant is accountable under §1B1. If the offense involved (A) an unlawful discharge. chemical. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1. 2007 (see Appendix C. 2005 (see Appendix C. 2001 (see Appendix C. or (B) the unlawful transportation. storage. November 1. amendment 661). amendment 611). amendments 705 and 707). amendment 447). If the defendant. Transportation. (2) (b) Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the defendant (A) intended to manufacture methamphetamine. product. November 1. distributed any prohibited flask. or disposal of a hazardous waste. or (B) knew. Historical Note: Effective November 1. §2D1. 1991 (see Appendix C.November 1. if the defendant intended to manufacture a controlled substance or knew or believed the prohibited flask. or material was to be used to manufacture a controlled substance. equipment. Unlawful Possession. Equipment. or release into the environment of a hazardous or toxic substance. 2001 (see Appendix C. amendment 646). November 1. or Material. November 1. or had reasonable cause to believe that prohibited flask.12. November 1. treatment. amendments 667 and 668). If the offense involved stealing anhydrous ammonia or transporting stolen anhydrous ammonia. or Importation of Prohibited Flask. Manufacture. increase by 6 levels. amendment 519). 2002 (see Appendix C. believed. product. equipment. 2003 (see Appendix C.

amendment 371). 42 U. Application Notes: 1. 2000 (see Appendix C. November 1.C. Historical Note: Effective November 1.C. Subsection (b)(2) applies if the conduct for which the defendant is accountable under §1B1. November 1. products. amendment 605). 2004 (see Appendix C. In such cases. amendment 520). transportation. "Interactive computer service".—For purposes of subsection (b)(3).S. the Federal Water Pollution Control Act. the enhancement under subsection (b)(2) may not adequately account for the seriousness of the environmental harm or other threat to public health or safety (including the health or safety of law enforcement and cleanup personnel). 1991 (see Appendix C. treatment. Additionally.C.S. or Trafficking) if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. 33 U. amendment 626). or the Comprehensive Environmental Response. Amended effective November 1. November 1. (7). any costs of environmental cleanup and harm to persons or property should be considered by the court in determining the amount of restitution under §5E1.§2D1. § 230(f)(2)). 9603(b). 864.3 (Relevant Conduct). "mass-marketing by means of an interactive computer service" means the solicitation. amendment 667). November 1. §§ 5124. If the offense involved the large-scale manufacture. an upward departure may be warranted. or a person for whose conduct the defendant is accountable under §1B1. an upward departure may be warranted. of a large number of persons to induce those persons to purchase a controlled substance. means that the defendant.C. subsection (b)(3) would apply to a defendant who operated a web site to promote the sale of prohibited flasks but would not apply to coconspirators who use an interactive computer service only to communicate with one another in furtherance of the offense.S. and Liability Act. exportation. 4. 1995 (see Appendix C. or importation of prohibited flasks.3 (Conditions of Probation) and 5D1. §§ 843(a)(6). amendment 447). § 6928(d). 2009 §2D1. distribution. completed the actions sufficient to constitute the offense of unlawfully manufacturing a controlled substance or attempting to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully.3 (Relevant Conduct) involved any discharge. by means of an interactive computer service. release. 42 U. 2. amendment 558). Compensation. – 184 – . For example. equipment. Application of Subsection (b)(3).1 (Unlawful Manufacturing. emission. for purposes of subsection (b)(3) and this note. has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.1 (Restitution) and in fashioning appropriate conditions of supervision under §§5B1. 1992 (see Appendix C.C. Exporting. November 1. or disposal violation covered by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. or material. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 21 U. "Offense involved unlawfully manufacturing a controlled substance or attempting to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully. § 1319(c). 2001 (see Appendix C. 3.S.12 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. transportation. storage.3 (Conditions of Supervised Release). Importing. chemicals.S. In some cases." as used in subsection (c)(1). 1997 (see Appendix C.

Importing.C. (a)(8). Exporting. Attempt or Conspiracy (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest): (1) The offense level from §2D1. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D1. Exporting. – 185 – .11 (Unlawfully Distributing. Exporting or Possessing a Listed Chemical) reduced by 3 levels if the defendant had reason to believe that the chemical was to be used to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully. increase by 6 levels.November 1. or Possessing a Listed Chemical) if the defendant knew or believed that the chemical was to be used to manufacture a controlled substance unlawfully. or The offense level from §2D1. except that §2D1. §§ 841(c)(3).14 §2D1.14. (b) Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If §3A1. see §1B1. (2) (3) Commentary Statutory Provisions: 21 U. Narco-Terrorism (a) Base Offense Level: (1) The offense level from §2D1. November 1. Importing.1 (Unlawful Manufacturing.5 (Interpretation of References to Other Offense Guidelines). Historical Note: Effective November 1. Structuring Chemical Transactions or Creating a Chemical Mixture to Evade Reporting or Recordkeeping Requirements. Presenting False or Fraudulent Identification to Obtain a Listed Chemical. Importing. Amended effective November 1.13. 1991 (see Appendix C. 2002 (see Appendix C. or Trafficking (Including Possession with Intent to Commit These Offenses). Application Note: 1.4 (Terrorism) does not apply.1(a)(3)(A). Attempt or Conspiracy) applicable to the underlying offense. amendment 447). and (b)(11) shall not apply. or 6.S.11 (Unlawfully Distributing. amendment 371).11" includes the base offense level and any applicable specific offense characteristic or cross reference. 843(a)(4)(B). 1992 (see Appendix C. §2D1. (a)(3)(B). (f)(1). otherwise. "The offense level from §2D1. amendment 646).

flunitrazepam. Exporting. or PCP. * * * * * 2. or cocaine base. or detention facility. Background: Mandatory (statutory) minimum penalties for several categories of cases.14 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. (2) Commentary Statutory Provision: 21 U. 2009 Commentary Statutory Provision: 21 U. Application Note: 1. Historical Note: Effective November 1.1. apply §2P1. Where the circumstances establish intended consumption by a person other than the defendant.C. Unlawful Possession. If the offense involved possession of a controlled substance in a prison. For additional statutory provision(s). § 960a. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). or Trafficking) as if the defendant had been convicted of possession of that mixture or substance with intent to distribute.S. UNLAWFUL POSSESSION §2D2. correctional facility. The typical case addressed by this guideline involves possession of a controlled substance by the defendant for the defendant’s own consumption. if the substance is cocaine. Attempt or Conspiracy (a) Base Offense Level: (1) 8. if the substance is heroin or any Schedule I or II opiate. 2007 (see Appendix C.1 (Unlawful Manufacturing. Importing. ranging from – 186 – . or 4. LSD. (2) (3) (b) Cross References (1) If the defendant is convicted of possession of more than 5 grams of a mixture or substance containing cocaine base. amendment 700). an upward departure may be warranted.S.C. an analogue of these. § 844(a).§2D1. or 6.2 (Providing or Possessing Contraband in Prison). if the substance is any other controlled substance or a list I chemical. apply §2D1.

C. § 844(a).S. 1992 (see Appendix C.2 (Limitation on Applicability of Statutory Minimum Sentences in Certain Cases). November 1.1(b). September 23. that 18 U.3. amendment 509). November 1.. apply Chapter Three. are set forth in 21 U. or Subterfuge.C. Operating or Directing the Operation of a Common Carrier Under the Influence of Alcohol or Drugs (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest): (1) (2) (3) (b) 26. possession of more than three grams of a mixture or substance containing cocaine base. § 843(a)(3). Note.S. amendment 514).g. 1995 (see Appendix C. § 3553(f) provides an exception to the applicability of mandatory minimum sentences in certain cases. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D2. an offense subject to an enhanced penalty under Section 6371 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988. if serious bodily injury resulted. When a mandatory minimum penalty exceeds the guideline range. See §5G1. §2D2. or 21. Historical Note: Effective November 1. amendment 321). or 13. 1992 (see Appendix C. Special Instruction: (1) If the defendant is convicted of a single count involving the death or serious bodily injury of more than one person. Attempt or Conspiracy (a) Base Offense Level: 8 Commentary Statutory Provision: 21 U. Part – 187 – .November 1. Amended effective January 15. Deception. the mandatory minimum becomes the guideline sentence. possession of more than one gram of a mixture or substance containing cocaine base) are to be sentenced in accordance with §5G1. Fraud. November 1. §2D2.3 fifteen days’ to five years’ imprisonment. November 1. 1990 (see Appendix C.S. 1987. if death resulted. 1987. amendment 447).1 for possession of more than five grams of a mixture or substance containing cocaine base. Amended effective November 1. Historical Note: Effective November 1. amendment 304).C. November 1. See §5C1. for a person with one prior conviction. amendment 24). 1997 (see Appendix C. Section 2D2. 1988 (see Appendix C. amendments 556 and 558).1(b).1(b)(1) provides a cross reference to §2D1. 1989 (see Appendix C. however. Acquiring a Controlled Substance by Forgery.2. otherwise. Other cases for which enhanced penalties are provided under Section 6371 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988 (e. for a person with two or more prior convictions. amendment 447). 1994 (see Appendix C.

1987. Regulatory Offenses Involving Controlled Substances or Listed Chemicals.3 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. November 1.. 1991 (see Appendix C. §2D3. November 1. The offense levels assume that the offense involved the operation of a common carrier carrying a number of passengers. amendment 447). amendment 141).2. November 1. Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U. 1988 (see Appendix C. Amended effective November 1. §§ 842(a)(1). Background: This section implements the direction to the Commission in Section 6482 of the AntiDrug Abuse Act of 1988. Historical Note: Effective November 1.1. e. If no or only a few passengers were placed at risk. see Appendix A (Statutory Index).S.C. such that the resulting offense level under subsection (b) would not adequately reflect the seriousness of the offense. 2009 (see Appendix C. an upward departure may be warranted. Attempt or Conspiracy (a) Base Offense Level: 6 Commentary Statutory Provisions: 21 U. Historical Note: Effective November 1. a bus. REGULATORY VIOLATIONS §2D3. Regulatory Offenses Involving Registration Numbers.g. Unlawful Advertising Relating to Scheduled Substances.S. Offenses covered by this guideline may vary widely with regard to harm and risk of harm. * * * * * 3. (2). Attempt or Conspiracy (a) Base Offense Level: 4 – 188 – . amendment 25). amendment 421).C. 1992 (see Appendix C. Amended effective January 15. § 342. For additional statutory provision(s). If the offense resulted in the death or serious bodily injury of a large number of persons.§2D2. amendment 727). amendment 534). 2009 D (Multiple Counts) as if the defendant had been convicted of a separate count for each such victim. 843(a)(1). 1995 (see Appendix C. November 1. 1987. 1989 (see Appendix C. a downward departure may be warranted.

(b).5 Commentary Statutory Provisions: 21 U. amendment 481). amendment 481). amendment 359) and November 1. amended effective November 1.4. amendment 447). amended effective November 1. effective November 1.2 effective November 1. 1987. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2D3. see Appendix A (Statutory Index).5. effective November 1. For additional statutory provision(s). 1987. §2D3.2 effective November 1. amendment 481).3.5 (Violation of Recordkeeping or Reporting Requirements for Listed Chemicals and Certain Machines. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2D3. 1993 (see Appendix C. amendment 481).2 effective November 1. 1992 (see Appendix C.4 (Illegal Transfer or Transshipment of a Controlled Substance. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2D3. 1987. 1995 (see Appendix C. November 1. amendment 447).C. amendment 371). 1993 (see Appendix C.S. Attempt or Conspiracy). amendment 447). 1993 (see Appendix C. amendment 534). was deleted by consolidation with §2D3. was deleted by consolidation with §2D3. was deleted by consolidation with §2D3. 1991 (see Appendix C. 1992 (see Appendix C. §§ 842(a)(2). effective November 1. amendment 447). Amended effective November 1. Attempt or Conspiracy). amendment 421). November 1. 1993 (see Appendix C. (10). amendment 421) and November 1. November 1. 1991 (see Appendix C. Historical Note: Effective November 1. (9). §2D3. – 189 – . [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2D3. §2D3.3 (Illegal Use of Registration Number to Distribute or Dispense a Controlled Substance to Another Registrant or Authorized Person. 961. 1991 (see Appendix C. 1992 (see Appendix C. 1990 (see Appendix C. 954. Attempt or Conspiracy). amended effective November 1. 1992 (see Appendix C.November 1.

treat as a prior sentence under §4A1. The offense level usually will be determined by the offense level of the underlying conduct.e. or the offense level applicable to the underlying racketeering activity. B. 4. 3.§2E1. Historical Note: Effective November 1..C. §2E1.1. 1963. Parts A. this subpart covers a wide variety of criminal conduct. If the underlying conduct violates state law. C.2(a)(1) and not as part of the instant offense. If the offense level for the underlying racketeering activity is less than the alternative minimum level specified (i. RACKETEERING Introductory Commentary Because of the jurisdictional nature of the offenses included. Application Notes: 1. the offense level corresponding to the most analogous federal offense is to be used. To determine whether subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) results in the greater offense level. Use whichever subsection results in the greater offense level.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. Where such previously imposed sentence resulted from a conviction prior to the last overt act of the instant offense.S. Where there is more than one underlying offense.OFFENSES INVOLVING CRIMINAL ENTERPRISES AND RACKETEERING 1. the alternative minimum base offense level is to be used. 2009 PART E . and D to both (a)(1) and (a)(2). §§ 1962. treat each underlying offense as if contained in a separate count of conviction for the purposes of subsection (a)(2). – 190 – . 1987. 19). Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. Unlawful Conduct Relating to Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater): (1) (2) 19. This treatment is designed to produce a result consistent with the distinction between 2. apply Chapter Three. Certain conduct may be charged in the count of conviction as part of a "pattern of racketeering activity" even though the defendant has previously been sentenced for that conduct.

3. 3. or the offense level applicable to the underlying crime of violence or other unlawful activity in respect to which the travel or transportation was undertaken. a guideline departure may be warranted. If the underlying conduct violates state law. 1987. Where there is more than one underlying offense.e. amendment 26). Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U. 2. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2E1. 1989 (see Appendix C.November 1.S. the alternative minimum base offense level is to be used. C. §2E1. Application Notes: 1.3 the instant offense and criminal history found throughout the guidelines. Interstate or Foreign Travel or Transportation in Aid of a Racketeering Enterprise (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater): (1) (2) 6.. 1988 (see Appendix C. Historical Note: Effective November 1. To determine whether subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) results in the greater offense level. B. the offense level corresponding to the most analogous federal offense is to be used. 1987. apply Chapter Three. Historical Note: Effective November 1. amendment 27). Parts A.C. Use whichever subsection results in the greater offense level. §2E1. treat each underlying offense as if contained in a separate count of conviction for the purposes of subsection (a)(2). Violent Crimes in Aid of Racketeering Activity (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater): (1) (2) 12. 1988 (see Appendix C. § 1952. amendment 142). If this treatment produces an anomalous result in a particular case. November 1. Amended effective June 15. 6). – 191 – . or the offense level applicable to the underlying crime or racketeering activity. If the offense level for the underlying conduct is less than the alternative minimum base offense level specified (i.2. Amended effective June 15. and D to both (a)(1) and (a)(2).

§2E1. § 1952A). amendment 481). The maximum term of imprisonment authorized by statute ranges from three years to life imprisonment. § 1958 (formerly 18 U.S. 1989 (see Appendix C. If the underlying conduct violates state law. 1989 (see Appendix C.S. amendment 145). effective November 1. 2B3.2. 1992 (see Appendix C. Application Notes: 1. If the offense level for the underlying conduct is less than the alternative minimum base offense level specified (i. 1993 (see Appendix C. 1989 (see Appendix C. – 192 – . amendment 311). or the offense level applicable to the underlying unlawful conduct. the offense level corresponding to the most analogous federal offense is to be used.S. Background: The conduct covered under this section ranges from threats to murder. amendment 144). Amended effective November 1.C. If the underlying conduct violates state law. 1987. amended effective November 1.e. 2B3.1.C. Application Note: 1.5 (Hobbs Act Extortion or Robbery). November 1.4. November 1.3 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. 1987. amendment 143). 1990 (see Appendix C. Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U. 12). Background: This guideline and the statute to which it applies do not require that a murder actually have been committed.C. the alternative minimum base offense level is to be used. the offense level corresponding to the most analogous federal offense is to be used. 1987.. Use of Interstate Commerce Facilities in the Commission of Murder-For-Hire (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater): (1) (2) 32. was deleted by consolidation with §§2B3.C. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2E1.§2E1. § 1952B). Amended effective November 1. §2E1. 2.5. Historical Note: Effective November 1. Historical Note: Effective November 1.S. amendment 449).1 effective November 1. and 2C1.3. § 1959 (formerly 18 U. 2009 Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U.

or If the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (B) and (C). increase by 2 levels. (3) (A) If any person was abducted to facilitate commission of the offense or to facilitate escape. (C) (2) If any victim sustained bodily injury. or if a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was otherwise used. Collecting an Extension of Credit by Extortionate Means (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 20 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) (A) (B) If a firearm was discharged increase by 5 levels. increase by 4 levels.1. add 3 levels. (E) Provided.1 * * * * * 2. add 5 levels. that the combined increase from (1) and (2) shall not exceed 9 levels. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2E2. Making or Financing an Extortionate Extension of Credit. or if any person was physically restrained to facilitate commission of the offense or to facilitate escape. increase by 3 levels. (B) – 193 – . EXTORTIONATE EXTENSION OF CREDIT §2E2. however.November 1. or if a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was brandished or possessed. increase the offense level according to the seriousness of the injury: Degree of Bodily Injury (A) (B) (C) (D) Increase in Level add 2 add 4 add 6 Bodily Injury Serious Bodily Injury Permanent or Life-Threatening Bodily Injury If the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (A) and (B). increase by 4 levels.

2 (Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage). November 1.1 (c) Cross Reference (1) GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.S. The adjustments in Chapter Three." "permanent or life-threatening bodily injury. * * * * * 3. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U." "abducted.1 (First Degree Murder). 2. Other enhancements parallel those in §2B3. In addition. Amended effective November 1.§2E2.S." "otherwise used. Historical Note: Effective November 1. the guideline does not include the amount of money involved because the amount of money in such cases is often difficult to determine. Application Notes: 1. §§ 892-894. Background: This section refers to offenses involving the making or financing of extortionate extensions of credit. GAMBLING Introductory Commentary This subpart covers a variety of proscribed conduct. amendment 479). apply §2A1. § 1111 had such killing taken place within the territorial or maritime jurisdiction of the United States." and "physically restrained" are found in the Commentary to §1B1. 1989 (see Appendix C. 2009 If a victim was killed under circumstances that would constitute murder under 18 U." "dangerous weapon. amendments 146-148).2 (Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage) regarding the interpretation of the specific offense characteristics. 1987." "brandished.C. Part B (Role in the Offense) are particularly relevant in providing a measure of the scope of the offense and the defendant’s participation. Definitions of "firearm. These "loan-sharking" offenses typically involve threats of violence and provide economic support for organized crime. The base offense level for these offenses is higher than the offense level for extortion because loan sharking is in most cases a continuing activity. 1993 (see Appendix C. amendment 601). or the collection of loans by extortionate means. 2000 (see Appendix C.1 (Application Instructions)." "bodily injury. 1987. amendment 398). November 1. – 194 – . See also Commentary to §2B3. 1991 (see Appendix C." "serious bodily injury.C. November 1. Historical Note: Effective November 1.

S. a commercial gambling operation. §2E3. 1987. effective November 1.2 (Transmission of Wagering Information). maiming or death to an animal. amendment 481). or (C) committed as part of.3 (Other Gambling Offenses). For additional statutory provision(s). Amended effective November 1. November 1.C.1 effective November 1. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2E3. if the offense was (A) engaging in a gambling business.S.—For purposes of this guideline: "Animal fighting venture" has the meaning given that term in 7 U.S. if the offense involved an animal fighting venture.3 §2E3. 1301-1304. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2E3. 1955.November 1. 2007 (see Appendix C. for example. otherwise. 1511. 31 U. Historical Note: Effective November 1. amendment 481). 18 U. was deleted by consolidation with §2E3. Upward Departure Provision.C. 1306. Application Notes: 1. § 2156(g). amendment 703). or 6. or to facilitate.C. § 2156. Gambling Offenses. 1993 (see Appendix C. November 1. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). was deleted by consolidation with §2E3.1 effective November 1. 1953. §§ 1172-1175. 1993 (see Appendix C. an upward departure may be warranted. amendment 721).1. effective November 1. amendment 481).2.S.C. §§ 1082. (B) transmission of wagering information. (2) (3) Commentary Statutory Provisions: 7 U. Animal Fighting Offenses (a) Base Offense Level: (Apply the greatest) (1) 12.—If the offense involved extraordinary cruelty to an animal that resulted in.C. 15 U.3. § 5363. 1987. 1993 (see Appendix C.S. or 10. 2. Definition. §2E3. 1987. * * * * * – 195 – . [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2E3. 2008 (see Appendix C.

2007 (see Appendix C. and participants of employee pension and welfare benefit plans covered under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act. Unlawful Conduct Relating to Contraband Cigarettes and Smokeless Tobacco (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater): (1) (2) 9. 2009 TRAFFICKING IN CONTRABAND CIGARETTES AND SMOKELESS TOBACCO Historical Note: Effective November 1. 2007 (see Appendix C.1 (Tax Table) corresponding to the amount of the tax evaded. amendment 724). §§ 2342(a). and fraud in this subpart generally correspond to similar conduct under other parts of the guidelines.000 cigarettes must be involved.1 4. The base offense levels for many of the offenses in this subpart have been determined by reference to analogous sections of the guidelines. 2008 (see Appendix C. At least 10. Thus. Background: The conduct covered by this section generally involves evasion of state and local excise taxes. members of labor organizations under the Labor-Management Reporting and Disclosure Act of 1959. amendment 700). LABOR RACKETEERING Introductory Commentary The statutes included in this subpart protect the rights of employees under the Taft-Hartley Act. 2344(a). Historical Note: Effective November 1. 1987. amendment 700). the base offense levels for bribery.§2E4. Application Note: 1.C.1. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. "Tax evaded" refers to state and local excise taxes. it is graded by use of the tax table in §2T4. Because this offense is basically a tax matter. * * * * * 5. or the offense level from the table in §2T4. §2E4. theft. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. Amended effective November 1. November 1. The base offense levels for bribery and graft have been set higher than the level for commercial – 196 – .S. Amended effective November 1. 1987.1.

000 but did not exceed $5.1 bribery due to the particular vulnerability to exploitation of the organizations covered by this subpart.1 (Theft.Organizations (1) In lieu of the pecuniary loss under subsection (a)(3) of §8C2. – 197 – .4 (Base Fine). and Fraud) corresponding to that amount. or Soliciting a Bribe or Gratuity Affecting the Operation of an Employee Welfare or Pension Benefit Plan.C.C. Offering.1. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U.000. 29 U. § 1954. "Bribe" refers to the offer or acceptance of an unlawful payment with the specific understanding that it will corruptly affect an official action of the recipient. Prohibited Payments or Lending of Money by Employer or Agent to Employees. 1987.000. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2E5. or (C) if a bribe. § 186.S. the value of the benefit received or to be received in return for the unlawful payment. §2E5. Representatives. use the greatest of: (A) the value of the unlawful payment. Property Destruction. (2) (c) Special Instruction for Fines . If the value of the prohibited payment or the value of the improper benefit to the payer. increase by 1 level. whichever is greater (A) exceeded $2. Accepting. or Labor Organizations (a) Base Offense Level: (1) (2) (b) 10. increase by the number of levels from the table in §2B1. increase by 2 levels. Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the defendant was a fiduciary of the benefit plan or labor organization.S. Historical Note: Effective November 1. or (B) exceeded $5. if a bribe. if a gratuity. the consequential damages resulting from the unlawful payment. Application Notes: 1. (B) if a bribe. or 6.November 1.

Amended effective November 1. 2001 (see Appendix C. 1989 (see Appendix C. and November 1.2 (Theft or Embezzlement from Employee Pension and Welfare Benefit Plans).1 (Offering. or Receiving a Bribe. Soliciting. amendment 481). amendment 399). 1989 (see Appendix C. 1987. was deleted by consolidation with §2B1. 2004 (see Appendix C. November 1. Accepting. 5. 1988 (see Appendix C. If the adjustment for a fiduciary at §2E5. amendment 149). Failure to Maintain and Falsification of Records Required by the Labor Management Reporting and Disclosure Act. a fraud. "Value of the improper benefit to the payer" is explained in the Commentary to §2C1. 1991 (see Appendix C.3. and Fraud). amendment 150). Fraud Involving the Deprivation of the Intangible Right to Honest Services of Public Officials. November 1. effective November 1.1 (Theft. amendment 28). GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. do not apply the adjustment at §3B1. § 1002(21)(A) to mean a person who exercises any discretionary authority or control in respect to the management of such plan or exercises authority or control in respect to management or disposition of its assets.1(b)(1) applies.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill). Historical Note: Effective November 1. 4.2. 2009 "Gratuity" refers to the offer or acceptance of an unlawful payment other than a bribe. amendment 617). or who has any discretionary authority or responsibility in the administration of such plan. November 1. Conspiracy to Defraud by Interference with Governmental Functions). or has any authority or responsibility to do so. Property Destruction.1 2.§2E5. November 1. Giving. "Fiduciary of the benefit plan" is defined in 29 U. including the value of the bribe or gratuity and the magnitude of the loss resulting from the transaction.C. Destruction and Failure to Maintain Corporate Audit Records (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater): (1) (2) 6. amendment 666). or Soliciting a Bribe or Gratuity Affecting the Operation of – 198 – . or If the offense was committed to facilitate or conceal (A) an offense involving a theft. or who renders investment advice for a fee or other direct or indirect compensation with respect to any moneys or other property of such plan. (B) an offense involving a bribe or a gratuity. The seriousness of the offense is determined by several factors. or an embezzlement. 1993 (see Appendix C. apply §2B1. amended effective June 15. 1987.S. 1991 (see Appendix C. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2E5. §2E5.1 (Offering. or (C) an obstruction of justice offense. Extortion Under Color of Official Right. amendment 422). False Statements and Concealment of Facts in Relation to Documents Required by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act. amendment 481). Background: This section covers the giving or receipt of bribes and other unlawful gratuities involving employee welfare or pension benefit plans. §2E5. 1993 (see Appendix C. §2E5. or labor organizations.1 effective November 1. 3. November 1.

S.4.5. – 199 – . Background: This section covers the falsification of documents or records relating to a benefit plan covered by ERISA. or Labor Organizations). 1987. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 2003 (see. January 25. November 1. 1989 (see Appendix C. as applicable.5 (Failure to Maintain and Falsification of Records Required by the Labor Management Reporting and Disclosure Act). was deleted by consolidation with §2E5. 1989 (see Appendix C.6 (Prohibited Payments or Lending of Money by Employer or Agent to Employees. amended effective June 15. Representatives. 1131. amendment 481). amendment 29) and November 1. 1991 (see Appendix C.S. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2E5. Appendix C.6 an Employee Welfare or Pension Benefit Plan. For additional statutory provision(s). the offense level is determined by reference to the offense facilitated by the false statements or documents. Representatives. 1987. Such violations sometimes occur in connection with the criminal conversion of plan funds or schemes involving bribery or graft. §§ 1027. Amended effective November 1. amendment 481). Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U.6. 1520. effective November 1.November 1. §2E5. 1987. §§ 439. amendment 152). 1993 (see Appendix C. amendment 647).C. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2E5. November 1. or §2J1. amendment 422). amendment 653). 461. amendment 481). effective November 1. or Labor Organizations). 29 U. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2E5. §2E5. 2003 (see Appendix C. 1993 (see Appendix C. see Appendix A (Statutory Index).1 effective November 1.1 effective November 1. was deleted by consolidation with §2E5. was deleted by consolidation with §2B1. Prohibited Payments or Lending of Money by Employer or Agent to Employees. §2E5. amendment 153). amendment 151). It also covers failure to maintain proper documents required by the LMRDA or falsification of such documents. 1989 (see Appendix C.4 (Embezzlement or Theft from Labor Unions in the Private Sector). [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2E5. 1988 (see Appendix C. effective November 1.2 (Obstruction of Justice). 1993 (see Appendix C. 1993 (see Appendix C. amended effective November 1. 1987. amended effective November 1. Where a violation under this section occurs in connection with another offense.3 effective November 1.C. amendment 481).

1987. 1993 (see Appendix C. amendment 30). November 1. amendment 617).§2F1. November 1. 1990 (see Appendix C. Offenses Involving Altered or Counterfeit Instruments Other than Counterfeit Bearer Obligations of the United States). 2009 PART F . 2001 (see Appendix C.1 effective November 1. – 200 – . amendment 470). November 1. amendments 577 and 587). [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2F1. November 1. 2000 (see Appendix C.2. and 597). 1992 (see Appendix C.1 (Fraud and Deceit. was deleted by consolidation with §2B1. 2001 (see Appendix C. 1987. 1987. amendment 317). amendments 154-156 and 303).[DELETED] Historical Note: The heading to Part F . amendments 481 and 482). effective November 1. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2F1. November 1. §2F1. was deleted due to the deletion of §§2F1.Offenses Involving Fraud or Deceit. November 1. Forgery.1. November 1. amendment 617).2 (Insider Trading). amendment 551). 1989 (see Appendix C. 2001 (see Appendix C. 1997 (see Appendix C. 1998 (see Appendix C. 1991 (see Appendix C. amendments 364 and 393). November 1. 1988 (see Appendix C.1 effective November 1. §2F1. amendments 595. amendment 513). amendment 617). November 1.1 and 2F1. 1995 (see Appendix C.2 effective November 1. was deleted by consolidation with §2B1.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. amended effective June 15. 596. effective November 1. effective November 1.

1.S. otherwise. or 14. 2422(a) (only if the offense involved a victim other than a minor). 2002 (see Appendix C. 18 U. § 1591(b)(1).S. Chapter Three. § 1328 (only if the offense involved a victim other than a minor). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2G1. §2G1. and (B) the offense involved fraud or coercion. Amended effective November 1. Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If (A) subsection (a)(2) applies.1. if the offense of conviction is 18 U.C. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 8 U.1 PART G . November 1. amendment 641). apply §2A3. Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse). 2000 (see Appendix C. Amended effective November 1. amendment 592). 1987. § 2241(a) or (b) or 18 U.S. § 2242.C. – 201 – . (c) Cross Reference (1) If the offense involved conduct described in 18 U. PROMOTING A COMMERCIAL SEX ACT OR PROHIBITED SEXUAL CONDUCT Historical Note: Effective November 1. Part D (Multiple Counts) shall be applied as if the promoting of a commercial sex act or prohibited sexual conduct in respect to each victim had been contained in a separate count of conviction. increase by 4 levels. Promoting a Commercial Sex Act or Prohibited Sexual Conduct with an Individual Other than a Minor (a) Base Offense Level: (1) (2) (b) 34.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse.C.C. (d) Special Instruction (1) If the offense involved more than one victim.November 1. SEXUAL EXPLOITATION OF MINORS.S.C. amendment 641). §§ 1591 (only if the offense involved a victim other than a minor). 1987.S. AND OBSCENITY Historical Note: Effective November 1. 2002 (see Appendix C. 2421 (only if the offense involved a victim other than a minor).OFFENSES INVOLVING COMMERCIAL SEX ACTS.

§ 2241(a) or (b) is engaging in. a commercial sex act or prohibited sexual conduct. or coerced to engage in.S. or travel for the purpose of engaging in. Application of Subsection (c)(1). "Prohibited sexual conduct" has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of §2A3.C. This characteristic generally will not apply if the drug or alcohol was voluntarily taken. "Victim" means a person transported.§2G1. or other similar substance and thereby substantially impairing the ability of the victim to appraise or control conduct. Accordingly. (B) – 202 – . in a case in which the ability of the victim to appraise or control conduct was substantially impaired by drugs or alcohol. Application of Chapter Three Adjustment. an upward departure may be warranted.—Subsection (b)(1) provides an enhancement for fraud or coercion that occurs as part of the offense and anticipates no bodily injury. persuaded. (ii) threatening or placing the victim in fear that any person will be subject to death.—For purposes of subsection (c)(1).— (A) Conduct Described in 18 U. conduct described in 18 U.—For the purposes of §3B1. for example.—For purposes of this guideline: "Commercial sex act" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.1 (Aggravating Role). or kidnapping. a drug.S. § 2242 is: (i) engaging in. Conduct Described in 18 U. as defined in this guideline. or to travel to engage in. for example.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse.S. Part K (Departures). This provision would apply. whether or not the person consented to the commercial sex act or prohibited sexual conduct. a victim. a commercial sex act. intoxicant. if any dangerous weapon was used or brandished. This enhancement would apply. or in a case in which the ability of the victim to appraise or control conduct was substantially impaired by drugs or alcohol. enticed.C. § 2241(a) or (b).S. 2.C.1 Application Notes: 1. "victim" may include an undercover law enforcement officer. induced. Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse). or causing another person to engage in. serious bodily injury. For purposes of subsection (b)(1). See Chapter Five. "Promoting a commercial sex act" means persuading. "coercion" includes any form of conduct that negates the voluntariness of the victim. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. conduct described in 18 U. a sexual act with another person by: (i) using force against the victim. or causing another person to engage in. 2009 Definitions. Application of Subsection (b)(1). enticing.—For purposes of subsection (c)(1). § 1591(e)(3). is considered a participant only if that victim assisted in the promoting of a commercial sex act or prohibited sexual conduct in respect to another victim.C.C. inducing. or without the knowledge or permission of the victim. or (iv) administering by force or threat of force. a sexual act with another person by threatening or placing the victim in fear (other 3. 4.S. (iii) rendering the victim unconscious. § 2242. or coercing a person to engage in a commercial sex act. If bodily injury results.

C.S. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2G1. § 1591(b)(1). amendment 538). 2009 (see Appendix C.S. effective November 1. November 1. amendment 592). § 2422(b) or § 2423(a). amendment 322). 30. § 1591(b)(2). serious bodily injury. persuaded. 2002 (see Appendix C. Upward Departure Provision. Promoting a Commercial Sex Act or Prohibited Sexual Conduct with a Minor. otherwise. each such victim shall be treated as if contained in a separate count of conviction. Transportation of Minors to Engage in a Commercial Sex Act or Prohibited Sexual Conduct. amendment 664). was deleted by consolidation with §2G1. May 1. 28. 6. 1996 (see Appendix C. Special Instruction at Subsection (d)(1). 1989 (see Appendix C. amendment 627). 2007 (see Appendix C. 1990 (see Appendix C. In addition. Travel to Engage in Commercial Sex Act or Prohibited Sexual Conduct with a Minor. amendment 641). §2G1. November 1. §2G1. Part D (Multiple Counts). multiple counts involving more than one victim are not to be grouped together under §3D1. or travel to engage in. or coerced to engage in. amendments 159 and 160). or (ii) engaging in. 1992 (see Appendix C. November 1. amendment 538). enticed. the sexual act.3. a commercial sex act or prohibited sexual conduct is to be treated as a separate victim. 1996 (see Appendix C. amendment 400). (4) – 203 – . if the defendant was convicted under 18 U. 1987. November 1. amendments 157 and 158). 1987. if the defendant was convicted under 18 U. an upward departure may be warranted. amendment 612). 2001 (see Appendix C. Historical Note: Effective November 1. amendment 444). November 1. Use of Interstate Facilities to Transport Information about a Minor (a) Base Offense Level: (1) (2) (3) 34.C. or kidnapping). subsection (d)(1) directs that if the relevant conduct of an offense of conviction includes the promoting of a commercial sex act or prohibited sexual conduct in respect to more than one victim. November 1.C. November 1.November 1. or 24. Amended effective November 1.1 effective November 1.3 than by threatening or placing the victim in fear that any person will be subject to death. November 1. 2001 (see Appendix C. 1989 (see Appendix C. each person transported. 2000 (see Appendix C. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2G1.—If the offense involved more than ten victims. amended effective November 1. 2004 (see Appendix C. whether specifically cited in the count of conviction. if the defendant was convicted under 18 U. November 1. a sexual act with a victim who is incapable of appraising the nature of the conduct or who is physically incapable of declining participation in. Sex Trafficking of Children. amendment 323). November 1. 1991 (see Appendix C.2 (Transportation of a Minor for the Purpose of Prostitution or Prohibited Sexual Conduct).2 (Groups of Closely Related Counts).S. 5. 1990 (see Appendix C. and November 1.2. or communicating unwillingness to engage in. or causing another person to engage in. amendment 737).—For the purposes of Chapter Three. amendment 701). induced. Consequently.

1 (Sexually Exploiting a Minor by Production of Sexually Explicit Visual or Printed Material.S. apply §2A1. If the offense involved conduct described in 18 U. increase by 2 levels. increase by 2 levels. relative. transporting. or legal guardian of the minor. § 1111 had such killing taken place within the territorial or maritime jurisdiction of the United States. care. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. offer.1 (First Degree Murder).3 (b) GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. or supervisory control of the defendant. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.C. If the offense involved interstate travel with intent to engage in a sexual act with a minor who had not attained the age of 12 years. 2009 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If (A) the defendant was a parent. entice. or (B) subsection (a)(3) or (a)(4) applies and the offense involved a commercial sex act. coerce. increase by 8 levels.§2G1. apply §2G2. increase by 2 levels. Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse). or knowingly engaging in a sexual act with a minor who had not (2) (3) – 204 – . If (A) subsection (a)(3) or (a)(4) applies. § 2241 or § 2242.C. increase by 2 levels. If a minor was killed under circumstances that would constitute murder under 18 U. or facilitate the travel of. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. apply §2A3.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse. If the offense involved the use of a computer or an interactive computer service to (A) persuade. or facilitate the travel of. Custodian Permitting Minor to Engage in Sexually Explicit Conduct. a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct for the purpose of producing a visual depiction of such conduct. If (A) the offense involved the knowing misrepresentation of a participant’s identity to persuade. If (A) the offense involved the commission of a sex act or sexual contact. or offering or seeking by notice or advertisement. induce. Advertisement for Minors to Engage in Production). or solicit a person to engage in prohibited sexual conduct with the minor. and (B) the offense involved a minor who had not attained the age of 12 years. induce. or (B) entice. or (B) a participant otherwise unduly influenced a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. the minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. (2) (3) (4) (5) (c) Cross References (1) If the offense involved causing. or (B) the minor was otherwise in the custody. entice. permitting. coerce.S. encourage.

coercion. 2421 (only if the offense involved a minor).S.S.November 1.S. "Illicit sexual conduct" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.C.—For purposes of this guideline: "Commercial sex act" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. § 2246(3). Part D (Multiple Counts) shall be applied as if the persuasion. "Minor" means (A) an individual who had not attained the age of 18 years. § 1328 (only if the offense involved a minor). "Participant" has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §3B1. Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse). and (ii) could be provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually explicit conduct. – 205 – .C.C. 2425. § 1030(e)(1). 2422 (only if the offense involved a minor). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2G1. enticement. 18 U. "Prohibited sexual conduct" has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §2A3.C.S. "Sexual act" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. Definitions. "Sexual contact" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.C. or transportation to engage in a commercial sex act or prohibited sexual conduct of each victim had been contained in a separate count of conviction. travel.S.1 (Aggravating Role). who a law enforcement officer represented to a participant (i) had not attained the age of 18 years. Application Notes: 1.1 shall apply. regardless of the "consent" of the minor. whether fictitious or not.C.C.3 attained the age of 12 years.C.S. Chapter Three. § 1591(e)(3). or (C) an undercover law enforcement officer who represented to a participant that the officer had not attained the age of 18 years. §2A3. (B) an individual. "Computer" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 8 U. § 2246(2). § 230(f)(2)). § 2423(f).1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse. §§ 1591 (only if the offense involved a minor).S. (d) Special Instruction (1) If the offense involved more than one minor. 2423.S. "Interactive computer service" has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.

Accordingly. Subsection (b)(2)(A) is intended to apply only to misrepresentations made directly to a minor or to a person who exercises custody. gender.— (A) Misrepresentation of Participant’s Identity. The voluntariness of the minor’s behavior may be compromised without prohibited sexual conduct occurring. use of a computer screen name. entice. coerce. In a case in which a participant is at least 10 years older than the minor. Care.—Subsection (b)(1) is intended to have broad application and includes offenses involving a victim less than 18 years of age entrusted to the defendant. Inapplicability of Chapter Three Adjustment. the enhancement in subsection (b)(2)(A) would not apply to a misrepresentation made by a participant to an airline representative in the course of making travel arrangements for the minor. The misrepresentation to which the enhancement in subsection (b)(2)(A) may apply includes misrepresentation of a participant’s name. do not apply §3B1. For example. teachers. induce. some degree of undue influence can be presumed because of the substantial difference in age between the participant and the minor. age. Application of Subsection (b)(3).—In determining whether subsection (b)(2)(B) applies. coerce. or Supervisory Control. whether temporarily or permanently. In determining whether to apply this enhancement. 2009 Application of Subsection (b)(1). day care providers. a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. or supervisory control of the minor. (B) 3. the court should look to the actual relationship that existed between the defendant and the minor and not simply to the legal status of the defendant-minor relationship. subsection (b)(2)(B) does not apply in a case in which the only "minor" (as defined in Application Note 1) involved in the offense is an undercover law enforcement officer. Application of Subsection (b)(2).— (A) Custody. occupation. (B) Undue Influence. or other temporary caretakers are among those who would be subject to this enhancement. induce. care. would not be a sufficient basis for application of the enhancement. Accordingly. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).—Subsection (b)(3) is intended to apply only to the use of a computer or an interactive computer service to communicate directly with a minor or with a – 206 – . or facilitate the travel of. a minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. or facilitate the travel of. 4. the court should closely consider the facts of the case to determine whether a participant’s influence over the minor compromised the voluntariness of the minor’s behavior. baby-sitters. entice. there shall be a rebuttable presumption that subsection (b)(2)(B) applies. However. or status. In such a case.3 2.—If the enhancement under subsection (b)(1) applies. as long as the misrepresentation was made with the intent to persuade.§2G1. without such intent.—The enhancement in subsection (b)(2)(A) applies in cases involving the misrepresentation of a participant’s identity to persuade.

(b). for example. a sexual act with another person: (I) using force against the minor. transporting. for purposes of subsection (c)(3): (i) Conduct described in 18 U. or kidnapping. a drug. Conduct described in 18 U. § 2241(c) is: (I) interstate travel with intent to engage in a sexual act with a minor who has not attained the age of 12 years. permitting.S. coercing. a sexual act with a minor who is incapable of appraising the nature of the conduct or who is physically incapable of declining participation in. or causing another person to engage in. the enhancement in subsection (b)(3) would not apply to the use of a computer or an interactive computer service to obtain airline tickets for the minor from an airline’s Internet site. This provision would apply.S. (II) knowingly engaging in a sexual act with a minor who has not attained the age of 12 years.C. 5. § 2242 is: (I) engaging in.S. or without the knowledge or permission of the minor.C.C. or in a case in which the ability of the minor to appraise or control conduct was substantially impaired by drugs or alcohol. "sexually explicit conduct" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct for the purpose of producing any visual depiction of such conduct. the sexual act. enticing. (B) (ii) (iii) – 207 – . Conduct described in 18 U. or supervisory control of the minor. or (IV) administering by force or threat of force. § 2241 means conduct described in 18 U.3 person who exercises custody. inducing. conduct described in 18 U.S.C. Application of Subsection (c). Accordingly.S.S. a sexual act with another person by threatening or placing the minor in fear (other than by threatening or placing the minor in fear that any person will be subject to death. advertisement or other method. or (II) engaging in. Accordingly. § 2241(a). or causing another person to engage in. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2G1. or other similar substance and thereby substantially impairing the ability of the minor to appraise or control conduct. § 2241(a) and (b) with a minor who has attained the age of 12 years but has not attained the age of 16 years (and is at least 4 years younger than the person so engaging). serious bodily injury. intoxicant.S. or kidnapping). or offering or seeking by notice. Application of Subsection (c)(3). (II) threatening or placing the minor in fear that any person will be subject to death. or (c).—For purposes of subsection (c)(3). if any dangerous weapon was used or brandished.— (A) Application of Subsection (c)(1). § 2241(a) or (b) is engaging in. (III) rendering the minor unconscious. or causing another person to engage in. or communicating unwillingness to engage in. serious bodily injury.—The cross reference in subsection (c)(1) is to be construed broadly and includes all instances in which the offense involved employing.C. persuading.C. or (III) knowingly engaging in a sexual act under the circumstances described in 18 U. § 2256(2).November 1.C. using. For purposes of subsection (c)(1). care.

2004 (see Appendix C. amendments 732 and 737). induced.3 6. (Apply the greater) If the offense involved— (A) the commission of a sexual act or sexual contact.S. In addition. increase by 4 levels. each minor transported. Custodian Permitting Minor to Engage in Sexually Explicit Conduct. or (i) the commission of a sexual act. 2009 (see Appendix C. increase by 2 levels. Part D (Multiple Counts).—If the offense involved more than ten minors. or travel to engage in. * * * * * 2. amendment 664).C.2 (Groups of Closely Related Counts). November 1. Sexually Exploiting a Minor by Production of Sexually Explicit Visual or Printed Material.§2G1. If the defendant was a parent. a commercial sex act or prohibited sexual conduct is to be treated as a separate minor. increase by 2 levels. (2) (B) (3) (4) If the offense involved distribution. and (ii) conduct described in 18 U. Upward Departure Provision. Amended effective November 1. or (B) attained the age of twelve years but not attained the age of sixteen years. whether specifically cited in the count of conviction.1. 2007 (see Appendix C. multiple counts involving more than one minor are not to be grouped together under §3D1.—For the purposes of Chapter Three. enticed. 2009 Application of Subsection (d)(1). or legal guardian of the minor (5) – 208 – . Consequently. increase by 4 levels. increase by 2 levels. an upward departure may be warranted. § 2241(a) or (b). 7. or coerced to engage in. Advertisement for Minors to Engage in Production (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 32 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the offense involved a minor who had (A) not attained the age of twelve years. each such minor shall be treated as if contained in a separate count of conviction. relative. If the offense involved material that portrays sadistic or masochistic conduct or other depictions of violence. amendment 701). Historical Note: Effective November 1. subsection (d)(1) directs that if the relevant conduct of an offense of conviction includes travel or transportation to engage in a commercial sex act or prohibited sexual conduct in respect to more than one minor. increase by 4 levels. SEXUAL EXPLOITATION OF A MINOR §2G2. persuaded. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.

or facilitate the travel of. care. advertisement. or to otherwise solicit participation by a minor in such conduct.S. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. and transportation. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S. distribution includes posting material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor on a website for public viewing but does not include the mere solicitation of such material by a defendant. or (ii) solicit participation with a minor in sexually explicit conduct. Part D (Multiple Counts) shall be applied as if the exploitation of each minor had been contained in a separate count of conviction. coerce.S. Definitions. for the purpose of producing sexually explicit material or for the purpose of transmitting such material live. induce.C. increase by 2 levels. "Interactive computer service" has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U. "Distribution" means any act. § 230(f)(2)). Application Notes: 1. – 209 – . transmission. as defined in 18 U. entice. (6) If. a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct. increase by 2 levels.1 involved in the offense.November 1. entice. 2260(a). related to the transfer of material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor. apply §2A1.S.C. §§ 1591.1 (First Degree Murder). coerce. or facilitate the travel of.C. (c) Cross Reference (1) If the victim was killed in circumstances that would constitute murder under 18 U. Chapter Three.S. or supervisory control of the defendant. § 2256. or if the minor was otherwise in the custody.—For purposes of this guideline: "Computer" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. induce. the offense involved (A) the knowing misrepresentation of a participant’s identity to persuade.C. "Material" includes a visual depiction. or (B) the use of a computer or an interactive computer service to (i) persuade. Accordingly. (d) Special Instruction (1) If the offense involved the exploitation of more than one minor. 2251(a)-(c). 2251(d)(1)(B). production. including possession with intent to distribute. a minor to engage sexually explicit conduct. § 1111 had such killing taken place within the territorial or maritime jurisdiction of the United States. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2G2. § 1030(e)(1).C.

the enhancement in subsection (b)(6)(A) would not apply to a misrepresentation made by a participant to an airline representative in the course of making travel arrangements for the minor. and (ii) could be provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually explicit conduct. 2009 "Minor" means (A) an individual who had not attained the age of 18 years.—For purposes of subsection (b)(2): "Conduct described in 18 U. coerce.— (A) In General.S. the court should look to the actual relationship that existed between the defendant and the minor and not simply to the legal status of the defendant-minor relationship.—If the enhancement in subsection (b)(5) applies. 3. or in a case in which the ability of the minor to appraise or control conduct was substantially impaired by drugs or alcohol. (B) 4. In determining whether to apply this adjustment.S.C. or supervisory control of the minor. This provision would apply. (B) an individual.—The enhancement in subsection (b)(6)(A) applies in cases involving the misrepresentation of a participant’s identity to persuade. teachers. Inapplicability of Chapter Three Adjustment. "Sexual contact" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. who a law enforcement officer represented to a participant (i) had not attained the age of 18 years. or (C) an undercover law enforcement officer who represented to a participant that the officer had not attained the age of 18 years. (iii) rendering the minor unconscious. whether temporarily or permanently. care.§2G2. § 2246(2). Application of Subsection (b)(2).C.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill). Subsection (b)(6)(A) is intended to apply only to misrepresentations made directly to a minor or to a person who exercises custody. or without the knowledge or permission of the minor.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. or facilitate the travel of. day care providers. or (iv) administering by force or threat of force. a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct for the purpose of producing sexually explicit material or for the purpose of transmitting such material live.C. or kidnapping. "Sexual act" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.C.—Subsection (b)(5) is intended to have broad application and includes offenses involving a minor entrusted to the defendant. Application of Subsection (b)(5). "Sexually explicit conduct" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. do not apply §3B1. entice.S. serious bodily injury. Accordingly. – 210 – . baby-sitters. intoxicant. § 2246(3). Application of Subsection (b)(6). induce. § 2256(2). a drug. whether fictitious or not. 2. or other temporary caretakers are among those who would be subject to this enhancement. (ii) threatening or placing the minor in fear that any person will be subject to death. if any dangerous weapon was used or brandished. For example. or other similar substance and thereby substantially impairing the ability of the minor to appraise or control conduct. § 2241(a) or (b)" is: (i) using force against the minor.— (A) Misrepresentation of Participant’s Identity.S. for example.

Trafficking in Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor. entice. Possessing Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor with Intent to Traffic. occupation. (B) Use of a Computer or an Interactive Computer Service. November 1. Historical Note: Effective November 1. Subsection (d)(1) directs that if the relevant conduct of an offense of conviction includes more than one minor being exploited. or status. Part D (Multiple Counts). amendment 575). amendments 733. multiple counts involving the exploitation of different minors are not to be grouped together under §3D1. 1997 (see Appendix C. 6. induce. amendment 664). whether specifically cited in the count of conviction or not. §2G2. May 1. amendment 627). without such intent. 2001 (see Appendix C. 736. amendment 161).—An upward departure may be warranted if the offense involved more than 10 minors. Receiving. if the defendant is convicted of 18 U. November 1. 5. or facilitate the travel of. or supervisory control of the minor. November 1. Consequently. 2001 (see Appendix C. 1990 (see Appendix C. or facilitate the travel of. § 2252A(a)(5). age. gender.—Subsection (b)(6)(B) provides an enhancement if the offense involved the use of a computer or an interactive computer service to persuade. each minor exploited is to be treated as a separate minor. Shipping.2. November 1. amendment 612). November 1. each such minor shall be treated as if contained in a separate count of conviction. Transporting. a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct for the purpose of producing sexually explicit material or for the purpose of transmitting such material live. Subsection (b)(6)(B) is intended to apply only to the use of a computer or an interactive computer service to communicate directly with a minor or with a person who exercises custody. induce. 1996 (see Appendix C.S. Accordingly. use of a computer screen name. Accordingly. a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct for the purpose of producing sexually explicit material or for the purpose of transmitting such material live or otherwise to solicit participation by a minor in such conduct for such purposes. § 2252(a)(4).November 1. November 1. Upward Departure Provision. § 1466A(b). and 737). November 1. Soliciting. or § 2252A(a)(7).2 The misrepresentation to which the enhancement in subsection (b)(6)(A) may apply includes misrepresentation of a participant’s name. Possessing Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor (a) Base Offense Level: (1) 18. amendment 592). the enhancement would not apply to the use of a computer or an interactive computer service to obtain airline tickets for the minor from an airline’s Internet site. 2000 (see Appendix C. 2009 (see Appendix C. amendment 400). coerce. Application of Subsection (d)(1).C. or Advertising Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor. 1991 (see Appendix C. 2003 (see Appendix C. amendment 537). care. Amended effective November 1. 1989 (see Appendix C. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2G2. entice. 1987.—For the purposes of Chapter Three. November 1. coerce. – 211 – . amendment 661). 2004 (see Appendix C. November 1. as long as the misrepresentation was made with the intent to persuade.2 (Groups of Closely Related Counts). would not be a sufficient basis for application of the enhancement. amendment 324).

If the offense involved— (5) (6) (7) – 212 – . transmission. or facilitate the travel of. Distribution other than distribution described in subdivisions (A) through (E). increase by 5 levels. and Fraud) corresponding to the retail value of the material. or distribution of the material. If the offense involved the use of a computer or an interactive computer service for the possession. If the defendant engaged in a pattern of activity involving the sexual abuse or exploitation of a minor. such material. increase by the number of levels from the table in §2B1. decrease by 2 levels. or for accessing with intent to view the material. Distribution to a minor. receipt. (B) the defendant’s conduct was limited to the receipt or solicitation of material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor.2 (2) (b) GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.1 (Theft. Distribution for the receipt. If the material involved a prepubescent minor or a minor who had not attained the age of 12 years. increase by 2 levels. or distribute. induce.§2G2. and (C) the defendant did not intend to traffic in. coerce. otherwise. entice. Distribution to a minor that was intended to persuade. of a thing of value. 2009 22. increase by 4 levels. induce. but not for pecuniary gain. increase by 5 levels. increase by 6 levels. (Apply the greatest) If the offense involved: (A) Distribution for pecuniary gain. (2) (3) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (4) If the offense involved material that portrays sadistic or masochistic conduct or other depictions of violence. increase by 2 levels. increase by 2 levels. increase by 7 levels. Distribution to a minor that was intended to persuade. other than illegal activity covered under subdivision (E). increase by 5 levels. or expectation of receipt. or coerce the minor to engage in any illegal activity. the minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If (A) subsection (a)(2) applies. but by not less than 5 levels. Property Destruction. entice.

Definitions. §§ 1466A. but not for profit. or expectation of receipt.—For purposes of this guideline: "Computer" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.1 (Sexually Exploiting a Minor by Production of Sexually Explicit Visual or Printed Material. but not for pecuniary gain" means any transaction. at least 300 images.November 1.2 (A) (B) (C) (D) (c) at least 10 images. "Distribution for pecuniary gain" means distribution for profit. 2260(b).S.S. Advertisement for Minors to Engage in Production). increase by 5 levels. Accordingly. Custodian Permitting Minor to Engage in Sexually Explicit Conduct. transporting. that is conducted for a thing of value. related to the transfer of material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor. but fewer than 150. "Thing of value" means anything of valuable consideration. apply §2G2. "Distribution" means any act. but fewer than 300. but fewer than 600. distribution includes posting material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor on a website for public viewing but does not include the mere solicitation of such material by a defendant. including bartering or other in-kind transaction. including possession with intent to distribute. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2G2. advertisement. increase by 3 levels.C. at least 150 images.C. § 1030(e)(1). of a thing of value. a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct for the purpose of producing a visual depiction of such conduct or for the purpose of transmitting a live visual depiction of such conduct. 2252. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. or offering or seeking by notice or advertisement. and transportation. the "thing of value" is the child pornographic material received in exchange for other child pornographic material bartered in consideration for the material received. and 600 or more images. – 213 – . "Distribution to a minor" means the knowing distribution to an individual who is a minor at the time of the offense. For example. 2252A(a)-(b). production. "Distribution for the receipt. in a case involving the bartering of child pornographic material. Cross Reference (1) If the offense involved causing. permitting. Application Notes: 1. transmission. increase by 4 levels. increase by 2 levels.

S.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse.S.S.C. whether fictitious or not. § 2256(8). Application of Subsection (b)(7). picture. Application of Subsection (b)(5). or any similar visual depiction shall be considered to be one image. 4. regardless of whether the defendant specifically intended to possess. or (C) an attempt or conspiracy to commit any of the offenses under subdivisions (A) or (B). computer or computer-generated image. access with intent to view. 2009 "Interactive computer service" has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.—Subsection (b)(4) applies if the offense involved material that portrays sadistic or masochistic conduct or other depictions of violence. § 2251(a)-(c). § 2260(b). § 230(f)(2)). (B) involved the same minor. (B) an offense under state law. "Sexual abuse or exploitation" does not include possession. or distribute such materials. receive. as defined in 18 U.C. § 2242. § 2421.§2G2. § 2422. Part A (Criminal History). "Minor" means (A) an individual who had not attained the age of 18 years.C. Application of Subsection (b)(4). "Pattern of activity involving the sexual abuse or exploitation of a minor" means any combination of two or more separate instances of the sexual abuse or sexual exploitation of a minor by the defendant. "Sexual abuse or exploitation" means any of the following: (A) conduct described in 18 U.S. Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse). receipt. (B) – 214 – . as defined in 18 U.—For purposes of determining the number of images under subsection (b)(7): (i) Each photograph. or § 2423. or (C) resulted in a conviction for such conduct. 2. § 2256. If the number of 3. that would have been an offense under any such section if the offense had occurred within the special maritime or territorial jurisdiction of the United States. (B) an individual.—"Images" means any visual depiction.2 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. and (ii) could be provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually explicit conduct. that constitutes child pornography. "Prohibited sexual conduct" has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §2A3. § 2256(5). or (C) an undercover law enforcement officer who represented to a participant that the officer had not attained the age of 18 years.C. § 2251A. or trafficking in material relating to the sexual abuse or exploitation of a minor.C. Determining the Number of Images. who a law enforcement officer represented to a participant (i) had not attained the age of 18 years.— (A) Definition of "Images". § 2243.—A conviction taken into account under subsection (b)(5) is not excluded from consideration of whether that conviction receives criminal history points pursuant to Chapter Four. § 2241. whether or not the abuse or exploitation (A) occurred during the course of the offense. accessing with intent to view. § 2251(d)(1)(B).S. as defined in 18 U. "Material" includes a visual depiction.

amendment 31). a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct for the purpose of producing any visual depiction of such conduct or for the purpose of transmitting live any visual depiction of such conduct. effective April 30. movie. Cases Involving Adapted or Modified Depictions. Amended effective June 15.—If the offense involved material that is an adapted or modified depiction of an identifiable minor (e. 2000 (see Appendix C. If the length of the visual depiction is substantially more than 5 minutes. 2003. November 1..S. 5. November 1.—If the defendant engaged in the sexual abuse or exploitation of a minor at any time (whether or not such abuse or exploitation occurred during the course of the offense or resulted in a conviction for such conduct) and subsection (b)(5) does not apply. 1988 (see Appendix C. using. 1997 (see Appendix C. a case in which the defendant is convicted under 18 U. Background: Section 401(i)(1)(C) of Public Law 108–21 directly amended subsection (b) to add subdivision (7). 1996 (see Appendix C.g. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2G2. transporting.3 images substantially underrepresents the number of minors depicted. video-clip. §2G2. enticing. Historical Note: Effective November 1. an upward departure may be warranted. 1990 (see Appendix C. 7. 1991 (see Appendix C.November 1. 1991 (see Appendix C.S. November 1. In addition.— (A) In General. November 1. permitting. Definition.3. amendment 325). 2009 (see Appendix C. (B) 6. amendment 649). Selling or Buying of Children for Use in the Production of Pornography (a) Base Offense Level: 38 Commentary – 215 – .—"Sexually explicit conduct" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.C. or offering or seeking by notice or advertisement.C. amendment 664). (ii) Each video. amendment 592). 2003 (see Appendix C. an upward departure may be warranted. § 2252A(a)(7)). November 27. persuading. November 1. amendment 617). the term "material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor" includes such material. April 30. Upward Departure Provision. 2004 (see Appendix C. amendment 435). November 1.—The cross reference in subsection (c)(1) is to be construed broadly and includes all instances where the offense involved employing. amendments 733 and 736). or similar visual depiction shall be considered to have 75 images. amendment 661). inducing. an upward departure may be warranted if the defendant received an enhancement under subsection (b)(5) but that enhancement does not adequately reflect the seriousness of the sexual abuse or exploitation involved. an upward departure may be warranted. coercing. November 1. 2003 (see Appendix C. § 2256(2). amendment 537). November 1. amendment 372). 1987. Application of Subsection (c)(1). 2001 (see Appendix C. November 1. amendment 575).

amendment 372). 1991 (see Appendix C. apply §2G2.2 (Trafficking in Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor.S. was deleted by consolidation with §2G2.S. If the offense reflected an effort to conceal a substantive offense that involved trafficking in material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor (including receiving. 2004 (see Appendix C. amendment 592).C.C. Historical Note: Effective November 1.C. or Possessing Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor with Intent to Traffic). 2009 Statutory Provision: 18 U. 1991 (see Appendix C. Failure to Provide Required Marks in Commercial Electronic Email (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 6 Cross References (1) If the offense reflected an effort to conceal a substantive offense that involved causing.2 effective November 1. amendment 664). transporting. or possessing material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor with intent to traffic). §§ 2257. 2000 (see Appendix C. amendment 372).§2G2. Advertisement for Minors to Engage in Production).3 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. November 1.4.S.5. – 216 – . a minor to engage in sexually explicit conduct for the purpose of producing a visual depiction of such conduct. Amended effective November 1. 18 U. Custodian Permitting Minor to Engage in Sexually Explicit Conduct. or offering or seeking by notice or advertisement. 2009 (see Appendix C.1 (Sexually Exploiting a Minor by Production of Sexually Explicit Visual or Printed Material. amendment 701). [Deleted] Historical Note: Effective November 1. Receiving. 1989 (see Appendix C. § 2251A. Recordkeeping Offenses Involving the Production of Sexually Explicit Materials. November 1. amendment 736). 2257A. 1996 (see Appendix C. Background: The statutory minimum sentence for a defendant convicted under 18 U. apply §2G2. amendment 649).C. April 30. §2G2. Amended effective November 1. §2G2. 2007 (see Appendix C. Amended effective November 27. (2) Commentary Statutory Provisions: 15 U. Transporting. November 1. amendment 436).S. 1991 (see Appendix C. § 2251A is thirty years imprisonment. transporting. permitting. Advertising. 2003 (see Appendix C. amendment 537). Historical Note: Effective November 1. § 7704(d). amendment 689). amendment 162). 2006 (see Appendix C. advertising.

2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2G2. (2) (3) (4) Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U. increase by 2 levels.S.—For purposes of this guideline: "Computer" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. or other temporary caretakers are among those who would be subject to this enhancement.C.6.C. Application of Subsection (b)(2). or legal guardian of a minor victim. increase by 4 levels. whether fictitious or not.S. If the offense involved conduct described in 18 U. relative. the – 217 – . or (B) had attained the age of 12 years but had not attained the age of 16 years.6 §2G2. 2. § 2241(a) or (b). and (ii) could be provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually explicit conduct. In determining whether to apply this enhancement. "Minor" means (A) an individual who had not attained the age of 18 years. or Supervisory Control. Application Notes: 1. Child Exploitation Enterprises (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 35 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If a victim (A) had not attained the age of 12 years.November 1. teachers. or (C) an undercover law enforcement officer who represented to a participant that the officer had not attained the age of 18 years. increase by 2 levels.— (A) Custody. baby-sitters.C. whether temporarily or permanently. § 1030(e)(1). § 2252A(g). or supervisory control of the defendant. or (B) a minor victim was otherwise in the custody. If (A) the defendant was a parent. For example.S. Care. (B) an individual. day care providers. "Interactive computer service" has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U. increase by 2 levels. If a computer or an interactive computer service was used in furtherance of the offense. care.—Subsection (b)(2) is intended to have broad application and includes offenses involving a victim less than 18 years of age entrusted to the defendant. who a law enforcement officer represented to a participant (i) had not attained the age of 18 years. § 230(f)(2)).S.C. increase by 2 levels. Definitions.

§ 2241(a) or (b)" is: (i) using force against the minor. (ii) threatening or placing the minor in fear that any person will be subject to death. or other similar substance and thereby substantially impairing the ability of the minor to appraise or control conduct.C. amendment 701).§2G2. increase by 5 levels. 3. intoxicant. OBSCENITY §2G3. but by not less than 5 levels. Importing. or Transporting Obscene Matter. 2009 court should look to the actual relationship that existed between the defendant and the minor and not simply to the legal status of the defendant-minor relationship. Distribution to a minor that was intended to persuade. other (B) (C) (D) – 218 – . Distribution to a minor. increase by 5 levels. of a thing of value. entice. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 2007 (see Appendix C. Transferring Obscene Matter to a Minor.S.6 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. (B) Inapplicability of Chapter Three Adjustment. "conduct described in 18 U. or in a case in which the ability of the minor to appraise or control conduct was substantially impaired by drugs or alcohol. for example. induce. do not apply §3B1. * * * * * 3. or without the knowledge or permission of the minor. a drug. or coerce the minor to engage in any illegal activity.1 (Theft. or kidnapping. Distribution for the receipt. This provision would apply. Application of Subsection (b)(3). serious bodily injury. or (iv) administering by force or threat of force. Property Destruction. (iii) rendering the minor unconscious. if any dangerous weapon was used or brandished. and Fraud) corresponding to the retail value of the material. Mailing. but not for pecuniary gain.1. or expectation of receipt.—If the enhancement under subsection (b)(2) applies. Misleading Domain Names (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 10 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) (Apply the Greatest) If the offense involved: (A) Distribution for pecuniary gain. increase by the number of levels from the table in §2B1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).—For purposes of subsection (b)(3).

1465.S.—For purposes of this guideline: "Computer" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.1 than illegal activity covered under subdivision (E). If the offense involved the use of a computer or an interactive computer service. the minor to engage in prohibited sexual conduct. (E) Distribution to a minor that was intended to persuade. 2252B. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). increase by 6 levels. Transporting. receiving. increase by 4 levels. If the offense involved material that portrays sadistic or masochistic conduct or other depictions of violence. induce.C. Definitions. and transportation. or Advertising Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor. possessing. the offense involved the use of (A) a misleading domain name on the Internet. related to the transfer of obscene matter. or (B) embedded words or digital images in the source code of a website.November 1. Shipping. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2G3. § 1030(e)(1). advertisement. Possessing Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor with Intent to Traffic. with the intent to deceive a minor into viewing material that is harmful to minors.2 (Trafficking in Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor. entice. apply §2G2. 1466. Accordingly. Application Notes: 1. Soliciting.S. "Distribution" means any act. For additional statutory provision(s). Distribution other than distribution described in subdivisions (A) through (E). §§ 1460-1463. increase by 2 levels. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. Possessing Material Involving the Sexual Exploitation of a Minor). distributing. (3) (4) (c) Cross Reference (1) If the offense involved transporting. increase by 7 levels. Receiving. – 219 – . 2252C.C. or facilitate the travel of. (F) (2) If. production. or advertising to receive material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor. increase by 2 levels. coerce. including possession with intent to distribute. 1470. increase by 2 levels. distribution includes posting material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor on a website for public viewing but does not include the mere solicitation of such material by a defendant.

§ 230(f)(2)).S. Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse). that is conducted for a thing of value. amendment 664). amendment 163). November 1. who a law enforcement officer represented to a participant (i) had not attained the age of 18 years.C. "Sexually explicit conduct" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. 2000 (see Appendix C. "Distribution to a minor" means the knowing distribution to an individual who is a minor at the time of the offense.S. amendment 736). Inapplicability of Subsection (b)(3).C. but not for profit.—If the defendant is convicted of 18 U. amendment 701). amendment 372). 1987. receive. the offense level under this section generally will be at least 15.S.C. Application of Subsection (b)(4).1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse. 3. or (C) an undercover law enforcement officer who represented to a participant that the officer had not attained the age of 18 years. 2009 "Distribution for pecuniary gain" means distribution for profit. "Distribution for the receipt. "Thing of value" means anything of valuable consideration. "Material that is harmful to minors" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. Consequently. regardless of whether the defendant specifically intended to possess. 2009 (see Appendix C. 1990 (see Appendix C. § 2256(2). amendment 592). subsection (b)(3) shall not apply.§2G3. of a thing of value.S. but not for pecuniary gain" means any transaction. including bartering or other in-kind transaction. 1989 (see Appendix C. Amended effective November 1. 2. § 2252B or § 2252C. 2001 (see Appendix C. Historical Note: Effective November 1. November 1. November 1. November 1. 1991 (see Appendix C. and (ii) could be provided for the purposes of engaging in sexually explicit conduct. (B) an individual. 2007 (see Appendix C. Background: Most federal prosecutions for offenses covered in this guideline are directed to offenses involving distribution for pecuniary gain.C. amendment 437). November 27. 1991 (see Appendix C. "Minor" means (A) an individual who had not attained the age of 18 years.—Subsection (b)(4) applies if the offense involved material that portrays sadistic or masochistic conduct or other depictions of violence. "Prohibited sexual conduct" has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §2A3. – 220 – . November 1. amendment 617). 2004 (see Appendix C. November 1. whether fictitious or not. amendment 326). or distribute such materials. or expectation of receipt. November 1. § 2252B(d). "Interactive computer service" has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.

– 221 – . 47 U.1 (Importing.1 (Theft. was deleted effective November 1. or if a broadcast was made between six o’clock in the morning and eleven o’clock at night. and Fraud) corresponding to the volume of commerce attributable to the defendant is greater than the offense level determined above. increase to that offense level.C. If 6 plus the offense level from the table in §2B1. Broadcasting Obscene Material (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 12 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If a person who received the telephonic communication was less than eighteen years of age.2 §2G3. Background: Subsection (b)(1) provides an enhancement where an obscene telephonic communication was received by a minor less than 18 years of age or where a broadcast was made during a time when such minors were likely to receive it.C. effective November 1. 2001 (see Appendix C. Subsection (b)(2) provides an enhancement for large-scale "dial-a-porn" or obscene broadcasting operations that results in an offense level comparable to the offense level for such operations under §2G3. A former §2G3. amendment 617). Obscene Telephone Communications for a Commercial Purpose. §§ 1464. Property Destruction. Historical Note: Effective November 1. increase by 4 levels. 1989 (see Appendix C.S. § 223(b)(1)(A). 1468. Transferring Obscene Matter to a Minor).November 1. November 1.S.2 (Obscene or Indecent Telephone Communications). 2000 (see Appendix C. (2) Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. amendment 592). The extent to which the obscene material was distributed is approximated by the volume of commerce attributable to the defendant. amendment 164). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2G3. or Transporting Obscene Matter. amendment 164). Amended effective November 1. 1987.2. Mailing. 1989 (see Appendix C.

Subpart 1. 42 U. or one instance of assault and one instance of arson). or (B) property damage or the threat of property damage. increase by 6 levels.. was deleted effective November 1. In certain cases. or local law (other than an offense that is itself covered under Chapter Two. 2009 PART H . use the following comparative procedure to determine the applicable base offense level: (i) determine the underlying offenses encompassed within the count of conviction as if the defendant had been charged with a conspiracy to commit multiple offenses. 248. (2) (3) (4) (b) Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If (A) the defendant was a public official at the time of the offense. See Application Note 4 of §1B1. §§ 241.S.C. 246. amendment 521). 1987. Offenses Involving Individual Rights (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the Greatest): (1) the offense level from the offense guideline applicable to any underlying offense. 242.e.§2H1.1. conduct set forth in the count of conviction may constitute more than one underlying offense (e.. or (B) the offense was committed under color of law. and (iii) compare each of the Chapter Two offense levels determined above with the alternative base offense level under subsection – 222 – . effective November 1. 1091. 1995 (see Appendix C.S. 12. state. otherwise.C. CIVIL RIGHTS Historical Note: Introductory Commentary to Part H. 245(b). if the offense involved two or more participants. (ii) determine the Chapter Two offense level (i. Application Notes: 1. two instances of assault. In such cases. cross references. §2H1. or 6.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. the base offense level.2 (Applicable Guidelines). § 3631. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. specific offense characteristics.g. Subpart 1). "Offense guideline applicable to any underlying offense" means the offense guideline applicable to any conduct established by the offense of conviction that constitutes an offense under federal.OFFENSES INVOLVING INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS 1. Part H. 247. if the offense involved (A) the use or threat of force against a person. and special instructions) for each such underlying offense. 10.

1987.1(b) applies. amendment 165). was deleted by consolidation with §2H1.1(a) will not apply. 3. use the Chapter Two offense levels for each of the underlying offenses (with each underlying offense treated as if contained in a separate count of conviction). 1995 (see Appendix C.1 effective November 1. amendment 521). §2H1. 4. the court at sentencing determines beyond a reasonable doubt that the defendant intentionally selected any victim or any property as the object of the offense because of the actual or perceived race. amendment 521). The burning or defacement of a religious symbol with an intent to intimidate shall be deemed to involve the threat of force against a person for the purposes of subsection (a)(3)(A). 1989 (see Appendix C. – 223 – . 1989 (see Appendix C. the conduct taken as a whole).2. in the case of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere. amended effective November 1.1 effective November 1. amended effective November 1.4 (Interference with Civil Rights Under Color of Law). November 1. amendment 591). 1990 (see Appendix C. See §3A1. effective November 1. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2H1. November 1. national origin.1(c).1(a) will apply.3 (Use of Force or Threat of Force to Deny Benefits or Rights in Furtherance of Discrimination. "Participant" is defined in the Commentary to §3B1. 1989 (see Appendix C. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2H1. or to the Chapter Two offense levels for each of the underlying offenses. 1995 (see Appendix C. disability. religion. effective November 1. 1989 (see Appendix C. however. amended effective November 1. 1987. as appropriate.1 effective November 1. 5.November 1. 2. 2000 (see Appendix C. amendment 166).4 (a)(2). Otherwise. amendment 303). do not apply §3B1. §2H1.e. was deleted by consolidation with §2H1. 1990 (see Appendix C. effective November 1. amendment 303). 1991 (see Appendix C. Historical Note: Effective November 1. Damage to Religious Real Property). If the finder of fact at trial or. or sexual orientation of any person. November 1. if a 6-level adjustment from §2H1. color. amendment 430). An adjustment from §3A1. 1987. gender. 1987. Then apply subsection (b) to the alternative base offense level.1 (Aggravating Role). [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2H1. 1995 (see Appendix C. amendment 521). ethnicity.3. Use the alternative base offense level only if it is greater than each of the Chapter Two offense levels determined above. If subsection (b)(1) applies. Amended effective November 1. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2H1. The determination of the applicable alternative base offense level is to be based on the entire conduct underlying the count of conviction (i. (3). was deleted by consolidation with §2H1.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill). amendments 313 and 327).4. an additional 3-level enhancement from §3A1. amendment 327). §2H1. or (4). November 1.2 (Conspiracy to Interfere with Civil Rights)..

bribery. Amended effective November 1. 597. 1973j(a). [Deleted] GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. – 224 – . 242. 1989 (see Appendix C. amendment 521). fraud. 593.S. amendment 661). an upward departure may be warranted. 1987. or 12. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). POLITICAL RIGHTS §2H2. effective November 1.5 §2H1. or (C) voted more than once in a federal election. (b). 594. Obstructing an Election or Registration (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest): (1) 18. November 1. Part K (Departures). or agreed to accept anything of value to vote. amendment 167) and November 1. if the obstruction occurred by use of force or threat of force against person(s) or property. deceit. 245(b)(1)(A). accepted.C.5. was deleted by consolidation with §2H1. 42 U. 1995 (see Appendix C. 2009 Historical Note: Section 2H1. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 1990 (see Appendix C. 1995 (see Appendix C. If the offense resulted in bodily injury or significant property damage.5 (Other Deprivations of Rights or Benefits in Furtherance of Discrimination). or involved corrupting a public official. Application Note: 1. §§ 241. except as provided in (3) below. amendment 168). if the defendant (A) solicited. amendment 534). §§ 1973i.§2H1. demanded.1 effective November 1. or register to vote. vote for or against a particular candidate. Part B (Role in the Offense). amendment 328). 1987.C. 1989 (see Appendix C. theft. (2) (3) Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. 2003 (see Appendix C. (B) gave false information to establish eligibility to vote. Background: Alternative base offense levels cover three major ways of obstructing an election: by force.1. amended effective November 1. or other means. 1015(f). or by bribery. 592. See Chapter Five. or 6. A defendant who is a public official or who directs others to engage in criminal conduct is subject to an enhancement from Chapter Three. by deceptive or dishonest conduct. if the obstruction occurred by forgery. For additional statutory provision(s). refrain from voting. November 1.S. * * * * * 2.

1 * * * * * 3. § 605. §§ 7213(a)(1)-(3). (Apply the greater) If— (A) the defendant is convicted under 18 U.C. increase by 8 levels.1. §§ 16962. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 8 U. 2511. PRIVACY AND EAVESDROPPING §2H3. (2) (B) (c) Cross Reference (1) If the purpose of the offense was to facilitate another offense. 7213A.S. 1039.S. or 6. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. § 119.S. § 1375a(d)(3)(C). increase by 3 levels.—If the offense involved interception of satellite cable transmissions for purposes of commercial advantage or private financial gain (including – 225 – . or (B) the purpose of the offense was to obtain direct or indirect commercial advantage or economic gain. For additional statutory provision(s). Eavesdropping. Satellite Cable Transmissions. apply the guideline applicable to an attempt to commit that other offense. increase by 10 levels. Interception of Communications. or the defendant is convicted under 18 U.C. (d)(5)(B). 42 U.C. Disclosure of Certain Private or Protected Information (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater): (1) (2) 9. 16984.S. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). 18 U. (b) Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If (A) the defendant is convicted under 18 U. if the offense of conviction has a statutory maximum term of imprisonment of one year or less but more than six months. and the offense involved the use of a computer or an interactive computer service to make restricted personal information about a covered person publicly available.C. § 1039(d) or (e).November 1. (a)(5). § 119.C.S.C.S. 7216.S. 1905. 26 U.C. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2H3. (d).C. Application Notes: 1.S. 47 U. §§ 119.

§2H3.1

GUIDELINES MANUAL

November 1, 2009

avoiding payment of fees), apply §2B5.3 (Criminal Infringement of Copyright) rather than this guideline. 2. Imposition of Sentence for 18 U.S.C. § 1039(d) and (e).—Subsections 1039(d) and (e) of title 18, United States Code, require a term of imprisonment of not more than 5 years to be imposed in addition to any sentence imposed for a conviction under 18 U.S.C. § 1039(a), (b), or (c). In order to comply with the statute, the court should determine the appropriate "total punishment" and divide the sentence on the judgment form between the sentence attributable to the conviction under 18 U.S.C. § 1039(d) or (e) and the sentence attributable to the conviction under 18 U.S.C. § 1039(a), (b), or (c), specifying the number of months to be served for the conviction under 18 U.S.C. § 1039(d) or (e). For example, if the applicable adjusted guideline range is 15-21 months and the court determines a "total punishment" of 21 months is appropriate, a sentence of 9 months for conduct under 18 U.S.C. § 1039(a) plus 12 months for 18 U.S.C. § 1039(d) conduct would achieve the "total punishment" in a manner that satisfies the statutory requirement. Inapplicability of Chapter Three (Adjustments).—If the enhancement under subsection (b)(2) applies, do not apply §3A1.2 (Official Victim). Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline: "Computer" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1030(e)(1). "Covered person" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 119(b). "Interactive computer service" has the meaning given that term in section 230(e)(2) of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. § 230(f)(2)). "Means of identification" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 1028(d)(7), except that such means of identification shall be of an actual (i.e., not fictitious) individual, other than the defendant or a person for whose conduct the defendant is accountable under §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct). "Personal information" means sensitive or private information involving an identifiable individual (including such information in the possession of a third party), including (A) medical records; (B) wills; (C) diaries; (D) private correspondence, including e-mail; (E) financial records; (F) photographs of a sensitive or private nature; or (G) similar information. "Restricted personal information" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 119(b). 5. Upward Departure.—There may be cases in which the offense level determined under this guideline substantially understates the seriousness of the offense. In such a case, an upward departure may be warranted. The following are examples of cases in which an upward departure may be warranted: (A) The offense involved personal information, means of identification, confidential phone records information, or tax return information of a substantial number of individuals.

3.

4.

– 226 –

November 1, 2009

GUIDELINES MANUAL

§2H3.3

(B)

The offense caused or risked substantial non-monetary harm (e.g. physical harm, psychological harm, or severe emotional trauma, or resulted in a substantial invasion of privacy interest) to individuals whose private or protected information was obtained.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 169); November 1, 2001 (see Appendix C, amendment 628); May 1, 2007 (see Appendix C, amendment 697); November 1, 2007 (see Appendix C, amendment 708); November 1, 2008 (see Appendix C, amendment 718); November 1, 2009 (see Appendix C, amendments 726 and 737).

§2H3.2.

Manufacturing, Distributing, Advertising, or Possessing an Eavesdropping Device (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 6 Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If the offense was committed for pecuniary gain, increase by 3 levels.

Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 2512.
Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987.

§2H3.3.

Obstructing Correspondence (a) Base Offense Level: (1) (2) 6; or if the conduct was theft or destruction of mail, apply §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud).

Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U.S.C. § 1702. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index). Background: The statutory provision covered by this guideline is sometimes used to prosecute offenses more accurately described as theft or destruction of mail. In such cases, §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud) is to be applied.
Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 313); November 1, 2001 (see Appendix C, amendment 617).

* * * * *

– 227 –

§2H4.1
4.

GUIDELINES MANUAL

November 1, 2009

PEONAGE, INVOLUNTARY SERVITUDE, SLAVE TRADE, AND CHILD SOLDIERS

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 2009 (see Appendix C, amendment 733).

§2H4.1.

Peonage, Involuntary Servitude, Slave Trade, and Child Soldiers (a) Base Offense Level: (1) (2) 22; or 18, if (A) the defendant was convicted of an offense under 18 U.S.C. § 1592, or (B) the defendant was convicted of an offense under 18 U.S.C. § 1593A based on an act in violation of 18 U.S.C. § 1592.

(b)

Specific Offense Characteristics (1) (A) If any victim sustained permanent or life-threatening bodily injury, increase by 4 levels; or (B) if any victim sustained serious bodily injury, increase by 2 levels. If (A) a dangerous weapon was used, increase by 4 levels; or (B) a dangerous weapon was brandished, or the use of a dangerous weapon was threatened, increase by 2 levels. If any victim was held in a condition of peonage or involuntary servitude for (A) more than one year, increase by 3 levels; (B) between 180 days and one year, increase by 2 levels; or (C) more than 30 days but less than 180 days, increase by 1 level. If any other felony offense was committed during the commission of, or in connection with, the peonage or involuntary servitude offense, increase to the greater of: (A) (B) 2 plus the offense level as determined above, or 2 plus the offense level from the offense guideline applicable to that other offense, but in no event greater than level 43.

(2)

(3)

(4)

Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 241, 1581-1590, 1592, 1593A, 2442. Application Notes: 1. For purposes of this guideline— "A dangerous weapon was used" means that a firearm was discharged, or that a firearm or other dangerous weapon was otherwise used. "The use of a dangerous weapon was
– 228 –

November 1, 2009

GUIDELINES MANUAL

§2H4.2

threatened" means that the use of a dangerous weapon was threatened regardless of whether a dangerous weapon was present. Definitions of "firearm," "dangerous weapon," "otherwise used," "serious bodily injury," and "permanent or life-threatening bodily injury" are found in the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Application Instructions). "Peonage or involuntary servitude" includes forced labor, slavery, and recruitment or use of a child soldier. 2. Under subsection (b)(4), "any other felony offense" means any conduct that constitutes a felony offense under federal, state, or local law (other than an offense that is itself covered by this subpart). When there is more than one such other offense, the most serious such offense (or group of closely related offenses in the case of offenses that would be grouped together under §3D1.2(d)) is to be used. See Application Note 3 of §1B1.5 (Interpretation of References to other Offense Guidelines). If the offense involved the holding of more than ten victims in a condition of peonage or involuntary servitude, an upward departure may be warranted. In a case in which the defendant was convicted under 18 U.S.C. §§ 1589(b) or 1593A, a downward departure may be warranted if the defendant benefitted from participating in a venture described in those sections without knowing that (i.e., in reckless disregard of the fact that) the venture had engaged in the criminal activity described in those sections.

3.

4.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1995 (see Appendix C, amendment 521); May 1, 1997 (see Appendix C, amendment 542); November 1, 1997 (see Appendix C, amendment 559); May 1, 2001 (see Appendix C, amendment 612); November 1, 2001 (see Appendix C, amendment 627); November 1, 2009 (see Appendix C, amendments 730 and 733).

§2H4.2.

Willful Violations of the Migrant and Seasonal Agricultural Worker Protection Act (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 6

Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the offense involved (i) serious bodily injury, increase by 4 levels; or (ii) bodily injury, increase by 2 levels. If the defendant committed any part of the instant offense subsequent to sustaining a civil or administrative adjudication for similar misconduct, increase by 2 levels.

(2)

Commentary Statutory Provision: 29 U.S.C. § 1851.

– 229 –

§2H4.2
Application Notes: 1.

GUIDELINES MANUAL

November 1, 2009

Definitions.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1), "bodily injury" and "serious bodily injury" have the meaning given those terms in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1.1 (Application Instructions). Application of Subsection (b)(2).—Section 1851 of title 29, United States Code, covers a wide range of conduct. Accordingly, the enhancement in subsection (b)(2) applies only if the instant offense is similar to previous misconduct that resulted in a civil or administrative adjudication under the provisions of the Migrant and Seasonal Agricultural Worker Protection Act (29 U.S.C. § 1801 et. seq.).

2.

Historical Note: Effective May 1, 2001 (see Appendix C, amendment 612). Amended effective November 1, 2001 (see Appendix C, amendment 627).

– 230 –

November 1, 2009

GUIDELINES MANUAL

§2J1.2

PART J - OFFENSES INVOLVING THE ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE

§2J1.1.

Contempt Apply §2X5.1 (Other Offenses).

Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 401, 228. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index). Application Notes: 1. In General.—Because misconduct constituting contempt varies significantly and the nature of the contemptuous conduct, the circumstances under which the contempt was committed, the effect the misconduct had on the administration of justice, and the need to vindicate the authority of the court are highly context-dependent, the Commission has not provided a specific guideline for this offense. In certain cases, the offense conduct will be sufficiently analogous to §2J1.2 (Obstruction of Justice) for that guideline to apply. Willful Failure to Pay Court-Ordered Child Support.—For offenses involving the willful failure to pay court-ordered child support (violations of 18 U.S.C. § 228), the most analogous guideline is §2B1.1 (Theft, Property Destruction, and Fraud). The amount of the loss is the amount of child support that the defendant willfully failed to pay. Note: This guideline applies to second and subsequent offenses under 18 U.S.C. § 228(a)(1) and to any offense under 18 U.S.C. § 228(a)(2) and (3). A first offense under 18 U.S.C. § 228(a)(1) is not covered by this guideline because it is a Class B misdemeanor. Violation of Judicial Order Enjoining Fraudulent Behavior.—In a case involving a violation of a judicial order enjoining fraudulent behavior, the most analogous guideline is §2B1.1. In such a case, §2B1.1(b)(8)(C) (pertaining to a violation of a prior, specific judicial order) ordinarily would apply.

2.

3.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 170 and 171); November 1, 1993 (see Appendix C, amendment 496); November 1, 1998 (see Appendix C, amendment 588); November 1, 2001 (see Appendix C, amendment 617); November 1, 2003 (see Appendix C, amendment 653); November 1, 2009 (see Appendix C, amendment 736).

§2J1.2.

Obstruction of Justice (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 14 Specific Offense Characteristics

– 231 –

§2J1.2
(1)

GUIDELINES MANUAL

November 1, 2009

(Apply the greatest): (A) If the (i) defendant was convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 1001; and (ii) statutory maximum term of eight years’ imprisonment applies because the matter relates to sex offenses under 18 U.S.C. § 1591 or chapters 109A, 109B, 110, or 117 of title 18, United States Code, increase by 4 levels. If the offense involved causing or threatening to cause physical injury to a person, or property damage, in order to obstruct the administration of justice, increase by 8 levels. If the (i) defendant was convicted under 18 U.S.C. § 1001 or § 1505; and (ii) statutory maximum term of eight years’ imprisonment applies because the matter relates to international terrorism or domestic terrorism, increase by 12 levels.

(B)

(C)

(2)

If the offense resulted in substantial interference with the administration of justice, increase by 3 levels. If the offense (A) involved the destruction, alteration, or fabrication of a substantial number of records, documents, or tangible objects; (B) involved the selection of any essential or especially probative record, document, or tangible object, to destroy or alter; or (C) was otherwise extensive in scope, planning, or preparation, increase by 2 levels.

(3)

(c)

Cross Reference (1) If the offense involved obstructing the investigation or prosecution of a criminal offense, apply §2X3.1 (Accessory After the Fact) in respect to that criminal offense, if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 1001 (when the statutory maximum term of eight years’ imprisonment applies because the matter relates to international terrorism or domestic terrorism, or to sex offenses under 18 U.S.C. § 1591 or chapters 109A, 109B, 110, or 117 of title 18, United States Code), 1503, 1505-1513, 1516, 1519. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index). Application Notes: 1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline: "Domestic terrorism" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 2331(5).

– 232 –

November 1, 2009

GUIDELINES MANUAL

§2J1.2

"International terrorism" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S.C. § 2331(1). "Records, documents, or tangible objects" includes (A) records, documents, or tangible objects that are stored on, or that are, magnetic, optical, digital, other electronic, or other storage mediums or devices; and (B) wire or electronic communications. "Substantial interference with the administration of justice" includes a premature or improper termination of a felony investigation; an indictment, verdict, or any judicial determination based upon perjury, false testimony, or other false evidence; or the unnecessary expenditure of substantial governmental or court resources. 2. Chapter Three Adjustments.— (A) Inapplicability of Chapter Three, Part C.—For offenses covered under this section, Chapter Three, Part C (Obstruction) does not apply, unless the defendant obstructed the investigation, prosecution, or sentencing of the obstruction of justice count. Interaction with Terrorism Adjustment.—If §3A1.4 (Terrorism) applies, do not apply subsection (b)(1)(C).

(B)

3.

Convictions for the Underlying Offense.—In the event that the defendant is convicted of an offense sentenced under this section as well as for the underlying offense (i.e., the offense that is the object of the obstruction), see the Commentary to Chapter Three, Part C (Obstruction), and to §3D1.2(c) (Groups of Closely Related Counts). Upward Departure Considerations.—If a weapon was used, or bodily injury or significant property damage resulted, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures). In a case involving an act of extreme violence (for example, retaliating against a government witness by throwing acid in the witness’s face) or a particularly serious sex offense, an upward departure would be warranted. Subsection (b)(1)(B).—The inclusion of "property damage" under subsection (b)(1)(B) is designed to address cases in which property damage is caused or threatened as a means of intimidation or retaliation (e.g., to intimidate a witness from, or retaliate against a witness for, testifying). Subsection (b)(1)(B) is not intended to apply, for example, where the offense consisted of destroying a ledger containing an incriminating entry.

4.

5.

Background: This section addresses offenses involving the obstruction of justice generally prosecuted under the above-referenced statutory provisions. Numerous offenses of varying seriousness may constitute obstruction of justice: using threats or force to intimidate or influence a juror or federal officer; obstructing a civil or administrative proceeding; stealing or altering court records; unlawfully intercepting grand jury deliberations; obstructing a criminal investigation; obstructing a state or local investigation of illegal gambling; using intimidation or force to influence testimony, alter evidence, evade legal process, or obstruct the communication of a judge or law enforcement officer; or causing a witness bodily injury or property damage in retaliation for providing testimony, information or evidence in a federal proceeding. The conduct that gives rise to the violation may, therefore, range from a mere threat to an act of extreme violence.

– 233 –

§2J1.2

GUIDELINES MANUAL

November 1, 2009

The specific offense characteristics reflect the more serious forms of obstruction. Because the conduct covered by this guideline is frequently part of an effort to avoid punishment for an offense that the defendant has committed or to assist another person to escape punishment for an offense, a cross reference to §2X3.1 (Accessory After the Fact) is provided. Use of this cross reference will provide an enhanced offense level when the obstruction is in respect to a particularly serious offense, whether such offense was committed by the defendant or another person.
Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendments 172-174); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 401); January 25, 2003 (see Appendix C, amendment 647); November 1, 2003 (see Appendix C, amendment 653); October 24, 2005 (see Appendix C, amendment 676); November 1, 2006 (see Appendix C, amendment 690); November 1, 2007 (see Appendix C, amendment 701).

§2J1.3.

Perjury or Subornation of Perjury; Bribery of Witness (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 14 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the offense involved causing or threatening to cause physical injury to a person, or property damage, in order to suborn perjury, increase by 8 levels. If the perjury, subornation of perjury, or witness bribery resulted in substantial interference with the administration of justice, increase by 3 levels.

(2)

(c)

Cross Reference (1) If the offense involved perjury, subornation of perjury, or witness bribery in respect to a criminal offense, apply §2X3.1 (Accessory After the Fact) in respect to that criminal offense, if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

(d)

Special Instruction (1) In the case of counts of perjury or subornation of perjury arising from testimony given, or to be given, in separate proceedings, do not group the counts together under §3D1.2 (Groups of Closely Related Counts).

Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 201(b)(3), (4), 1621-1623. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index).

– 234 –

November 1, 2009

GUIDELINES MANUAL

§2J1.4

Application Notes: 1. "Substantial interference with the administration of justice" includes a premature or improper termination of a felony investigation; an indictment, verdict, or any judicial determination based upon perjury, false testimony, or other false evidence; or the unnecessary expenditure of substantial governmental or court resources. For offenses covered under this section, Chapter Three, Part C (Obstruction) does not apply, unless the defendant obstructed the investigation or trial of the perjury count. In the event that the defendant is convicted under this section as well as for the underlying offense (i.e., the offense with respect to which he committed perjury, subornation of perjury, or witness bribery), see the Commentary to Chapter Three, Part C (Obstruction), and to §3D1.2(c) (Groups of Closely Related Counts). If a weapon was used, or bodily injury or significant property damage resulted, an upward departure may be warranted. See Chapter Five, Part K (Departures). "Separate proceedings," as used in subsection (d)(1), includes different proceedings in the same case or matter (e.g., a grand jury proceeding and a trial, or a trial and retrial), and proceedings in separate cases or matters (e.g., separate trials of codefendants), but does not include multiple grand jury proceedings in the same case.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Background: This section applies to perjury, subornation of perjury, and witness bribery, generally prosecuted under the referenced statutes. The guidelines provide a higher penalty for perjury than the pre-guidelines practice estimate of ten months imprisonment. The Commission believes that perjury should be treated similarly to obstruction of justice. Therefore, the same considerations for enhancing a sentence are applied in the specific offense characteristics, and an alternative reference to the guideline for accessory after the fact is made.
Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 175); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendments 401 and 402); November 1, 1993 (see Appendix C, amendment 481); November 1, 2003 (see Appendix C, amendment 653).

§2J1.4.

Impersonation (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 6 Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If the impersonation was committed for the purpose of conducting an unlawful arrest, detention, or search, increase by 6 levels.

(c)

Cross Reference (1) If the impersonation was to facilitate another offense, apply the guideline for an attempt to commit that offense, if the resulting offense level is greater than the offense level determined above.

– 235 –

§2J1.4

GUIDELINES MANUAL

November 1, 2009

Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. §§ 912, 913. Background: This section applies to impersonation of a federal officer, agent, or employee; and impersonation to conduct an unlawful search or arrest.
Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 176).

§2J1.5.

Failure to Appear by Material Witness (a) Base Offense Level: (1) (2) (b) 6, if in respect to a felony; or 4, if in respect to a misdemeanor.

Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If the offense resulted in substantial interference with the administration of justice, increase by 3 levels.

Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U.S.C. § 3146(b)(1)(B). For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index). Application Notes: 1. "Substantial interference with the administration of justice" includes a premature or improper termination of a felony investigation; an indictment, verdict, or any judicial determination based upon perjury, false testimony, or other false evidence; or the unnecessary expenditure of substantial governmental or court resources. By statute, a term of imprisonment imposed for an offense under 18 U.S.C. § 3146(b)(1)(B) runs consecutively to any other term of imprisonment imposed. 18 U.S.C. § 3146(b)(2).

2.

Background: This section applies to a failure to appear by a material witness. The base offense level incorporates a distinction as to whether the failure to appear was in respect to a felony or misdemeanor prosecution. The offense under 18 U.S.C. § 3146(b)(1)(B) is a misdemeanor for which the maximum period of imprisonment authorized by statute is one year.
Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 177); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 401); November 1, 2009 (see Appendix C, amendment 737).

– 236 –

S. increase by 9 levels. decrease by 5 levels.November 1." or similar facility. increase by 3 levels. and subdivision (A) above does not apply. or a felony punishable by a term of imprisonment of less than five years. however. while away from the facility. Part C (Obstruction) does not apply. Application Notes: 1. decrease by 2 levels. "Underlying offense" means the offense in respect to which the defendant failed to appear. otherwise.6. (B) (C) Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U. or local offense punishable by a term of imprisonment of one year or more. For offenses covered under this section. Chapter Three. community treatment center. "halfway house. Failure to Appear by Defendant (a) Base Offense Level: (1) 11.C.6 §2J1. state. or was ordered to report to a community corrections center. 2. unless the defendant obstructed the investigation or trial of the failure to appear count. that this reduction shall not apply if the defendant. (B) Provided. if the offense constituted a failure to report for service of sentence. – 237 – . committed any federal. increase by 6 levels. or 6. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2J1. (2) If the base offense level is determined under subsection (a)(2). (2) (b) Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the base offense level is determined under subsection (a)(1). but less than fifteen years. § 3146(b)(1). and the underlying offense is -(A) punishable by death or imprisonment for a term of fifteen years or more. and the defendant -(A) voluntarily surrendered within 96 hours of the time he was originally scheduled to report. or punishable by a term of imprisonment of five years or more.

If a defendant is convicted of both the underlying offense and the failure to appear count.S. § 3146(b)(2). any term of imprisonment imposed on the failure to appear count is to be imposed consecutively to any term of imprisonment imposed for the underlying offense. if the combined applicable guideline range for both counts is 30-37 months and the court determines that a "total punishment" of 36 months is appropriate. consecutive punishment for the failure to appear count. appeal.2(c). 1987. amendment 329).S. (n. 1990 (see Appendix C. although if a sentence of imprisonment on the failure to appear count is imposed. The guideline range for the failure to appear count is to be determined independently and the grouping rules of §§3D1.e. prosecution. The upward departure will ensure an enhanced sentence for obstructive conduct for which no adjustment under §3C1. November 1.3(a). For example. In some cases. November 1. the failure to appear is treated under §3C1.§2J1. the statute requires that the sentence be imposed to run consecutively to any other sentence of imprisonment. as required by 18 U. Therefore. amendment 403). other than a case of failure to appear for service of sentence. or surrender for service of sentence. comment.2. 2005 (see Appendix C. November 1. Amended effective November 1. In such cases.2 (Sentencing on Multiple Counts of Conviction) and 18 U. 2001 (see Appendix C.g. Where the base offense level is determined under subsection (a)(2). criminal history points for the sentence imposed on the underlying offense are to be counted in determining the guideline range on the failure to appear offense only where the offense level is determined under subsection (a)(1) (i. the defendant may be sentenced on the underlying offense (the offense in respect to which the defendant failed to appear) before being sentenced on the failure to appear offense. in the case of a conviction on both the underlying offense and the failure to appear. Historical Note: Effective November 1. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. and the failure to appear count and the count or counts for the underlying offense are grouped together under §3D1. amendment 680). See §5G1.6 3. – 238 – .1-3D1.C. § 3146(b)(2). 1991 (see Appendix C. 2009 In the case of a failure to appear for service of sentence. the grouping rules of §§3D1. See §3D1. failure to appear conduct has the effect of ensuring an incremental.. (Note that 18 U.C. amendment 636). Background: This section applies to a failure to appear by a defendant who was released pending trial. and the defendant committed additional acts of obstructive behavior (e. a sentence of 30 months for the underlying offense plus a consecutive six months’ sentence for the failure to appear count would satisfy these requirements.) The combined sentence will then be constructed to provide a "total punishment" that satisfies the requirements both of §5G1.1 (Obstruction of Justice) is made because of the operation of the rules set out in Application Note 3.) 4. unlike a count in which the statute mandates both a minimum and a consecutive sentence of imprisonment.C.1(b)(1). the offense level increases in relation to the statutory maximum of the underlying offense. perjury) during the investigation.5 apply. an upward departure may be warranted.1). or sentencing of the instant offense.1). § 3146(b)(2) does not require a sentence of imprisonment on a failure to appear count.1-3D1. (Note that the combination of this instruction and increasing the offense level for the obstructive. (n. comment. and §3D1. 5.1 (Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of Justice) as an obstruction of the underlying offense. However.. 1998 (see Appendix C.S. November 1.5 do not apply. sentencing. where the offense constituted a failure to report for service of sentence). amendment 579).

November 1. Part C (Obstruction). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2J1.2(c) (Groups of Closely Related Counts). amendment 33). increase by 4 levels.S.7. 2.8 (Bribery of Witness). 1988 (see Appendix C. 1989 (see Appendix C. 1988 (see Appendix C. Historical Note: Effective November 1. Amendment 684). amendments 180 and 181). Amended effective January 15. 1991 (see Appendix C. 1989 (see Appendix C. Payment to Witness (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 6 Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If the payment was made or offered for refusing to testify or for the witness absenting himself to avoid testifying. and to §3D1. amendment 481). 1993 (see Appendix C.8. [Deleted] Historical Note: Effective November 1. § 201(c)(2). Amended effective November 1. 2006 (see Appendix C. (3). §2J1. 1987. For offenses covered under this section. Application Notes: 1. amendment 178).e. November 1. In the event that the defendant is convicted under this section as well as for the underlying offense (i.. Background: This section applies to witness gratuities in federal proceedings. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. see the Commentary to Chapter Three. amendment 179). amendment 401). 1991 (see Appendix C. November 1. 1989 (see Appendix C. – 239 – . the offense with respect to which the payment was made). Chapter Three. effective November 1. 1987.3 effective November 1. was deleted from Chapter Two and replaced by §3C1. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2J1. amended effective January 15. Part C (Obstruction) does not apply unless the defendant obstructed the investigation or trial of the payment to witness count. §2J1. 1987. November 1.C. amendment 32).9.3 effective November 1. was deleted by consolidation with §2J1.9 §2J1. and November 1. amendment 431).

Unlawful Receipt.§2K1.3. 1987. Background: The above-referenced provisions are misdemeanors. 844(b). §2K1. 1991 (see Appendix C. § 842(p)(2).S. Improper Storage of Explosive Materials (a) Base Offense Level: 6 Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). November 1. was deleted by consolidation with §2K1. or (2) (3) (4) – 240 – . or Transportation of Explosive Materials. Possession. 1987. if the defendant committed any part of the instant offense subsequent to sustaining one felony conviction of either a crime of violence or a controlled substance offense. 16. Failure to Report Theft of Explosive Materials. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2K1. imprisonment authorized by statute is one year. 1991 (see Appendix C. 1993 (see Appendix C. amended effective November 1. or (B) knowingly distributed explosive materials to a prohibited person. if the defendant was convicted under 18 U. amendment 481).2.1 effective November 1.2 (Improper Storage of Explosive Materials). §2K1.C.C. if the defendant committed any part of the instant offense subsequent to sustaining at least two felony convictions of either a crime of violence or a controlled substance offense. Amended effective November 1. 1993 (see Appendix C. EXPLOSIVES AND ARSON §2K1. amendment 481). amendment 404). 20. if the defendant (A) was a prohibited person at the time the defendant committed the instant offense. (k).1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. effective November 1. Prohibited Transactions Involving Explosive Materials (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the Greatest): (1) 24. amendment 404). §§ 842(j). 18.S.1.OFFENSES INVOLVING PUBLIC SAFETY 1. The maximum term of Historical Note: Effective November 1. For additional statutory provision(s). 2009 PART K .

(B) – 241 – . Subpart 1 (Homicide). (3) If the defendant (A) was convicted under 18 U. § 842(p)(2). At least 100 but less than 250 lbs. Provided.3 (5) (b) 12. or possessed or transferred any explosive material with knowledge. the most analogous offense guideline from Chapter Two. (c) Cross Reference (1) If the defendant (A) was convicted under 18 U. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. If the offense involved any explosive material that the defendant knew or had reason to believe was stolen.C. intent. If the resulting offense level is less than level 18. Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the offense involved twenty-five pounds or more of explosive materials. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2K1.S. increase as follows: Weight of Explosive Material (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (2) At least 25 but less than 100 lbs. or more Increase in Level add 1 add 2 add 3 add 4 add 5. increase to level 18. or (B) used or possessed any explosive material in connection with the commission or attempted commission of another offense.S. At least 500 but less than 1000 lbs. Part A.November 1. increase by 4 levels. or (B) used or possessed any explosive material in connection with another felony offense. otherwise.C. or possessed or transferred any explosive material with knowledge or intent that it would be used or possessed in connection with another offense.1 (Attempt. apply -(A) §2X1. or Conspiracy) in respect to that other offense if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. or reason to believe that it would be used or possessed in connection with another felony offense. At least 250 but less than 500 lbs. Solicitation. that the cumulative offense level determined above shall not exceed level 29. or if death resulted. § 842(p)(2). increase by 2 levels. 1000 lbs.

regardless of whether such offense is specifically designated as a felony and regardless of the actual sentence imposed.S.C.2. § 842(i).1 (Unlawful Receipt. (l)-(o). A conviction for an offense committed prior to age eighteen years is an adult conviction if it is classified as an adult conviction under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the defendant was convicted (e. "Explosives" is defined at 18 U.3 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. For example. (i). blasting agents.C. or conviction obtained." as used in subsection (b)(3). A conviction for an offense committed at age eighteen years or older is an adult conviction. the paper and fuse on a stick of dynamite would be included. unlawfully 2.S.§2K1. A destructive device.C. 6. For purposes of calculating the weight of explosive materials under subsection (b)(1). state. § 841(c). §§ 842(a)-(e). Exclude the weight of any other shipping or packaging materials. 1716. – 242 – .C. (g). "Felony conviction" means a prior adult federal or state conviction for an offense punishable by death or imprisonment for a term exceeding one year. whether or not a criminal charge was brought. 2009 Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. the box that the dynamite was shipped in would not be included.S. § 844(j). means any offense (federal. Where the conduct charged in the count of which the defendant was convicted establishes that the offense involved a destructive device. For purposes of calculating the weight of explosive materials under subsection (b)(1). "Felony offense.2(a) and Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §4B1. and detonators.S.. § 5685. 844(d). count only those explosive materials that were unlawfully sought to be obtained. Application Notes: 1. 2283. Prohibited Transactions Involving Firearms or Ammunition) if the resulting offense level is greater. 4. "Crime of violence" has the meaning given that term in §4B1. For purposes of subsection (a)(4).2(b) and Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §4B1. "prohibited person" means any person described in 18 U. For purposes of this guideline: "Controlled substance offense" has the meaning given that term in §4B1. or Transportation of Firearms or Ammunition.g. may contain explosive materials. include only the weight of the actual explosive material and the weight of packaging material that is necessary for the use or detonation of the explosives. Possession.2 (Definitions of Terms Used in Section 4B1.1 (Application Instructions).S. 5. "Explosive material(s)" include explosives. (p)(2). defined in the Commentary to §1B1.C. See 18 U. a federal conviction for an offense committed prior to the defendant’s eighteenth birthday is an adult conviction if the defendant was expressly proceeded against as an adult). (h). 26 U.1). apply §2K2. or local) punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year. 3.

S.C. See §4A1. Under subsection (c)(1). (b). under the most analogous guideline from Chapter Two.. amendments 629 and 630). Prior felony conviction(s) resulting in an increased base offense level under subsection (a)(1). § 842(p)(2). 1993 (see. (n. – 243 – . amendment 183).November 1. 11.1(a). 1991 (see Appendix C. In addition.3). 1995 (see Appendix C. November 1. November 1. 7. the underlying Federal crime of violence. including any explosive material that a defendant attempted to obtain by making a false statement. As used in subsections (b)(3) and (c)(1). Part A (Criminal History). 10. November 1.1 (Attempt. §4A1. for purposes of applying subsection (a)(1). (b). amendment 373). (3) the defendant knowingly distributed explosive materials to a person under twenty-one years of age. use only those felony convictions that receive criminal history points under §4A1. if death results.3 possessed. 2002 (see Appendix C. with respect to an offense under 18 U. Appendix C. In addition.S. or (a)(4) are also counted for purposes of determining criminal history points pursuant to Chapter Four.g. 1992 (see. use only those felony convictions that are counted separately under §4A1. amendment 646). state. 2007 (see Appendix C. or (c). or local offense) is to be determined under §2X1. However.g. or (4) the offense posed a substantial risk of death or bodily injury to multiple individuals. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2K1. amendment 655). and is convicted of no other offenses subject to this guideline. Amended effective November 1. Appendix C. 2003 (see Appendix C. amendment 471). Subpart 1 (Homicide). Historical Note: Effective November 1. "another felony offense" and "another offense" refer to offenses other than explosives or firearms possession or trafficking offenses. November 1. 8. where the defendant used or possessed a firearm or explosive to facilitate another firearms or explosives offense (e. November 1. the defendant used or possessed a firearm to protect the delivery of an unlawful shipment of explosives). for purposes of subsection (c)(1)(A). November 1. 9. 1997 (see Appendix C. November 1. An upward departure may be warranted in any of the following circumstances: (1) the quantity of explosive materials significantly exceeded 1000 pounds. or Conspiracy) or.C.. If the defendant is convicted under 18 U. plastic explosives). the offense level for the underlying offense (which may be a federal. 1987.2(a)(2). § 842(h) (offense involving stolen explosive materials). comment. "that other offense" means. do not apply the adjustment in subsection (b)(2) because the base offense level itself takes such conduct into account. Solicitation. an upward departure under §5K2. or unlawfully distributed.6 (Weapons and Dangerous Instrumentalities) may be warranted. November 1. (a)(2). Part A.2. amendment 700). For purposes of applying subsection (a)(1) or (2).1(a). 2001 (see Appendix C. November 1. or (c). 1989 (see Appendix C. amendment 478). amendment 534). (2) the explosive materials were of a nature more volatile or dangerous than dynamite or conventional powder explosives (e. amendment 568).

an infrastructure facility. an aircraft. a state or government facility. (2) (c) Cross Reference (1) If death resulted. (B) involved the destruction or attempted destruction of a structure other than (i) a dwelling. a state or government facility. or a place of public use. an airport. a public transportation system. a mass transportation facility. and that risk was created knowingly. Property Damage by Use of Explosives (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the Greatest): (1) 24. 16. Property Destruction. an infrastructure facility.§2K1. apply the most analogous guideline from Chapter Two. an aircraft. a state or government facility. 20. a public transportation system. a vessel. an aircraft. if the offense involved the destruction of or tampering with aids to maritime navigation. an infrastructure facility. or (C) endangered (i) a dwelling. a mass transportation vehicle. increase by 2 levels. a maritime facility. (2) (3) (4) (b) Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the offense was committed to conceal another offense. or (iii) an airport. or (B) involved the destruction or attempted destruction of a dwelling. a maritime facility. 2009 Arson. or a place of public use.4 §2K1. and Fraud). a vessel. if the offense (A) created a substantial risk of death or serious bodily injury to any person other than a participant in the offense. a mass transportation facility. a mass transportation vehicle. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. If the base offense level is not determined under (a)(4). increase by 2 levels. if the offense (A) created a substantial risk of death or serious bodily injury to any person other than a participant in the offense. or a vessel’s cargo. a maritime facility. a mass transportation vehicle. – 244 – . and the offense occurred on a national cemetery. (ii) a structure other than a dwelling. or a vessel’s cargo. Part A (Offenses Against the Person) if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. or 2 plus the offense level from §2B1. a public transportation system.4.1 (Theft. or (ii) an airport. or a place of public use. a vessel. a mass transportation facility. or the offense was intended to cause death or serious bodily injury. or a vessel’s cargo.

including any contiguous or adjoining property under common ownership or operation. Risk of Death or Serious Bodily Injury. amendments 699 and 700). Historical Note: Effective November 1. or destructive device. 2275. (5).S. 1991 (see Appendix C.— Creating a substantial risk of death or serious bodily injury includes creating that risk to fire fighters and other emergency and law enforcement personnel who respond to or investigate an offense. Background: Subsection (b)(2) implements the directive to the Commission in section 2 of Public Law 105–101. Upward Departure Provision. Application Notes: 1. (b).—If bodily injury resulted. 2282B. See Chapter Five. November 1. 2002 (see Appendix C. November 1.—For purposes of this guideline: "Aids to maritime navigation" means any device external to a vessel intended to assist the navigator to determine position or save course. 1992(a)(1). 2282A. 2001 (see Appendix C. 49 U.S. the Secretary of the Navy. and "public transportation system" have the meaning given those terms in 18 U.4 Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. 2291. (h) (only in the case of an offense committed prior to November 18. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). or (B) under the jurisdiction of the Secretary of the Army. § 60123(b). or adjacent to any waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States and used. (a)(4). 2003 (see Appendix C. or to warn of dangers or obstructions to navigation. operated. 1988). November 1. 1990 (see Appendix C. "Vessel" includes every description of watercraft or other artificial contrivance used.S. 2. 2332f. amendment 576). amendment 637). November 1. 81. amendment 404). 1987. § 1992(d)(7).November 1. amendments 182. an upward departure may be warranted. "State or government facility". "National cemetery" means a cemetery (A) established under section 2400 of title 38. 1855. (i). on. "infrastructure facility".C.C. or maintained by a public or private entity. or capable of being used. "place of public use". 2332a. under. Amended effective November 1. amendment 617). 33. 184. 3. November 1. – 245 – . United States Code. "Mass transportation" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. November 1. 1153. §§ 32(a).C. (a)(2).S. 844(f). November 1. the Secretary of the Air Force. § 2332f(e)(3). respectively. 2007 (see Appendix C. "Explosives" includes any explosive. or the Secretary of the Interior. amendment 655). 1989 (see Appendix C. (6). explosive material.C. "Maritime facility" means any structure or facility of any kind located in. and (7). Definitions. For additional statutory provision(s). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2K1. amendment 330). Part K (Departures). as a means of transportation on water. 1998 (see Appendix C. and 185).

5 §2K1.6. § 46505 and he acted with mere negligence.S. 186.S. Historical Note: Effective November 1. (2) (3) (c) Cross Reference (1) If the defendant used or possessed the weapon or material in committing or attempting another offense. as appropriate. 1995 (see Appendix C. amendments 182.C.C. 1987. §2K1. decrease by 3 levels. November 1.5.S. 187. 1991 (see Appendix C. If the defendant’s possession of the weapon or material would have been lawful but for 49 U. amendment 534). Licensee Recordkeeping Violations Involving Explosive Materials (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 6 Cross Reference (1) If a recordkeeping offense reflected an effort to conceal a substantive – 246 – . increase by 2 levels. November 1. 1989 (see Appendix C. or Conspiracy). November 1. § 46505 (formerly 49 U. use the greatest: (1) If the offense was committed willfully and without regard for the safety of human life. November 1. increase by 15 levels. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.C. Background: This guideline provides an enhancement where the defendant was a person prohibited by federal law from possession of the weapon or material. 1992 (see Appendix C. or with reckless disregard for the safety of human life.1 (Attempt. Commentary Statutory Provision: 49 U. 2009 Possessing Dangerous Weapons or Materials While Boarding or Aboard an Aircraft (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 9 Specific Offense Characteristics If more than one applies. 1997 (see Appendix C. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. Amended effective November 1. and 303). amendment 443). apply the guideline for such other offense. or §2X1. § 1472(l)). Solicitation. amendment 560). A decrease is provided in a case of mere negligence where the defendant was otherwise authorized to possess the weapon or material. amendment 404).§2K1. If the defendant was prohibited by another federal law from possessing the weapon or material.

Prohibited Transactions Involving Firearms or Ammunition (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the Greatest): (1) 26.S. amendment 481). 1993 (see Appendix C.S. apply §2K1. and (B) the defendant committed any part of the instant offense subsequent to sustaining at least two felony convictions of either a crime of violence or a controlled substance offense. effective November 1. Prohibited Transactions Involving Explosive Materials). 1990 (see Appendix C.C. Transporting. amendment 331).C. if the defendant committed any part of the instant offense subsequent to sustaining at least two felony convictions of either a crime of violence or a controlled substance offense.1.3 (Unlawful Receipt. §2K1. 1991 (see Appendix C. amendment 188). Unlawful Receipt. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2K2. Using or Carrying Explosives in Certain Crimes). A former §2K1. if (A) the offense involved a (i) semiautomatic firearm that is capable of accepting a large capacity magazine.S.7. Background: The above-referenced provisions are recordkeeping offenses applicable only to "licensees.6 (Shipping.C. FIREARMS §2K2. amended effective November 1.November 1. Possession. or Transportation of Firearms or Ammunition. amendment 373). 1989 (see Appendix C. was deleted by consolidation with §2K1. amendment 332). Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. was deleted by consolidation with §2K2. § 5845(a). amendment 303) and November 1. Historical Note: Effective November 1. § 842(f). if (A) the offense involved a (i) semiautomatic firearm that is capable of accepting a large capacity magazine. 1987. (g). or (ii) firearm that is described in 26 U. 1990 (see Appendix C.C. effective November 1. amendment 373). 1989 (see Appendix C. 1991 (see Appendix C. § 841(m). § 5845(a).S. and (B) the defendant committed any part of the instant offense subsequent to sustaining one felony conviction of either (2) (3) – 247 – ." who are defined at 18 U. 24. Possession. or Receiving Explosives with Felonious Intent or Knowledge.3 effective November 1. 22. or Transportation of Explosives Materials. or (ii) firearm that is described in 26 U. * * * * * 2. amended effective November 1.1 explosive materials offense.4 effective November 1. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2K1.7 (Use of Fire or Explosives to Commit a Federal Felony).

1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. increase by 15 levels. or (II) is convicted under 18 U. (B) (5) (6) 18. or (a)(5). If the offense involved— (A) a destructive device that is a portable rocket. possessed all ammunition and firearms solely for lawful sporting purposes or collection. a missile. (t). except as provided below. 2009 a crime of violence or a controlled substance offense. or the (i) offense involved a (I) semiautomatic firearm that is capable of accepting a large capacity magazine. § 5845(a).C. or 6. if the defendant is convicted under 18 U. or (B) is convicted under 18 U. if -(A) the defendant committed any part of the instant offense subsequent to sustaining one felony conviction of either a crime of violence or a controlled substance offense. (f). and did not unlawfully discharge or otherwise unlawfully use such firearms or ammunition. If the defendant. increase as follows: Number of Firearms (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (2) 3-7 8-24 25-99 100-199 200 or more Increase in Level add 2 add 4 add 6 add 8 add 10. 14. 12.S.C. if the defendant (A) was a prohibited person at the time the defendant committed the instant offense. § 922(d). and (ii) defendant (I) was a prohibited person at the time the defendant committed the instant offense.C. § 922(c). (a)(4). (m). § 5845(a). (a)(3).C.S. or a device for use in launching a portable rocket or a missile. or (3) – 248 – . or (II) firearm that is described in 26 U. if the offense involved a firearm described in 26 U. other than a defendant subject to subsection (a)(1). (e). decrease the offense level determined above to level 6.C. (4) 20. (7) (8) (b) Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the offense involved three or more firearms. § 922(d).S. or (x)(1).S. (a)(2).S. (s).§2K2.

(r)-(w). increase by 4 levels. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. intent. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). 2332g. or reason to believe that it would be used or possessed in connection with another felony offense. §§ 922(a)-(p). apply -(A) §2X1. or possessed or transferred a firearm or ammunition with knowledge or intent that it would be used or possessed in connection with another offense. the most analogous offense guideline from Chapter Two. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. If the defendant used or possessed any firearm or ammunition in connection with another felony offense. or (B) had an altered or obliterated serial number. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2K2. increase by 2 levels. The cumulative offense level determined from the application of subsections (b)(1) through (b)(4) may not exceed level 29. except if subsection (b)(3)(A) applies. or if death resulted.1 (Attempt. increase by 4 levels. Part A. or Conspiracy) in respect to that other offense. (k)-(o).C. (B) Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. increase to level 18. (x)(1).November 1. Solicitation. or possessed or transferred any firearm or ammunition with knowledge. (b).1 (B) a destructive device other than a destructive device referred to in subdivision (A). If the resulting offense level is less than level 18. § 5861(a)-(l). increase by 2 levels. 924(a). (5) If the defendant engaged in the trafficking of firearms. (4) If any firearm (A) was stolen. 26 U. If a recordkeeping offense reflected an effort to conceal a substantive offense involving firearms or ammunition.C.S.S. Subpart 1 (Homicide). (e)-(i). (6) (7) (c) Cross Reference (1) If the defendant used or possessed any firearm or ammunition in connection with the commission or attempted commission of another offense. increase by 4 levels. For additional statutory provisions. increase to the offense level for the substantive offense. – 249 – .

Semiautomatic Firearm Capable of Accepting a Large Capacity Magazine. "Felony conviction" means a prior adult federal or state conviction for an offense punishable by death or imprisonment for a term exceeding one year. Application of Subsection (b)(1). which is frequently committed in violation of state.— For purposes of this guideline: "Ammunition" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.2 (Definitions of Terms Used in Section 4B1. § 921(a)(3). and (a)(4). GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.S.g.— Subsection (a)(7) includes the interstate transportation or interstate distribution of firearms. a reduction in the base offense level to no lower than level 6 may be warranted to reflect the less serious nature of the violation.2(a) and Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §4B1.C. § 922(g) or § 922(n). a "semiautomatic firearm capable of accepting a large capacity magazine" means a semiautomatic firearm that has the ability to fire many rounds without reloading because at the time of the offense (A) the firearm had attached to it a magazine or similar device that could accept more than 15 rounds of ammunition. 5. a federal conviction for an offense committed prior to the defendant’s eighteenth birthday is an adult conviction if the defendant was expressly proceeded against as an adult). "Crime of violence" has the meaning given that term in §4B1. § 921(a)(17)(A).22 caliber rim fire ammunition.—For purposes of calculating the number of firearms under subsection (b)(1). A conviction for an offense committed at age eighteen years or older is an adult conviction.2(b) and Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §4B1. Application of Subsection (a)(7).S. 4. local. (a)(3). Definition of "Prohibited Person". count only those firearms that were unlawfully sought to be obtained. A conviction for an offense committed prior to age eighteen years is an adult conviction if it is classified as an adult conviction under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the defendant was convicted (e.—For purposes of subsections (a)(1). "Destructive device" has the meaning given that term in 26 U. In the unusual case in which it is established that neither avoidance of state. – 250 – . or for some other underlying unlawful purpose. This definition does not include a semiautomatic firearm with an attached tubular device capable of operating only with .C.1 Application Notes: 1. "Firearm" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.1). or other federal law restricting the possession of firearms.C. § 5845(f). or (B) a magazine or similar device that could accept more than 15 rounds of ammunition was in close proximity to the firearm.S.C. or other federal firearms law.§2K2. "prohibited person" means any person described in 18 U. 2.S. "Controlled substance offense" has the meaning given that term in §4B1. regardless of whether such offense is specifically designated as a felony and regardless of the actual sentence imposed.2. 2009 Definitions. local.. nor any other underlying unlawful purpose was involved.—For purposes of subsections (a)(4)(B) and (a)(6). 3.

if the offense involved a firearm with an altered or obliterated serial number. provides for a reduction to an offense level of 6.C.C. a pipe bomb in a populated train station creates a substantially greater risk to the public welfare. and the extent to which possession was restricted by local law. the nature of the defendant’s criminal history (e.(a)(5). § 924(l) or (m) (offenses involving a stolen firearm or stolen ammunition) and the base offense level is determined under subsection (a)(7). than an incendiary device in an isolated area. § 5861(g) or (h) (offenses involving an altered or obliterated serial number) and the base offense level is determined under subsection (a)(7).S. an upward departure may be warranted. (a)(4)(B). or unlawfully distributed. Offenses involving such devices cover a wide range of offense conduct and involve different degrees of risk to the public welfare depending on the type of destructive device involved and the location or manner in which that destructive device was possessed or transported. do not apply the enhancement in subsection (b)(4)(B).1 applies is 18 U. See also §§5K2. and 5K2. Such devices pose a considerably greater risk to the public welfare than other National Firearms Act weapons.1 unlawfully possessed. This is because the base offense level takes into account that the firearm had an altered or obliterated serial number. Application of Subsection (b)(4). – 251 – . do not apply the enhancement in subsection (b)(4)(A). the risk to the public welfare. However. and a substantially greater risk of death or serious bodily injury. the amount and type of ammunition.1 applies is 18 U.S.—Subsection (b)(4) applies regardless of whether the 7. or the risk of death or serious bodily injury that the destructive device created. § 922(i).g. Relevant surrounding circumstances include the number and type of firearms.S. 6.g. prior convictions for offenses involving firearms). However.C.—Under subsection (b)(2). Destructive Devices.—A defendant whose offense involves a destructive device receives both the base offense level from the subsection applicable to a firearm listed in 26 U. the location and circumstances of possession and actual use. apply subsection (b)(4)(A). In a case in which the cumulative result of the increased base offense level and the enhancement under subsection (b)(3) does not adequately capture the seriousness of the offense because of the type of destructive device involved. and the applicable enhancement under subsection (b)(3). Note that where the base offense level is determined under subsections (a)(1) .2 (Physical Injury). subsection (a)(1). 5K2.. or (a)(5)).14 (Public Welfare). or (u).. (B) Knowledge or Reason to Believe.—If the only offense to which §2K2. § 922(k) or 26 U. subsection (b)(2) is not applicable. if the offense to which §2K2. Similarly.S. 8. This is because the base offense level takes into account that the firearm or ammunition was stolen. Application of Subsection (b)(2).— (A) Interaction with Subsection (a)(7). (j). or 18 U. "lawful sporting purposes or collection" as determined by the surrounding circumstances.November 1. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2K2.C.1 (Death). § 5845(a) (e. including any firearm that a defendant obtained or attempted to obtain by making a false statement to a licensed dealer. For example. (a)(3). it the offense involved a stolen firearm or stolen ammunition. apply subsection (b)(4)(B).C.S.

(a)(3).—A defendant who is subject to an enhanced sentence under the provisions of 18 U. the offense level is increased to the offense level for the substantive firearms or ammunition offense (e. 9. comment. non-detectable ("plastic") firearms (defined at 18 U. (b). transferred.2(a)(2). use only those felony convictions that are counted separately under §4A1. Prior Felony Convictions. § 921(a)(17)(B)). (a)(2). for purposes of applying subsection (a)(1) and (a)(2).C. 13. (3).2. or (a)(6) are also counted for purposes of determining criminal history points pursuant to Chapter Four.3). Application of Subsection (b)(5). or received two or more firearms with the intent to transport.. or (c). machineguns. (b).—An upward departure may be warranted in any of the following circumstances: (1) the number of firearms substantially exceeded 200. or disposal of a firearm to an individual— (I) (II) whose possession or receipt of the firearm would be unlawful. transfer. destructive devices). (a)(4)(B).g.S.1(a). See §4B1. (ii) – 252 – .S. See §4A1. if a record-keeping offense was committed to conceal a substantive firearms or ammunition offense. In addition.S. (2) the offense involved multiple National Firearms Act weapons (e.. transfer. Upward Departure Provisions. Armed Career Criminal.— Under subsection (b)(7).—For purposes of applying subsection (a)(1). (n. 11. 2009 defendant knew or had reason to believe that the firearm was stolen or had an altered or obliterated serial number.C. use only those felony convictions that receive criminal history points under §4A1. § 924(e) is an Armed Career Criminal.C. or otherwise dispose of firearms to another individual.g. 10.4.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. and knew or had reason to believe that such conduct would result in the transport. (2).§2K2.— (A) In General. regardless of whether anything of value was exchanged. if the defendant— (i) transported. or who intended to use or dispose of the firearm unlawfully. (a)(4)(A). §4A1. 12.—Subsection (b)(5) applies. (3) the offense involved large quantities of armor-piercing ammunition (defined at 18 U. or (c). Part A (Criminal History). § 922(p)). or (4) the offense posed a substantial risk of death or bodily injury to multiple individuals (see Application Note 7). the offense level is increased to the offense level applicable to the sale of a firearm to a prohibited person).1(a). Application of Subsection (b)(7). if the defendant falsifies a record to conceal the sale of a firearm to a prohibited person. or otherwise disposed of two or more firearms to another individual. military type assault rifles. Prior felony conviction(s) resulting in an increased base offense level under subsection (a)(1). or (4)(A).

regardless of whether a criminal charge was brought. procured. another felony offense or another offense. "Crime of violence" and "controlled substance offense" have the meaning given those terms in §4B1.— (A) In General.2 (Definitions of Terms Used in Section 4B1. respectively.3 (Relevant Conduct).November 1.—In a case in which three or more firearms were both possessed and trafficked. finds and takes a firearm.1). (D) 14. imprisonment. application of subsections (b)(6) and (c)(1) is warranted because the presence of the firearm has the potential of facilitating another felony offense or another offense.—Subsections (b)(6) and (c)(1) apply if the firearm or ammunition facilitated.— "Another felony offense". Definitions. a controlled substance offense..—If the defendant trafficked substantially more than 25 firearms. § 921(a)(33)(A). for purposes of subsection (b)(6). or (ii) at the time of the offense was under a criminal justice sentence.—Subsections (b)(6) and (c)(1) apply (i) in a case in which a defendant who.S. or local offense.1 (B) Definitions.e. (C) Upward Departure Provision. "Misdemeanor crime of domestic violence" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. "In Connection With". or drug paraphernalia. an upward departure may be warranted. means any federal. Interaction with Other Subsections. Application When Other Offense is Burglary or Drug Offense. or had the potential of facilitating. even if the defendant did not engage in any other conduct with that firearm during the course of the burglary. other than the explosive or firearms possession or trafficking offense. drug-manufacturing materials. work release. consistent with §1B1. The term "defendant". or escape status. an offense other than a firearms possession or trafficking offense) an enhancement under subsection (b)(6) also would apply. commanded. parole. (B) (C) – 253 – . induced. limits the accountability of the defendant to the defendant’s own conduct and conduct that the defendant aided or abetted. or a conviction obtained. In these cases. apply both subsections (b)(1) and (b)(5). punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year. supervised release. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2K2. or willfully caused.—For purposes of this subsection: "Individual whose possession or receipt of the firearm would be unlawful" means an individual who (i) has a prior conviction for a crime of violence. If the defendant used or transferred one of such firearms in connection with another felony offense (i. during the course of a burglary. or a misdemeanor crime of domestic violence. including probation. and (ii) in the case of a drug trafficking offense in which a firearm is found in close proximity to drugs.C. counseled. respectively. state.

amendment 646). or With Knowledge that It Will Be Used in Committing Another Offense).6 (Weapons and Dangerous Instrumentalities) may be warranted.1 effective November 1. amendment 374). 2007 (see Appendix C.3. Historical Note: Effective November 1. Chapters Three and Four shall not apply to that count of conviction. 2009 "Another offense".—In a case in which the defendant used or possessed a firearm or explosive to facilitate another firearms or explosives offense (e. 1989 (see Appendix C. 1987. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2K2. means any federal. §2K2. November 1.3 (Receiving.§2K2. 2005 (see Appendix C. or Explosive During or in Relation to Certain Crimes (a) If the defendant. the guideline sentence is the minimum term of imprisonment required by statute. November 1. United States Code.2. or a conviction obtained. amendments 578 and 586). 2006 (see Appendix C. 2004 (see Appendix C. 1989 (see Appendix C. 691. Amended effective November 1. other than the explosive or firearms possession or trafficking offense. (D) Upward Departure Provision. and November 1. 1991 (see Appendix C. United States Code. amendment 707). amendment 605). November 1. November 1. amendment 522). 1993 (see Appendix C. (b) – 254 – . 1988 (see Appendix C. §2K2. 1997 (see Appendix C.2 effective November 1.g. Except as provided in subsection (c). an upward departure under §5K2. the defendant used or possessed a firearm to protect the delivery of an unlawful shipment of explosives). Use of Firearm. amendments 686. 1992 (see Appendix C. November 1. November 1. amendment 374). whether or not convicted of another crime.3 (Prohibited Transactions in or Shipment of Firearms and Other Weapons). amendment 34). was deleted by consolidation with §2K2. 1987. November 1. amendment 189). amendment 189). November 1. amendment 189). was convicted of violating section 844(h) of title 18. A former §2K2. November 1. regardless of whether a criminal charge was brought. 1991 (see Appendix C. November 1. November 1. amendment 669). 1989 (see Appendix C. 1998 (see Appendix C.. 1989 (see Appendix C. November 1. 1995 (see Appendix C. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2K2. was convicted of violating section 924(c) or section 929(a) of title 18. Armor-Piercing Ammunition. 2001 (see Appendix C. 1990 (see Appendix C. Chapters Three (Adjustments) and Four (Criminal History and Criminal Livelihood) shall not apply to that count of conviction. amendment 478). 1987. Shipping or Transferring a Firearm or Ammunition With Intent to Commit Another Offense. amendment 374). §2K2. November 1. was deleted by consolidation with §2K2. amendments 679 and 680). November 1.4. if the defendant. 2002 (see Appendix C.2 (Unlawful Trafficking and Other Prohibited Transactions Involving Firearms). amendment 333). amendments 629-631). 2000 (see Appendix C. effective November 1. was deleted by consolidation with §2K2. 1991 (see Appendix C. effective November 1. Transporting. amendment 189). amended effective January 15. for purposes of subsection (c)(1). November 1. the guideline sentence is the term of imprisonment required by statute.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. effective November 1. 1990 (see Appendix C. amendment 471). amendment 333). and 696). state. amendments 568 and 575).1 effective November 1. whether or not convicted of another crime. or local offense.

C. 929(a).2 (Definitions of Terms Used in Section 4B1.1.—Section 844(h) of title 18.1. provides a mandatory term of imprisonment of 10 years (or 20 years for the second or subsequent offense). Application Notes: 1. also requires a term of imprisonment imposed under this section to run consecutively to any other term of imprisonment. Each of 18 U. A departure may be warranted. Accordingly. This guideline shall be used as a consolidated fine guideline for both the underlying offense and the conviction underlying this section. in a case in which the defendant is convicted under 18 U.C.C. Upward Departure Provision. provide mandatory minimum terms of imprisonment (e. § 924(c) or § 929(a) is an upward departure from the guideline sentence. § 924(c) or § 929(a) offense but is not determined to be a career offender under §4B1.g.4 (c) If the defendant (1) was convicted of violating section 924(c) or section 929(a) of title 18. §§ 924(c) and 929(a) also requires that a term of imprisonment imposed under that section shall run consecutively to any other term of imprisonment. Application of Subsection (a). United States Code. 2.1(c). is determined to be a career offender under §4B1. §§ 844(h).S.S. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2K2. (B) – 255 – .1).S. the guideline sentence is the minimum term required by the relevant statute.S.— (A) In General.—In a case in which the guideline sentence is determined under subsection (b).1 (Acceptance of Responsibility). and 4B1. and (2) as a result of that conviction (alone or in addition to another offense of conviction)..S. § 844(h) is the term required by that statute.C.—Sections 924(c) and 929(a) of title 18. United State Code. to reflect the seriousness of the defendant’s criminal history in a case in which the defendant is convicted of an 18 U.S. 4B1. not less than five years). Application of Subsection (b). Except as provided in subsection (c). for example.November 1.C. the guideline sentence for a defendant convicted under 18 U. § 924(c) or § 929(a). (d) Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. Chapters Three and Four shall not apply to that count of conviction. Except for §§3E1.1 (Career Offender). Section 844(h) of title 18. Special Instructions for Fines (1) Where there is a federal conviction for the underlying offense. United State Code.C. a sentence above the minimum term required by 18 U. 924(c). the fine guideline shall be the fine guideline that would have been applicable had there only been a conviction for the underlying offense. United States Code. the guideline sentence shall be determined under §4B1.

§ 924(c) or 18 U.1(b)(6) would not apply. and (B) as a result of that conviction (alone or in addition to another offense of conviction). including any such enhancement that would apply based on conduct for which the defendant is accountable under §1B1. § 924(c) or § 929(a). the defendant possessed a firearm other than the one for which the defendant was convicted under 18 U.C. brandishing. if a defendant is convicted of two armed bank robberies. possessed a firearm different from the one for which the defendant was convicted under 18 U. A sentence under this guideline accounts for any explosive or weapon enhancement for the underlying offense of conviction. § 924(c). § 922(g). do not apply any specific offense characteristic for possession.3 (Relevant Conduct).C. or discharge of a firearm had been applied).2 (Sentencing on Multiple Counts of Conviction).C.3(b)(3) (pertaining to possession of explosive material in connection with another felony offense) or §2K2. § 844(h). – 256 – . 4.C. Do not apply any weapon enhancement in the guideline for the underlying offense. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. if in addition to a conviction for an underlying offense of armed bank robbery. or discharge of an explosive or firearm when determining the sentence for the underlying offense.§2K2. § 844(h). Weapon Enhancement. § 924(c) conviction. when combined with the mandatory consecutive sentence under 18 U. However. A sentence under this guideline accounts for the conduct covered by these enhancements because of the relatedness of that conduct to the conduct that forms the basis for the conviction under 18 U. § 844(h).C. If the explosive or weapon that was possessed. a weapon enhancement would apply to the bank robbery which was not the basis for the 18 U.S. § 924(c) in connection with only one of the robberies. § 924(c). or § 929(a). or discharged in the course of the underlying offense also results in a conviction that would subject the defendant to an enhancement under §2K1.1(c).S.— If a sentence under this guideline is imposed in conjunction with a sentence for an underlying offense. the guideline range that would have resulted if the enhancements for possession.C.C.S. produces a total maximum penalty that is less than the maximum of the guideline range that would have resulted had there not been a count of conviction under 18 U.C. 2009 Application of Subsection (c). For example. In a few cases in which the defendant is determined not to be a career offender.C. if (A) a co-defendant. use.S. § 924(c). § 924(c). § 924(c).4 3. brandished. as part of the jointly undertaken criminal activity. § 844(h).e. In a case involving multiple counts. for example. do not apply that enhancement.S.C. used. the enhancement under §2K2. § 924(c).S.C.—In a case in which the defendant (A) was convicted of violating 18 U. but is convicted under 18 U. the sentence shall be imposed according to the rules in subsection (e) of §5G1. the defendant was convicted of being a felon in possession under 18 U.1(b)(6) (pertaining to possession of any firearm or ammunition in connection with another felony offense).S.S. § 929(a). or § 929(a) (i. § 844(h). use. the offense level for the underlying offense determined under the preceding paragraphs may result in a guideline range that.S..1 (Career Offender). or § 929(a). is determined to be a career offender under §4B1. or (B) in an ongoing drug trafficking offense. An upward departure under this paragraph shall not exceed the maximum of the guideline range that would have resulted had there not been a count of conviction under 18 U.S. In such a case. or § 929(a) does not result in a decrease in the total punishment.C.S. an upward departure may be warranted so that the conviction under 18 U.S. the guideline sentence shall be determined under §4B1.

2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2K2. and 600). use. United States Code.5 5. or § 929(a) in that any specific offense characteristic for possession. amendment 190). a consolidated fine guideline is determined by the offense level that would have applied to the underlying offense absent a conviction under 18 U. 2002 (see Appendix C. provide mandatory minimum terms of imprisonment. brandishing. any specific offense characteristic for explosive or firearm discharge.—Except for those cases covered by subsection (c). when a sentence under this section is imposed in conjunction with a sentence for an underlying offense. Sections 924(c) and 929(a) of title 18. 1993 (see Appendix C. § 3571. November 1. The Commission has not established a fine guideline range for the unusual case in which there is no conviction for the underlying offense. § 844(h). 599. although a fine is authorized under 18 U. 1991 (see Appendix C.2. 6. and (B) no other adjustments in Chapter Three and no provisions of Chapter Four.C. Amended effective November 1. amendment 642).C. November 1.— Imposition of a term of supervised release is governed by the provisions of §5D1. Historical Note: Effective November 1. or § 929(a).— Subsection (d) sets forth special provisions concerning the imposition of fines. Where there is also a conviction for the underlying offense. This is required because the offense level for the underlying offense may be reduced when there is also a conviction under 18 U.S. brandishing.S.2. or discharge of a firearm is not applied (see Application Note 4). November 1. amendments 598. shall apply.1(c). November 1. United States Code. Terms of Supervised Release. other than §§4B1. In determining the guideline sentence for those cases covered by subsection (c): (A) the adjustment in §3E1. amendment 332). To avoid double counting. or – 257 – . 1990 (see Appendix C. November 1. § 924(c). Chapters Three and Four.November 1.1 and 4B1. Possession of Firearm or Dangerous Weapon in Federal Facility. November 1.C. § 844(h). A sentence imposed pursuant to any of these statutes must be imposed to run consecutively to any other term of imprisonment.1 (Imposition of a Term of Supervised Release).1 (Procedure for Determining Offense Level on Multiple Counts) and 5G1. 2000 (see Appendix C. 7. See §§3D1. 1987. Background: Section 844(h) of title 18. amendment 405). §2K2. 2006 (see Appendix C. Fines. as provided in §4B1. use. provides a mandatory term of imprisonment.1 (Acceptance of Responsibility) may apply. do not apply Chapter Three (Adjustments) and Chapter Four (Criminal History and Criminal Livelihood) to any offense sentenced under this guideline.5. 1989 (see Appendix C.S. Possession or Discharge of Firearm in School Zone (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 6 Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If -(A) the defendant unlawfully possessed or caused any firearm or dangerous weapon to be present in a federal court facility. or possession is not applied in respect to such underlying offense. Such offenses are excluded from application of those chapters because the guideline sentence for each offense is determined only by the relevant statute. amendment 696). § 924(c). amendments 481 and 489).

prisoner holding cells. § 922(q). Solicitation. or Conspiracy) in respect to that other offense if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. the court should apportion the sentence between the count for the underlying offense and the count under 18 U.C. § 5104(e)(1). 930. § 922(q).S. "Dangerous weapon" and "firearm" are defined in the Commentary to §1B1. the most analogous offense guideline from Chapter Two. A sentence of imprisonment under 18 U.1 (Attempt.C.C. the United States attorney. In order to comply with the statute. or possessed or transferred a firearm or dangerous weapon with knowledge or intent that it would be used or possessed in connection with another offense.§2K2.S. See 18 U. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. 2009 the defendant unlawfully possessed or caused any firearm to be present in a school zone. when the guideline range is based on the underlying offense. "Federal court facility" includes the courtroom. 2.S. 40 U. a sentence of 30 months for the underlying offense. and the United States marshal.C. probation and parole offices.C.S. increase by 2 levels. plus 6 months under 18 U. jury deliberation rooms. § 922(q) must run consecutively to any sentence of imprisonment imposed for any other offense.C. 3.C. (c) Cross Reference (1) If the defendant used or possessed any firearm or dangerous weapon in connection with the commission or attempted commission of another offense. apply -(A) §2X1.1 (Application Instructions). – 258 – .5 (B) GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. and the defendant is convicted both of the underlying offense and 18 U. Part A.S. § 930(f)(3). "School zone" is defined at 18 U. § 922(q) would satisfy this requirement.S. attorney conference rooms. judges’ chambers.S. Subpart 1 (Homicide). §§ 922(q). Application Notes: 1. (B) Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. and adjoining corridors and parking facilities of any court of the United States.S.C. witness rooms. or if death resulted. § 922(q). offices and parking facilities of the court clerks. For example. if the guideline range is 30-37 months and the court determines "total punishment" of 36 months is appropriate.

or (ii) used as a means of bartering.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1). Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U. limits the accountability of the defendant to the defendant’s own conduct and conduct that the defendant aided or abetted. Meaning of "Felony Offense". regardless of whether a criminal charge was brought. in a federal facility. amendment 374).3 (Relevant Conduct). amendment 191). "felony offense" means any offense (federal.6 4.C. or a conviction obtained.5 (Use of Body Armor in Drug Trafficking Crimes and Crimes of Violence). Inapplicability of §3B1. or otherwise used.6.—Consistent with §1B1. or school zone. Application of Subsection (b)(1). 1989 (see Appendix C.5. and the cross reference from subsection (c)(1) does not apply.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1).—If subsection (b)(1) applies (because the defendant used the body armor in connection with another felony offense) and the instant offense of conviction 3.—If subsection (b)(1) applies. Grouping of Multiple Counts. induced. do not apply the adjustment in §3B1. (B) (C) 2. Historical Note: Effective November 1. increase by 4 levels. Application Notes: 1.S. Meaning of "Used". November 1. or local) punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year. or Owning Body Armor by Violent Felons (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 10 Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If the defendant used the body armor in connection with another felony offense. procured. § 931. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2K2. 2003 (see Appendix C. – 259 – . for purposes of subsection (b)(1). state. Amended effective November 1. amendment 661).November 1. subsection (b)(1) would not apply if the body armor was found in the trunk of a car but was not being actively used as protection. 1991 (see Appendix C. "used" means the body armor was (i) actively employed in a manner to protect the person from gunfire. or willfully caused. Subsection (b)(1) does not apply if the body armor was merely possessed. §2K2. discharged. commanded.— (A) Meaning of "Defendant". an upward departure may be warranted. the term "defendant". federal court facility. Where the firearm was brandished. counseled. Possessing. For example. Purchasing.

apply the most analogous offense guideline from Chapter Two. effective November 1.C. §2K3. – 260 – . amendment 481).S.2 (Groups of Closely Related Counts). 2009 includes a count of conviction for that other felony offense. Solicitation. Historical Note: Effective November 1. * * * * * 3. or Conspiracy) in respect to the intended offense. Amended effective November 1. § 1716. § 931 offense and that other felony offense shall be grouped pursuant to subsection (c) of §3D1.C. amendment 481). Subpart 1 (Homicide).1.2. amendment 334). [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2K3. MAILING INJURIOUS ARTICLES Historical Note: Effective November 1. the counts of conviction for the 18 U.6 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.C. or If death resulted. apply §2X1. Background: This guideline applies only to the felony provisions of 18 U. §2K3.1 (Unlawfully Transporting Hazardous Materials in Commerce).2 effective November 1. 1987. was deleted by consolidation with §2Q1. 1987.1 (Attempt. (2) Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U.S. 1993 (see Appendix C. 1990 (see Appendix C. Historical Note: Effective November 1.§2K2. Part A. § 1716 (felony provisions only). 2004 (see Appendix C. amendment 670). The Commission has not promulgated a guideline for the misdemeanor provisions of this statute. Feloniously Mailing Injurious Articles (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater): (1) If the offense was committed with intent (A) to kill or injure any person. 1993 (see Appendix C. or (B) to injure the mails or other property.S.

November 1, 2009

GUIDELINES MANUAL

§2L1.1

PART L - OFFENSES INVOLVING IMMIGRATION, NATURALIZATION, AND PASSPORTS

1.

IMMIGRATION

§2L1.1.

Smuggling, Transporting, or Harboring an Unlawful Alien (a) Base Offense Level: (1) 25, if the defendant was convicted under 8 U.S.C. § 1327 of a violation involving an alien who was inadmissible under 8 U.S.C. § 1182(a)(3); 23, if the defendant was convicted under 8 U.S.C. § 1327 of a violation involving an alien who previously was deported after a conviction for an aggravated felony; or 12, otherwise.

(2)

(3) (b)

Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If (A) the offense was committed other than for profit, or the offense involved the smuggling, transporting, or harboring only of the defendant’s spouse or child (or both the defendant’s spouse and child), and (B) the base offense level is determined under subsection (a)(3), decrease by 3 levels. If the offense involved the smuggling, transporting, or harboring of six or more unlawful aliens, increase as follows: Number of Unlawful Aliens Smuggled, Transported, or Harbored (A) (B) (C) (3) 6-24 25-99 100 or more

(2)

Increase in Level add 3 add 6 add 9.

If the defendant committed any part of the instant offense after sustaining (A) a conviction for a felony immigration and naturalization offense, increase by 2 levels; or (B) two (or more) convictions for felony immigration and naturalization offenses, each such conviction arising out of a separate prosecution, increase by 4 levels. If the defendant smuggled, transported, or harbored a minor who was unaccompanied by the minor’s parent or grandparent, increase by 2 levels.

(4)

– 261 –

§2L1.1
(5)

GUIDELINES MANUAL

November 1, 2009

(Apply the Greatest): (A) If a firearm was discharged, increase by 6 levels, but if the resulting offense level is less than level 22, increase to level 22. If a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was brandished or otherwise used, increase by 4 levels, but if the resulting offense level is less than level 20, increase to level 20. If a dangerous weapon (including a firearm) was possessed, increase by 2 levels, but if the resulting offense level is less than level 18, increase to level 18.

(B)

(C)

(6)

If the offense involved intentionally or recklessly creating a substantial risk of death or serious bodily injury to another person, increase by 2 levels, but if the resulting offense level is less than level 18, increase to level 18. If any person died or sustained bodily injury, increase the offense level according to the seriousness of the injury: Death or Degree of Injury (A) (B) (C) (D) Bodily Injury Serious Bodily Injury Permanent or Life-Threatening Bodily Injury Death Increase in Level add 2 levels add 4 levels add 6 levels add 10 levels.

(7)

(8)

(Apply the greater): (A) If an alien was involuntarily detained through coercion or threat, or in connection with a demand for payment, (i) after the alien was smuggled into the United States; or (ii) while the alien was transported or harbored in the United States, increase by 2 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 18, increase to level 18. If (i) the defendant was convicted of alien harboring, (ii) the alien harboring was for the purpose of prostitution, and (iii) the defendant receives an adjustment under §3B1.1 (Aggravating Role), increase by 2 levels, but if the alien engaging in the prostitution had not attained the age of 18 years, increase by 6 levels.

(B)

(9)

If the defendant was convicted under 8 U.S.C. § 1324(a)(4), increase by 2 levels.

– 262 –

November 1, 2009

GUIDELINES MANUAL

§2L1.1

(c) (1)

Cross Reference If death resulted, apply the appropriate homicide guideline from Chapter Two, Part A, Subpart 1, if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined under this guideline.

Commentary Statutory Provisions: 8 U.S.C. §§ 1324(a), 1327. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index). Application Notes: 1. Definitions.—For purposes of this guideline: "The offense was committed other than for profit" means that there was no payment or expectation of payment for the smuggling, transporting, or harboring of any of the unlawful aliens. "Number of unlawful aliens smuggled, transported, or harbored" does not include the defendant. "Aggravated felony" is defined in the Commentary to §2L1.2 (Unlawfully Entering or Remaining in the United States). "Child" has the meaning set forth in section 101(b)(1) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. § 1101(b)(1)). "Spouse" has the meaning set forth in 101(a)(35) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. § 1101(a)(35)). "Immigration and naturalization offense" means any offense covered by Chapter Two, Part L. "Minor" means an individual who had not attained the age of 16 years. "Parent" means (A) a natural mother or father; (B) a stepmother or stepfather; or (C) an adoptive mother or father. 2. Interaction with §3B1.1.—For the purposes of §3B1.1 (Aggravating Role), the aliens smuggled, transported, or harbored are not considered participants unless they actively assisted in the smuggling, transporting, or harboring of others. In large scale smuggling, transporting, or harboring cases, an additional adjustment from §3B1.1 typically will apply. Upward Departure Provisions.—An upward departure may be warranted in any of the following cases: (A) The defendant smuggled, transported, or harbored an alien knowing that the alien

3.

– 263 –

§2L1.1

GUIDELINES MANUAL

November 1, 2009

intended to enter the United States to engage in subversive activity, drug trafficking, or other serious criminal behavior. (B) The defendant smuggled, transported, or harbored an alien the defendant knew was inadmissible for reasons of security and related grounds, as set forth under 8 U.S.C. § 1182(a)(3). The offense involved substantially more than 100 aliens.

(C) 4.

Prior Convictions Under Subsection (b)(3).—Prior felony conviction(s) resulting in an adjustment under subsection (b)(3) are also counted for purposes of determining criminal history points pursuant to Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal History). Application of Subsection (b)(6).—Reckless conduct to which the adjustment from subsection (b)(6) applies includes a wide variety of conduct (e.g., transporting persons in the trunk or engine compartment of a motor vehicle, carrying substantially more passengers than the rated capacity of a motor vehicle or vessel, or harboring persons in a crowded, dangerous, or inhumane condition). If subsection (b)(6) applies solely on the basis of conduct related to fleeing from a law enforcement officer, do not apply an adjustment from §3C1.2 (Reckless Endangerment During Flight). Additionally, do not apply the adjustment in subsection (b)(6) if the only reckless conduct that created a substantial risk of death or serious bodily injury is conduct for which the defendant received an enhancement under subsection (b)(5). Inapplicability of §3A1.3.—If an enhancement under subsection (b)(8)(A) applies, do not apply §3A1.3 (Restraint of Victim).

5.

6.

Background: This section includes the most serious immigration offenses covered under the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986.
Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendments 35, 36, and 37); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 192); November 1, 1990 (see Appendix C, amendment 335); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 375); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 450); May 1, 1997 (see Appendix C, amendment 543); November 1, 1997 (see Appendix C, amendment 561); November 1, 2006 (see Appendix C, amendments 686 and 692); November 1, 2007 (see Appendix C, amendment 702); November 1, 2009 (see Appendix C, amendment 730).

§2L1.2.

Unlawfully Entering or Remaining in the United States (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 8 Specific Offense Characteristic (1) Apply the Greatest: If the defendant previously was deported, or unlawfully remained in the United States, after— (A) a conviction for a felony that is (i) a drug trafficking offense for which the sentence imposed exceeded 13 months; (ii) a crime of

– 264 –

November 1, 2009

GUIDELINES MANUAL

§2L1.2

violence; (iii) a firearms offense; (iv) a child pornography offense; (v) a national security or terrorism offense; (vi) a human trafficking offense; or (vii) an alien smuggling offense, increase by 16 levels; (B) a conviction for a felony drug trafficking offense for which the sentence imposed was 13 months or less, increase by 12 levels; a conviction for an aggravated felony, increase by 8 levels; a conviction for any other felony, increase by 4 levels; or three or more convictions for misdemeanors that are crimes of violence or drug trafficking offenses, increase by 4 levels.

(C) (D) (E)

Commentary Statutory Provisions: 8 U.S.C. § 1325(a) (second or subsequent offense only), 8 U.S.C. § 1326. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index). Application Notes: 1. Application of Subsection (b)(1).— (A) In General.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1): (i) A defendant shall be considered to be deported after a conviction if the defendant has been removed or has departed the United States while an order of exclusion, deportation, or removal was outstanding. A defendant shall be considered to be deported after a conviction if the deportation was subsequent to the conviction, regardless of whether the deportation was in response to the conviction. A defendant shall be considered to have unlawfully remained in the United States if the defendant remained in the United States following a removal order issued after a conviction, regardless of whether the removal order was in response to the conviction. Subsection (b)(1) does not apply to a conviction for an offense committed before the defendant was eighteen years of age unless such conviction is classified as an adult conviction under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the defendant was convicted.

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(B)

Definitions.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1): (i) "Alien smuggling offense" has the meaning given that term in section

– 265 –

§2L1.2

GUIDELINES MANUAL

November 1, 2009

101(a)(43)(N) of the § 1101(a)(43)(N)). (ii)

Immigration

and

Nationality

Act

(8

U.S.C.

"Child pornography offense" means (I) an offense described in 18 U.S.C. § 2251, § 2251A, § 2252, § 2252A, or § 2260; or (II) an offense under state or local law consisting of conduct that would have been an offense under any such section if the offense had occurred within the special maritime and territorial jurisdiction of the United States.

(iii)

"Crime of violence" means any of the following offenses under federal, state, or local law: murder, manslaughter, kidnapping, aggravated assault, forcible sex offenses (including where consent to the conduct is not given or is not legally valid, such as where consent to the conduct is involuntary, incompetent, or coerced), statutory rape, sexual abuse of a minor, robbery, arson, extortion, extortionate extension of credit, burglary of a dwelling, or any other offense under federal, state, or local law that has as an element the use, attempted use, or threatened use of physical force against the person of another. "Drug trafficking offense" means an offense under federal, state, or local law that prohibits the manufacture, import, export, distribution, or dispensing of, or offer to sell a controlled substance (or a counterfeit substance) or the possession of a controlled substance (or a counterfeit substance) with intent to manufacture, import, export, distribute, or dispense. "Firearms offense" means any of the following: (I) An offense under federal, state, or local law that prohibits the importation, distribution, transportation, or trafficking of a firearm described in 18 U.S.C. § 921, or of an explosive material as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 841(c). An offense under federal, state, or local law that prohibits the possession of a firearm described in 26 U.S.C. § 5845(a), or of an explosive material as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 841(c). A violation of 18 U.S.C. § 844(h). A violation of 18 U.S.C. § 924(c). A violation of 18 U.S.C. § 929(a). An offense under state or local law consisting of conduct that would have been an offense under subdivision (III), (IV), or (V) if the offense had occurred within the special maritime and territorial jurisdiction of the United States.

(iv)

(v)

(II)

(III) (IV) (V) (VI)

(vi)

"Human trafficking offense" means (I) any offense described in 18 U.S.C. § 1581, § 1582, § 1583, § 1584, § 1585, § 1588, § 1589, § 1590, or § 1591; or (II) an
– 266 –

November 1, 2009

GUIDELINES MANUAL

§2L1.2

offense under state or local law consisting of conduct that would have been an offense under any such section if the offense had occurred within the special maritime and territorial jurisdiction of the United States. (vii) "Sentence imposed" has the meaning given the term "sentence of imprisonment" in Application Note 2 and subsection (b) of §4A1.2 (Definitions and Instructions for Computing Criminal History), without regard to the date of the conviction. The length of the sentence imposed includes any term of imprisonment given upon revocation of probation, parole, or supervised release. "Terrorism offense" means any offense involving, or intending to promote, a "Federal crime of terrorism", as that term is defined in 18 U.S.C. § 2332b(g)(5).

(viii)

2.

Definition of "Felony".—For purposes of subsection (b)(1)(A), (B), and (D), "felony" means any federal, state, or local offense punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year. Application of Subsection (b)(1)(C).— (A) Definitions.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1)(C), "aggravated felony" has the meaning given that term in section 101(a)(43) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. § 1101(a)(43)), without regard to the date of conviction for the aggravated felony. In General.—The offense level shall be increased under subsection (b)(1)(C) for any aggravated felony (as defined in subdivision (A)), with respect to which the offense level is not increased under subsections (b)(1)(A) or (B).

3.

(B)

4.

Application of Subsection (b)(1)(E).—For purposes of subsection (b)(1)(E): (A) "Misdemeanor" means any federal, state, or local offense punishable by a term of imprisonment of one year or less. "Three or more convictions" means at least three convictions for offenses that are not counted as a single sentence pursuant to subsection (a)(2) of §4A1.2 (Definitions and Instructions for Computing Criminal History).

(B)

5.

Aiding and Abetting, Conspiracies, and Attempts.—Prior convictions of offenses counted under subsection (b)(1) include the offenses of aiding and abetting, conspiring, and attempting, to commit such offenses. Computation of Criminal History Points.—A conviction taken into account under subsection (b)(1) is not excluded from consideration of whether that conviction receives criminal history points pursuant to Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal History). Departure Consideration.—There may be cases in which the applicable offense level substantially overstates or understates the seriousness of a prior conviction. In such a case, a departure may be warranted. Examples: (A) In a case in which subsection (b)(1)(A) or (b)(1)(B) does not apply and the defendant has a prior conviction for possessing or transporting a quantity of a controlled substance that exceeds a quantity consistent with
– 267 –

6.

7.

§2L1.2

GUIDELINES MANUAL

November 1, 2009

personal use, an upward departure may be warranted. (B) In a case in which subsection (b)(1)(A) applies, and the prior conviction does not meet the definition of aggravated felony at 8 U.S.C. § 1101(a)(43), a downward departure may be warranted.
Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 38); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 193); November 1, 1991 (see Appendix C, amendment 375); November 1, 1995 (see Appendix C, amendment 523); November 1, 1997 (see Appendix C, amendment 562); November 1, 2001 (see Appendix C, amendment 632); November 1, 2002 (see Appendix C, amendment 637); November 1, 2003 (see Appendix C, amendment 658); November 1, 2007 (see Appendix C, amendment 709); November 1, 2008 (see Appendix C, amendment 722).

§2L1.3. [Deleted]
Historical Note: Section 2L1.3 (Engaging in a Pattern of Unlawful Employment of Aliens), effective November 1, 1987, was deleted effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 194).

* * * * *

2.

NATURALIZATION AND PASSPORTS

§2L2.1.

Trafficking in a Document Relating to Naturalization, Citizenship, or Legal Resident Status, or a United States Passport; False Statement in Respect to the Citizenship or Immigration Status of Another; Fraudulent Marriage to Assist Alien to Evade Immigration Law (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 11 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the offense was committed other than for profit, or the offense involved the smuggling, transporting, or harboring only of the defendant’s spouse or child (or both the defendant’s spouse and child), decrease by 3 levels. If the offense involved six or more documents or passports, increase as follows: Number of Documents/Passports (A) (B) (C) (3) 6-24 25-99 100 or more

(2)

Increase in Level add 3 add 6 add 9.

If the defendant knew, believed, or had reason to believe that a passport or visa was to be used to facilitate the commission of a felony offense, other than an offense involving violation of the immigration laws, increase by 4 levels.

– 268 –

November 1, 2009

GUIDELINES MANUAL

§2L2.1

(4)

If the defendant committed any part of the instant offense after sustaining (A) a conviction for a felony immigration and naturalization offense, increase by 2 levels; or (B) two (or more) convictions for felony immigration and naturalization offenses, each such conviction arising out of a separate prosecution, increase by 4 levels. If the defendant fraudulently obtained or used (A) a United States passport, increase by 4 levels; or (B) a foreign passport, increase by 2 levels.

(5)

Commentary Statutory Provisions: 8 U.S.C. §§ 1160(b)(7)(A), 1185(a)(3), (4), 1325(b), (c); 18 U.S.C. §§ 1015, 1028, 1425-1427, 1542, 1544, 1546. For additional statutory provision(s), see Appendix A (Statutory Index). Application Notes: 1. For purposes of this guideline— "The offense was committed other than for profit" means that there was no payment or expectation of payment for the smuggling, transporting, or harboring of any of the unlawful aliens. "Immigration and naturalization offense" means any offense covered by Chapter Two, Part L. "Child" has the meaning set forth in section 101(b)(1) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. § 1101(b)(1)). "Spouse" has the meaning set forth in section 101(a)(35) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. § 1101(a)(35)). 2. Where it is established that multiple documents are part of a set of documents intended for use by a single person, treat the set as one document. Subsection (b)(3) provides an enhancement if the defendant knew, believed, or had reason to believe that a passport or visa was to be used to facilitate the commission of a felony offense, other than an offense involving violation of the immigration laws. If the defendant knew, believed, or had reason to believe that the felony offense to be committed was of an especially serious type, an upward departure may be warranted. Prior felony conviction(s) resulting in an adjustment under subsection (b)(4) are also counted for purposes of determining criminal history points pursuant to Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal History).

3.

4.

– 269 –

§2L2.1
5.

GUIDELINES MANUAL

November 1, 2009

If the offense involved substantially more than 100 documents, an upward departure may be warranted.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 195); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 450); November 1, 1993 (see Appendix C, amendment 481); November 1, 1995 (see Appendix C, amendment 524); May 1, 1997 (see Appendix C, amendment 544); November 1, 1997 (see Appendix C, amendment 563); November 1, 2006 (see Appendix C, amendment 691).

§2L2.2.

Fraudulently Acquiring Documents Relating to Naturalization, Citizenship, or Legal Resident Status for Own Use; False Personation or Fraudulent Marriage by Alien to Evade Immigration Law; Fraudulently Acquiring or Improperly Using a United States Passport (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 8 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the defendant is an unlawful alien who has been deported (voluntarily or involuntarily) on one or more occasions prior to the instant offense, increase by 2 levels. If the defendant committed any part of the instant offense after sustaining (A) a conviction for a felony immigration and naturalization offense, increase by 2 levels; or (B) two (or more) convictions for felony immigration and naturalization offenses, each such conviction arising out of a separate prosecution, increase by 4 levels. If the defendant fraudulently obtained or used (A) a United States passport, increase by 4 levels; or (B) a foreign passport, increase by 2 levels.

(2)

(3)

(c)

Cross Reference (1) If the defendant used a passport or visa in the commission or attempted commission of a felony offense, other than an offense involving violation of the immigration laws, apply -(A) §2X1.1 (Attempt, Solicitation, or Conspiracy) in respect to that felony offense, if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above; or if death resulted, the most analogous offense guideline from Chapter Two, Part A, Subpart 1 (Homicide), if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.

(B)

– 270 –

November 1, 2009

GUIDELINES MANUAL

§2L2.4

Commentary Statutory Provisions: 8 U.S.C. §§ 1160(b)(7)(A), 1185(a)(3), (5), 1325(b), (c); 18 U.S.C. §§ 911, 1015, 1028, 1423-1426, 1542-1544, 1546. Application Notes: 1. Definition.—For purposes of this guideline, "immigration and naturalization offense" means any offense covered by Chapter Two, Part L. Application of Subsection (b)(2).— Prior felony conviction(s) resulting in an adjustment under subsection (b)(2) are also counted for purposes of determining criminal history points pursuant to Chapter Four, Part A (Criminal History). Application of Subsection (b)(3).—The term "used" is to be construed broadly and includes the attempted renewal of previously-issued passports. Multiple Counts.—For the purposes of Chapter Three, Part D (Multiple Counts), a count of conviction for unlawfully entering or remaining in the United States covered by §2L1.2 (Unlawfully Entering or Remaining in the United States) arising from the same course of conduct as the count of conviction covered by this guideline shall be considered a closely related count to the count of conviction covered by this guideline, and therefore is to be grouped with the count of conviction covered by this guideline. Upward Departure Provision.—If the defendant fraudulently obtained or used a United States passport for the purpose of entering the United States to engage in terrorist activity, an upward departure may be warranted. See Application Note 4 of the Commentary to §3A1.4 (Terrorism).

2.

3.

4.

5.

Historical Note: Effective November 1, 1987. Amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 39); November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 196); November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 450); November 1, 1993 (see Appendix C, amendment 481); November 1, 1995 (see Appendix C, amendment 524); May 1, 1997 (see Appendix C, amendment 544); November 1, 1997 (see Appendix C, amendment 563); November 1, 2004 (see Appendix C, amendment 671); November 1, 2006 (see Appendix C, amendment 691).

§2L2.3. [Deleted]
Historical Note: Section 2L2.3 (Trafficking in a United States Passport), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 197) and November 1, 1992 (see Appendix C, amendment 450), was deleted by consolidation with §2L2.1 effective November 1, 1993 (see Appendix C, amendment 481).

§2L2.4. [Deleted]
Historical Note: Section 2L2.4 (Fraudulently Acquiring or Improperly Using a United States Passport), effective November 1, 1987, amended effective January 15, 1988 (see Appendix C, amendment 40) and November 1, 1989 (see Appendix C, amendment 198), was deleted by consolidation with §2L2.2 effective November 1, 1993 (see Appendix C, amendment 481).

– 271 –

GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. 2009 Failure to Surrender Canceled Naturalization Certificate (a) Base Offense Level: 6 Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U.5 §2L2.§2L2. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 1987.5. – 272 – .S. § 1428.C.

42 U.November 1. 1987. Historical Note: Effective November 1. – 273 – . Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U. TREASON §2M1. § 2153.C. 1987.S.S. including many of the more specific offenses in this Part. 49 U. 2001 (see Appendix C. SABOTAGE §2M2. War Material.S.C. § 60123(b).OFFENSES INVOLVING NATIONAL DEFENSE AND WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION Historical Note: Effective November 1. or Production of Defective. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2M2. Premises.S.1. Amended effective November 1. Background: Treason is a rarely prosecuted offense that could encompass a relatively broad range of conduct. the offense level applicable to the most analogous offense. 2154. * * * * * 2. § 2381.1 PART M . with reference made to the most analogous offense guideline in lesser cases. 1.C. The guideline contemplates imposition of the maximum penalty in the most serious cases.1. § 2284. if the conduct is tantamount to waging war against the United States. Destruction of. Treason (a) Base Offense Level: (1) (2) 43. otherwise. amendment 633). or Utilities (a) Base Offense Level: 32 Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U.C.

1987. Premises. or Utilities (a) Base Offense Level: 26 Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. November 1. 2009 Violations of 42 U. ESPIONAGE AND RELATED OFFENSES §2M3.S. Violations of 42 U. 1993 (see Appendix C.1 Application Note: 1. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.3 effective November 1. 1993 (see Appendix C. Amended effective November 1. Gathering or Transmitting National Defense Information to Aid a Foreign Government (a) Base Offense Level: – 274 – . was deleted by consolidation with §2M2. amendment 481). § 60123(b).C.1 are included in this section. 2002 (see Appendix C. was deleted by consolidation with §2M2. §2M2.S.S.C. 42 U. 2002 (see Appendix C.C. Application Note: 1. Premises. effective November 1. amendment 637). § 2284. amendment 637). amendment 481). amendment 481). 49 U. effective November 1. §§ 2155.4. Historical Note: Effective November 1. Destruction of.§2M2.2 (Production of Defective War Material. 1987. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2M2. 2156. 1993 (see Appendix C.1 effective November 1. amendment 481). or Utilities).1. National Defense Material. Historical Note: Effective November 1. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2M2. or Production of Defective. Amended effective November 1.S.2. § 2284 are included in this section where the defendant was convicted of acting with intent to injure the United States or aid a foreign nation. 1993 (see Appendix C.3.S. 1987.C.C. * * * * * 3. §2M2. § 2284 not included in §2M2. November 1. Premises. or Utilities).4 (Production of Defective National Defense Material. 1987. §2M2.

a downward departure may be warranted. The court may depart from the guidelines upon representation by the President or his duly authorized designee that the imposition of a sanction other than authorized by the guideline is necessary to protect national security or further the objectives of the nation’s foreign policy." Executive Order 12356. 3. (g). This classification. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2M3. Part K (Departures). When revelation is likely to cause little or no harm. or 37. (d). otherwise.S. otherwise. See Chapter Five.2.November 1. Application Notes: 1. – 275 – . The Commission has set the base offense level in this subpart on the assumption that the information at issue bears a significant relation to the nation’s security. (c).S. or 30. "Top secret information" is information that.2 (1) (2) 42. § 794. 2275. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. For additional statutory provision(s). reflects the importance of the information to the national security. Application Notes: 1. if top secret information was gathered. Gathering National Defense Information (a) Base Offense Level: (1) (2) 35. if disclosed.1. 42 U.S. See Commentary to §2M3. and that the revelation will significantly and adversely affect security interests. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). Historical Note: Effective November 1. "reasonably could be expected to cause exceptionally grave damage to the national security. (b). 1030(a)(1). Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. (e). (b).C. 1987.C. §2M3. §§ 2274(a). in turn. Background: Offense level distinctions in this subpart are generally based on the classification of the information gathered or transmitted. 2. if top secret information was gathered or transmitted.C. §§ 793(a).

Historical Note: Effective November 1. 1987. (e). sketch.S.1.S. amendment 481). appliance. Amended effective November 1.C. instrument.S. code book. (g). or 24.C. 798. 50 U. Amended effective November 1. See Commentary to §2M3. amendment 654). Background: The statutes covered in this section proscribe diverse forms of obtaining and transmitting national defense information with intent or reason to believe the information would injure the United States or be used to the advantage of a foreign government. the unauthorized disclosure to a foreign government or a communist organization of classified information by a government employee. Application Notes: 1. § 793(d) or (e).2 2. and the unauthorized receipt of classified information. blueprint. See Commentary to §2M3. Unauthorized Receipt of Classified Information (a) Base Offense Level: (1) (2) 29.§2M3. photographic negative. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.2. 2009 If the defendant is convicted under 18 U. §§ 793(d). 2003 (see Appendix C. §2M3. or note relating to the national defense. 1993 (see Appendix C.3. (c). §2M3. § 783(b). § 793(d) or (e) for the willful transmission or communication of intangible information with reason to believe that it could be used to the injury of the United States or the advantage of a foreign nation. Disclosure of Classified Cryptographic Information. – 276 – . plan. Unauthorized Disclosure to a Foreign Government or a Communist Organization of Classified Information by Government Employee. model.C. This section also covers statutes that proscribe the disclosure of classified information concerning cryptographic or communication intelligence to the detriment of the United States or for the benefit of a foreign government. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. If the defendant was convicted of 18 U. Transmitting National Defense Information.3 may apply. otherwise.S.S. signal book. 1987. photograph. Proof that the item was communicated with reason to believe that it could be used to the injury of the United States or the advantage of a foreign nation is required only where intangible information is communicated under 18 U. § 793(d) or (e).C. if top secret information.3.C. map. apply §2M3. writing. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 2. Background: The statutes covered in this section proscribe willfully transmitting or communicating to a person not entitled to receive it a document.

6.6 (Disclosure of Classified Cryptographic Information). amendment 481). Historical Note: Effective November 1. 1987. otherwise. 1987.C. Application Note: 1. See Commentary to §2M3. §2M3. but rather the loss of classified information by the gross negligence of an employee of the federal government or a federal contractor.1.5. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2M3. Application Note: 1.4. or 13.S. Tampering with Restricted Data Concerning Atomic Energy (a) Base Offense Level: 24 Commentary Statutory Provision: 42 U.3 effective November 1.1. §2M3. Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U. – 277 – . effective November 1.C. was deleted by consolidation with §2M3. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2M3. See Commentary to §2M3. if top secret information was lost.November 1. 1993 (see Appendix C. Background: Offenses prosecuted under this statute generally do not involve subversive conduct on behalf of a foreign power. 1987. § 793(f).S. Historical Note: Effective November 1. Losing National Defense Information (a) Base Offense Level: (1) (2) 18. § 2276.6 §2M3.

§2M3. 1987. 1987. was deleted by consolidation with §2M3.C.8. if the information was disclosed by a person with.S. 2001 (see Appendix C.9. or who had authorized access to classified information identifying a covert agent. 3. (2) Commentary Statutory Provision: 50 U.S.1. 2009 Historical Note: Section 2M3.C.1 (Other Offenses). who disclosed such information without having or having had authorized access to classified information. or 25.C. §2M3. § 421 shall be imposed consecutively to any other term of imprisonment. A term of imprisonment imposed for a conviction under 50 U. Violations of 50 U. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2M3. This guideline does not apply to violations of 50 U. § 421 by persons who have or previously had authorized access to classified information. § 421 by an official who has or had authorized access to classified information identifying a covert agent than for a violation by an official with authorized access only to other classified information. This guideline does not apply to violations of 50 U. 2. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 1993 (see Appendix C. amendment 481).7 (Unauthorized Disclosure to Foreign Government or a Communist Organization of Classified Information by Government Employee).C. amendment 636). or having had. – 278 – . [Deleted] GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. Amended effective November 1. Disclosure of Information Identifying a Covert Agent (a) Base Offense Level: (1) 30. authorized access to classified information. effective November 1.C. See Commentary to §2M3. Application Notes: 1.S. and the court should impose a sentence that reflects such harm.C. including journalists.C. 1987. § 421.S. was deleted by consolidation with §2M3.7.7 §2M3. § 421 not covered by this guideline may vary in the degree of harm they inflict.§2M3.S.3 effective November 1. See §2X5. effective November 1. amendment 481).S.S. Background: The alternative base offense levels reflect a statutory distinction by providing a greater base offense level for a violation of 50 U.8 (Receipt of Classified Information). This guideline applies only to violations of 50 U. 1993 (see Appendix C. § 421 by defendants who disclosed such information without having.3 effective November 1. § 421 by defendants. if the information was disclosed by a person with authorized access only to other classified information.

November 1. §2M5.S.C. biological. Commentary Statutory Provision: 50 U.1. PROHIBITED FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS AND EXPORTS. Amended effective November 1. 2002 (see Appendix C. Historical Note: Effective November 1. if (A) national security controls or controls relating to the proliferation of nuclear. Subsection (b)(1) does not distinguish between whether the offense was committed in peacetime or during time of war or armed conflict. If the offense was committed when persons were being inducted for compulsory military service during time of war or armed conflict.1. Financial Transactions with Countries Supporting International Terrorism (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater): (1) 26. Failure to Register and Evasion of Military Service (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 6 Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If the offense occurred at a time when persons were being inducted for compulsory military service. Application Note: 1. Evasion of Export Controls. AND PROVIDING MATERIAL SUPPORT TO DESIGNATED FOREIGN TERRORIST ORGANIZATIONS Historical Note: Effective November 1. amendment 336). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2M5. App. 1990 (see Appendix C. * * * * * 5. EVASION OF MILITARY SERVICE §2M4. or chemical weapons or materials – 279 – .1 * * * * * 4. amendment 637). § 462. Amended effective November 1. increase by 6 levels. an upward departure may be warranted. 1987. 1987.

amendment 637). 3. When national security controls are violated. in addition to any other sanction. the court may consider the degree to which the violation threatened a security interest of the United States.000. 2405). In addition to the provisions for imprisonment. or Military Equipment or Services Without Required Validated Export License (a) Base Offense Level: (1) (2) 26.C. if the offense involved only non-fully automatic small arms (rifles. App. See Chapter Five. otherwise. or claim against: any goods or tangible items that were the subject of the violation. 14. 2002 (see Appendix C. App. or (B) the offense involved a financial transaction with a country supporting international terrorism. §2M5.S. §§ 2401-2420. Where such factors are present in an extreme form. except as provided in subdivision (2) below. 1987. 2001 (see Appendix C. 2. handguns. a departure from the guidelines may be warranted. the defendant is subject to forfeiture of any interest in. 4. In the case of corporations.2. "a country supporting international terrorism" means a country designated under section 6(j) of the Export Administration Act (50 U. The maximum fine for individual defendants is $250. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. the volume of commerce involved. § 2410 contains provisions for criminal fines and forfeiture as well as civil penalties. or (2) 14.C.S.C.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. the extent of planning or sophistication. or shotguns). Munitions. 50 U. Part K (Departures). In determining the sentence within the applicable guideline range. and the number of weapons did not exceed ten. an upward departure may be warranted. the maximum fine is five times the value of the exports involved or $1 million.§2M5. and any proceeds obtained directly or indirectly as a result of the violation. In the case of a violation during time of war or armed conflict. 50 U. amendment 633).S. property used to export or attempt to export that was the subject of the violation. Exportation of Arms. Application Notes: 1. § 2332d. App. security of. For purposes of subsection (a)(1)(B).S.C. and whether there were multiple occurrences. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 2009 were evaded. – 280 – . whichever is greater. November 1. Amended effective November 1.

November 1. §§ 2778. missiles. Part 121.F. apply §2A1. and certain firearms. rockets.R. helicopters.2 (Second – 281 – . increase by 2 levels. bombs. or §2A1. 2007 (see Appendix C.S. which is set out in 22 C. through a licensing system administered by the Department of State. See Chapter Five. 22 U. 1987. November 1. or reason to believe they are to be used to commit or assist in the commission of a violent act. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2M5. Application Notes: 1. (c) Cross References (1) If the offense resulted in death. military and space electronics. or (E) funds or other material support or resources with the intent. The items subject to control constitute the United States Munitions List. amendment 337). or reason to believe such funds would be used to purchase any of the items described in subdivisions (A) through (C). Under 22 U. the President is authorized. 2780. or For a Terrorist Purpose (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 26 Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If the offense involved the provision of (A) dangerous weapons. Historical Note: Effective November 1. to control exports of defense articles and defense services that he deems critical to a security or foreign policy interest of the United States. knowledge. In determining the sentence within the applicable guideline range. 1990 (see Appendix C.C. amendment 700). (B) firearms. Part K (Departures). an upward departure may be warranted.1 (First Degree Murder) if the death was caused intentionally or knowingly. the extent of planning or sophistication. amendment 633).S. Where such factors are present in an extreme form. artillery. § 554. the volume of commerce involved. In the case of a violation during time of war or armed conflict. Amended effective November 1. Providing Material Support or Resources to Designated Foreign Terrorist Organizations or Specially Designated Global Terrorists.1. §2M5. (D) funds with the intent.S. explosives.3. § 2778.3 Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. 2. The base offense level assumes that the offense conduct was harmful or had the potential to be harmful to a security or foreign policy interest of the United States. a departure from the guidelines may be warranted. (C) explosives. a downward departure may be warranted.November 1. vessels of war. and whether there were multiple occurrences. In the unusual case where the offense conduct posed no such risk.C. 2001 (see Appendix C. the court may consider the degree to which the violation threatened a security or foreign policy interest of the United States. Included in this list are such things as military aircraft.C. shells. knowledge.

Definitions. 50 U. § 2339B(g)(4).S. and Other Weapons of Mass Destruction). or (D) a weapon of mass destruction. (3) Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. and "weapon of mass destruction" have the meaning given those terms in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §2M6. or nuclear byproduct material.C.—For purposes of this guideline: "Biological agent". and Other Weapons of Mass Destruction). apply §2A2. (C) a biological agent.C. "nuclear byproduct material". 1705. § 2339B(g)(6).1 (Nuclear. "nuclear material". "toxin". and Chemical Weapons. 2009 Degree Murder) otherwise. 2339B.C. "Material support or resources" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. Attempted Murder). (B) a chemical weapon. §§ 2283. and "destructive device" have the meaning given those terms in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1.—In determining the sentence within the applicable guideline range. "Foreign terrorist organization" has the meaning given the term "terrorist organization" in 18 U.— (A) In General. 2. Property Damage by Use of Explosives).S. the court may consider the degree to which the violation threatened a security interest of the United States.1 (Assault with Intent to Commit Murder. Biological. Departure Provisions. – 282 – . § 2339C(a)(1)(B)). "Explosives" has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §2K1.S.1 (Application Instructions). § 594.S. 2339C(a)(1)(B). if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.F.R. 2284.513. toxin.1 (Nuclear. and whether there were multiple occurrences. and Chemical Weapons. the volume of the funds or other material support or resources involved. "firearm". or delivery system. (c)(2)(B) (but only with respect to funds known or intended to have been provided or collected in violation of 18 U. nuclear material. (2) If the offense was tantamount to attempted murder. the extent of planning or sophistication. "Specially designated global terrorist" has the meaning given that term in 31 C. apply §2M6.C. Application Notes: 1. "Dangerous weapon".4 (Arson. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. §§ 1701. If the offense involved the provision of (A) a nuclear weapon.S.§2M5.C. "chemical weapon". Biological.3 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.

if the offense was committed with intent (A) to injure the United States. or material referred to in subdivision (i).S.C. or Facilities. or nuclear byproduct material. 2007 (see Appendix C. a biological agent. November 1. or (iii). § 175b. BIOLOGICAL. a departure from the guidelines may be warranted. Weapons. 28. (2) (3) (4) (b) Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If (A) subsection (a)(2) or (a)(4)(A) applies. toxin. and (B) the offense involved a threat to use.C. 22. (a)(3). or (iv) a weapon of mass destruction that contains any agent. and (B)(i) any victim died or sustained permanent or life-threatening bodily injury.1. NUCLEAR. amendment 655).1 In a case in which such factors are present in an extreme form. Attempt or Conspiracy (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the Greatest): (1) 42. (ii). or (a)(4)(A) applies. (ii) a listed precursor or a listed toxic chemical. or 20. 2001 (see Appendix C. * * * * * 6. if the defendant is convicted under 18 U. amendment 700). Part K (Departures). increase by 2 levels. an upward departure may be warranted. Historical Note: Effective November 1. (a)(3). § 175(b). or Other Weapons of Mass Destruction. but (ii) did not involve any conduct evidencing an intent or ability to carry out the threat. See Chapter Five. 2003 (see Appendix C. a chemical weapon. Unlawful Activity Involving Nuclear Material. increase by (2) – 283 – .November 1. nuclear material. §2M6. and (a)(4) do not apply.S. amendment 633). Amended effective November 1. Chemical Weapons. or (B) to aid a foreign nation or a foreign terrorist organization. 1987. or delivery system. amendment 637). toxic chemical. Toxins. AND OTHER WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION Historical Note: Effective November 1. or Delivery Systems. (iii) nuclear material or nuclear byproduct material. or (B) the offense (i) involved a threat to use a nuclear weapon. Amended effective November 1. (B) War or Armed Conflict. if subsections (a)(1). or otherwise involved (i) a select biological agent. AND CHEMICAL WEAPONS AND MATERIALS. precursor. Biological Agents. 2002 (see Appendix C. or a weapon of mass destruction. If (A) subsection (a)(2).—In the case of a violation during time of war or armed conflict. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2M6. if (A) the defendant is convicted under 18 U.

or (B) conduct tantamount to the attempted murder of more than one victim. 1992(a)(2). 2009 4 levels. (a)(3). 2283. (c) Cross References (1) If the offense resulted in death. (3) If (A) subsection (a)(2).S. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. (a)(4).C. § 229F(1). 832. increase by 2 levels.S. 842(p)(2) (only with respect to weapons of mass destruction as defined in 18 U. governmental.S.—For purposes of this guideline: "Biological agent" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. apply §2A2. 2122. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. or serious bodily injury of more than one victim. § 2332a(c)(2)(B). 229.S. or §2A1. increase by 4 levels. and (B) the offense resulted in (i) substantial disruption of public.C. or (a)(4) applies.§2M6. "Foreign terrorist organization" (A) means an organization that engages in terrorist activity that threatens the security of a national of the United States or the national security of the United States. increase by 3 levels. 175b. Attempted Murder).1 (First Degree Murder) if the death was caused intentionally or knowingly. "Chemical weapon" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.C.C. 2131. 831. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). §§ 2077(b). 42 U.2 (Second Degree Murder) otherwise. For additional statutory provision(s). Part D (Multiple Counts) shall be applied as if such conduct in respect to each victim had been contained in a separate count of conviction.S. 2291. (b)(2). 175c. (a)(3).1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. 2332h. and (D)). or business functions or services. §§ 175. (2) (d) Special Instruction (1) If the defendant is convicted of a single count involving (A) conduct that resulted in the death or permanent. decontaminate. If the offense was tantamount to attempted murder. § 178(1). or (iii) the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (i) and (ii). Chapter Three. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. Application Notes: 1. (C). or otherwise respond to the offense. and (B) includes an organization designated by the Secretary of State as a – 284 – . apply §2A1. (ii) any victim sustained serious bodily injury. or (ii) a substantial expenditure of funds to clean up. Definitions. life-threatening.1 (Assault with Intent to Commit Murder.C.

Subsection (a)(4)(B) shall not apply in any case involving both a threat to use any weapon. or material. or material. See 18 U. or material is conduct evidencing an intent to use that weapon.C. agent. "Select biological agent" means a biological agent or toxin identified (A) by the Secretary of Health and Human Services on the select agent list established and maintained pursuant to section 351A of the Public Health Service Act (42 U. (8)(B). (C). In such a case. respectively. "National of the United States" has the meaning given that term in section 101(a)(22) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U. "Restricted person" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. § 229F(6)(B). 2.S. "Nuclear byproduct material" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. possession of the weapon. In such a case. agent. agent.C. subsection (a)(4)(B) would not apply in a case in which the defendant threatened to contaminate an area with anthrax and also dispersed into the area a substance that the defendant believed to be anthrax but that in fact was harmless talcum powder. or material covered by this guideline but that did not involve any conduct evidencing an intent or ability to carry out the threat. § 831(f)(1). § 262a).S. § 8401). – 285 – .C. "Precursor" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S. "Nuclear material" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.C. § 831(f)(2). listed in Schedule I of the Annex on Chemicals to the Chemical Weapons Convention.1 foreign terrorist organization pursuant to section 219 of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.S.S.S. § 2332a(c)(2)(B). § 1101(a)(22)). "Vector" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S. For example. subsection (a)(4)(B) would apply in a case in which the defendant threatened to contaminate an area with anthrax and also dispersed into the area a substance that appeared to be anthrax but that the defendant knew to be harmless talcum powder. § 229F(8)(A).S. § 178(2). In contrast. or material covered by this guideline and the possession of that weapon.—Subsection (a)(4)(B) applies in cases that involved a threat to use a weapon.C.C.C. § 229F(6)(A).C. "Toxic chemical" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. In such a case.November 1.C. or (B) by the Secretary of Agriculture on the list established and maintained pursuant to section 212 of the Agricultural Bioterrorism Protection Act of 2002 (7 U.S. the dispersal of talcum powder was conduct evidencing an intent to carry out the threat because of the defendant’s belief that the talcum powder was anthrax. "Listed precursor or a listed toxic chemical" means a precursor or a toxic chemical.C. Threat Cases.S. "Toxin" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. § 175b(b)(2).C. "Weapon of mass destruction" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. the dispersal of talcum powder does not evidence an intent on the defendant’s part to carry out the threat.S. § 178(4). agent.S. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2M6.C.C. § 1219). agent. and (D).

or (B) conduct tantamount to the attempted murder of more than one victim. amendment 633). §2M6. November 1. amendments 699 and 700). GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. 2006 (see Appendix C. 2001 (see Appendix C. violations of statutes dealing with rules and regulations. – 286 – . life-threatening. and orders of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and the Department of Energy. Historical Note: Effective November 1. Amended effective November 1. 1987. Rules. amendment 655). Background: This section applies to offenses related to nuclear energy not specifically addressed elsewhere. This provision covers. amendment 359). regardless of whether the offense level is determined under this guideline or under another guideline in Chapter Two (Offense Conduct) by use of a cross reference under subsection (c).§2M6. 2003 (see Appendix C. or 6. 1987.2. 2009 Application of Special Instruction. November 1.—Subsection (d) applies in any case in which the defendant is convicted of a single count involving (A) the death or permanent. Violation of Other Federal Atomic Energy Agency Statutes. November 1. 2002 (see Appendix C. for example. or serious bodily injury of more than one victim. § 2273. if the offense was committed with intent to injure the United States or to aid a foreign nation. November 1. amendment 686). November 1.C. Amended effective November 1. 2005 (see Appendix C. Historical Note: Effective November 1.S.1 3. (2) Commentary Statutory Provision: 42 U. and Regulations (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater): (1) 30. amendment 637). license conditions. 1990 (see Appendix C. 2007 (see Appendix C. amendment 679).

DRUGS. TAMPERING WITH CONSUMER PRODUCTS §2N1. or §2A1. (B) if any victim sustained serious bodily injury. 2009 (see Appendix C. Tampering or Attempting to Tamper Involving Risk of Death or Bodily Injury (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 25 Specific Offense Characteristic (1) (A) If any victim sustained permanent or life-threatening bodily injury. life-threatening. AND ODOMETER LAWS Historical Note: Effective November 1. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U.November 1. 1987. or (C) if the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (A) and (B).1 (Assault with Intent to Commit Murder. apply §2B3. apply §2A1. increase by 3 levels.2 (Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage) if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. amendment 733).1 PART N . CONSUMER PRODUCTS.2 (Second Degree Murder) in any other case. Attempted Murder) if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. Part D (Multiple Counts) shall be applied as if the defendant had been convicted of a separate count for each such victim. (c) Cross References (1) If the offense resulted in death. (2) (3) (d) Special Instruction (1) If the defendant is convicted of a single count involving (A) the death or permanent. If the offense involved extortion. (e). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2N1. or serious bodily injury of more than one victim. AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS. If the offense was tantamount to attempted murder. Amended effective November 1.S. or (B) conduct tantamount to the attempted murder of more than one victim. – 287 – . 1. increase by 4 levels.1 (First Degree Murder) if the death was caused intentionally or knowingly. increase by 2 levels. apply §2A2. § 1365(a).OFFENSES INVOLVING FOOD.1.C. Chapter Three.

amendment 338).2. The special instruction in subsection (d)(1) applies whether the offense level is determined under subsection (b)(1) or by use of a cross reference in subsection (c). or is intended to cause. §2N1. If death or bodily injury. § 1365(b). 1987. Historical Note: Effective November 1. and neither caused nor was intended to cause bodily injury. In the unusual case in which the offense did not cause a risk of death or serious bodily injury. Part K (Departures). or causes. §2N1. or substantial property damage or monetary loss resulted.1 Application Notes: 1. – 288 – .2 (Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage). bodily injury. a downward departure may be warranted.S. November 1. amendment 339). amendment 376). Amended effective November 1. § 1365(c). apply §2B3. 1991 (see Appendix C. Providing False Information or Threatening to Tamper with Consumer Products (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 16 Cross Reference (1) If the offense involved extortion. See Chapter Five. Amended effective November 1. 1990 (see Appendix C. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. an upward departure may be warranted. an upward departure may be warranted. extreme psychological injury. Application Note: 1.S. Historical Note: Effective November 1. (d). 2009 The base offense level reflects that this offense typically poses a risk of death or serious bodily injury to one or more victims. Tampering With Intent to Injure Business (a) Base Offense Level: 12 Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U.C. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.§2N1. 2. Where the offense posed a substantial risk of death or serious bodily injury to numerous victims. 1990 (see Appendix C.C.3. 1987. or caused extreme psychological injury or substantial property damage or monetary loss.

(2) Commentary Statutory Provisions: 7 U. 21 U.S. This guideline assumes a regulatory offense that involved knowing or reckless conduct. FOOD. § 262. 2009 (see Appendix C.S. Property Destruction. 617. 150gg. AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS. AND CONSUMER PRODUCTS Historical Note: Effective November 1.November 1.S. extreme psychological injury. For additional statutory provision(s).1. Cosmetic. See Chapter Five. increase by 4 levels. 151-158. or to conceal. an upward departure may be warranted. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2N2. 42 U. §§ 150bb. 134-134e. 6810. 463. §2N2. * * * * * 2. 1987. 611.C. 333(a)(1).C.S.C. DRUGS. (a)(2). (b). and Fraud). 642644. See Chapter Five.1 (Theft. 610. 614. or substantial property damage or monetary loss resulted. 122. Where only negligence was involved. 620. amendment 733). 117. § 331. § 331 after sustaining a prior conviction under 21 U. 676.1 Application Note: 1. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). or Consumer Product (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 6 Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If the defendant was convicted under 21 U.C. apply §2B1. 619. Part K (Departures). Application Notes: 1. a downward departure may be warranted. – 289 – . 331. 466. Device. 1987. apply that other offense guideline if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. Historical Note: Effective November 1. Agricultural Product.S. 7734. Biological Product. §§ 115. 8313. If the offense was committed in furtherance of. Drug. If death or bodily injury.C. (c) Cross References (1) If the offense involved fraud. Part K (Departures). Violations of Statutes and Regulations Dealing With Any Food. an offense covered by another offense guideline. Amended effective November 1. 458-461.

1991 (see Appendix C. amendment 432). 2009 (see Appendix C. § 7734. apply §2B1.C.1. November 1. amendment 685). Amended effective November 1. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 49 U.1 2. an offense covered by another offense guideline (e.S. or to conceal.§2N2. but not containing any active ingredient. 1992 (see Appendix C. or to be paid. The cross reference at subsection (c)(2) addresses cases in which the offense was committed in furtherance of.C. November 1. November 1. Odometer Laws and Regulations (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 6 Cross Reference (1) If the offense involved more than one vehicle. Property Destruction. November 1. * * * * * 3. amendment 451). November 1.1 (Theft. 2001 (see Appendix C. amendment 661). November 1. 2009 The cross reference at subsection (c)(1) addresses cases in which the offense involved fraud.C. death.S.—The following are circumstances in which an upward departure may be warranted: (A) The offense created a substantial risk of bodily injury or death. amendment 733). 32709(b). 2002 (see Appendix C. The defendant was convicted under 7 U. Upward Departure Provisions.S. See Chapter Five. 1990 (see Appendix C. 2006 (see Appendix C. and Fraud) with "loss" measured by the amount paid. – 290 – . apply §2B1. § 333(e) (offenses involving human growth hormones). (B) 4. 3.g. 2003 (see Appendix C. Property Destruction. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. extreme psychological injury. and Fraud). or monetary loss resulted from the offense. In the case of an offense involving a substance purported to be an anabolic steroid. property damage. November 1. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 2008 (see Appendix C. amendment 723). Offenses involving anabolic steroids are covered by Chapter Two. amendment 711). 1987. November 1. The Commission has not promulgated a guideline for violations of 21 U. 2007 (see Appendix C. by the victim for such substance.1 (Theft. ODOMETER LAWS AND REGULATIONS §2N3.. Part K (Departures). Part D (Offenses Involving Drugs and Narco-Terrorism). or bodily injury. §§ 32703-32705. amendment 340). bribery). November 1. amendment 617). amendment 646).

1 (Theft.1 Background: The base offense level takes into account the deceptive aspect of the offense assuming a single vehicle was involved. November 1. 2001 (see Appendix C. Property Destruction.November 1. Amended effective November 1. amendment 617). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2N3. and Fraud) is to be applied because it is designed to deal with a pattern or scheme. November 1. 1989 (see Appendix C. amendment 553). If more than one vehicle was involved. – 291 – . §2B1. 1997 (see Appendix C. amendment 199). 1987. Historical Note: Effective November 1.

2009 PART P . and subsection (b)(2) is not applicable. community treatment center. committed any federal. state. 752. decrease the offense level under §2P1. see Appendix A (Statutory Index).C. Application Notes: 1. where a defendant failed to return to any institution from a pass or unescorted furlough. Instigating or Assisting Escape (a) Base Offense Level: (1) 13. – 292 – .1. (2) (3) (4) Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. decrease the offense level under subsection (a)(1) by 4 levels or the offense level under subsection (a)(2) by 2 levels. that this reduction shall not apply if the defendant. while away from the facility. If the defendant was a law enforcement or correctional officer or employee. or local offense punishable by a term of imprisonment of one year or more." or similar facility. Provided. where a defendant walked away from a work detail outside the security perimeter of an institution. at the time of the offense. 8.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.g.§2P1. § 1826. while away from the facility. however.S. otherwise.1(a)(1) by 7 levels or the offense level under §2P1.. 28 U. state. For additional statutory provision(s). Escape. or local offense punishable by a term of imprisonment of one year or more. committed any federal.C. If the defendant escaped from non-secure custody and returned voluntarily within ninety-six hours. or where a defendant escaped from an institution with no physical perimeter barrier). If the defendant escaped from the non-secure custody of a community corrections center. (2) (b) Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the use or the threat of force against any person was involved. increase by 5 levels.S. increase by 2 levels. if the custody or confinement is by virtue of an arrest on a charge of felony. that this reduction shall not apply if the defendant. Provided. however. 755. or conviction of any offense. §§ 751. "Non-secure custody" means custody with no significant physical restraint (e. "halfway house. or an employee of the Department of Justice.1(a)(2) by 4 levels.OFFENSES INVOLVING PRISONS AND CORRECTIONAL FACILITIES §2P1.

3. For example. amendment 406). Part A (Criminal History) are to be determined independently of the application of this guideline. methamphetamine. do not apply §3A1. If the adjustment in subsection (b)(4) applies. 4. "Returned voluntarily" includes voluntarily returning to the institution or turning one’s self in to a law enforcement authority as an escapee (not in connection with an arrest or other charges). Historical Note: Effective November 1. 1989 (see Appendix C. or security of the institution or the life. United States or foreign currency. an upward departure may be warranted. any object that might be used as a weapon or as a means of facilitating escape. if the object was an alcoholic beverage.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill). if the object was any other object that threatened the order. See Chapter Five.2 (Official Victim).1(d) (custody status). 6. §4A1. 6. LSD. 4. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2P1.2. if the object was a weapon (other than a firearm or a destructive device). or safety of an individual. 1987. methamphetamine. or a narcotic drug). or an employee of the Department of Justice.November 1. health. or a controlled substance (other than LSD. amendments 200 and 201). Criminal history points under Chapter Four. ammunition. – 293 – .1(e) (recency) would be applicable. or a narcotic drug. Providing or Possessing Contraband in Prison (a) Base Offense Level: (1) (2) 23. 1990 (see Appendix C. §2P1. November 1. if the object was a firearm or destructive device. November 1. If the adjustment in subsection (b)(1) applies as a result of conduct that involves an official victim. Amended effective November 1. increase by 2 levels. 13. 1991 (see Appendix C. 5. and §4A1. at the time of the offense. Part K (Departures). in the case of a defendant serving a one-year sentence of imprisonment at the time of the escape. no adjustment is to be made under §3B1. (3) (4) (b) Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If the defendant was a law enforcement or correctional officer or employee.2 2. discipline. amendment 341). PCP. PCP. If death or bodily injury resulted.1(b) (for the sentence being served at the time of the escape). criminal history points from §4A1.

Amended effective November 1. 2009 If the object of the offense was the distribution of a controlled substance.C. For example.C.1 (Unlawful Manufacturing. (n. 1998 (see Appendix C.S. and the resulting offense level is less than level 26. 2.1(b)(1). § 1791. (Note that 18 U. – 294 – . section 1791(c) requires that the sentence be imposed to run consecutively to any other sentence of imprisonment for the controlled substance.1-3D1.2(b)(1) applies.2 (c) Cross Reference (1) GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. the grouping rules of §§3D1. 1987. § 1791(a)(1) and is punishable under 18 U. Pursuant to 18 U.2 (Sentencing on Multiple Counts of Conviction) and 18 U. group the offenses together under §3D1.S. (n.C. apply the offense level from §2D1. no adjustment is to be made under §3B1. November 1. increase to level 26.§2P1. amendment 680). and §3D1. § 1791(c). amendment 579). comment. November 1.1). if the combined applicable guideline range for both counts is 30-37 months and the court determines a "total punishment" of 36 months is appropriate. Application Notes: 1.C.S. 1995 (see Appendix C. Importing.S. a sentence of 30 months for the underlying offense plus a consecutive six months’ sentence for the providing or possessing a controlled substance in prison count would satisfy these requirements. Exporting. § 1791(c). § 1791(b)(1). § 1791 shall be consecutive to the sentence being served by the inmate at the time of the violation. Provided.1).C.C. § 1791(b) does not require a sentence of imprisonment. comment. 2005 (see Appendix C.5 apply. unlike a count in which the statute mandates both a minimum and a consecutive sentence of imprisonment.2(c). amendment 525). Therefore.S.) The combined sentence will then be constructed to provide a "total punishment" that satisfies the requirements both of §5G1.S. In a case in which the defendant is convicted of the underlying offense and an offense involving providing or possessing a controlled substance in prison. Attempt or Conspiracy). a sentence imposed upon an inmate for a violation of 18 U. that if the defendant is convicted under 18 U. 1989 (see Appendix C. Historical Note: Effective November 1. See §3D1. or Trafficking.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).C.S. amendments 202 and 203). If the adjustment in §2P1. although if a sentence of imprisonment is imposed on a count involving providing or possessing a controlled substance in prison. Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U.2. November 1.

4.November 1. 1987. an upward departure may be warranted. was deleted effective November 1. otherwise. if the offense involved a major disruption to the operation of an institution. effective November 1.3. if the offense was committed under circumstances creating a substantial risk of death or serious bodily injury to any person. Historical Note: Effective November 1.C. Inciting or Attempting to Incite a Riot Involving Persons in a Facility for Official Detention (a) Base Offense Level: (1) 22. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2P1. If death or bodily injury resulted. 16. §2P1. § 1792. 1987.4 (Trespass on Bureau of Prisons Facilities). See Chapter Five.S. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2P1. – 295 – . Engaging In. 10. (2) (3) Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U.4 §2P1. 1989 (see Appendix C. amendment 204). Part K (Departures). Application Note: 1.

§2Q1. increase by 9 levels. or repetitive discharge. – 296 – (3) .§2Q1. or if the offense otherwise involved a discharge. ENVIRONMENT §2Q1. See Chapter Five. increase by 6 levels.S. and Falsification. 1987.C.OFFENSES INVOLVING THE ENVIRONMENT 1. 42 U. Historical Note: Effective November 1.S. amendment 699). Background: This section applies to offenses committed with knowledge that the violation placed another person in imminent danger of death or serious bodily injury. Application Note: 1. Knowing Endangerment Resulting From Mishandling Hazardous or Toxic Substances.C. increase by 4 levels. or if cleanup required a substantial expenditure. § 1319(c)(3). Unlawfully Transporting Hazardous Materials in Commerce (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 8 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) (A) If the offense resulted in an ongoing.C. release. 33 U. 2009 PART Q . If the offense resulted in disruption of public utilities or evacuation of a community. Pesticides or Other Pollutants (a) Base Offense Level: 24 Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. (B) (2) If the offense resulted in a substantial likelihood of death or serious bodily injury. § 6928(e).1.S. Amended effective November 1. Mishandling of Hazardous or Toxic Substances or Pesticides. 2007 (see Appendix C. Tampering. release. If death or serious bodily injury resulted. Part K (Departures). Recordkeeping. or emission of a hazardous or toxic substance or pesticide into the environment.2. continuous.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. or emission of a hazardous or toxic substance or pesticide. increase by 4 levels. § 1992(b)(3). an upward departure may be warranted.

If the defendant was convicted under 49 U. For additional statutory provision(s).C.C. Depending – 297 – 2. If the offense involved a simple recordkeeping or reporting violation only. 1517(b). "Recordkeeping offense" includes both recordkeeping and reporting offenses. 49 U. failure to file other required reports or provide necessary information.S. A wide range of conduct.C.C. §§ 300h-2.S. 1822(b).C. 46312.S. 3. storage.S. and pesticides. Compensation and Liability Act (e. 43 U. 7413. 5.C. 42 U. §§ 5124.S. (2). and failure to prepare. §§ 1350.S. such as those of toxic pollutants for which effluent standards are published under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (e. 6928(d).November 1. 42 U. the giving of false information. § 5124 or § 46312. but the common dictionary meanings of the words are not significantly different. 15 U.C. These lists. hazardous wastes and substances. maintain. "Toxic" and "hazardous" are defined differently in various statutes. In cases involving negligent conduct. "Simple recordkeeping or reporting violation" means a recordkeeping or reporting offense in a situation where the defendant neither knew nor had reason to believe that the recordkeeping offense would significantly increase the likelihood of any substantive environmental harm. § 1317) as well as the designation of hazardous substances under the Comprehensive Environmental Response. or disposal without a permit or in violation of a permit. . involving the handling of different quantities of materials with widely differing propensities.. 1816(a). (c). or emissions where required. § 9601(14)).S. this section assumes knowing conduct. 33 U. increase by 4 levels. 9603(b). treatment. 1321(b)(5). Several federal statutes (or regulations promulgated thereunder) list toxics.g. are revised from time to time. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). (5) (6) (7) Commentary Statutory Provisions: 7 U. use the offense level for the substantive offense. Subsection (b)(1) assumes a discharge or emission into the environment resulting in actual environmental contamination. or provide records as prescribed. 4.g. A listing of hazardous and toxic substances in the guidelines would be impractical. decrease by 2 levels. Application Notes: 1.S.. §§ 1319(c)(1). §§ 136j-136l. Except when the adjustment in subsection (b)(6) for simple recordkeeping offenses applies. (d). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2Q1. a downward departure may be warranted. §§ 2614 and 2615. If a recordkeeping offense reflected an effort to conceal a substantive environmental offense.2 (4) If the offense involved transportation. potentially is covered. 33 U. releases.C. This section applies to offenses involving pesticides or substances designated toxic or hazardous at the time of the offense by statute or regulation. increase by 2 levels. The term is to be broadly construed as including failure to report discharges.S.C.

Depending upon the nature of the contamination involved. Historical Note: Effective November 1. or where there was a failure to obtain a permit when one was required. Amended effective November 1.3 (Departures Based on Inadequacy of Criminal History Category). A decrease of 2 levels is provided. Depending upon the nature and quantity of the substance involved and the risk associated with the offense. See §4A1. the duration of the offense and the risk associated with the violation.2 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. – 298 – .4 (Terrorism). November 1. amendment 553). a departure of up to two levels in either direction from the offense levels prescribed in these specific offense characteristics may be appropriate. an upward departure may be warranted. a departure of up to two levels either upward or downward may be warranted. Subsection (b)(3) provides an enhancement where a public disruption. November 1. Subsection (b)(4) applies where the offense involved violation of a permit. 8. for "simple recordkeeping or reporting violations" under §2Q1. (B) (C) Background: This section applies both to substantive violations of the statute governing the handling of pesticides and toxic and hazardous substances and to recordkeeping offenses.— (A) Civil Adjudications and Failure to Comply with Administrative Order. release or discharge. See Chapter Five. See §5K2. See Application Note 4 of the Commentary to §3A1. Other Upward Departure Provisions. If death or serious bodily injury results.—If the offense was calculated to influence or affect the conduct of government by intimidation or coercion. a departure of up to two levels either upward or downward could be warranted. 9. 6. 1987.—If the offense caused extreme psychological injury.3 (Extreme Psychological Injury). evacuation or cleanup at substantial expense has been required. Subsection (b)(2) applies to offenses where the public health is seriously endangered. however. Although other sections of the guidelines generally prescribe a base offense level of 6 for regulatory violations. 1993 (see Appendix C. amendment 481). or to retaliate against government conduct. §2Q1.2(b)(6). Part K (Departures). Terrorism. the quantity and nature of the substance or pollutant. an upward departure may be warranted. amendment 672). 1997 (see Appendix C. an upward departure would be warranted. Depending upon the nature of the risk created and the number of people placed at risk. 2004 (see Appendix C. Extreme Psychological Injury. The first four specific offense characteristics provide enhancements when the offense involved a substantive violation. 7.2 prescribes a base offense level of 8 because of the inherently dangerous nature of hazardous and toxic substances and pesticides.—In a case in which the defendant has previously engaged in similar misconduct established by a civil adjudication or has failed to comply with an administrative order. The last two specific offense characteristics apply to recordkeeping offenses.§2Q1. a departure would be called for. a departure of up to three levels upward or downward may be warranted. 2009 upon the harm resulting from the emission.

or emission of a pollutant.2 (Violation of Other Federal Atomic Energy Agency Statutes. apply §2M6.S. (3) (4) (5) Commentary Statutory Provisions: 33 U. continuous. and Regulations) rather than this guideline. . 1908. 3.C.3 §2Q1. or repetitive discharge. Depending – 299 – 2. "Recordkeeping offense" includes both recordkeeping and reporting offenses. 4. 1319(c)(1). releases. release. 407. § 7413. A wide range of conduct. For additional statutory provision(s). In cases involving negligent conduct.S. If the offense involved mishandling of nuclear material. 1907.November 1. or if cleanup required a substantial expenditure. 1415(b). involving the handling of different quantities of materials with widely differing propensities. (c)(2). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2Q1. 411. increase by 4 levels. or if the offense otherwise involved a discharge. increase by 6 levels. 406.3. or emissions where required.C. If the offense involved a discharge without a permit or in violation of a permit. If the offense resulted in disruption of public utilities or evacuation of a community. the giving of false information. maintain. or emission of a pollutant into the environment. a downward departure may be warranted. increase by 4 levels. Tampering. use the offense level for the substantive offense. release. failure to file other required reports or provide necessary information. §§ 403. Subsection (b)(1) assumes a discharge or emission into the environment resulting in actual environmental contamination. 42 U. potentially is covered. The term is to be broadly construed as including failure to report discharges. increase by 11 levels. Recordkeeping. Application Notes: 1. and Falsification (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 6 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) (A) If the offense resulted in an ongoing. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). Mishandling of Other Environmental Pollutants. If a recordkeeping offense reflected an effort to conceal a substantive environmental offense. or provide records as prescribed. increase by 4 levels. and failure to prepare. The specific offense characteristics in this section assume knowing conduct. Rules. (B) (2) If the offense resulted in a substantial likelihood of death or serious bodily injury.

the quantity and nature of the substance or pollutant. (B) any victim sustained serious bodily injury. or where there was a failure to obtain a permit when one was required. Depending upon the nature of the risk created and the number of people placed at risk. See §4A1. a departure would be called for. 1987. Depending upon the nature of the contamination involved. the duration of the offense and the risk associated with the violation. and (B) any conduct evidencing an intent to carry out the threat. Subsection (b)(4) applies where the offense involved violation of a permit. a departure of up to two levels in either direction could be warranted. Depending upon the nature and quantity of the substance involved and the risk associated with the offense. an upward departure may be warranted. – 300 – . evacuation or cleanup at substantial expense has been required.3 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. or 16. (3) (b) Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If (A) any victim sustained permanent or life-threatening bodily injury. Where a defendant has previously engaged in similar misconduct established by a civil adjudication or has failed to comply with an administrative order. 5. 8. 2009 upon the harm resulting from the emission. Historical Note: Effective November 1. See Chapter Five. 6. Subsection (b)(3) provides an enhancement where a public disruption. a departure of up to two levels in either direction from that prescribed in these specific offense characteristics may be appropriate.§2Q1. Amended effective November 1. Background: This section parallels §2Q1. Subsection (b)(2) applies to offenses where the public health is seriously endangered.2 but applies to offenses involving substances which are not pesticides and are not designated as hazardous or toxic. if the offense involved a threat to tamper with a public water system but did not involve any conduct evidencing an intent to carry out the threat. amendment 205).3 (Adequacy of Criminal History Category). release or discharge. Threatening to Tamper with a Public Water System (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest): (1) (2) 26. if the offense involved (A) a threat to tamper with a public water system.4. 22. §2Q1. If death or serious bodily injury results. 1989 (see Appendix C. a departure of up to three levels upward or downward may be warranted. increase by 4 levels. a departure of up to two levels in either direction may be warranted. Tampering or Attempted Tampering with a Public Water System. 7. Part K (Departures).

or (B) conduct tantamount to the attempted murder of – 301 – 2. Application Notes: 1. . Commentary Statutory Provision: 42 U. Attempted Murder) if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above.2 (Second Degree Murder) in any other case. increase by 3 levels. or (C) the degree of injury is between that specified in subdivisions (A) and (B). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2Q1.S. § 300i-1. Application of Special Instruction. or repetitive release of a contaminant into a public water system or lasted for a substantial period of time. or (B) a substantial expenditure of funds to clean up. If the offense involved extortion. (2) (3) (d) Special Instruction (1) If the defendant is convicted of a single count involving (A) the death or permanent. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. increase by 2 levels. or (B) conduct tantamount to the attempted murder of more than one victim.1 (Assault with Intent to Commit Murder. life-threatening. (3) (c) Cross References (1) If the offense resulted in death.1 (Application Instructions). or business functions or services. governmental.C. or serious bodily injury of more than one victim. or serious bodily injury of more than one victim.4 increase by 2 levels. increase by 4 levels.November 1. Definitions. or §2A1.1 (First Degree Murder) if the death was caused intentionally or knowingly."permanent or life-threatening bodily injury" and "serious bodily injury" have the meaning given those terms in Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1. (2) If the offense resulted in (A) a substantial disruption of public. or otherwise respond to the offense. If the offense was tantamount to attempted murder. life-threatening. If the offense resulted in an ongoing.2 (Extortion by Force or Threat of Injury or Serious Damage) if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. decontaminate. apply §2A2. Chapter Three.—For purposes of this guideline.—Subsection (d) applies in any case in which the defendant is convicted of a single count involving (A) the death or permanent. apply §2A1. continuous. Part D (Multiple Counts) shall be applied as if the defendant had been convicted of a separate count for each such victim. apply §2B3.

apply §2D1. a downward departure may be warranted. 2003 (see Appendix C. or to retaliate against government conduct.4 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.4 effective November 1. or are intended to cause. and Fraud). [Deleted] Historical Note: Effective November 1.— (A) Downward Departure Provision. amendment 206). or cause. In the unusual case in which such an offense did not cause a risk of death or serious bodily injury. §2Q1.4 (Terrorism). Amended effective November 1. 1989 (see Appendix C.1 (Theft. amendment 655). an upward departure would be warranted. 2003 (see Appendix C. 2009 more than one victim. bodily injury. If the intent was to obstruct the harvesting of timber. or caused substantial property damage or monetary loss.—If the offense caused extreme psychological injury. If the offense was calculated to influence or affect the conduct of government by intimidation or coercion. was deleted by consolidation with §2Q1. (B) §2Q1. If the offense involved reckless disregard to the risk that another person would be placed in danger of death or serious bodily injury under (2) (3) – 302 – . and property destruction resulted. apply §2B1.§2Q1.6. an upward departure may be warranted. Hazardous or Injurious Devices on Federal Lands (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greatest): (1) If the intent was to violate the Controlled Substance Act. 3. and neither caused nor was intended to cause bodily injury. Historical Note: Effective November 1.5. regardless of whether the offense level is determined under this guideline or under another guideline in Chapter Two (Offense Conduct) by use of a cross reference under subsection (c). November 1.—The base offense level in subsection (a)(1) reflects that offenses covered by that subsection typically pose a risk of death or serious bodily injury to one or more victims. Upward Departure Provisions. Amended effective November 1.9 (Placing or Maintaining Dangerous Devices on Federal Property to Protect the Unlawful Production of Controlled Substances. amendment 207). amendment 655). 1987. Departure Provisions. Attempt or Conspiracy). 1987. 1989 (see Appendix C. See Application Note 4 of §3A1. Property Destruction.

000. or plants (i) exceeded $2.November 1. amendment 313). wildlife. or plants that were not quarantined as required by law. (If more than one applies. 1989 (see Appendix C. CONSERVATION AND WILDLIFE §2Q2. fish. Subsections (a)(1)-(a)(3) cover the more serious forms of this offense. and Plants (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 6 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the offense (A) was committed for pecuniary gain or otherwise involved a commercial purpose. or (B) involved a pattern of similar violations. or (ii) exceeded $5. ranging from placing nails in trees to interfere with harvesting equipment to placing anti-personnel devices capable of causing death or serious bodily injury to protect the unlawful production of a controlled substance. Wildlife. Background: The statute covered by this guideline proscribes a wide variety of conduct.1 circumstances manifesting extreme indifference to such risk. amendment 208). Historical Note: Effective November 1.S.1 (Theft. If the offense (A) involved fish. increase by 2 levels. amendment 617). November 1.2 (Aggravated Assault). 2002 (see Appendix C. wildlife. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2Q2. Amended effective November 1. 1990 (see Appendix C. § 1864. 2001 (see Appendix C. and Fraud) corresponding to that amount. increase by 2 levels. or (4) 6. otherwise.000 but did not exceed $5. Offenses Involving Fish. Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U. wildlife.C. Subsection (a)(4) provides a minimum offense level of 6 where the intent was to obstruct the harvesting of timber and little or no property damage resulted.000. or – 303 – (2) (3) . or plants. increase by 1 level. Property Destruction.1. increase by the number of levels from the table in §2B1. the offense level from §2A2. * * * * * 2. use the greater): (A) If the market value of the fish. or (B) otherwise created a significant risk of infestation or disease transmission potentially harmful to humans. November 1. amendment 646).

§ 216." For purposes of subsection (b)(2).F. such as the reasonable replacement or restitution cost or the acquisition and preservation (e.C. Part 92.§2Q2. 18 U.15).S. shall not be based on measurement of aesthetic loss (so called "contingent valuation" methods). however. §§ 668(a). or plants that are listed as endangered or threatened by the Endangered Species Act (as set forth in 50 C. Damage to.S. whether monetary or in goods or services. 3. Application Notes: 1. Part 23). or a private for-profit organization. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). offenses committed for pecuniary gain include both monetary and barter transactions. 2. Purchase. anything of value. (ii) fish. including a governmental entity. When information is reasonably available. 2009 If the offense involved (i) marine mammals that are listed as depleted under the Marine Mammal Protection Act (as set forth in 50 C. Cultural Heritage Resources.F. "market value" under subsection (b)(3)(A) shall be based on the fair-market retail price. or Receipt of Cultural Heritage Resources). wildlife.5 (Theft of. an upward departure may be warranted. wildlife. Part 17). 1338(a). The acquisition of fish. Exchange. Where the fair-market retail price is difficult to ascertain. 1174(a). 1540(b). Unlawful Sale. and the seriousness of the offense is not adequately measured by the market value. 4. 3373(d). – 304 – . Market value. wildlife. increase by 4 levels.g. the quarantine requirements include those set forth in 9 C.F.1 (B) GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. 5. If the offense involved the destruction of a substantial quantity of fish. 554. the court may make a reasonable estimate using any reliable information. shall be considered to involve a "commercial purpose. or in anticipation of receipt of. Transportation. For additional statutory provision(s). 1375(b). activities designed to increase gross revenue are considered to be committed for pecuniary gain. (c) Cross Reference (1) If the offense involved a cultural heritage resource.F. Thus.R. whether for a fee or donation and whether by an individual or an organization. or plants. State quarantine laws are included as well.R.C.R. 707(b).F.R. or Destruction of. or plants for display to the public. Chapter III. "For pecuniary gain" means for receipt of. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 16 U. §§ 545. and 7 C.. apply §2B1. taxidermy) cost. a private non-profit organization. wildlife. Similarly. or plants that are listed in Appendix I to the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna or Flora (as set forth in 50 C.R. if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. or (iii) fish.

amendment 452). Background: This section applies to violations of the Endangered Species Act. 1991 (see Appendix C. Purchase. 1987. amendment 407). or plants. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2Q2. 1989 (see Appendix C. amendment 534). 1992 (see Appendix C. §2Q2. 1988 (see Appendix C. Historical Note: Effective November 1. November 1. November 1. the Lacey Act. 2001 (see Appendix C. the Migratory Bird Treaty. amendment 209).2. Unlawful Sale. November 1. Exchange. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2Q2. amendment 41). or Destruction of.5 (Theft of. Amended effective January 15. 1995 (see Appendix C.C. November 1. "cultural heritage resource" has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §2B1. amendment 700). the Wild FreeRoaming Horses and Burros Act. amendment 617). or Receipt of Cultural Heritage Resources). November 1. Transportation. the Fur Seal Act. and Plants). 2002 (see Appendix C.2 (Lacey Act.November 1.2 6. amendments 209 and 210). Smuggling and Otherwise Unlawfully Dealing in Fish. 2007 (see Appendix C. amendment 638). – 305 – . For purposes of subsection (c)(1). wildlife. 1989 (see Appendix C. Damage to.1 effective November 1. effective November 1. 1987. was deleted by consolidation with §2Q2. and to violations of 18 U. the Bald Eagle Protection Act. Cultural Heritage Resources. the Marine Mammal Protection Act.S. §§ 545 and 554 if the smuggling activity involved fish. Wildlife. November 1. November 1.

the guideline fine range shall be from one to five percent of the volume of commerce. (d) Special Instructions for Fines .§2R1.000.000 More than $100.000 Adjustment to Offense Level add 2 add 4 add 6 add 8 add 10 add 12 add 14 add 16.000. but not less than $20.000.1.000 More than $40.000. (c) Special Instruction for Fines (1) For an individual.ANTITRUST OFFENSES §2R1. Price-Fixing or Market-Allocation Agreements Among Competitors (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 12 Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the conduct involved participation in an agreement to submit noncompetitive bids. use as the organization’s volume of commerce the – 306 – (2) (3) .000. use 20 percent of the volume of affected commerce.75.6 (Minimum and Maximum Multipliers). 2009 PART R . Bid-Rigging.000 More than $1.000 More than $1. neither the minimum nor maximum multiplier shall be less than 0. In a bid-rigging case in which the organization submitted one or more complementary bids.000.000.000. the volume of commerce should be treated cumulatively to determine a single.500.000 More than $500. increase by 1 level. adjust the offense level as follows: Volume of Commerce (Apply the Greatest) (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) More than $1. (2) For purposes of this guideline.000. combined offense level.000. If the volume of commerce attributable to the defendant was more than $1.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.000 More than $250.4 (Base Fine).Organizations (1) In lieu of the pecuniary loss under subsection (a)(3) of §8C2.000. When multiple counts or conspiracies are involved. When applying §8C2. the volume of commerce attributable to an individual participant in a conspiracy is the volume of commerce done by him or his principal in goods or services that were affected by the violation.000 More than $10.000.

S. If the court concludes that the defendant lacks the ability to pay the guideline fine. this factor should be considered in setting the fine within the guideline fine range. if a sales manager organizes or leads the price-fixing activity of five or more participants. §§ 1. and career enhancement). The loss from price-fixing exceeds the gain because. see Appendix A (Statutory Index).3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill). and 3C1. The fine for an organization is determined by applying Chapter Eight (Sentencing of Organizations). injury is inflicted upon consumers who are unable or for other reasons do not buy the product at the higher prices. 2. the 4-level increase at §3B1. It is estimated that the average gain from price-fixing is 10 percent of the selling price.C.1 (Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of Justice) may be relevant in determining the seriousness of the defendant’s offense. the court should consider the extent of the defendant’s participation in the offense. Because the loss from price-fixing exceeds the gain. It is the intent of the Commission that alternatives such as community confinement not be used to avoid imprisonment of antitrust offenders. the court should consider both the gain to the organization from the offense and the loss caused by the organization. The community service should be equally as burdensome as a fine. Application Notes: 1. the defendant’s role.2. 4.4(a)(3). or (B) the largest contract on which the organization submitted a complementary bid in connection with the bid-rigging conspiracy. Application of Chapter Three (Adjustments).—Sections 3B1.2 (Mitigating Role). Considerations in Setting Fine for Individuals. In cases in which the actual monopoly overcharge appears to be either substantially more or substantially less than 10 percent. For purposes of applying §3B1. 5. an individual defendant should be considered for a mitigating role adjustment only if he were responsible in some minor way for his firm’s participation in the conspiracy. 3. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2R1. For additional statutory provision(s). The purpose for specifying a percent of the volume of commerce is to avoid the time and expense that would be required for the court to determine the actual gain or loss. In selecting a fine for an organization within the guideline fine range.1 greater of (A) the volume of commerce done by the organization in the goods or services that were affected by the violation.—In setting the fine for individuals. 3B1. 3(b). among other things. Another consideration in setting the fine is that the average level of mark-up due to price-fixing may tend to decline with the volume of commerce involved. subsection (d)(1) provides that 20 percent of the volume of affected commerce is to be used in lieu of the pecuniary loss under §8C2. bonuses. 3B1. and the degree to which the defendant personally profited from the offense (including salary. For example. it should impose community service in lieu of a portion of the fine.1 (Aggravating Role). Commentary Statutory Provisions: 15 U.November 1.1(a) should be applied to reflect the defendant’s aggravated role in the offense. – 307 – .

There is no consensus. such as horizontal price-fixing (including bid-rigging) and horizontal marketallocation. For an individual. although he would have contributed to harm that possibly was quite substantial. The volume of commerce is an acceptable and more readily measurable substitute. If. in exchange for his being allowed to win a subsequent bid that he did not in fact win. Part E (Acceptance of Responsibility) and. or an upward departure. has been promulgated. there is near universal agreement that restrictive agreements among competitors. on one occasion. The offense levels are not based directly on the damage caused or profit made by the defendant because damages are difficult and time consuming to establish. the guideline fine range is determined under Chapter Eight (Sentencing of Organizations). Adjustments from Chapter Three. the guidelines require some period of confinement in the great majority of cases that are prosecuted. 2009 Understatement of seriousness is especially likely in cases involving complementary bids.e. and usually somewhat longer. the guideline fine range is from one to five percent of the volume of commerce.1 6. Although they are not unlawful in all countries. but pursuant to subsection (d)(2). Tying the offense level to the scale or scope of the offense is important in order to ensure that the sanction is in fact punitive and that there is an incentive to desist from a violation once it has begun. 7.000. The limited empirical data available as to pre-guidelines practice showed that fines increased with the volume of commerce and the term of imprisonment probably did as well. about the harmfulness of other types of antitrust offenses. prison terms for these offenders should be much more common. which deals with horizontal agreements in restraint of trade. and consistent with pre-guidelines practice.. Under the guidelines. the Commission has specified a 1-level increase for bid-rigging. including all bid-rigging cases. The court should consider sentences near the top of the guideline range in such cases. The agreements among competitors covered by this section are almost invariably covert conspiracies that are intended to. nonetheless. may be warranted. without any inquiry in individual cases as to their actual competitive effect.75. restrict output and raise prices. See §4A1. The court will have the discretion to impose considerably longer sentences within the guideline ranges. which furthermore are rarely prosecuted and may involve unsettled issues of law. in very few cases will the guidelines not require that some confinement be imposed. Substantial fines are an essential part of the sentence. the minimum multiplier is at least 0. In the case of a defendant with previous antitrust convictions. Consequently. For this reason. the defendant participated in an agreement not to submit a bid. in rare instances. may decrease these minimum sentences. Part B (Role in the Offense). Chapter Three. or to submit an unreasonably high bid. Background: These guidelines apply to violations of the antitrust laws. Absent adjustments. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. The Commission believes that the volume of commerce is liable to be an understated measure of seriousness in some bid-rigging cases. This – 308 – . however. but not less than $20. For an organization. and that are so plainly anticompetitive that they have been recognized as illegal per se. i.3 (Adequacy of Criminal History Category). and serve no purpose other than to. only one guideline.§2R1. his volume of commerce would be zero. can cause serious economic harm. than typical under pre-guidelines practice. for example. Adjustments will not affect the level of fines. a sentence at the maximum of the applicable guideline range.

2004 (see Appendix C. Historical Note: Effective November 1. November 1.1 multiplier. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2R1. no lower minimum multiplier is needed as an incentive for self-reporting. – 309 – . which requires a minimum fine of 15 percent of the volume of commerce for the least serious case.75 ensures that fines imposed in antitrust cases will exceed the average monopoly overcharge. amendment 674). 1991 (see Appendix C. A minimum multiplier of at least 0. this minimum multiplier maintains incentives for desired organizational behavior. The Commission believes that most antitrust defendants have the resources and earning capacity to pay the fines called for by this guideline. November 1.November 1. 2005 (see Appendix C. 2003 (see Appendix C. at least over time on an installment basis. November 1. 1987. November 1. amendment 678). amendments 377 and 422). was selected to provide an effective deterrent to antitrust offenses. amendments 211 and 303). At the same time. Amended effective November 1. amendment 661). 1989 (see Appendix C. Because the Department of Justice has a well-established amnesty program for organizations that self-report antitrust offenses.

Property Destruction. and (ii) the defendant was in the business of laundering funds. increase by 2 levels.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. if (A) the defendant committed the underlying offense (or would be accountable for the underlying offense under subsection (a)(1)(A) of §1B1.3 (Relevant Conduct)). § 1957. explosives.C. (Apply the Greatest): (A) If the defendant was convicted under 18 U. was deleted effective November 1. amendment 342). 2009 PART S . or distribution of a controlled substance or a listed chemical. and (B) the defendant knew or believed that any of the laundered funds were the proceeds of. 1990 (see Appendix C. (2) (B) (C) (3) If (A) subsection (b)(2)(B) applies. §2S1. effective November 1. increase by 1 level.§2S1. and (B) the offense level for that offense can be determined. increase by 2 levels. Engaging in Monetary Transactions in Property Derived from Unlawful Activity (a) Base Offense Level: (1) The offense level for the underlying offense from which the laundered funds were derived. If (i) subsection (a)(2) applies.MONEY LAUNDERING AND MONETARY TRANSACTION REPORTING Historical Note: Introductory Commentary to this Part. – 310 – . (2) (b) Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If (A) subsection (a)(2) applies. Laundering of Monetary Instruments. 1987. or were intended to promote (i) an offense involving the manufacture.C. (ii) a crime of violence. § 1956. and (B) the offense involved sophisticated laundering. and Fraud) corresponding to the value of the laundered funds.S. or the sexual exploitation of a minor. If the defendant was convicted under 18 U. national security. or 8 plus the number of offense levels from the table in §2B1. increase by 6 levels. or (iii) an offense involving firearms.S. importation. increase by 4 levels.1 (Theft. otherwise.1.

or willfully caused the underlying offense.S. or abusive sexual contact involving a minor. "Laundered funds" means the property. financial transaction. § 1960(b)(1)(C)).—For purposes of this guideline: "Crime of violence" has the meaning given that term in subsection (a)(1) of §4B1. the defendant must have committed the underlying offense or be accountable for the underlying offense under §1B1. or a monetary instrument in violation of 18 U.S.—Notwithstanding §1B1. sexual abuse. "Sexual exploitation of a minor" means an offense involving (A) promoting prostitution by a minor.November 1.— (A) Multiple Underlying Offenses. counseled. or monetary instrument involved in the transaction. financial transaction. to be derived from conduct constituting a criminal offense. funds.C.C. funds. Application of Subsection (a)(1). or (D) aggravated sexual abuse. 2. monetary transaction. or possession of material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor with intent to distribute. or transporting or transferring property. in cases in which subsection (a)(1) applies. "Minor" means an individual under the age of 18 years. § 1956 or § 1957. Defendants Accountable for Underlying Offense.—In cases in which subsection (a)(1) applies and there is more than one underlying offense. the offense level for the underlying offense is to be determined under the procedures set forth in Application Note 3 of the Commentary to §1B1. monetary transaction. abetted. Application of Chapter Three Adjustments. procured. or transmission.1). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2S1.5 (Interpretation of References to Other Offense Guidelines).3(a)(1)(A). For additional statutory provision(s).—In order for subsection (a)(1) to apply.C. (B) sexually exploiting a minor by production of sexually explicit visual or printed material. or by another person at the direction or approval of an authorized Federal official. commanded. does not establish that the defendant committed. The fact that the defendant was involved in laundering criminally derived funds after the commission of the underlying offense.C.2 (Definitions of Terms Used in Section 4B1. §§ 1956. § 1956 or § 1957. or transmission in violation of 18 U. transfer. without additional involvement in the underlying offense. Definitions.S. Application Notes: 1.S. (C) distribution of material involving the sexual exploitation of a minor. "Criminally derived funds" means any funds derived. 1957. or represented by a law enforcement officer. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). 1960 (but only with respect to unlicensed money transmitting businesses as defined in 18 U. application of any Chapter Three adjustment shall be – 311 – (B) (C) . induced. aided.1 Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. transportation. "Laundering funds" means making a transaction.5(c).

S.C. Commingled Funds. is the total amount of the commingled funds.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.— (A) In General. the defendant had one or more prior convictions for an offense under 18 U.—The court shall consider the totality of the circumstances to determine whether a defendant who did not commit the underlying offense was in the business of laundering funds. The defendant generated a substantial amount of revenue in return for laundering funds.S. Factors to Consider. § 1956 or § 1957. or an attempt or conspiracy to commit any such federal or state offense. is the amount of the criminally derived funds.—In a case in which a transaction. but the offense level for the underlying offense is impossible or impracticable to determine.§2S1.3(a)(1)(A)). A conviction taken into account under subsection (b)(2)(C) is not – 312 – (B) (v) .—Subsection (a)(2) applies to any case in which (i) the defendant did not commit the underlying offense. The defendant engaged in laundering funds during an extended period of time. At the time the defendant committed the instant offense.. the value of the laundered funds. or under 31 U.C.— (A) In General. § 1956(h) and the sole object of that conspiracy was to commit an offense set forth in 18 U. The defendant engaged in laundering funds from multiple sources.S.C. for purposes of subsection (a)(2). 2009 determined based on the offense covered by this guideline (i. for purposes of subsection (b)(2)(C).C. or transmission results in the commingling of legitimately derived funds with criminally derived funds. for purposes of subsection (a)(2). Enhancement for Business of Laundering Funds. § 5324 or § 5326. Application of Subsection (a)(2). not the total amount of the commingled funds. § 5314. transfer.—The following is a non-exhaustive list of factors that may indicate the defendant was in the business of laundering funds for purposes of subsection (b)(2)(C): (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) The defendant regularly engaged in laundering funds. 3. financial transaction. If the amount of the criminally derived funds is difficult or impracticable to determine. or any similar offense under state law. the laundering of criminally derived funds) and not on the underlying offense from which the laundered funds were derived. if the defendant provides sufficient information to determine the amount of criminally derived funds without unduly complicating or prolonging the sentencing process. the value of the laundered funds. (B) (C) 4. transportation.e. § 5313.—Subsection (b)(2)(B) shall not apply if the defendant was convicted of a conspiracy under 18 U. § 5316. monetary transaction. Non-Applicability of Enhancement. or (ii) the defendant committed the underlying offense (or would be accountable for the underlying offense under §1B1.S. § 1957.

e. and the conduct that forms the basis for an enhancement under the guideline applicable to the underlying offense is the only conduct that forms the basis for application of subsection (b)(3) of this guideline. 1987. Historical Note: Effective November 1. amendment 634). involving criminally derived funds that were intended to appear legitimate. 6. amended effective November 1. 1989 (see Appendix C.2 excluded from consideration of whether that conviction receives criminal history points pursuant to Chapter Four.—If subsection (b)(3) applies. 2001 (see Appendix C. November 1. 1987. 2003 (see Appendix C. 2001 (see Appendix C. Amended effective November 1. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2S1.—In a case in which the defendant is convicted of a count of laundering funds and a count for the underlying offense from which the laundered funds were derived.2 (Engaging in Monetary Transactions in Property Derived from Specified Unlawful Activity). or transmissions. (A) Sophisticated Laundering under Subsection (b)(3). §2S1. Part A (Criminal History). transfers. amendment 655). effective November 1.2.2 (Groups of CloselyRelated Counts). § 1956 offense. 1991 (see Appendix C. amendment 634). was deleted by consolidation with §2S1. (iv) (B) Non-Applicability of Enhancement.. amendments 212-214). amendment 422). amendments 378 and 422). Grouping of Multiple Counts. the defendant made statements that the defendant engaged in any of the conduct described in subdivisions (i) through (iv). (vi) During the course of an undercover government investigation. 5. the counts shall be grouped pursuant to subsection (c) of §3D1. two or more levels (i.C. transportation. – 313 – .1 effective November 1. layering) of transactions.S.—For purposes of subsection (b)(3). do not apply subsection (b)(3) of this guideline. or offshore financial accounts. shell corporations. "sophisticated laundering" means complex or intricate offense conduct pertaining to the execution or concealment of the 18 U.November 1. Sophisticated laundering typically involves the use of— (i) (ii) (iii) fictitious entities. and November 1. November 1. 1991 (see Appendix C. amendment 215). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2S1. 1989 (see Appendix C. November 1.

C. 5314. 5318A(b). decrease the offense level to level 6.S.S. apply the most appropriate guideline from Chapter Two. 5332. §§ 5313. 5322. 26 U. 5331. 7206 (if a violation based upon 26 U.C.1 (Theft. if subsection (a)(1) does not apply. (C) the funds were the proceeds of lawful activity.C. (B) the defendant did not act with reckless disregard of the source of the funds. or (B) the offense involved bulk cash smuggling.S. and Fraud) corresponding to the value of the funds.3 §2S1. if the defendant was convicted under 31 U. Establishing or Maintaining Prohibited Accounts (a) Base Offense Level: (1) (2) 8. increase by 2 levels.§2S1. 5326. § 1960(b)(1)(A) and (B)). (b) Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If (A) the defendant knew or believed that the funds were proceeds of unlawful activity. If (A) subsection (a)(2) applies and subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2) do not apply. § 5318 or § 5318A. § 6050I).S. For additional statutory provision(s). 5318. 31 U. Failure to Report Cash or Monetary Transactions. United States Code.S. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. §§ 7203 (if a violation based upon 26 U.000 in a 12-month period. Part T (Offenses Involving Taxation) if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. 5316. – 314 – . If the defendant (A) was convicted of an offense under subchapter II of chapter 53 of title 31.3. § 6050I). (2) (3) (c) Cross Reference (1) If the offense was committed for the purposes of violating the Internal Revenue laws. Property Destruction.S. 2009 Structuring Transactions to Evade Reporting Requirements.C.C. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). 5324. increase by 2 levels. or were intended to promote unlawful activity. and (D) the funds were to be used for a lawful purpose. § 1960 (but only with respect to unlicensed money transmitting businesses as defined in 18 U.C.C. and (B) committed the offense as part of a pattern of unlawful activity involving more than $100.S. Bulk Cash Smuggling. Failure to File Currency and Monetary Instrument Report. Knowingly Filing False Reports. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. or 6 plus the number of offense levels from the table in §2B1.

"value of the funds" means the amount of the funds involved in the structuring or reporting conduct. Background: Some of the offenses covered by this guideline relate to records and reports of certain transactions involving currency and monetary instruments.November 1. and (B) transporting or transferring (or attempting to transport or transfer) such currency or monetary instruments into or outside of the United States. – 315 – . Reports of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts. amendment 637). effective November 1.—For purposes of this guideline.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1)(B). amendments 617 and 634). November 1. amendments 216-218). 2. reporting and identification requirements. Enhancement for Pattern of Unlawful Activity.C. and Reports of Cash Payments Over $10. and other types of transactions and types of accounts. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 2003 (see Appendix C. Amended effective November 1. without regard to whether any such occasion occurred during the course of the offense or resulted in a conviction for the conduct that occurred on that occasion. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2S1.C. amendment 490).4. amendments 379 and 422). with the intent to evade a currency reporting requirement under 31 U. 1993 (see Appendix C. November 1. §2S1. November 1.1 (Offenses Involving Counterfeit Bearer Obligations of the United States).S.000 in currency or other monetary instruments. These reports include Currency Transaction Reports. Definition of "Value of the Funds". 1991 (see Appendix C. amendment 490). This guideline also covers offenses under 31 U.000 Received in a Trade or Business. 3. amendments 379 and 422). amendment 655).3 effective November 1. 2001 (see Appendix C. November 1. §§ 5318 and 5318A. prohibited accounts involving certain foreign jurisdictions. § 5316. was deleted by consolidation with §2S1. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2S1. "United States" has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §2B5. pertaining to records.4 (Failure to File Currency and Monetary Instrument Report). and foreign banks.—For purposes of subsection (b)(2). The relevant statutes require monetary reporting without regard to whether the funds were lawfully or unlawfully obtained. Currency and Monetary Instrument Reports. "bulk cash smuggling" means (A) knowingly concealing. Bulk Cash Smuggling.4 Application Notes: 1. more than $10. 1989 (see Appendix C. "pattern of unlawful activity" means at least two separate occasions of unlawful activity involving a total amount of more than $100.S. 2002 (see Appendix C. 1987. foreign institutions. 1991 (see Appendix C. November 1.000 in a 12-month period. 1993 (see Appendix C.

Because of the limited number of criminal tax prosecutions relative to the estimated incidence of such violations. ESTATE TAXES. increase to level 12. Willful Failure to File Return. TOBACCO. If the resulting offense level is less than level 12. increase by 2 levels. Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If the defendant failed to report or to correctly identify the source of income exceeding $10. AND CUSTOMS TAXES) Historical Note: Effective November 1. increase by 2 levels. – 316 – . EMPLOYMENT TAXES. or other document. GIFT TAXES. 1993 (see Appendix C. the tax loss is the total amount of loss that was the object of the offense (i. If the resulting offense level is less than level 12.e. the loss that would have resulted had the offense been successfully completed). if there is no tax loss. or Other Documents (a) Base Offense Level: (1) (2) (b) Level from §2T4. 1987. Historical Note: Effective November 1. or Pay Tax. statement.OFFENSES INVOLVING TAXATION 1. Supply Information. §2T1. AND EXCISE TAXES (OTHER THAN ALCOHOL. Introductory Commentary The criminal tax laws are designed to protect the public interest in preserving the integrity of the nation’s tax system.§2T1. Tax Evasion. Recognition that the sentence for a criminal tax case will be commensurate with the gravity of the offense should act as a deterrent to would-be violators.000 in any year from criminal activity.. deterring others from violating the tax laws is a primary consideration underlying these guidelines. 1987. Statements. Criminal tax prosecutions serve to punish the violator and promote respect for the tax laws. (2) (c) Special Instructions For the purposes of this guideline -(1) If the offense involved tax evasion or a fraudulent or false return.1 (Tax Table) corresponding to the tax loss. amendment 491). If the offense involved sophisticated means.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. increase to level 12. or 6. Amended effective November 1. Fraudulent or False Returns. 2009 PART T . INCOME TAXES.1.

the tax loss shall be treated as equal to 28% of the unreported gross income (34% if the taxpayer is a corporation) plus 100% of any false credits claimed against tax. (3) If the offense involved willful failure to pay tax. The tax loss is not reduced by any payment of the tax subsequent to the commission of the offense. or (C) of these Notes. unless a more accurate determination of the tax loss can be made. the tax loss is the amount of the claimed refund to which the claimant was not entitled. (4) (5) – 317 – . the tax loss shall be treated as equal to 28% of the amount of the improperly claimed deduction (34% if the taxpayer is a corporation) plus 100% of any false credits claimed against tax. unless a more accurate determination of the tax loss can be made. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2T1. the tax loss is the aggregate tax loss from the offenses added together. (B) If the offense involved improperly claiming a deduction or an exemption. (B). If the offense involved improperly claiming a refund to which the claimant was not entitled. and (ii) both individual and corporate tax returns. (B) If the offense involved (i) conduct described in subdivision (A) of these Notes. the tax loss is the amount of tax that the taxpayer owed and did not pay. the tax loss shall be treated as equal to 28% of the amount of the improperly claimed deduction or exemption (34% if the taxpayer is a corporation) plus 100% of any false credits claimed against tax.November 1. (C) If the offense involved improperly claiming a deduction to provide a basis for tax evasion in the future. unless a more accurate determination of the tax loss can be made. the tax loss is the amount of tax that the taxpayer owed and did not pay. and (ii) both individual and corporate tax returns. Notes: (A) If the offense involved failure to file a tax return. (D) If the offense involved (i) conduct described in subdivision (A). (2) If the offense involved failure to file a tax return. the tax loss is the aggregate tax loss from the offenses added together. the tax loss shall be treated as equal to 20% of the gross income (25% if the taxpayer is a corporation) less any tax withheld or otherwise paid. unless a more accurate determination of the tax loss can be made.1 Notes: (A) If the offense involved filing a tax return in which gross income was underreported.

C.C.000 of false tax credits) unless sufficient information is available to make a more accurate assessment of the tax loss. § 6050I or § 7206(2)). 7203 (other than a violation based upon 26 U. the defendant claims $10. the "presumptions" set forth are to be used unless the government or defense provides sufficient information for a more accurate assessment of the tax loss.S.000 when his income was actually $90.S. In determining the total tax loss attributable to the offense (see §1B1. § 7201 and willful failure to pay cases under 26 U.C. 2009 Commentary Statutory Provisions: 26 U. the tax loss is treated as $29.000 in false tax credits.000. the presumptions in the notes under subsections (c)(1) and (c)(2) do not apply. all conduct violating the tax laws should be considered as part of the same course of conduct or common – 318 – .C. Application Notes: 1. Example 3: A defendant fails to file a tax return for a year in which his salary was $24. § 6050I). Example 2: A defendant files a tax return reporting income of $60.000 when his income was actually $130. Under the note to subsection (c)(2).600 of tax withheld) unless sufficient information is available to make a more accurate assessment of the tax loss.S.§2T1.600 in income tax was withheld by his employer. Under Note (A) to subsection (c)(1).000 of gross income x 20% = $4. If none of the methods of determining the tax loss set forth fit the circumstances of the particular case.600 ($130. Under Note (A) to subsection (c)(1). the amount of the tax loss may be uncertain.000 of actual gross income minus $60. In some instances. except in willful evasion of payment cases under 26 U.000 of reported gross income = $50.000 of actual gross income minus $40. the tax loss is treated as $14.800. plus $10.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.000. In determining the tax loss attributable to the offense. In addition. minus $2. §§ 7201. the court should use any method of determining the tax loss that appears appropriate to reasonably calculate the loss that would have resulted had the offense been successfully completed.000 ($90. such as when indirect methods of proof are used.000 x 28%) unless sufficient information is available to make a more accurate assessment of the tax loss. "Tax loss" is defined in subsection (c)." its amount is to be determined by the same rules applicable in determining any other sentencing factor.600. the guidelines contemplate that the court will simply make a reasonable estimate based on the available facts. For additional statutory provision(s). and $2.3(a)(2)).S. Example 1: A defendant files a tax return reporting income of $40. the court should use as many methods set forth in subsection (c) and this commentary as are necessary given the circumstances of the particular case.200 ($24. Although the definition of tax loss corresponds to what is commonly called the "criminal figures. In these situations. 2.S. the tax loss is treated as $2.C. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). § 7203.000 of reported gross income = $70. In cases involving other types of taxes. 7206 (other than a violation based upon 26 U. Notes under subsections (c)(1) and (c)(2) address certain situations in income tax cases in which the tax loss may not be reasonably ascertainable.000 x 28% = $19. The tax loss does not include interest or penalties. and 7207.000.

000). or (ii) the tax rate for the corporate tax offense.000 + $28. and (e) the violation in each instance involves a failure to report or an understatement of a specific source of income. a greater tax loss is obviously more harmful to the treasury and more serious than a smaller one with otherwise similar characteristics. or (ii) the tax rate for the individual tax offense.1 scheme or plan unless the evidence demonstrates that the conduct is clearly unrelated. 7. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2T1.000 multiplied by 34%).g.F. in and of themselves. If the offense involved both individual and corporate tax returns. Background: This guideline relies most heavily on the amount of loss that was the object of the offense. diverts the funds to the defendant’s own use.g. The following examples are illustrative of conduct that is part of the same course of conduct or common scheme or plan: (a) there is a continuing pattern of violations of the tax laws by the defendant. Tax offenses. are serious offenses.000 on the corporation’s tax return. and (B) the unreported or diverted amount multiplied by (i) 34%. and does not report these funds on the defendant’s individual tax return. or foreign law. Accordingly. Furthermore. 4. backdating documents or using off-shore accounts.000 ($100. the tax loss is the sum of (A) the unreported or diverted amount multiplied by (i) 28%. "sophisticated means" means especially complex or especially intricate offense conduct pertaining to the execution or concealment of an offense.S. if sufficient information is available to make a more accurate assessment of that tax rate. fraudulently understates the corporation’s income in the amount of $100. has the same meaning as it has in 26 U. as the potential benefit from the offense increases. the sanction necessary to deter also increases. Conduct such as hiding assets or transactions.November 1. corporate shells. if sufficient information is available to make a more accurate assessment of that tax rate.C. however. Sophisticated Means Enhancement. e. the defendant. "Gross income. in a case in which a defendant fails to report income derived from a corporation on both the defendant’s individual tax return and the defendant’s corporate tax return.000 ($100.— For purposes of subsection (b)(2)..61. assume the use of 34% with respect to the corporate tax loss and the use of 28% with respect to the individual tax loss. (b) the defendant uses a consistent method to evade or camouflage income. In contrast. through the use of fictitious entities. or offshore financial accounts ordinarily indicates sophisticated means. For example.. 6. the sole owner of a Subchapter C corporation. § 1." for the purposes of this section. e. (d) the violation in each instance involves a false or inflated claim of a similar deduction or credit. interest from savings accounts or income from a particular business activity. "Criminal activity" means any conduct constituting a criminal offense under federal. For purposes of this example. § 61 and 26 C. a "deduction" is an item that reduces the amount of taxable income. or both. The tax loss attributable to the defendant’s individual tax return is $28. The tax loss for the offenses are added together to equal $62. The tax loss attributable to the defendant’s corporate tax return is $34. 3.R. state. local.000 ($34. – 319 – . (c) the violations involve the same or a related series of transactions.000 multiplied by 28%). 5. A "credit claimed against tax" is an item that reduces the amount of tax directly. the tax loss is the aggregate tax loss from the individual tax offense and the corporate tax offense added together. These examples are not intended to be exhaustive.

amendment 426). amendment 408). [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2T1. income taxes are underpaid by approximately $90 billion annually. amendment 491). Part B (Role in the Offense) should be used to make appropriate distinctions. amendment 646). 1989 (see Appendix C. amended effective November 1. 1989 (see Appendix C. amendment 491). § 994(i)(2). unusually sophisticated efforts to conceal the offense decrease the likelihood of detection and therefore warrant an additional sanction for deterrence purposes.000 in tax loss. November 1.3. Amended effective November 1. 1991 (see Appendix C. 1991 (see Appendix C.§2T1. November 1. November 1. while the other half received sentences that required them to serve an average prison term of twelve months. amendment 468). amendment 491). amendments 219-223). or Pay Tax). amendment 577).3 (Fraud and False Statements Under Penalty of Perjury).2. Although tax offenses always involve some planning. and November 1. §2T1.1 effective November 1. 1990 (see Appendix C. roughly half of all tax evaders were sentenced to probation without imprisonment. Failure to report criminally derived income is included as a factor for deterrence purposes.1 effective November 1. 2009 Under pre-guidelines practice. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2T1. Historical Note: Effective November 1.S. amendments 228-230). November 1. 1990 (see Appendix C. 1992 (see Appendix C. effective November 1. 1987. amendment 617). 2002 (see Appendix C. 1987. amendment 343). 1998 (see Appendix C. 1993 (see Appendix C. amendment 343). amended effective November 1. The adjustments in Chapter Three. 1989 (see Appendix C. The Commission believes that any additional costs of imprisonment that may be incurred as a result of the increase in the average term of imprisonment for tax offenses are inconsequential in relation to the potential increase in revenue.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. was deleted by consolidation with §2T1. As a result. An enhancement for offenders who violate the tax laws as part of a pattern of criminal activity from which they derive a substantial portion of their income also serves to implement the mandate of 28 U. 1993 (see Appendix C. – 320 – . §2T1. so that the tax loss in such cases will tend to be substantially understated. was deleted by consolidation with §2T1. According to estimates current at the time this guideline was originally developed (1987). November 1. November 1. Criminally derived income is generally difficult to establish. The increase is expected to be somewhat larger for cases involving more taxes. and November 1. The guideline does not make a distinction for an employee who prepares fraudulent returns on behalf of his employer.C.2 (Willful Failure To File Return. Guideline sentences should result in small increases in the average length of imprisonment for most tax cases that involve less than $100. amendments 224-227). This guideline is intended to reduce disparity in sentencing for tax offenses and to somewhat increase average sentence length. the number of purely probationary sentences will be reduced. Supply Information. 1990 (see Appendix C. 2001 (see Appendix C. November 1. 1987. November 1. 1993 (see Appendix C. amendment 343). effective November 1.

Procuring. The second prong applies to persons who regularly prepare or assist in the preparation of tax returns for profit.C. Fraudulent or False Returns.S. resulting from the defendant’s aid.g. 3. For purposes of this guideline. or (B) the defendant was in the business of preparing or assisting in the preparation of tax returns. corporate shells.1 (Tax Evasion.November 1. increase by 2 levels. the misstatements in all such returns will contribute to one aggregate "tax loss. If this type of conduct can be shown to have resulted in the filing of false returns (regardless of whether the principals were aware of their falsity). or Pay Tax. procurance or advice. see §2T1. The first prong applies to persons who derive a substantial portion of their income through the promotion of tax schemes.. § 7206(2) (other than a violation based upon 26 U. For the general principles underlying the determination of tax loss.4." Subsection (b)(1) has two prongs. Willful Failure to File Return. Sophisticated Means.3 (Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill).1(c) and Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §2T1. or Advising Tax Fraud (a) Base Offense Level: (1) (2) Level from §2T4. Counseling. as defined in §2T1. through the use of fictitious entities. If the offense involved sophisticated means. do not apply §3B1. such as promotion of a tax shelter scheme. through promoting fraudulent tax shelters. "sophisticated means" means especially complex or especially intricate offense conduct pertaining to the execution or concealment of an offense. or offshore financial accounts ordinarily indicates sophisticated means. or 6. (2) Commentary Statutory Provision: 26 U. Assisting. Conduct such as hiding assets or transactions. 2. § 6050I).—For purposes of subsection (b)(2). assistance. (b) Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If (A) the defendant committed the offense as part of a pattern or scheme from which he derived a substantial portion of his income. Statements. or Other Documents).S. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2T1. increase to level 12. the defendant may advise other persons to violate their tax obligations through filing returns that find no support in the tax laws. e. In certain instances. If an enhancement from this subsection applies. Supply Information.1.4 §2T1. Application Notes: 1. if there is no tax loss. or both. Aiding. – 321 – .1 (Tax Table) corresponding to the tax loss.C. the "tax loss" is the tax loss. increase by 2 levels. If the resulting offense level is less than level 12.

– 322 – . 1989 (see Appendix C. amendment 409). it is both tax evasion and a form of embezzlement. amendment 491).5. (b) Commentary Statutory Provision: 26 U. Amended effective November 1. and Fraud) if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. the offense is a form of tax evasion. Application Note: 1. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 1993 (see Appendix C. The failure to collect or truthfully account for the tax must be willful. 1987. Other considerations are similar to those in §2T1.§2T1. 2001 (see Appendix C. November 1. November 1. Statements.5 (Fraudulent Returns. Background: The offense is a felony that is infrequently prosecuted. November 1. Subsection (b)(1) addresses such cases. Cross Reference (1) Where the offense involved embezzlement by withholding tax from an employee’s earnings and willfully failing to account to the employee for it. was deleted by consolidation with §2T1. amendment 232). 1990 (see Appendix C. amendment 617). November 1.1 (Tax Table) corresponding to the tax not collected or accounted for and paid over.1. or Other Documents). amendment 491).4 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. Property Destruction.1 effective November 1. § 7202. 1993 (see Appendix C.6. Amended effective November 1. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 2009 Background: An increased offense level is specified for those in the business of preparing or assisting in the preparation of tax returns and those who make a business of promoting tax fraud because their misconduct poses a greater risk of revenue loss and is more clearly willful. as must the failure to pay. amendment 617). 1989 (see Appendix C.S.1 (Theft. but also collected the tax from employees and did not account to them for it. 1987. apply §2B1. November 1. effective November 1. amendments 231 and 303). amendment 343). 1987. 2001 (see Appendix C. §2T1. Failing to Collect or Truthfully Account for and Pay Over Tax (a) Base Offense Level: Level from §2T4. November 1. amendment 577).C. and is treated as such in the guidelines. Where no effort is made to defraud the employee. 1998 (see Appendix C. 1991 (see Appendix C. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2T1. §2T1. In the event that the employer not only failed to account to the Internal Revenue Service and pay over the tax.

Under pre-guidelines practice. an upward departure may be warranted.C. §§ 7204.S. Background: This offense is a misdemeanor that does not require any intent to evade taxes. It is recommended that the fine be based on the total amount of funds not deposited.1 (Tax Table) corresponding to the amount not deposited. § 7202 (see §2T1. Background: The offenses are misdemeanors. rather than merely delay. The more serious offense is 26 U. 1987. 2004 (see Appendix C. although some effort has been made to tie the offense level to the level of taxes that were not deposited. §2T1. If funds are deposited and withdrawn without being paid to the Internal Revenue Service.November 1.7. 2.8 §2T1. payment of taxes. This offense should be relatively easy to detect and fines may be feasible.6). Accordingly. imprisonment was unusual. Failing to Deposit Collected Taxes in Trust Account as Required After Notice (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater): (1) (2) 4. Amended effective November 1. 7512(b).S.8. amendment 674).C. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2T1. Application Note: 1. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 26 U. the offense level has been set considerably lower than for tax evasion. Offenses Relating to Withholding Statements (a) Base Offense Level: 4 Commentary Statutory Provisions: 26 U. or 5 less than the level from §2T4. 7205. If the defendant was attempting to evade.C. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 1987. they should be treated as never having been deposited. – 323 – .S. Historical Note: Effective November 1. Application Notes: 1. §§ 7215. nor even that taxes have not been paid.

computation. 464 U. assessment.S.4 (whichever guideline most closely addresses the harm that would have resulted had the conspirators succeeded in impeding. denied. the base offense level is 10. impairing. denied.2d 1544 (11th Cir. 247 F.g. impairing.9(b) are to be applied to the base offense level determined under §2T1. Carruth. who merely evade taxes jointly or file a fraudulent return. 915 (2d Cir. Klein.1 or §2T1. (2) Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U. or collection of revenue. assessment. 3. Application Notes: 1. Otherwise. such as a husband and wife. or an offense involving the marketing of fraudulent tax shelters or schemes). 355 U. 924 (1958). This section applies to conspiracies to "defraud the United States by impeding. 1957). obstructing. 723 F. 1983). to violate the tax laws (e. Specific offense characteristics from §2T1. . or 10. or defeat the ascertainment. obstruct. Impair. The base offense level is the offense level (base offense level plus any applicable specific offense characteristics) from §2T1. United States v. impair. Browning.9.9(a)(1) or (2). the collection of revenue. increase by 2 levels. or defeat the ascertainment. an offense involving a "tax protest" group that encourages persons to violate the tax laws. It does not apply to taxpayers. or Defeat Tax (a) Base Offense Level (Apply the greater): (1) (2) (b) Offense level determined from §2T1. obstructing and defeating .S." United States v. as appropriate. Specific Offense Characteristics If more than one applies. other than the participants directly involved in the offense. however.9 §2T1. increase by 4 levels. 1984). § 371. computation. If the conduct was intended to encourage persons other than or in addition to co-conspirators to violate the internal revenue laws or impede.1 or §2T1. cert. 1021 (9th Cir. cert. 699 F. Do not.2d 908.2d 1017. apply this adjustment if an adjustment from §2T1.C. .. obstruct. 4.4. Subsection (b)(2) provides an enhancement where the conduct was intended to encourage persons. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. 1038 (1984). See also United States v.§2T1. – 324 – 2. or defeating the Internal Revenue Service) if that offense level is greater than 10. impair.4(b)(1) is applied. Obstruct. . or collection of revenue. use the greater: (1) If the offense involved the planned or threatened use of violence to impede. 2009 Conspiracy to Impede.S.

or that the defendant was attempting to evade. Application Notes: 1.1. For purposes of this guideline.S. The tax loss is the total amount of unpaid taxes that were due on the alcohol and/or tobacco.C. – 325 – . 5691. 1987. Because these offenses are no longer a major enforcement priority.C. 1987. 1989 (see Appendix C. 5608.1 (Tax Table) corresponding to the tax loss. the conduct is dealt with by dividing offenses into two broad categories: tax evasion offenses and regulatory offenses. For additional statutory provision(s). * * * * * 2. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2T2. 5661. November 1. where the essence of the conduct is tax evasion or a regulatory violation. 5671. evasion or attempted evasion of taxes. 5607. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 26 U. 1993 (see Appendix C. amendment 491).S. Non-Payment of Taxes (a) Base Offense Level: Level from §2T4. §§ 5601-5605. Historical Note: Effective November 1. provided the conduct constitutes non-payment. Amended effective November 1. §§ 5601-5605. the "tax loss" is the amount of taxes that the taxpayer failed to pay or attempted not to pay.November 1. Additional specific offense characteristics are included because of the potential for these tax conspiracies to subvert the revenue system and the danger to law enforcement agents and the public. 5661. It also typically is complex and may be far-reaching. and 5762.1 Background: This type of conspiracy generally involves substantial sums of money. no effort has been made to provide a section-by-section set of guidelines. making it quite difficult to evaluate the extent of the revenue loss caused. Rather. 5762. 5607. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). 5691. ALCOHOL AND TOBACCO TAXES Introductory Commentary This section deals with offenses contained in Parts I-IV of Subchapter J of Title 26. chiefly 26 U. Historical Note: Effective November 1. §2T2. 5608. amendments 233 and 234). 5671.

Historical Note: Effective November 1. more specific guideline. theft or fraud) may warrant an upward departure. 1586(e).C. 1990 (see Appendix C. November 1. and is designed to address violations involving revenue collection or trade regulation. Amended effective November 1.S.C. but is not intended to deal with the importation of other types of contraband.§2T2. Historical Note: Effective November 1. It is intended to deal with some types of contraband. Regulatory Offenses (a) Base Offense Level: 4 Commentary Statutory Provisions: 26 U. November 1.1 2.2.g. 1915 and 19 U. 1708(b).C. such as drugs. 1987. 1992 (see Appendix C. 5661. 5603-5605. amendment 359). 548. §2T2. 2004 (see Appendix C. §§ 283. For additional statutory provision(s). such as certain uncertified diamonds. 26 U. 550. §§ 496. Historical Note: Effective November 1. or for departing upward if there is not another more specific applicable guideline. 1465. CUSTOMS TAXES Introductory Commentary This Subpart deals with violations of 18 U. firearms or pelts of endangered species. amendment 453). Amended effective November 1. provided the conduct is tantamount to a record-keeping violation rather than an effort to evade payment of taxes. the importation of which is prohibited or restricted for non-economic reasons. or other items such as obscene material. and 3907. Other. Importation of contraband or stolen goods not specifically covered by this Subpart would be a reason for referring to another. 2009 Offense conduct directed at more than tax evasion (e. 5671. amendment 685).C. 541-545. 2006 (see Appendix C. if applicable.S.. 1436. amendment 674). – 326 – . GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. more specific criminal statutes apply to most of these offenses. 5762. * * * * * 3. 1987. see Appendix A (Statutory Index).S. 1987. 1464. § 5601(a)(1). Background: The most frequently prosecuted conduct violating this section is operating an illegal still. 551. Background: Prosecutions of this type are infrequent. 547.S. §§ 5601.

if the tax loss exceeded $100 but did not exceed $1. 550. §§ 283. increase to level 12. 1436. the duties evaded on such items may not adequately reflect the harm to society or protected industries resulting from their importation.1 (Tax Table) corresponding to the tax loss. 1708(b). or 5.1.S. might be considered.000. A sentence at or near the minimum of the guideline range typically would be appropriate for cases involving tourists who bring in items for their own use. an upward departure may be warranted. the "tax loss" is the amount of the duty. "sophisticated means" means especially complex or especially intricate offense conduct pertaining to the execution or – 327 – 2.C.C. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. (c) Cross Reference (1) If the offense involves a contraband item covered by another offense guideline. (2) (3) For purposes of this guideline. In such instances. Application Notes: 1. 1464. Evading Import Duties or Restrictions (Smuggling).1 §2T3. 1465. 1586(e). 548. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). Sophisticated Means. 3.000. 547. or restricted. 3907. If the resulting offense level is less than level 12.November 1. For additional statutory provision(s). apply that offense guideline if the resulting offense level is greater than that determined above. or 4. if the tax loss exceeded $1. (b) Specific Offense Characteristic (1) If the offense involved sophisticated means. 551. if the tax loss did not exceed $100. such as the increase in market value due to importation. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2T3. . §§ 496. 541-545. or 25 percent of the items’ fair market value in the United States if the increase in market value due to importation is not readily ascertainable. Especially when such items are harmful or protective quotas are in effect. A sentence based upon an alternative measure of the "duty" evaded. Such conduct generally poses a lesser threat to revenue collection. limited. Particular attention should be given to those items for which entry is prohibited. increase by 2 levels. 19 U. 1915.S.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1). Receiving or Trafficking in Smuggled Property (a) Base Offense Level: (1) The level from §2T4.

Historical Note: Effective November 1. amendment 647). amended effective November 1.000 More than $80. or both.000 More than $400.500.000. was deleted by consolidation with §2T3. 2001 (see Appendix C. 1989 (see Appendix C. amendment 453). 2003 (see Appendix C. effective November 1. * * * * * 4.000 More than $200. corporate shells. Amended effective November 1. 1989 (see Appendix C. 2006 (see Appendix C.000. November 1. November 1. amendment 410).000 More than $100. 1987.000 More than $12. or offshore financial accounts ordinarily indicates sophisticated means. 2001 (see Appendix C. 2003 (see Appendix C.000 More than $2.000 More than $20.000. November 1.2 (Receiving or Trafficking in Smuggled Property). 1991 (see Appendix C.000 Offense Level 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36. amendment 236) and November 1.000 or less More than $2. November 1. 1992 (see Appendix C. 1993 (see Appendix C. amendment 410).000 More than $7. amendment 685). 1987.1 effective November 1. 1989 (see Appendix C.000.1.000 More than $50. amendment 237).2. – 328 – .000. amendment 453). 1992 (see Appendix C. November 1.000 More than $1. 1987.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. Tax Table Tax Loss (Apply the Greatest) (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (I) (J) (K) (L) (M) (N) (O) (P) $2. [Deleted] Historical Note: Section 2T3. November 1. through the use of fictitious entities. amendment 617).000. §2T3. 2009 concealment of an offense.000 More than $5. amendment 617).000 More than $200. amendment 491). TAX TABLE §2T4. January 25. 1998 (see Appendix C. amendment 235). Amended effective November 1. Historical Note: Effective November 1.500 More than $30. 653). amendment 577). Conduct such as hiding assets or transactions.000 More than $400. 1991 (see Appendix C. November 1.000. November 1.§2T3.

1. unless the defendant or a coconspirator completed all the acts the conspirators believed necessary on their part for the successful completion of the substantive offense or the circumstances demonstrate that the conspirators were about to complete all such acts but for apprehension or interruption by some similar event beyond their control. solicitation. If a conspiracy. unless the defendant completed all the acts the defendant believed necessary for successful completion of the substantive offense or the circumstances demonstrate that the defendant was about to complete all such acts but for apprehension or interruption by some similar event beyond the defendant’s control.. do not apply subdivision (A) above. CONSPIRACIES. the offense level for solicitation is the same as that for the substantive offense. or conspiracy is expressly covered by another offense guideline section. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2X1. Attempt. decrease by 3 levels unless the person solicited to commit or aid the substantive offense completed all the acts he believed necessary for successful completion of the substantive offense or the circumstances demonstrate that the person was about to complete all such acts but for apprehension or interruption by some similar event beyond such person’s control. or Conspiracy (Not Covered by a Specific Offense Guideline) (a) Base Offense Level: The base offense level from the guideline for the substantive offense. apply that guideline section. (d) Special Instruction (1) Subsection (b) shall not apply to: – 329 – . ATTEMPTS. (b) (2) (3) (B) (c) Cross Reference (1) When an attempt. decrease by 3 levels. Solicitation.November 1. (A) If a solicitation.1 PART X .e. Specific Offense Characteristics (1) If an attempt. decrease by 3 levels. i. plus any adjustments from such guideline for any intended offense conduct that can be established with reasonable certainty. SOLICITATIONS §2X1.OTHER OFFENSES 1. If the statute treats solicitation of the substantive offense identically with the substantive offense.

C.1. 2D2. § 46504.C. and 49 U. 2C1.C.C. 2A3. (a)(10). if such offense involved. § 60123(b). 2D1. § 2339A.8. § 1362.2. 2009 Any of the following offenses.5. 18 U. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U.5.5. 2D2.C. § 1992(a)(1)-(a)(7). 18 U.13.1. 372. 2D1.2. 2282B. 2271.S.§2X1. § 2340A.2. conspiracies.6.13. 49 U.2. Application Notes: 1.1. 2A3. 2282A. 2D3. see Appendix A (Statutory Index). 2A3. 2D1. 18 U. (a)(9).7. 2D1.1.9. 2D3.S.S. §§2D1.C. §§ 371.1. 2D1. §§2D1.2. 2D1.3.S.C. § 46505.11. 18 U.2. 2D1.C. 2D1.S.1 (A) GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. 2D1.S. Offense guidelines that expressly cover conspiracies include: §2A1. §2M6. 2D1. §2E5. § 32. 2D1. 2D1. 2D2.S. 2A5.C. 18 U. and 18 U.12. 2D1. and solicitations are expressly covered by other offense guidelines.8. § 81.2. 2D2.9.1.S. § 2332a. §2N1. 2D1. 2D1.S.7. §2Q1.1. 2D1. Certain attempts.1.4.S.C.C.C. 18 U. 2D1.C.6. §§2C1.10.1. – 330 – .S. § 2332b(g)(5): 18 U. For additional statutory provision(s). 2D1. Offense guidelines that expressly cover attempts include: §§2A2.S. 49 U.12. or was intended to promote. 2D1.11.1.2. a federal crime of terrorism as defined in 18 U.C. § 1363.S.1. 2D1. § 930(c).2. 2D3.10.1.4.S. 2A3. (B) Any of the following offenses: 18 U. 2D3. 2A4.1.

If it was established that the defendants actually intended to physically restrain the teller. attempting. or obtaining a large sum of money.9.000 but the participants completed (or were about to complete) only the acts necessary to steal $30.5. §2E5. the offense level ordinarily would not include aggravating factors regarding possible injury to others.1. the arrest occurs well before the defendant or any co- 3.1(b)(1). For example. the participants may have completed (or have been about to complete but for apprehension or interruption) all of the acts necessary for the successful completion of part. Speculative specific offense characteristics will not be applied. §2M6. the substantive offense was substantially completed or was interrupted or prevented on the verge of completion by the intercession of law enforcement authorities or the victim. if two defendants are arrested during the conspiratorial stage of planning an armed bank robbery. because such factors would be speculative. If the substantive offense is not covered by a specific guideline. Offense guidelines that expressly cover solicitations include: §2A1. however. In an attempted theft.1 §2H1. 4. or (b)(3)(A) applies is determined separately for each count.000. the offense level is the offense level for the theft of $800. The offense level would simply reflect the level applicable to robbery of a financial institution. §2T1. For example.1.1 (Other Offenses). or (b)(3)(A))." as used in this guideline. – 331 – . the offense level for the count (or group of closely related multiple counts) is whichever of the following is greater: the offense level for the intended offense minus 3 levels (under §2X1. Background: In most prosecutions for conspiracies or attempts. the value of the items that the defendant attempted to steal would be considered. with the enhancement for possession of a weapon. 2C1. In certain cases. In such cases. (b)(2). In such cases. where the intended offense was the theft of $800. Sometimes. or the offense level for the theft of $30. or the offense level for the part of the offense for which the necessary acts were completed (or about to be completed but for apprehension or interruption). whichever is greater.November 1. means the offense that the defendant was convicted of soliciting. But the only specific offense characteristics from the guideline for the substantive offense that apply are those that are determined to have been specifically intended or actually occurred. the specific offense characteristic for physical restraint would be added.000 minus 3 levels.1(a). see §2X5. "Substantive offense.2. of the intended offense. Under §2X1. but not all. whether the 3-level reduction under §2X1. hostage taking. (b)(2). the base offense level will be the same as that for the substantive offense. discharge of a weapon.1(b)(1). §§2C1. or conspiring to commit. no reduction of the offense level is warranted. 2.000.1. In the case of multiple counts that are not closely related counts. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2X1.1.

2339. Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. amendment 359). November 1. Application Note: 1. amendments 311 and 327).1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.S. November 1. 2003 (see Appendix C. 2339C(a)(1)(A). – 332 – . amendments 238-242). amendment 655). Definition. 1989 (see Appendix C.C. amendments 699 and 700). November 1. 2007 (see Appendix C. November 1.—For purposes of this guideline. amendment 637). An adjustment for a mitigating role (§3B1. amendment 411). amendment 42). § 2339A or § 2339C(a)(1)(A).S. amendment 637).1(b)(1) or (2). November 1. 2339A. 1993 (see Appendix C. Historical Note: Effective November 1. November 1. amendment 496).1. November 1. Aiding and Abetting The offense level is the same level as that for the underlying offense. November 1. amendment 633). 2009 conspirator has completed the acts necessary for the substantive offense. Amended effective November 1. 2002 (see Appendix C. 1990 (see Appendix C. 1988 (see Appendix C. * * * * * 2. This section provides that aiding and abetting the commission of an offense has the same offense level as the underlying offense. 1987. 1987. § 2. Historical Note: Effective November 1.C. November 1. Background: A defendant convicted of aiding and abetting is punishable as a principal. a reduction of 3 levels is provided under §2X1. AIDING AND ABETTING §2X2. 2007 (see Appendix C. 1992 (see Appendix C.S. or in the case of a violation of 18 U. Amended effective January 15.C. * * * * * 3. 1991 (see Appendix C. 2002 (see Appendix C. November 1. 2001 (see Appendix C. 18 U. ACCESSORY AFTER THE FACT Accessory After the Fact (a) Base Offense Level: §2X3.§2X1. Under such circumstances. amendment 700).1. 2284."underlying offense" means the offense the defendant is convicted of aiding or abetting. §§ 2. "underlying offense" means the offense the defendant is convicted of having materially supported or provided or collected funds for. 2004 (see Appendix C. prior to or during its commission. amendments 444 and 447). 1990 (see Appendix C. November 1. amendment 669). November 1.2) may be applicable.

2339. Historical Note: Effective November 1. November 1.C.C.S. or in the case of a violation of 18 U. as provided in subdivision (A). The base offense level under this guideline shall be not less than level 4. November 1. 1987.S. (c)(2)(B) (but only with respect to funds known or intended to have been provided or collected in violation of 18 U. § 2339 or § 2339A or who committed any offense involving or intending to promote a federal crime of terrorism. (2) (3) (B) (C) Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. 1071. 2339A.1 (1) 6 levels lower than the offense level for the underlying offense. in connection with the concealment of or an escape from that offense).November 1.S.S.C. Definition. by the defendant.S. § 2339C(c)(2)(A).S. 2. amendment 700). the base offense level under this guideline shall be not more than level 30.2 (Mitigating Role) normally would not apply because an adjustment for reduced culpability is incorporated in the base offense level. or (ii) the conduct involved harboring a person who committed any offense listed in 18 U. 2007 (see Appendix C. Application of Mitigating Role Adjustment. 2003 (see Appendix C. § 2339A. or in the case of a violation of 18 U. "underlying offense" means the offense as to which the defendant is convicted of being an accessory. §§ 3. except as provided in subdivisions (2) and (3).. November 1.3 (Relevant Conduct).C. § 2339C(a)(1)(A)).—The adjustment from §3B1. "underlying offense" means the violation of 18 U. 2284. Apply the base offense level plus any applicable specific offense characteristics that were known.C. or reasonably should have been known. see Application Note 10 of the Commentary to §1B1. amendment 637). the base offense level under this guideline shall be not more than level 20. amendment 496). as defined in 18 U. 1989 (see Appendix C. amendment 243). § 2339 or § 2339A.C. In any case in which the conduct is limited to harboring a fugitive.—For purposes of this guideline. November 1. (A) The base offense level under this guideline shall be not more than level 30. other than a case described in subdivision (C). 1072. § 2332b(g)(5). 2339C(c)(2)(A). – 333 – .e. 757. Application Notes: 1. November 1.S. except as provided in subdivision (B).C. 1991 (see Appendix C. The limitation in subdivision (B) shall not apply in any case in which (i) the defendant is convicted under 18 U. "underlying offense" means the offense the defendant is convicted of having materially supported after its commission (i. § 2339B with respect to which the material support or resources were concealed or disguised. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2X3.C. 1993 (see Appendix C. amendment 380). amendment 655). In such a case.S. Amended effective November 1. 2002 (see Appendix C.

C. ALL OTHER FELONY OFFENSES AND CLASS A MISDEMEANORS Historical Note: Effective November 1. § 4. Other Felony Offenses If the offense is a felony for which no guideline expressly has been promulgated. – 334 – . MISPRISION OF FELONY §2X4. apply the most analogous offense guideline. see Application Note 10 of the Commentary to §1B1. "Underlying offense" means the offense as to which the defendant is convicted of committing the misprision. November 1. 1989 (see Appendix C.C.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.3 (Relevant Conduct). apply the guideline that covers the conduct the defendant is convicted of having engaged in.C. 2. Apply the base offense level plus any applicable specific offense characteristics that were known.S. amendment 244). by the defendant. §2X5.C. but in no event less than 4. Amended effective November 1. amendment 496).1. 1987.S. as that conduct is described in 18 U. or more than 19. § 1841(b). or reasonably should have been known. Amended effective November 1. Misprision of Felony (a) Base Offense Level: 9 levels lower than the offense level for the underlying offense. * * * * * 5. Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U. The adjustment from §3B1.S. If the defendant is convicted under 18 U. 2009 * * * * * 4. § 3553 shall control. 2006 (see Appendix C. If there is not a sufficiently analogous guideline. Historical Note: Effective November 1.1.S.S. the provisions of 18 U. amendment 685). 1993 (see Appendix C.§2X4. § 1841(a)(1) and listed in 18 U. Application Notes: 1.C.2 (Mitigating Role) normally would not apply because an adjustment for reduced culpability is incorporated in the base offense level. § 1841(a)(1). except that any guidelines and policy statements that can be applied meaningfully in the absence of a Chapter Two offense guideline shall remain applicable. 1987.

C. § 13 (Assimilative Crimes Act) – 335 – . (B) 3. and. especially assimilative crimes.S. In General.C.. to apply the guideline that is most analogous. the provisions of 18 U. Attempt to Commit Criminal Sexual Abuse). § 3553 control.4 (Forfeiture). Chapter Five.2 (Class A Misdemeanors (Not Covered by Another Specific Offense Guideline)). i. For example. are not listed in the Statutory Index or in any of the lists of Statutory Provisions that follow each offense guideline.— (A) In General. §5G1.—For offenses under 18 U.C.November 1. Part F (Sentencing Options). Background: Many offenses. Chapter Six.—This guideline applies only to felony offenses not referenced in Appendix A (Statutory Index).e. For Class A misdemeanor offenses that have not been referenced in Appendix A.3 (Conditions of Supervised Release). 2. § 1841(a)(1). a child in utero at the time of the offense of conviction. The court is required to determine if there is a sufficiently analogous offense guideline. the specific guidelines that have been promulgated cover the type of criminal behavior that most such offenses proscribe. Part H (Specific Offender Characteristics).S.3 (Imposition of a Sentence on a Defendant Subject to an Undischarged Term of Imprisonment).3 (Conditions of Probation). Application Notes: 1. Upward Departure Provision. Chapter Five. § 1841(a)(1). The sentencing guidelines apply to convictions under 18 U.—If the defendant is convicted under 18 U.2 (Term of Supervised Release).S. or serious bodily injury to. the child in utero.C.C. § 1841(a)(1).S. Chapter Six. Part B (Plea Agreements). Part A (Sentencing Procedures). an upward departure may be warranted if the offense level under the applicable guideline does not adequately account for the death of. Chapter Five. Nonetheless. §5E1. §5E1.2. Application of §2X5.C.1 (Criminal Sexual Abuse.S.3 (Special Assessments). §5D1. or bodily injury to. if so.S.C. Part J (Relief from Disability). the applicable Chapter Two guideline would be §2A3. Convictions under 18 U. §5D1.1 (Restitution). § 1841(a)(1). §5E1. Chapter Five. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2X5.1 Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U.—Guidelines and policy statements that can be applied meaningfully in the absence of a Chapter Two offense guideline include: §5B1. §5D1. In a case in which there is no sufficiently analogous guideline.1 (Imposition of a Term of Supervised Release). apply §2X5. if the defendant committed aggravated sexual abuse against the unborn child’s mother and it caused the death of the child in utero. § 1841(b) and that results in the death of.S. the Chapter Two offense guideline that applies is the guideline that covers the conduct the defendant is convicted of having engaged in. Part K (Departures). the conduct of which the defendant is convicted that violates a specific provision listed in 18 U.

§2X5. amendment 43). §§ 1365(f). 2006 (see Appendix C. * * * * * 6. November 1. 49 U. 1991 (see Appendix C. 1997 (see Appendix C. § 3551(a).C. 2008 (see Appendix C.C.C. Use of a Minor in a Crime of Violence (a) Base Offense Level: 4 plus the offense level from the guideline applicable to the underlying crime of violence. §2X6. This guideline also applies to Class A misdemeanor offenses that have not been referenced in Appendix A. Amended effective November 1. Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U. amendment 569). amendment 685). 2004 (see Appendix C.S. Do not apply this guideline to a Class A misdemeanor that has been specifically referenced in Appendix A to another Chapter Two guideline. OFFENSES INVOLVING USE OF A MINOR IN A CRIME OF VIOLENCE Historical Note: Effective November 1. Amended effective June 15. Class A Misdemeanors (Not Covered by Another Specific Offense Guideline) (a) Base Offense Level: 6 Commentary Statutory Provisions: 18 U. In General.S.2. 1987. amendment 721).—This guideline applies to Class A misdemeanor offenses that are specifically referenced in Appendix A (Statutory Index) to this guideline. Application Note: 1. 14133. November 1. 1801. § 1153 (Indian Major Crimes Act).C. § 25.S.1. 2009 and 18 U. amendment 699). amendment 412).C. see 18 U. 42 U. as amended by section 1602 of Public Law 101-647.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. Historical Note: Effective November 1.§2X5. 2006 (see Appendix C. § 31310. amendment 685). 2007 (see Appendix C.S.S. – 336 – .C. November 1. §§ 1129(a). amendment 674). Historical Note: Effective November 1. November 1. 1988 (see Appendix C.S.

—For purposes of this guideline.2.S.S. OFFENSES INVOLVING BORDER TUNNELS AND SUBMERSIBLE AND SEMI-SUBMERSIBLE VESSELS Historical Note: Effective November 1. or 8. 16. amendment 700). If the resulting offense level is less than level 16.— (A) In a case in which the defendant is convicted under both 18 U. * * * * * 7. §2X7.C. Amended effective November 1. increase to level 16.C. (2) (3) Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U. 2. – 337 – . 2007 (see Appendix C. § 555(b).C.—Do not apply the adjustment under §3B1. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §2X7.S. § 555(a).November 1. Multiple Counts. if the defendant was convicted under 18 U.4 (Using a Minor to Commit a Crime).1. § 555. § 25 and the underlying crime of violence.C. (B) Historical Note: Effective November 1. § 555(c). 2009 (see Appendix C.S. amendment 728). the counts shall be grouped pursuant to subsection (a) of §3D1.4. "underlying crime of violence" means the crime of violence as to which the defendant is convicted of using a minor. if the defendant was convicted under 18 U. Definition.S. 2004 (see Appendix C. 3.C. amendment 674). Inapplicability of §3B1. 4 plus the offense level applicable to the underlying smuggling offense.2 (Groups of Closely Related Counts). Multiple counts involving the use of a minor in a crime of violence shall not be grouped under §3D1. Border Tunnels and Subterranean Passages (a) Base Offense Level: (1) If the defendant was convicted under 18 U.1 Application Notes: 1.

(B) Background: This guideline implements the directive to the Commission in section 103 of Public Law 110–407. § 2285. 2009 Definition. an attempt to sink the vessel.C. 2008 (see Appendix C. increase by 8 levels.—For purposes of this guideline.2. Historical Note: Effective November 1.S. (B) (C) Commentary Statutory Provision: 18 U.1 Application Note: 1.S. Application Note: 1. increase by 4 levels. Upward Departure Provisions. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. §2X7. amendment 728). amendment 724). increase by 2 levels.§2X7. Submersible and Semi-Submersible Vessels (a) (b) Base Offense Level: 26 Specific Offense Characteristic (1) (Apply the greatest) If the offense involved— (A) a failure to heave to when directed by law enforcement officers. 2009 (see Appendix C. Amended effective November 1. – 338 – . "underlying smuggling offense" means the smuggling offense the defendant committed through the use of the tunnel or subterranean passage. § 2285 to facilitate other felonies.C. amendment 700). The offense involved use of the vessel as part of an ongoing criminal organization or enterprise. or the sinking of the vessel.—An upward departure may be warranted in any of the following cases: (A) The defendant engaged in a pattern of activity involving use of a submersible vessel or semi-submersible vessel described in 18 U. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 2007 (see Appendix C.

gender. color. increase by 2 levels. and (B) the offense involved a large number of vulnerable victims. the court at sentencing determines beyond a reasonable doubt that the defendant intentionally selected any victim or any property as the object of the offense of conviction because of the actual or perceived race. Moreover. do not apply subsection (a) if an adjustment from §2H1.ADJUSTMENTS PART A . national origin.1. Amended effective November 1. (b) (2) (c) Special Instruction (1) Subsection (a) shall not apply if an adjustment from §2H1. 1990 (see Appendix C.3 – 339 – .VICTIM-RELATED ADJUSTMENTS Introductory Commentary The following adjustments are included in this Part because they may apply to a wide variety of offenses. increase the offense level determined under subdivision (1) by 2 additional levels. disability. 1987.1(b)(1) applies. increase by 3 levels. If (A) subdivision (1) applies. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §3A1. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 2. In such cases. Do not apply subsection (a) on the basis of gender in the case of a sexual offense. (1) If the defendant knew or should have known that a victim of the offense was a vulnerable victim. Commentary Application Notes: 1. or sexual orientation of any person.November 1. ethnicity. Hate Crime Motivation or Vulnerable Victim (a) If the finder of fact at trial or. religion. Note that special evidentiary requirements govern the application of this subsection. this factor is taken into account by the offense level of the Chapter Two offense guideline. For purposes of subsection (b). amendment 344). "vulnerable victim" means a person (A) who is a victim of the offense of conviction and any conduct for which the defendant is accountable under §1B1. §3A1.1 CHAPTER THREE . in the case of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere. Subsection (a) applies to offenses that are hate crimes.1(b)(1) applies.

amendment 587). Historical Note: Effective November 1. November 1. in the case of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere. 1987. disability. If an enhancement from subsection (b) applies and the defendant’s criminal history includes a prior sentence for an offense that involved the selection of a vulnerable victim. amendment 454). amendment 245). to provide an enhancement of not less than three levels for an offense when the finder of fact at trial determines beyond a reasonable doubt that the defendant had a hate crime motivation (i. or sexual orientation. in a broader form. Similarly.e. religion. November 1. 1989 (see Appendix C. 2000 (see Appendix C. this subsection would not be applied unless the victim was unusually vulnerable for reasons unrelated to age. an upward departure may be warranted. 3. or sexual orientation of the victim). amendment 344). 1997 (see Appendix C. §3A1. national origin. national origin. apply subsection (b) in a case in which subsection (a) applies unless a victim of the offense was unusually vulnerable for reasons unrelated to race. November 1. But it would not apply in a case in which the defendant sold fraudulent securities by mail to the general public and one of the victims happened to be senile. 2009 (Relevant Conduct). Amended effective November 1. November 1. For example. color. religion. for example. The adjustment would apply. gender. physical or mental condition. contained in Section 280003 of the Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994. Do not apply subsection (b) if the factor that makes the person a vulnerable victim is incorporated in the offense guideline. ethnicity. however. November 1.§3A1. the Commission has broadened the application of this enhancement to include offenses that. gender. 1998 (see Appendix C. or who is otherwise particularly susceptible to the criminal conduct. ethnicity. Do not. amendment 521). for example. in a fraud case in which the defendant marketed an ineffective cancer cure or in a robbery in which the defendant selected a handicapped victim. disability. if the offense guideline provides an enhancement for the age of the victim. 1995 (see Appendix C. 1992 (see Appendix C. Official Victim (Apply the greatest): (a) If (1) the victim was (A) a government officer or employee. the court at sentencing determines are hate crimes. Subsection (b)(2) implements. a bank teller is not an unusually vulnerable victim solely by virtue of the teller’s position in a bank. 1990 (see Appendix C.2. or (C) a member of the immediate family of a – 340 – . The adjustments from subsections (a) and (b) are to be applied cumulatively. 4. Background: Subsection (a) reflects the directive to the Commission. color. a primary motivation for the offense was the race. and (B) who is unusually vulnerable due to age..1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. amendment 595). Subsection (b) applies to offenses involving an unusually vulnerable victim in which the defendant knows or should have known of the victim’s unusual vulnerability. the instruction to the Commission in section 6(c)(3) of Public Law 105-184. November 1. To avoid unwarranted sentencing disparity based on the method of conviction. amendment 564). (B) a former government officer or employee.

—Do not apply this adjustment if the offense guideline specifically incorporates this factor. in a manner creating a substantial risk of serious bodily injury. or (ii) against a prison official. Commentary Application Notes: 1. or the government. or a member of the immediate family thereof. assaulted such official while the defendant (or a person for whose conduct the defendant is otherwise accountable) was in the custody or control of a prison or other correctional facility. Application of Subsections (a) and (b). 4. or knowing or having reasonable cause to believe that a person was a prison official. (c) (2) increase by 6 levels. or in immediate flight following.— (A) In General. This guideline does not apply when the only victim is an organization. increase by 3 levels. for purposes of subsections (a) and (b). Nonapplicability in Case of Incorporation of Factor in Chapter Two.November 1. where both the defendant and victim were employed by the same government agency and the offense was motivated by a personal dispute.2 person described in subdivision (A) or (B). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §3A1. Part A (Offenses Against the Person). committed in the course of. while the defendant (or a person for whose conduct the defendant is otherwise accountable) was in the custody or – 341 – 2. another offense. 3. the defendant or a person for whose conduct the defendant is otherwise accountable— (1) knowing or having reasonable cause to believe that a person was a law enforcement officer.—"Motivated by such status". increase by 6 levels.—This guideline applies when specified individuals are victims of the offense. If. Application of Subsection (c). .1(a)) that takes such conduct into account. for example. and the applicable Chapter Two guideline is from Chapter Two.4 (Obstructing or Impeding Officers). Applicability to Certain Victims. agency. The only offense guideline in Chapter Two that specifically incorporates this factor is §2A2.—Subsection (c) applies in circumstances tantamount to aggravated assault (i) against a law enforcement officer. This adjustment would not apply. and (2) the offense of conviction was motivated by such status. (b) If subsection (a)(1) and (2) apply. assaulted such officer during the course of the offense or immediate flight therefrom. means that the offense of conviction was motivated by the fact that the victim was a government officer or employee. This adjustment also would not apply in the case of a robbery of a postal employee because the offense guideline for robbery contains an enhancement (§2B3.

"Substantial risk of serious bodily injury" includes any more serious injury that was risked. (B) Definitions. amendments 246-248). 1989 (see Appendix C. and (iii) a nurse who. While subsection (c) may apply in connection with a variety of offenses that are not by nature targeted against official victims. as well as actual serious bodily injury (or more serious injury) if it occurs. Upward Departure Provision. 2004 (see Appendix C. this – 342 – . a defendant is in the custody or control of a prison or other correctional facility if the defendant (i) is on a work detail outside the security perimeter of the prison or correctional facility. The defendant also shall be deemed to be in the custody or control of a prison or other correctional facility while the defendant is in the status of having escaped from that prison or correctional facility. provides medical services to prisoners in a prison health facility. Do not apply this adjustment where the offense guideline specifically incorporates this factor. or similar facility. November 1. amendment 44).§3A1. For example. (ii) an individual employed by a prison as a work detail supervisor. amendment 455).—If the official victim is an exceptionally high-level official. Commentary Application Notes: 1. 1988 (see Appendix C.3.1 (Application Instructions). 2. such as the President or the Vice President of the United States. 5. November 1.—For purposes of subsection (c): "Custody or control" includes "non-secure custody". "Physically restrained" is defined in the Commentary to §1B1. Restraint of Victim If a victim was physically restrained in the course of the offense. 1992 (see Appendix C. amendment 663).. 2002 (see Appendix C. November 1. but not including an inmate) authorized to act on behalf of a prison or correctional facility. §3A1. amendment 643). custody with no significant physical restraint.e. Historical Note: Effective November 1. community treatment center. or volunteer. under contract.g. this enhancement would be applicable to any of the following: (i) an individual employed by a prison as a corrections officer. "Prison official" means any individual (including a director. (ii) is physically away from the prison or correctional facility while on a pass or furlough.2 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. Amended effective January 15. "halfway house". increase by 2 levels. For example. independent contractor. or where the unlawful restraint of a victim is an element of the offense itself (e.. November 1. i. 2009 control of a prison or other correctional facility. employee. 1987. its applicability is limited to assaultive conduct against such official victims that is sufficiently serious to create at least a "substantial risk of serious bodily injury". an upward departure may be warranted due to the potential disruption of the governmental function. or (iii) is in custody at a community corrections center. officer.

— Under subsection (b).—For purposes of this guideline. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §3A1. or was intended to promote.1 (Kidnapping. Historical Note: Effective November 1. that federal crime of terrorism.—For purposes of this guideline. § 2339 or § 2339A). In each such case. or to retaliate against government conduct but the offense involved.S. Computation of Criminal History Category. the adjustment provided by this guideline applies only to federal crimes of terrorism. 1991 (see Appendix C. it shall be increased to Category VI.C.C. (b) Commentary Application Notes: 1. rather than to influence or affect the conduct of government by intimidation or coercion. there may be cases in which (A) the offense was calculated to influence or affect the conduct of government by intimidation or coercion. amendments 249 and 250).C. 4. Harboring. but if the resulting offense level is less than level 32. Amended effective November 1. an offense other than one of the offenses specifically enumerated in 18 U. amendment 413). increase to level 32. Unlawful Restraint)). See §5K2. if the defendant’s criminal history category as determined under Chapter Four (Criminal History and Criminal Livelihood) is less than Category VI. and Obstruction Offenses. Upward Departure Provision.—By the terms of the directive to the Commission in section 730 of the Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act of 1996. – 343 – .November 1. or to have been intended to promote. 1987. or (B) obstructing an investigation of a federal crime of terrorism.S. Abduction. but the terrorist motive was to intimidate or coerce a civilian population. § 2332b(g)(5)(B). a federal crime of terrorism. "federal crime of terrorism" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.4 (Abduction or Unlawful Restraint). except that the sentence resulting from such 2. the defendant’s criminal history category from Chapter Four (Criminal History and Criminal Livelihood) shall be Category VI. 1989 (see Appendix C. increase by 12 levels. §3A1.C.4 adjustment does not apply to offenses covered by §2A4. or was intended to promote. 3. shall be considered to have involved. Concealing.S. an offense that involved (A) harboring or concealing a terrorist who committed a federal crime of terrorism (such as an offense under 18 U.S. or (B) the offense involved. one of the offenses specifically enumerated in 18 U. November 1. In such cases an upward departure would be warranted. § 2332b(g)(5)(B). If the restraint was sufficiently egregious.4. or was intended to promote. or to retaliate against government conduct. Terrorism (a) If the offense is a felony that involved. "Federal Crime of Terrorism" Defined. an upward departure may be warranted. § 2332b(g)(5). However. 3.

2009 a departure may not exceed the top of the guideline range that would have resulted if the adjustment under this guideline had been applied. 1996 (see Appendix C. amendment 637). amendment 539). November 1.4 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. 1997 (see Appendix C. amendment 565). November 1. Amended effective November 1. 2002 (see Appendix C. 1995 (see Appendix C. amendment 526). Historical Note: Effective November 1. – 344 – .§3A1.

2. leader. To qualify for an adjustment under this section. (b) (c) Commentary Application Notes: 1.. When an offense is committed by more than one participant. manager. leader.ROLE IN THE OFFENSE Introductory Commentary This Part provides adjustments to the offense level based upon the role the defendant played in committing the offense.1 PART B . an undercover law enforcement officer) is not a participant.2 (or neither) may apply. the defendant must have been the organizer. but who nevertheless exercised management responsibility over the property. increase by 2 levels. amendment 456). – 345 – . If the defendant was an organizer.g. in the case of a defendant who did not organize.3(a)(1)-(4). i. A "participant" is a person who is criminally responsible for the commission of the offense. Historical Note: Effective November 1. The determination of a defendant’s role in the offense is to be made on the basis of all conduct within the scope of §1B1. and not solely on the basis of elements and acts cited in the count of conviction. Aggravating Role Based on the defendant’s role in the offense. however. Section 3B1. increase the offense level as follows: (a) If the defendant was an organizer or leader of a criminal activity that involved five or more participants or was otherwise extensive.1 or §3B1. 1990 (see Appendix C.3 (Relevant Conduct). manage. increase by 4 levels. lead.3 may apply to offenses committed by any number of participants. amendment 345). 1992 (see Appendix C. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §3B1. or supervisor of one or more other participants.. §3B1. manager. November 1. A person who is not criminally responsible for the commission of the offense (e. An upward departure may be warranted. or supervisor in any criminal activity other than described in (a) or (b). If the defendant was a manager or supervisor (but not an organizer or leader) and the criminal activity involved five or more participants or was otherwise extensive.November 1. 1987. §3B1. increase by 3 levels. Amended effective November 1. but need not have been convicted. all conduct included under §1B1. assets.e.1. or supervise another participant. or activities of a criminal organization.

The Commission’s intent is that this adjustment should increase with both the size of the organization and the degree of the defendant’s responsibility. In relatively small criminal enterprises that are not otherwise to be considered as extensive in scope or in planning or preparation. Background: This section provides a range of adjustments to increase the offense level based upon the size of a criminal organization (i. Historical Note: Effective November 1. decrease by 3 levels. a fraud that involved only three participants but used the unknowing services of many outsiders could be considered extensive. of course. 1987. 1991 (see Appendix C. If the defendant was a minor participant in any criminal activity. Amended effective November 1. Thus. Factors the court should consider include the exercise of decision making authority. November 1. the number of participants in the offense) and the degree to which the defendant was responsible for committing the offense. the claimed right to a larger share of the fruits of the crime. and that of management or supervision. titles such as "kingpin" or "boss" are not controlling. the nature and scope of the illegal activity.. the degree of participation in planning or organizing the offense.e.§3B1. 2009 In assessing whether an organization is "otherwise extensive. This adjustment is included primarily because of concerns about relative responsibility. and the degree of control and authority exercised over others. the distinction between organization and leadership.1 3. decrease by 4 levels. In distinguishing a leadership and organizational role from one of mere management or supervision. the recruitment of accomplices.2. 4.1(c). it is also likely that persons who exercise a supervisory or managerial role in the commission of an offense tend to profit more from it and present a greater danger to the public and/or are more likely to recidivate. There can. (b) In cases falling between (a) and (b). decrease by 2 levels. 1993 (see Appendix C. amendment 500). This adjustment does not apply to a defendant who merely suggests committing the offense. However. be more than one person who qualifies as a leader or organizer of a criminal association or conspiracy. §3B1. the nature of participation in the commission of the offense." all persons involved during the course of the entire offense are to be considered. Mitigating Role Based on the defendant’s role in the offense. decrease the offense level as follows: (a) If the defendant was a minimal participant in any criminal activity. – 346 – . amendment 414). is of less significance than in larger enterprises that tend to have clearly delineated divisions of responsibility. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. This is reflected in the inclusiveness of §3B1.

—The determination whether to apply subsection (a) or subsection (b).November 1. Attempt or Conspiracy)) is convicted of simple possession of cocaine (an offense having a Chapter Two offense level of level 6 under §2D2. an adjustment under this guideline may not apply to a defendant who is the only defendant convicted of an offense unless that offense involved other participants in addition to the defendant and the defendant otherwise qualifies for such an adjustment. (B) Conviction of Significantly Less Serious Offense. Fact-Based Determination.1 (Unlawful Possession. if a defendant whose actual conduct involved a minimal role in the distribution of 25 grams of cocaine (an offense having a Chapter Two offense level of level 14 under §2D1. "participant" has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of §3B1. Accordingly. a reduction for a mitigating role under this section ordinarily is not warranted because such defendant is not substantially less culpable than a defendant whose only conduct involved the less serious offense.1 (Unlawful Manufacturing. a defendant who is convicted of a drug trafficking offense.3 only for the quantity of drugs the defendant personally transported or stored is not precluded from consideration for an adjustment under this guideline. 2. whose role in that offense was limited to transporting or storing drugs and who is accountable under §1B1. Exporting. based solely on the defendant’s bare assertion. no reduction for a mitigating role is warranted because the defendant is not substantially less culpable than a defendant whose only conduct involved the simple possession of cocaine. 3.—This section provides a range of adjustments for a defendant who plays a part in committing the offense that makes him substantially less culpable than the average participant.—For purposes of this guideline. (C) – 347 – . As with any other factual issue. A defendant who is accountable under §1B1. in weighing the totality of the circumstances. See the Introductory Commentary to this Part (Role in the Offense).2 Commentary Application Notes: 1. involves a determination that is heavily dependent upon the facts of the particular case. Applicability of Adjustment.1 (Aggravating Role). the court. or an intermediate adjustment.—If a defendant has received a lower offense level by virtue of being convicted of an offense significantly less serious than warranted by his actual criminal conduct. Attempt or Conspiracy)).— (A) Substantially Less Culpable than Average Participant. For example.3 (Relevant Conduct) only for the conduct in which the defendant personally was involved and who performs a limited function in concerted criminal activity is not precluded from consideration for an adjustment under this guideline. is not required to find. Definition. For example. Requirement of Multiple Participants.—This guideline is not applicable unless more than one participant was involved in the offense. or Trafficking (Including Possession with Intent to Commit These Offenses). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §3B1. Importing. that such a role adjustment is warranted.

3. Under this provision.§3B1. It is intended to cover defendants who are plainly among the least culpable of those involved in the conduct of a group. 1992 (see Appendix C. or used a special skill. amendment 456).e. a bank executive’s fraudulent loan scheme. Commentary Application Notes: 1.2 4. Historical Note: Effective November 1. it may not be employed in addition to an adjustment under §3B1. amendment 737). Abuse of Position of Trust or Use of Special Skill If the defendant abused a position of public or private trust.1 (Aggravating Role). GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.1(a)(5). by making the detection of the offense or the defendant’s responsibility for the offense more difficult). November 1. applies in the case of an embezzlement of a client’s funds by an attorney serving as a guardian. for example.. November 1.1 and the defendant’s base offense level under that guideline was reduced by operation of the maximum base offense level in §2D1. November 1. the position of public or private trust must have contributed in some significant way to facilitating the commission or concealment of the offense (e. 2009 Minimal Participant. §3B1. 6. the court also shall apply the appropriate adjustment under this guideline. Definition of "Public or Private Trust". in a manner that significantly facilitated the commission or concealment of the offense.g. Amended effective November 1. Minor Participant. amendment 640). This adjustment. 2002 (see Appendix C.—Subsection (a) applies to a defendant described in Application Note 3(A) who plays a minimal role in concerted activity.— Subsection (b) applies to a defendant described in Application Note 3(A) who is less culpable than most other participants.1 (Aggravating Role). 2009 (see Appendix C. This adjustment may not be employed if an abuse of trust or skill is included in the base offense level or specific offense characteristic. – 348 – . or the criminal sexual abuse of a patient by a physician under the guise of an examination. If this adjustment is based upon an abuse of a position of trust. 5. Application of Role Adjustment in Certain Drug Cases. if this adjustment is based solely on the use of a special skill. but whose role could not be described as minimal. This adjustment does not apply in the case of an embezzlement or theft by an ordinary bank teller or hotel clerk because such positions are not characterized by the above-described factors. substantial discretionary judgment that is ordinarily given considerable deference)..—In a case in which the court applied §2D1. It is intended that the downward adjustment for a minimal participant will be used infrequently. For this adjustment to apply. it may be employed in addition to an adjustment under §3B1. Persons holding such positions ordinarily are subject to significantly less supervision than employees whose responsibilities are primarily non-discretionary in nature. the defendant’s lack of knowledge or understanding of the scope and structure of the enterprise and of the activities of others is indicative of a role as minimal participant.—"Public or private trust" refers to a position of public or private trust characterized by professional or managerial discretion (i. increase by 2 levels. 2001 (see Appendix C. amendment 635). 1987.

The following additional illustrations of an abuse of a position of trust pertain to theft or embezzlement from employee pension or welfare benefit plans or labor unions: (A) If the offense involved theft or embezzlement from an employee pension or welfare benefit plan and the defendant was a fiduciary of the benefit plan. doctors. Examples would include pilots. Application of Adjustment in Certain Circumstances. transfer.November 1.S.C. that provides the defendant with the same opportunity to commit a difficult-to-detect crime that the defendant would have had if the position were held legitimately. This adjustment also applies in a case in which the defendant provides sufficient indicia to the victim that the defendant legitimately holds a position of private or public trust when. an adjustment under this guideline shall apply to the following: (A) An employee of the United States Postal Service who engages in the theft or destruction of undelivered United States mail. incomplete. accountants. or use without authority. or who renders investment advice for a fee or other direct or indirect compensation with respect to any moneys or other property of such plan. § 1028(d)(7). (ii) a hospital orderly who exceeds or abuses the authority of his or her position by obtaining or misusing patient identification information from a patient chart. The following are examples to which this subdivision would apply: (i) an employee of a state motor vehicle department who exceeds or abuses the authority of his or her position by knowingly issuing a driver’s license based on false. (B) 3. the adjustment applies in the case of a defendant who (A) perpetrates a financial fraud by leading an investor to believe the defendant is a legitimate investment broker. in fact. "Means of identification" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. If the offense involved theft or embezzlement from a labor union and the defendant was a union officer or occupied a position of trust in the union (as set forth in 29 U. any means of identification. "Special skill" refers to a skill not possessed by members of the general public and usually requiring substantial education. an adjustment under this section for an abuse of a position of trust will apply. A defendant who exceeds or abuses the authority of his or her position in order to obtain.C. training or licensing.C.—Notwithstanding Application Note 1. In making the misrepresentation.S. the defendant does not. and demolition experts. or misleading information. – 349 – 4. 5. "Fiduciary of the benefit plan" is defined in 29 U. the defendant assumes a position of trust. and (iii) a volunteer at a charitable organization who exceeds or abuses the authority of his or her position by obtaining or misusing identification information from a donor’s file. For example. or issue unlawfully. relative to the victim. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §3B1. an adjustment under this section for abuse of a position of trust will apply. or (B) perpetrates a fraud by representing falsely to a patient or employer that the defendant is a licensed physician. § 1002(21)(A) to mean a person who exercises any discretionary authority or control in respect to the management of such plan or exercises authority or control in respect to management or disposition of its assets. or has any authority or responsibility to do so. or any other provision of this guideline. (B) . § 501(a)).S. chemists. or who has any discretionary authority or responsibility in the administration of such plan.3 2. lawyers.

Amended effective November 1. 2005 (see Appendix C. Historical Note: Effective November 1. amendment 540). amendment 303). Using a Minor To Commit a Crime If the defendant used or attempted to use a person less than eighteen years of age to commit the offense or assist in avoiding detection of. §3B1. Commentary Application Notes: 1. or the defendant used body armor during the commission of the offense. 1987. 3. 2009 Background: This adjustment applies to persons who abuse their positions of trust or their special skills to facilitate significantly the commission or concealment of a crime. they do not. amendment 527). "Used or attempted to use" includes directing.4. 1989 (see Appendix C. amendment 492). November 1. Use of Body Armor in Drug Trafficking Crimes and Crimes of Violence If— (1) the defendant was convicted of a drug trafficking crime or a crime of violence. 2009 (see Appendix C. increase by 2 levels. amended effective November 1. November 1. amendment 580). 1987. recruiting.3 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. amendment 677). Such persons generally are viewed as more culpable. 1993 (see Appendix C.4 (untitled). and (apply the greater)— (A) (B) the offense involved the use of body armor. November 1. increase by 2 levels. increase by 4 levels. The adjustment also applies to persons who provide sufficient indicia to the victim that they legitimately hold a position of public or private trust when. 1995 (see Appendix C. or apprehension for. 2. A former §3B1. 1998 (see Appendix C. November 1. encouraging. effective November 1. procuring. or in an attempt to avoid apprehension for the offense. §3B1. amendment 346). November 1. Historical Note: Effective November 1. Amended effective November 1.§3B1. or soliciting. the offense. counseling. 1996 (see Appendix C. intimidating. amendment 527). in preparation for the offense. Do not apply this adjustment if the Chapter Two offense guideline incorporates this factor.5. training. an upward departure may be warranted. 1995 (see Appendix C. amendment 617). If the defendant used or attempted to use more than one person less than eighteen years of age. was deleted effective November 1. amendment 726). 2001 (see Appendix C. in fact. (2) – 350 – . 1990 (see Appendix C. commanding.

regardless of whether the product is to be worn alone or is sold as a complement to another product or garment.3 (Relevant Conduct).S. the defendant (A) is convicted of an offense that is a drug trafficking crime or a crime of violence. § 924(c)(2).1 (Application Instructions). amendment 670). induced. in interstate or foreign commerce. do not apply an adjustment under this guideline. the term "defendant". amendment 659). 2. 2004 (see Appendix C. limits the accountability of the defendant to the defendant’s own conduct and conduct that the defendant aided or abetted. "Use" means (A) active employment in a manner to protect the person from gunfire. – 351 – . Interaction with §2K2.C. See 18 U. Amended effective November 1. Background: This guideline implements the directive in the James Guelff and Chris McCurley Body Armor Act of 2002 (section 11009(d) of the 21st Century Department of Justice Appropriations Authorization Act. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §3B1.. Historical Note: Effective November 1.C. § 931.S. an adjustment under this guideline shall apply with respect to that offense. or (B) use as a means of bartering. as personal protective body covering intended to protect against gunfire. "use" does not mean that the body armor was found in the trunk of the car but not used actively as protection). for purposes of subdivision (2)(B). "Drug trafficking crime" has the meaning given that term in 18 U. Pub. "Used" means put into "use" as defined in this paragraph.C.—For purposes of this guideline: "Body armor" means any product sold or offered for sale. "Crime of violence" has the meaning given that term in 18 U.S. 3.—Consistent with §1B1.6 (Possessing. Definitions. § 16. Application of Subdivision (2)(B). or willfully caused.C.S. 2003 (see Appendix C. § 931 and receives an enhancement under subsection (b)(1) of §2K2. "Use" does not mean mere possession (e. commanded. § 921(a)(35). "Offense" has the meaning given that term in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1.5 Commentary Application Notes: 1. L. However.November 1.6 and Other Counts of Conviction. if. counseled.g.C. Purchasing. in addition to the count of conviction under 18 U. or Owning Body Armor by Violent Felons).—If the defendant is convicted only of 18 U. 107–273). procured.S. and (B) used the body armor with respect to that offense.

—Obstructive conduct can vary widely in nature. refusal to admit guilt or provide information to a probation officer. mistake. 2009 PART C . Obstructive conduct that occurred prior to the start of the investigation of the instant offense of conviction may be covered by this guideline if the conduct was purposefully calculated. 1987. Application Note 4 sets forth examples of the types of conduct to which this adjustment is intended to apply.—This adjustment applies if the defendant’s obstructive conduct (A) occurred with respect to the investigation. Application Note 5 sets forth examples of less serious forms of conduct to which this enhancement is not intended to apply.§3C1. prosecution. or sentencing of the instant offense of conviction. and seriousness. Covered Conduct Generally. – 352 – . and (B) related to (i) the defendant’s offense of conviction and any relevant conduct.—This provision is not intended to punish a defendant for the exercise of a constitutional right. and likely. but that ordinarily can appropriately be sanctioned by the determination of the particular sentence within the otherwise applicable guideline range. not all inaccurate testimony or statements necessarily reflect a willful attempt to obstruct justice. A defendant’s denial of guilt (other than a denial of guilt under oath that constitutes perjury). Amended effective November 1. such as that of a co-defendant. Although the conduct to which this adjustment applies 3. prosecution. amendment 684). 2.1. Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of Justice If (A) the defendant willfully obstructed or impeded. thus. to thwart the investigation or prosecution of the offense of conviction. or attempted to obstruct or impede. or refusal to enter a plea of guilty is not a basis for application of this provision. and (B) the obstructive conduct related to (i) the defendant’s offense of conviction and any relevant conduct. or faulty memory and. degree of planning. Commentary Application Notes: 1. 2006 (see Appendix C. or sentencing of the defendant’s instant offense of conviction. Limitations on Applicability of Adjustment. or (ii) an otherwise closely related case. increase the offense level by 2 levels. In General. In applying this provision in respect to alleged false testimony or statements by the defendant. §3C1. the administration of justice with respect to the investigation.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. the court should be cognizant that inaccurate testimony or statements sometimes may result from confusion. or (ii) a closely related offense.OBSTRUCTION AND RELATED ADJUSTMENTS Historical Note: Effective November 1.

or juror. escaping or attempting to escape from custody before trial or sentencing. other conduct prohibited by obstruction of justice provisions under Title 18. or otherwise unlawfully influencing a co-defendant.S. 18 U.C. comparison of the examples set forth in Application Notes 4 and 5 should assist the court in determining whether application of this adjustment is warranted in a particular case. providing a materially false statement to a law enforcement officer that significantly obstructed or impeded the official investigation or prosecution of the instant offense. or attempting to do so. shredding a document or destroying ledgers upon learning that an official investigation has commenced or is about to commence). producing or attempting to produce a false. for a judicial proceeding..S. committing. § 853(p). threatening the victim of the offense in an attempt to prevent the victim from reporting the conduct constituting the offense of conviction. providing materially false information to a probation officer in respect to a presentence or other investigation for the court. or attempting to do so. as ordered. be sufficient to warrant an adjustment for obstruction unless it resulted in a material hindrance to the official investigation or prosecution of the instant offense or the sentencing of the offender. 4.—The following is a non-exhaustive list of examples of the types of conduct to which this adjustment applies: (a) threatening. or willfully failing to appear.November 1. destroying or concealing or directing or procuring another person to destroy or conceal evidence that is material to an official investigation or judicial proceeding (e. (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) – 353 – . 1511). altered.g. intimidating.1 is not subject to precise definition. suborning. however. §§ 1510. witness.. it shall not. or counterfeit document or record during an official investigation or judicial proceeding. or attempting to suborn perjury. directly or indirectly.S.. United States Code (e. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §3C1. § 853(e) or with an order to repatriate property issued pursuant to 21 U. Examples of Covered Conduct. if such conduct occurred contemporaneously with arrest (e. attempting to swallow or throw away a controlled substance). providing materially false information to a judge or magistrate.g. failing to comply with a restraining order or injunction issued pursuant to 21 U.C.g. standing alone.C. including during the course of a civil proceeding if such perjury pertains to conduct that forms the basis of the offense of conviction.

means evidence.1 (Acceptance of Responsibility)). would tend to influence or affect the issue under determination.9 (Payment to Witness).S. "Material" Evidence Defined. lying to a probation or pretrial services officer about defendant’s drug use while on pretrial release. §2J1.. §2J1.—If the defendant is convicted of an offense covered by §2J1.e. statement.C. Examples of Conduct Ordinarily Not Covered. §2J1. 18 U. unless Application Note 4(g) above applies. §2X3.. The following is a non-exhaustive list of examples of the types of conduct to which this application note applies: (a) providing a false name or identification document at arrest. Bribery of Witness). to law enforcement officers. §2J1. avoiding or fleeing from arrest (see.1 (Accessory After the Fact). § 3146 (Penalty for failure to appear).2 (Reckless Endangerment During Flight)).. Grouping Under §3D1.1 (Misprision of Felony). See Application Note 8. making false statements.—If the defendant is convicted both of an obstruction offense (e. if believed. §2J1. prosecution. this adjustment will apply and increase the offense level for the underlying offense (i. not amounting to a material falsehood. not under oath. below.6 (Failure to Appear by Defendant).—"Material" evidence. although such conduct may be a factor in determining whether to reduce the defendant’s sentence under §3E1.S. in respect to a presentence investigation. fact.g. fact.2 (Obstruction of Justice).2(c). or §2X4. if the defendant threatened a witness during the course of the prosecution for the obstruction offense).1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. except where such conduct actually resulted in a significant hindrance to the investigation or prosecution of the instant offense. (b) (c) (d) (e) 6. §3E1. 2009 This adjustment also applies to any other obstructive conduct in respect to the official investigation. if the defendant is convicted of a separate count for such conduct. this adjustment is not to be applied to the offense level for that offense except if a significant further obstruction occurred during the investigation.5 (Failure to Appear by Material Witness). or information. however. or sentencing of the obstruction offense itself (e. statement.—Some types of conduct ordinarily do not warrant application of this adjustment but may warrant a greater sentence within the otherwise applicable guideline range or affect the determination of whether other guideline adjustments apply (e. 5. prosecution.§3C1. Inapplicability of Adjustment in Certain Circumstances.3 (Perjury or Subornation of Perjury.1 (Acceptance of Responsibility)..g.C. providing incomplete or misleading information. as used in this section. § 1621 (Perjury generally)) and 7. the offense with respect to which the obstructive conduct occurred).1 (Contempt). 8. §3C1.g. 18 U. – 354 – . or information that. or sentencing of the instant offense where there is a separate count of conviction for such conduct. However.

amendment 347). Under this section. 1993 (see Appendix C. "reckless" means that the conduct was at least reckless and includes any higher level of culpability. except a participant in the offense who willingly participated in the flight. the defendant is accountable for his own conduct and for conduct that he aided or abetted. amendment 674). results in an equivalent or greater increase in offense level solely on the basis of the same conduct. "During flight" is to be construed broadly and includes preparation for flight. November 1. amendment 693).2. Therefore. "Another person" includes any person. 2. November 1. this adjustment also is applicable where the conduct occurs in the course of resisting arrest. §3C1. or another adjustment in Chapter Three. amendment 566). counseled. November 1. 3. induced. – 355 – . 4. 1989 (see Appendix C. 2004 (see Appendix C. 2002 (see Appendix C. procured. 1990 (see Appendix C. 1997 (see Appendix C. 1991 (see Appendix C. or willfully caused. For the purposes of this guideline. the defendant is accountable for his own conduct and for conduct that he aided or abetted. commanded.2 (Groups of Closely Related Counts). counseled. 1992 (see Appendix C. 2006 (see Appendix C. where a higher degree of culpability was involved. amendments 579. 1987. commanded. Accountability for §1B1. 5. induced. 9. The offense level for that group of closely related counts will be the offense level for the underlying offense increased by the 2-level adjustment specified by this section. Amended effective November 1. and 582). Do not apply this enhancement where the offense guideline in Chapter Two. an upward departure above the 2-level increase provided in this section may be warranted. increase by 2 levels. the count for the obstruction offense will be grouped with the count for the underlying offense under subsection (c) of §3D1. amendment 415).—Under this section. 1998 (see Appendix C. procured. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §3C1.2 an underlying offense (the offense with respect to which the obstructive conduct occurred). November 1. amendments 251 and 252). November 1. amendment 496). November 1. "Reckless" is defined in the Commentary to §2A1. whichever is greater. November 1. However. or willfully caused. 581. amendment 457).4 (Involuntary Manslaughter).November 1. November 1. Commentary Application Notes: 1. November 1. Historical Note: Effective November 1.3(a)(1)(A) Conduct. or the offense level for the obstruction offense. Reckless Endangerment During Flight If the defendant recklessly created a substantial risk of death or serious bodily injury to another person in the course of fleeing from a law enforcement officer. amendment 637).

the court. if the applicable adjusted guideline range is 30-37 months and the court determines a "total punishment" of 36 months is appropriate. when a defendant is sentenced for an offense committed while released in connection with another federal offense. increase the offense level by 3 levels. Historical Note: Effective November 1.S. § 3147 applies. § 3147 would satisfy this requirement. and the sentence of imprisonment imposed under 18 U.§3C1. Amended effective November 1.C. amendment 347). November 1. a sentence of 30 months for the underlying offense plus 6 months under 18 U.e.C.C. Therefore. should divide the sentence on the judgment form between the sentence attributable to the underlying offense and the sentence attributable to the enhancement.C.C. the sentence for the offense committed while on release plus the statutory sentencing enhancement under 18 U. § 3147) is in accord with the guideline range for the offense committed while on release. amendment 734). 2006 (see Appendix C.1 (Application Instructions)). This guideline enables the court to determine and implement a combined "total punishment" consistent with the overall structure of the guidelines.S.C.S. § 3147 would satisfy this requirement. § 3147. See Chapter Five. 2009 (see Appendix C. For example. § 3147 must run consecutively to any other sentence of imprisonment. as in any other case in which a Chapter Three adjustment applies (see §1B1. § 3147 applies. while at the same time complying with the statutory requirement. The court will have to ensure that the "total punishment" (i.S. Historical Note: Effective November 1. Amended effective November 1. after appropriate sentencing notice. in order to comply with the statute. Under 18 U.. 1992 (see Appendix C.S. Background: An enhancement under 18 U. a sentence of imprisonment must be imposed in addition to the sentence for the underlying offense. amendment 416). Commission of Offense While on Release If a statutory sentencing enhancement under 18 U. §3C1. including. amendment 457).3. 2009 If death or bodily injury results or the conduct posed a substantial risk of death or bodily injury to more than one person. Part K (Departures).S. 1990 (see Appendix C. an upward departure may be warranted. amendment 684). if the applicable adjusted guideline range is 30-37 months and the court determines a "total punishment" of 30 months is appropriate. – 356 – .C. Similarly. a sentence of 24 months for the underlying offense plus 6 months under 18 U. Commentary Application Note: 1. 1991 (see Appendix C.2 6.S. the adjustment provided by the enhancement in this section. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.

– 357 – . 108–482. amendment 724).November 1. L.4. 2008 (see Appendix C. 2006 (see Appendix C. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §3C1. increase by 2 levels.C. Amended effective November 1. Commentary Background: This adjustment implements the directive to the Commission in section 204(b) of Pub. Historical Note: Effective November 1. amendment 689). False Registration of Domain Name If a statutory enhancement under 18 U.4 §3C1. § 3559(g)(1) applies.S.

In essence. this Part provides rules for grouping offenses together. Some offense guidelines. represent essentially the same type of wrongful conduct with the same ultimate harm. The most serious offense is used as a starting point. the rules in this Part can be summarized as follows: (1) If the offense guidelines in Chapter Two base the offense level primarily on the amount of money or quantity of substance – 358 – . leaving the sentence enhancement to result from application of a specific offense characteristic. are so closely related to the more serious offense that it would be appropriate to treat them as part of the more serious offense. Some offenses.. so that it would be more appropriate to treat them as a single offense for purposes of sentencing. D GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. Other offenses. to determine the sentence. Essentially. In order to limit the significance of the formal charging decision and to prevent multiple punishment for substantially identical offense conduct. may be "composite" in that they involve a pattern of conduct or scheme involving multiple underlying offenses. These rules apply to multiple counts of conviction (A) contained in the same indictment or information. or (B) contained in different indictments or informations for which sentences are to be imposed at the same time or in a consolidated proceeding. 3 Pt. "combined" offense level that results from applying these rules is used. The other counts determine how much to increase the offense level. such as an assault causing bodily injury to a teller during a bank robbery. such as those for assault and robbery. Accordingly. different rules are required for dealing with multiple-count convictions involving these two different general classes of offenses. contain provisions that deal with repetitive or ongoing behavior.g. after adjustment pursuant to the guidelines in subsequent parts. counts that are grouped together are treated as constituting a single offense for purposes of the guidelines. These rules have been designed primarily with the more commonly prosecuted federal offenses in mind. For example. such as those for theft. e. fraud and drug offenses. Convictions on multiple counts do not result in a sentence enhancement unless they represent additional conduct that is not otherwise accounted for by the guidelines. Some offenses that may be charged in multiple-count indictments are so closely intertwined with other offenses that conviction for them ordinarily would not warrant increasing the guideline range. although legally distinct offenses. More complex cases involving different types of offenses may require application of one rule to some of the counts and another rule to other counts. The single. The rules in this Part seek to provide incremental punishment for significant additional criminal conduct. racketeering and conspiracy. are oriented more toward single episodes of criminal behavior. The rules in this Part are to be used to determine the offense level for such composite offenses from the offense level for the underlying offenses.Ch. embezzling money from a bank and falsifying the related records. The amount of the additional punishment declines as the number of additional offenses increases. 2009 PART D . Other guidelines.MULTIPLE COUNTS Introductory Commentary This Part provides rules for determining a single offense level that encompasses all the counts of which the defendant is convicted.

In General. drug trafficking.2. 2007 (see Appendix C.1 involved (e. amendment 121). 1989 (see Appendix C.C. or otherwise contain provisions dealing with repetitive or ongoing misconduct (e. – 359 – . November 1. theft. firearms dealing). Historical Note: Effective November 1.C. (3) As to other offenses (e. Sentences for such counts are governed by the provisions of §5G1. start with the offense level for the most serious count and use the number and severity of additional counts to determine the amount by which to increase that offense level. group them together for purposes of the multiple-count rules. including any specific offense characteristics for the conduct taken as a whole..3. and (B) requires that such term of imprisonment be imposed to run consecutively to any other term of imprisonment. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §3D1. § 1028A.2-3D1. Determine the combined offense level applicable to all Groups taken together by applying the rules specified in §3D1.2 (Sentencing on Multiple Counts of Conviction) for guidance on how sentences for multiple counts of conviction under 18 U. and use only the offense level for the most serious offense in that group. § 1028A should be imposed.1. Procedure for Determining Offense Level on Multiple Counts (a) When a defendant has been convicted of more than one count.. (2) (3) (b) Exclude from the application of §§3D1. or (B) contained in different indictments or informations for which sentences are to be imposed at the same time or in a consolidated proceeding.g.S. independent instances of assault or robbery).2(a). add the numerical quantities and apply the pertinent offense guideline. the court shall: (1) Group the counts resulting in conviction into distinct Groups of Closely Related Counts ("Groups") by applying the rules specified in §3D1.—For purposes of sentencing multiple counts of conviction. counts can be (A) contained in the same indictment or information. See Application Note 2(B) of the Commentary to §5G1.November 1.g.5 the following: (1) Any count for which the statute (A) specifies a term of imprisonment to be imposed. many environmental offenses)..4. Determine the offense level applicable to each Group by applying the rules specified in §3D1. Any count of conviction under 18 U. (2) When offenses are closely interrelated.g. (2) Commentary Application Notes: 1. Amended effective November 1. §3D1. 1987. amendment 707). fraud.S.

this combined offense level is used to determine the guideline sentence range. When counts involve the same victim and two or more acts or transactions connected by a common criminal objective or constituting part of a common scheme or plan. After any adjustments from Chapter 3.S. Counts involve substantially the same harm within the meaning of this rule: (a) (b) When counts involve the same victim and the same act or transaction.S. the statute does not otherwise require a term of imprisonment to be imposed). Groups of Closely Related Counts All counts involving substantially the same harm shall be grouped together into a single Group. 2005 (see Appendix C. the offense level for the bank robbery count under §2B3.2 deals specifically with determining the sentence of imprisonment when convictions on multiple counts are involved. §3D1. Amended effective November 1. § 1791(c) (penalty for providing or possessing a controlled substance in prison). Part B (Career Offenders and Criminal Livelihood) are made. 2007 (see Appendix C. Pursuant to 18 U. See.. For example.C. the multiple count rules set out under this Part do apply to a count of conviction under this type of statute. Background: This section outlines the procedure to be used for determining the combined offense level. 1987.1 2. e. References in Chapter Five (Determining the Sentence) to the "offense level" should be treated as referring to the combined offense level after all subsequent adjustments have been made. Historical Note: Effective November 1. and one count of use of a firearm in the commission of a crime of violence (18 U. § 3146 (Penalty for failure to appear). 1990 (see Appendix C.g. § 924(c)). November 1.S.S. Unless specifically instructed. Accordingly.. Part E (Acceptance of Responsibility) and Chapter 4. 18 U. amendment 707) . the mandatory minimum five-year sentence on the weapon-use count runs consecutively to the guideline sentence imposed on the bank robbery count.C. See.g. and (B) requires that such term of imprisonment be imposed to run consecutively to any other term of imprisonment.2. amendment 348).C. 2000 (see Appendix C. § 924(c) (requiring mandatory minimum terms of imprisonment. The two counts are not grouped together pursuant to this guideline. to avoid unwarranted double counting.C. – 360 – .§3D1. 1998 (see Appendix C.C. § 924(c). amendment 598). e. 18 U. See §5G1. November 1. a count covered by subsection (b)(1) may affect the offense level determination for other counts.C. 18 U. Chapter Five (Determining the Sentence) discusses how to determine the sentence from the (combined) offense level. The multiple count rules set out under this Part do not apply to a count of conviction covered by subsection (b). §5G1.C. a defendant is convicted of one count of bank robbery (18 U. § 2113). 18 U. However.S.2(a). § 924(a)(4) (regarding penalty for 18 U.e. § 922(q) (possession or discharge of a firearm in a school zone)). amendment 579).1 (Robbery) is computed without application of the enhancement for weapon possession or use as otherwise required by subsection (b)(2) of that guideline. based on the conduct involved.. amendments 677 and 680). November 1.C. 2009 Subsection (b)(1) applies if a statute (A) specifies a term of imprisonment to be imposed. subsection (b)(1) does not apply when imposing a sentence under a statute that requires the imposition of a consecutive term of imprisonment only if a term of imprisonment is imposed (i. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.S. to run consecutively).S. November 1. and.S.

2C1.1.6.1. 2M3. 2E2.1.5. §§2E4.1.3. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §3D1. Part A (except §2A3. §§2P1.1. §2K2. §§2M2. §§2B2.3.5). 2D2.1. 2M3. 2D1.4.5.9. 2B2. §2Q2. §2X6.5.2.4.1. 2B4. 2L2.2.1.1.2. (d) – 361 – .7.5.1. 2H4.2.2. §§2L1. 2D1. 2S1.1. 2L2.13. 2B3. 2C1.2.1. 2P1.3.1. For multiple counts of offenses that are not listed. 2T1. 2P1.4.2. or other adjustment to. 2G2. §§2E1. §§2G2. 2T3. §§2G1. 2B1.3. 2T2. 2E5. 2B1.3. Exclusion of an offense from grouping under this subsection does not necessarily preclude grouping under another subsection.1. 2D1.1. or some other measure of aggregate harm. 2G3. §§2S1. a case-by-case determination must be made based upon the facts of the case and the applicable guidelines (including specific offense characteristics and other adjustments) used to determine the offense level.2 (c) When one of the counts embodies conduct that is treated as a specific offense characteristic in. §2R1.1. 2B6. §§2C1.3. the guideline applicable to another of the counts. Offenses covered by the following guidelines are to be grouped under this subsection: §2A3. 2D1.1.November 1. 2B5.11. 2T1. 2M3. 2H2.9.5. §§2L2. Specifically excluded from the operation of this subsection are: all offenses in Chapter Two.3. §2N3.1. or if the offense behavior is ongoing or continuous in nature and the offense guideline is written to cover such behavior.1.1.1. 2M3.1. 2T1.3. §§2D1. When the offense level is determined largely on the basis of the total amount of harm or loss. 2E1.5. §2C1.2. 2M3. 2B3. §§2D2.8.4.1. 2B5.1.3.1. 2M2.1. §§2H1.1.1.1. §§2B1. 2D2. 2M3. the quantity of a substance involved.1.1. 2T1. 2B3.1. §§2T1. grouping under this subsection may or may not be appropriate.

The counts are to be grouped together. Subsections (a)-(d) set forth circumstances in which counts are to be grouped together into a single Group. drug or immigration offenses. comment. Generally.. Counts for which the statute (A) specifies a term of imprisonment to be imposed.1). id. and (B) requires that such term of imprisonment be imposed to run consecutively to any other term of imprisonment are excepted from application of the multiple count rules. The counts are to be grouped together. all counts arising out of a single incident.e. the counts are not grouped together because different societal interests are harmed.1(b)(1). (n. See §3D1. But: (6) The defendant is convicted of two counts of assault on a federal officer for shooting at the officer on two separate days. involves unlawfully entering the United States and the other involves possession of fraudulent evidence of citizenship.2 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. i.g. Counts are to be grouped together into a single Group if any one or more of the subsections provide for such grouping. The counts are to be grouped together. 4. Subsection (b) provides that counts that are part of a single course of conduct with a single criminal objective and represent essentially one composite harm to the same victim are to be – 362 – 2. The counts are to be grouped together. (2) The defendant is convicted of kidnapping and assaulting the victim during the course of the kidnapping. Examples: (1) The defendant is convicted of forging and uttering the same check. the counts are grouped together when the societal interests that are harmed are closely related. (5) The defendant is convicted of three counts of unlawfully bringing aliens into the United States. The counts are not to be grouped together. where society at large is the victim). 2009 Commentary Application Notes: 1. or when one count charges an offense based on a general prohibition and the other charges violation of a specific prohibition encompassed in the general prohibition. Where one count. (4) The defendant is convicted of two counts of assault on a federal officer for shooting at the same officer twice while attempting to prevent apprehension as part of a single criminal episode. there will be one person who is directly and most seriously affected by the offense and is therefore identifiable as the victim.§3D1. 3. . (3) The defendant is convicted of bid rigging (an antitrust offense) and of mail fraud for signing and mailing a false statement that the bid was competitive.. to identify and group "counts involving substantially the same harm. The term "victim" is not intended to include indirect or secondary victims. for example. In contrast. counts are to be grouped together when they represent essentially a single injury or are part of a single criminal episode or transaction involving the same victim. In such cases. Ambiguities should be resolved in accordance with the purpose of this section as stated in the lead paragraph." Under subsection (a). For offenses in which there are no identifiable victims (e. the "victim" for purposes of subsections (a) and (b) is the societal interest that is harmed. where one count involves the sale of controlled substances and the other involves an immigration law violation. When one count charges an attempt to commit an offense and the other charges the commission of that offense.. the counts are grouped together because the societal interests harmed (the interests protected by laws governing immigration) are closely related. The three counts are to be grouped together. the counts will be grouped together under subsection (a).

The two counts will then be grouped together under either this subsection or subsection (d) to avoid double counting. each in furtherance of a single fraudulent scheme. Of course.3(a)(2). not one composite harm). this rule applies only if the offenses are closely related. In such cases. It is not. This provision prevents "double counting" of offense behavior.. only the count representing the most serious of those factors is to be grouped with the other count. Sometimes there may be several counts. the count represented by that conduct is to be grouped with the count to which it constitutes an aggravating factor. robbery of the same victim on different occasions involves multiple. e. this provision will overlap subsection (a). a count such as obstruction of justice. also part of the common scheme or plan.2 grouped together. Subsection (c) provides that when conduct that represents a separate count. which represents a Chapter Three adjustment and involves a different harm or societal interest than the underlying offense. Examples: (1) The defendant is convicted of one count of conspiracy to commit extortion and one count of extortion for the offense he conspired to commit. bodily injury or obstruction of justice. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §3D1. The counts are to be grouped together. the assault with serious bodily injury would be – 363 – . the counts will be grouped together under subsection (b). But: (5) The defendant is convicted of two counts of rape for raping the same person on different days. even if the mailings and telephone call occurred on different days.. The counts are to be grouped together.November 1. for example. 5. one of whom is injured seriously. On the other hand. When one count charges a conspiracy or solicitation and the other charges a substantive offense that was the sole object of the conspiracy or solicitation. if in a robbery of a credit union on a military base the defendant is also convicted of assaulting two employees. The bodily injury (the harm from the assault) would not be a specific offense characteristic to the robbery and would represent a different harm. The total amount of all four sales (40 grams of cocaine) will be used to determine the offense level for each count under §1B1. but the guideline for the more serious count provides an adjustment for only one occurrence of that factor. However. (2) The defendant is convicted of two counts of mail fraud and one count of wire fraud. each of which could be treated as an aggravating factor to another more serious count.g. a finding is made that there are two other sales.g. (3) The defendant is convicted of one count of auto theft and one count of altering the vehicle identification number of the car he stole. is also a specific offense characteristic in or other adjustment to another count. the intent of this rule that (assuming they could be joined together) a bank robbery on one occasion and an assault resulting in bodily injury on another occasion be grouped together. separate instances of fear and risk of harm. In addition. each count involving a separate sale of 10 grams of cocaine that is part of a common scheme or plan. This provision does not authorize the grouping of offenses that cannot be considered to represent essentially one composite harm (e. at least with respect to specific offense characteristics. even if they constitute legally distinct offenses occurring at different times. Frequently. The counts are to be grouped together. use of a firearm in a bank robbery and unlawful possession of that firearm are sufficiently related to warrant grouping of counts under this subsection. is covered by subsection (c) even though it is not covered by subsection (a). each involving 10 grams of cocaine. The counts are not to be grouped together. For example. (4) The defendant is convicted of two counts of distributing a controlled substance.

. the bribe was given for the purpose of hampering a criminal investigation into the offense. It provides that most property crimes (except robbery. it would constitute obstruction and under §3C1. (7) The defendant is convicted of three counts of discharging toxic substances from a single facility. firearms offenses. If. Subsection (d) likely will be used with the greatest frequency. Note. the offense guideline that results in the highest offense level is used.§3D1. each from a different victim. The Commentary to §2D1. Although the counts arise from various schemes. The "same general type" of offense is to be construed broadly. one count of selling PCP. if the defendant were convicted of one count of securities fraud and one count of bribing a public official to facilitate the fraud. that certain guidelines are specifically excluded from the operation of subsection (d). while the remaining assault conviction would be treated separately. For example. All three counts are to be grouped together. however. each involves a monetary objective.1 provides rules for combining (adding) quantities of different drugs to determine a single combined offense level. or other adjustment" within the meaning of subsection (c). (8) The defendant is convicted on two counts of check forgery and one count of uttering the first of the forged checks. the guideline for bribery of a public official contains a cross reference to the guideline for a conspiracy to commit the offense that the bribe was to facilitate. All three counts are to be grouped together..2 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. or solicitation to commit an offense is covered under subsection (d) if the offense that is the object of the conspiracy. 2009 grouped with the robbery count. All fifteen counts are to be grouped together. The counts are to be grouped together. however. burglary. A conspiracy. however. that the uttering count is first grouped with the first forgery count under subsection (a) of this guideline. the counts would be grouped together. The list of instances in which this subsection should be applied is not exhaustive. Examples: (1) The defendant is convicted of five counts of embezzling money from a bank. extortion and the like). (4) The defendant is convicted of three counts of unlicensed dealing in firearms. see §3D1. and one count of selling cocaine. The counts are to be grouped together. In such cases. so that the monetary amount of that check counts only once when the rule – 364 – . (2) The defendant is convicted of two counts of theft of social security checks and three counts of theft from the mail. The counts are to be grouped together. and other crimes where the guidelines are based primarily on quantity or contemplate continuing behavior are to be grouped together. the two counts would not be grouped together by virtue of the cross reference. (5) The defendant is convicted of one count of selling heroin. A cross reference to another offense guideline does not constitute "a specific offense characteristic . (3) The defendant is convicted of five counts of mail fraud and ten counts of wire fraud. Note. or solicitation is covered under subsection (d). (6) The defendant is convicted of three counts of tax evasion. All five counts are to be grouped together. Nonetheless. Under the latter circumstances. attempt.3(b). Counts involving offenses to which different offense guidelines apply are grouped together under subsection (d) if the offenses are of the same general type and otherwise meet the criteria for grouping under this subsection.1 would result in a 2-level enhancement to the offense level for the fraud. attempt. The five counts are to be grouped together. drug offenses. 6.

according to the rules in this section.2(d). and C. Although such a proposal was considered. how contemporaneous must two assaults on the same victim be in order to warrant grouping together as constituting a single transaction or occurrence? Existing case law may provide some guidance as to what constitutes distinct offenses.2(d) and accompanying commentary. Some would argue that all counts arising out of a single transaction or occurrence should be grouped together even when there are distinct victims. A single case may result in application of several of the rules in this section. B. Treat this as if the defendant was convicted of (1) committing offense A. the first step in determining the combined offense level in a case involving multiple counts is to identify those counts that are sufficiently related to be placed in the same Group of Closely Related Counts ("Group"). The counts are not to be grouped together. so that each such count should be treated separately rather than grouped together. Note also that a Group may consist of a single count. the decision as to whether to group them together may not always be clear cut. example (8) in the discussion of subsection (d) involves an application of §3D1. In – 365 – . In such cases.2(b).3(b) is applied. For example. 8. whether or not the injuries are inflicted in distinct transactions. For example. See §1B1. Then apply the ordinary grouping rules to determine the combined offense level based upon the substantive counts of which the defendant is convicted and the various acts cited by the conspiracy count that would constitute behavior of a substantive nature. all counts may form a single Group. and committing offense A. Cases involving injury to distinct victims are sufficiently comparable. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §3D1. treat the conspiracy count as if it were several counts. for example. each charging conspiracy to commit one of the substantive offenses. A defendant may be convicted of conspiring to commit several substantive offenses and also of committing one or more of the substantive offenses. a defendant may stab three prison guards in a single escape attempt. 7. Background: Ordinarily.2 in §3D1. A primary consideration in this section is whether the offenses involve different victims. Thus. but such decisions often turn on the technical language of the statute and cannot be controlling. Count (1) and count (2) are grouped together under §3D1. Example: The defendant is convicted of two counts: conspiring to commit offenses A.2(a) followed by an application of §3D1. But: (9) The defendant is convicted of three counts of bank robbery. subsection (d) probably will be used most frequently. Group the remaining counts.November 1. Although it appears last for conceptual reasons. Counts involving different victims (or societal harms in the case of "victimless" crimes) are grouped together only as provided in subsection (c) or (d). and (4) conspiracy to commit offense C. Even if counts involve a single victim. conversely. (3) conspiracy to commit offense B. This section specifies four situations in which counts are to be grouped together. it was rejected because it probably would require departure in many cases in order to capture adequately the criminal behavior. nor are the amounts of money involved to be added. including the various acts cited by the conspiracy count that would constitute behavior of a substantive nature. (2) conspiracy to commit offense A.

§3D1. amendment 648). Determine whether the specific offense characteristics or adjustments from Chapter Three. November 1.. November 1. In the case of counts grouped together pursuant to §3D1. amendment 656). Amended effective June 15. 348. amendment 701). 1989 (see Appendix C. §3D1. November 1. 1996 (see Appendix C. Parts A. 1990 (see Appendix C. November 1. When counts are grouped pursuant to §3D1.e. Note that guidelines for similar property offenses have been coordinated to produce identical offense levels. and 349). January 25. 1987.2(a)-(c). However. 2002 (see Appendix C. for the most serious of the counts comprising the Group. November 1. amendment 579). Commentary (b) Application Notes: 1. November 1. the offense level applicable to a Group is the offense level corresponding to the aggregated quantity. apply the offense guideline that produces the highest offense level. amendment 664). i. When counts are grouped pursuant to §3D1. use the guideline that produces the highest offense level. If the counts in the Group are covered by different guidelines. November 1. . and C apply based upon the combined offense behavior taken as a whole. 1995 (see Appendix C.3. When the counts involve offenses of the same general type to which different guidelines apply. amendments 679 and 680). November 1. 2007 (see Appendix C.2(d). November 1. amendment 638). 2005 (see Appendix C. Offense Level Applicable to Each Group of Closely Related Counts Determine the offense level applicable to each of the Groups as follows: (a) In the case of counts grouped together pursuant to §3D1. Sometimes. 3. B. amendment 417). amendment 538). the highest offense level of the counts in the group is used. amendments 121. determined in accordance with Chapter Two and Parts A. amendment 496). Historical Note: Effective November 1. and 303). the offense guideline applicable to the aggregate behavior is used. amendment 534). and 634).2 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. as with a count for an attempt or conspiracy to commit the completed offense. Ordinarily. November 1. it will be clear that one count in the Group cannot have a higher offense level than another. it is necessary to determine the offense level for each of the counts in a Group in order to ensure that the highest is correctly identified. 2003 (see Appendix C. November 1. November 1. when small sums are involved the differing specific offense – 366 – 2. determined in accordance with Chapter Two and Parts A. B. 1992 (see Appendix C.2(d). 2009 interpreting this Part and resolving ambiguities. B and C of Chapter Three. 1993 (see Appendix C. B. 1991 (see Appendix C. amendments 615. and C of Chapter Three. amendment 45). the offense level applicable to a Group is the offense level. at least when substantial property losses are involved.2(a)-(c). November 1. The formal determination of the offense level for such a count may be unnecessary. The "offense level" for a count refers to the offense level from Chapter Two after all adjustments from Parts A. 2004 (see Appendix C. November 1. the court should look to the underlying policy of this Part as stated in the Introductory Commentary. 2001 (see Appendix C. amendments 309. 253-256. 617. 1988 (see Appendix C. the highest offense level of the counts in the Group. and C of Chapter Three. amendment 458). 1998 (see Appendix C. 2003 (see Appendix C.

and robbery. November 1. §3D1. an exceptionally large property loss in the course of the rape would provide grounds for an upward departure. 1989 (see Appendix C. November 1. Determining the Combined Offense Level The combined offense level is determined by taking the offense level applicable to the Group with the highest offense level and increasing that offense level by the amount indicated in the following table: Number of Units 1 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 .4 characteristics that require increasing the offense level to a certain minimum may affect the outcome. Sometimes the rule specified in this section may not result in incremental punishment for additional criminal acts because of the grouping rules.1) includes the most common aggravating factors. The additional factor of property loss ordinarily can be taken into account adequately within the guideline range for rape.November 1. however.2. This is because the offense guideline for rape (§2A3. Disregard any Group that is 9 or more levels less serious than the Group with the highest offense level. amendment 617). The aggravated assault will increase the guideline range for the rape. 1987. See §5K2.5 More than 5 Increase in Offense Level none add 1 level add 2 levels add 3 levels add 4 levels add 5 levels. 4. that data showed to be significant in actual practice. which is fairly wide.4. if the defendant commits forcible criminal sexual abuse (rape). including injury. The robbery. amendments 257 and 303). will not. Summary examples of the application of these rules are provided at the end of the Commentary to this Part.5 (Property Damage or Loss). all against the same victim on a single occasion. However. Amended effective November 1. In determining the number of Units for purposes of this section: (a) Count as one Unit the Group with the highest offense level. For example. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §3D1. aggravated assault. Background: This section provides rules for determining the offense level associated with each Group of Closely Related Counts. Count as one-half Unit any Group that is 5 to 8 levels less serious than the Group with the highest offense level. amendment 674). 2001 (see Appendix C. Historical Note: Effective November 1.3 3 1/2 . 2004 (see Appendix C. Count one additional Unit for each Group that is equally serious or from 1 to 4 levels less serious. all of the counts are grouped together under §3D1. Such Groups will not increase the applicable offense level – 367 – (b) (c) .

1990 (see Appendix C. – 368 – . departure would be warranted in the unusual case where the additional offenses resulted in a total of significantly more than 5 Units. In unusual circumstances.3 may produce a single Group of Closely Related Counts. Amended effective November 1. each Group will represent one Unit. identify the offense level applicable to the most serious Group. Inasmuch as the maximum increase provided in the guideline is 5 levels. if the most serious Group is at offense level 15 and if two other Groups are at level 10. such situations should be infrequent and can be handled through departure. Groups 9 or more levels less serious than the most serious Group should not be counted for purposes of the table. application of the rules in this Part could result in an excessive increase in the sentence range. possibly even more than those offenses would carry if prosecuted separately. 2. it is possible that if there are several minor offenses that are not grouped together.3. If there are several groups and the most serious offense is considerably more serious than all of the others. When the most serious Group carries an offense level substantially higher than that applicable to the other Groups. Commentary Application Notes: 1. Historical Note: Effective November 1. however. the court will have latitude to impose added punishment by sentencing toward the upper end of the range authorized for the most serious offense. and that Groups 5 to 8 levels less serious should be treated as equal to one-half of a Group. the approach adopted in this section could produce adjustments for the additional counts that are inadequate or excessive.2 and 3D1. that approach was not adopted because of its complexity. amendment 350). The procedure for calculating the combined offense level when there is more than one Group of Closely Related Counts is as follows: First. Ordinarily. assign it one Unit. determine the number of Units that the remaining Groups represent. To avoid this anomalous result and produce declining marginal punishment. the combined offense level is the level corresponding to the Group determined in accordance with §3D1. Situations in which there will be inadequate scope for ensuring appropriate additional punishment for the additional crimes are likely to be unusual and can be handled by departure from the guidelines.§3D1. Conversely. 1987. An alternative method for ensuring more precise adjustments would have been to determine the appropriate offense level adjustment through a more complicated mathematical formula.4 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. Application of the rules in §§3D1. counting the lesser Groups fully for purposes of the table could add excessive punishment. there would be a total of two Units for purposes of the table (one plus one-half plus one-half) and the combined offense level would be 17. Background: When Groups are of roughly comparable seriousness. Next. Finally. 2009 but may provide a reason for sentencing at the higher end of the sentencing range for the applicable offense level. In such cases. there will be no increase in the offense level resulting from the additional counts. increase the offense level for the most serious Group by the number of levels indicated in the table corresponding to the total number of Units. Again. Thus.

The combined offense level is 31. §3D1. In addition. the combined offense level for the drug offenses is 26. The combined offense level is subject to adjustments from Chapter Three.2(c). because of the attempted bribe of the DEA agent.2. illustrate the operation of the guidelines for multiple counts.1 (Unlawful Manufacturing. Commentary This section refers the court to Chapter Five (Determining the Sentence) in order to determine the total punishment to be imposed based upon the combined offense level. converted to marihuana equivalents (using the Drug Equivalency Tables in the Commentary to §2D1.5. Exporting.5 §3D1. each of the first three represents one-half unit for purposes of §3D1. Determining the Total Punishment Use the combined offense level to determine the appropriate sentence in accordance with the provisions of Chapter Five. 1987. As the first three counts are 6 levels lower than the fourth. the offense level was 22 (20 plus a 2-level increase because a financial institution was robbed) (§2B3. The examples are discussed summarily. (4) offering a DEA agent $20. * * * * * Illustrations of the Operation of the Multiple-Count Rules The following examples. Defendant C was convicted on four counts: (1) distribution of 230 grams of cocaine. and the third count translates into 75 kilograms of marihuana. The combined offense level for drug offenses is determined by the total quantity of drugs. each charging robbery of a different bank. the second count translates into 30 kilograms of marihuana. 1. In each of the first three robberies.1(b)).November 1. or Trafficking)). – 369 – 2. Each would represent a distinct Group.4. In the fourth robbery $12. The first count translates into 46 kilograms of marihuana. a more thorough. this offense level is increased by 2 levels to 28 under §3C1. (3) distribution of 75 grams of heroin.1. (2) distribution of 150 grams of cocaine. Defendant A was convicted on four counts. The total is 151 kilograms of marihuana. the offense level was therefore 28.1 (Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of Justice). because the offense level for bribery (22) is less than the offense level for the drug offenses (28). Part B (Career Offenders and Criminal Livelihood).3(a).000 to avoid prosecution. Importing. drawn from presentence reports in the Commission’s files. and the offense level for the most serious (28) is therefore increased by 3 levels under the table. . Because the conduct constituting the bribery offense is accounted for by §3C1. The combined offense level is 28 pursuant to §3D1. Altogether there are 2 1/2 Units. Part E (Acceptance of Responsibility) and Chapter Four.1.000 was taken and a firearm was displayed. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §3D1. it becomes part of the same Group as the drug offenses pursuant to §3D1. Historical Note: Effective November 1. step-by-step approach is recommended until the user is thoroughly familiar with the guidelines. Under §2D1.

Property Destruction. which results in an offense level of 16 under either §2B1. 2001 (see Appendix C. (4) The defendant received $20. the combined offense level is 16.1 (assuming the application of the "sophisticated means" enhancement in §2B1. which treats the offense as a sophisticated fraud. amendment 350). The total money involved is $74.000 from subcontractor A relating to contract Y (Mail Fraud). amendment 534).1 (Bribery in Procurement of Bank Loan and Other Commercial Bribery). (2) The defendant received $12. Historical Note: Effective November 1. and Fraud).000. The bribery counts are covered by §2B4.1 (Theft.000 from subcontractor A relating to contract X (Commercial Bribery). 1990 (see Appendix C. November 1.5 3. The counts were as follows: (1) The defendant received $27. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.§3D1. amendment 617).000 from subcontractor A relating to contract X (Mail Fraud). amendment 417). November 1. Amended effective November 1.1.1(b)(9)) or §2B4. November 1. The mail fraud counts are covered by §2B1. 1995 (see Appendix C.000 from subcontractor B relating to contract Z (Commercial Bribery). 1989 (see Appendix C. November 1. – 370 – . 1991 (see Appendix C. November 1. Since these two guidelines produce identical offense levels. 1987. amendment 303). 2009 Defendant D was convicted of four counts arising out of a scheme pursuant to which the defendant received kickbacks from subcontractors. 2009 (see Appendix C. amendment 737). (3) The defendant received $15.

relevant conduct that the court determines to be true has acted in a manner inconsistent with acceptance of responsibility. However. (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) – 371 – . In determining whether a defendant qualifies under subsection (a).November 1. voluntary termination or withdrawal from criminal conduct or associations. If the defendant qualifies for a decrease under subsection (a). or frivolously contests. and truthfully admitting or not falsely denying any additional relevant conduct for which the defendant is accountable under §1B1. but are not limited to. Note that a defendant is not required to volunteer. voluntary resignation from the office or position held during the commission of the offense. a defendant who falsely denies. decrease the offense level by 1 additional level. voluntary payment of restitution prior to adjudication of guilt. thereby permitting the government to avoid preparing for trial and permitting the government and the court to allocate their resources efficiently.1 PART E . decrease the offense level by 2 levels. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §3E1.3 (Relevant Conduct). A defendant may remain silent in respect to relevant conduct beyond the offense of conviction without affecting his ability to obtain a reduction under this subsection.1. and upon motion of the government stating that the defendant has assisted authorities in the investigation or prosecution of his own misconduct by timely notifying authorities of his intention to enter a plea of guilty. appropriate considerations include. (b) Commentary Application Notes: 1. voluntary surrender to authorities promptly after commission of the offense. voluntary assistance to authorities in the recovery of the fruits and instrumentalities of the offense. or affirmatively admit. relevant conduct beyond the offense of conviction in order to obtain a reduction under subsection (a).ACCEPTANCE OF RESPONSIBILITY §3E1. the following: (a) truthfully admitting the conduct comprising the offense(s) of conviction. Acceptance of Responsibility (a) If the defendant clearly demonstrates acceptance of responsibility for his offense. the offense level determined prior to the operation of subsection (a) is level 16 or greater.

1 (g) (h) 2. For this reason.§3E1. In general. 2009 post-offense rehabilitative efforts (e. Entry of a plea of guilty prior to the commencement of trial combined with truthfully admitting the conduct comprising the offense of conviction. The timeliness of the defendant’s acceptance of responsibility is a consideration under both subsections. However. a determination that a defendant has accepted responsibility will be based primarily upon pre-trial statements and conduct. A defendant who enters a guilty plea is not entitled to an adjustment under this section as a matter of right. In rare situations a defendant may clearly demonstrate an acceptance of responsibility for his criminal conduct even though he exercises his constitutional right to a trial. There may. counseling or drug treatment). This may occur. will constitute significant evidence of acceptance of responsibility for the purposes of subsection (a). Subsection (a) provides a 2-level decrease in offense level. this evidence may be outweighed by conduct of the defendant that is inconsistent with such acceptance of responsibility. the conduct qualifying for a decrease in offense level under subsection (b) will occur particularly early in the case. In each such instance. however. however. however. and is context specific.1 (Obstructing or Impeding the Administration of Justice) ordinarily indicates that the defendant has not accepted responsibility for his criminal conduct. Subsection (b) provides an additional 1-level decrease in offense level for a defendant at offense level 16 or greater prior to the operation of subsection (a) who both qualifies for a decrease under subsection (a) and who has assisted authorities in the investigation or prosecution of his own misconduct by taking the steps set forth in subsection (b).. does not automatically preclude a defendant from consideration for such a reduction. Conviction by trial. See section 401(g)(2)(B) of Public Law 108–21.1 and 3E1.g. the determination of the sentencing judge is entitled to great deference on review.g. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.. 6. Conduct resulting in an enhancement under §3C1. and truthfully admitting or not falsely denying any additional relevant conduct for which he is accountable under §1B1. – 372 – 3. and the timeliness of the defendant’s conduct in manifesting the acceptance of responsibility. for example. . an adjustment under subsection (b) may only be granted upon a formal motion by the Government at the time of sentencing. This adjustment is not intended to apply to a defendant who puts the government to its burden of proof at trial by denying the essential factual elements of guilt. to qualify under subsection (b). 5.1 may apply. For example. the defendant must have notified authorities of his intention to enter a plea of guilty at a sufficiently early point in the process so that the government may avoid preparing for trial and the court may schedule its calendar efficiently. to make a constitutional challenge to a statute or a challenge to the applicability of a statute to his conduct).3 (Relevant Conduct) (see Application Note 1(a)). Because the Government is in the best position to determine whether the defendant has assisted authorities in a manner that avoids preparing for trial. where a defendant goes to trial to assert and preserve issues that do not relate to factual guilt (e. and only then admits guilt and expresses remorse. be extraordinary cases in which adjustments under both §§3C1. is convicted. The sentencing judge is in a unique position to evaluate a defendant’s acceptance of responsibility. 4.

and the Background Commentary. amendment 649). however. 1990 (see Appendix C. Amended effective January 15. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §3E1. the reduction in the guideline range provided by a 2-level decrease in offense level under subsection (a) (which is a greater proportional reduction in the guideline range than at higher offense levels due to the structure of the Sentencing Table) is adequate for the court to take into account the factors set forth in subsection (b) within the applicable guideline range. November 1.1 Background: The reduction of offense level provided by this section recognizes legitimate societal interests. 1989 (see Appendix C. a defendant who clearly demonstrates acceptance of responsibility for his offense by taking. 2003 (see Appendix C. Subsection (a) provides a 2-level decrease in offense level. Subsection (b) does not apply. 1988 (see Appendix C. 1987. Such a defendant has accepted responsibility in a way that ensures the certainty of his just punishment in a timely manner. amendment 459). thereby appropriately meriting an additional reduction. amendment 46). the actions listed above (or some equivalent action) is appropriately given a lower offense level than a defendant who has not demonstrated acceptance of responsibility. Subsection (b) provides an additional 1-level decrease for a defendant at offense level 16 or greater prior to operation of subsection (a) who both qualifies for a decrease under subsection (a) and has assisted authorities in the investigation or prosecution of his own misconduct by taking the steps specified in subsection (b). At offense level 15 or lower. in a timely fashion. to a defendant whose offense level is level 15 or lower prior to application of subsection (a). Application Note 6 (including adding the last paragraph of that application note). November 1. For several reasons. amendment 351). 2003. effective April 30. 1992 (see Appendix C. November 1. April 30. – 373 – .November 1. Section 401(g) of Public Law 108–21 directly amended subsection (b). amendment 258). Historical Note: Effective November 1.

parole.CRIMINAL HISTORY AND CRIMINAL LIVELIHOOD PART A . the Commission will review additional data insofar as they become available in the future.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1.C. (a) Add 3 points for each prior sentence of imprisonment exceeding one year and one month. Add 1 point for each prior sentence not counted in (a) or (b). Add 2 points if the defendant committed the instant offense while under any criminal justice sentence. 2009 CHAPTER FOUR .CRIMINAL HISTORY Introductory Commentary The Comprehensive Crime Control Act sets forth four purposes of sentencing. age and drug abuse. supervised release. § 3553(a)(2).1 and §4A1. General deterrence of criminal conduct dictates that a clear message be sent to society that repeated criminal behavior will aggravate the need for punishment with each recurrence. 1987.1. A defendant with a record of prior criminal behavior is more culpable than a first offender and thus deserving of greater punishment. To protect the public from further crimes of the particular defendant. Historical Note: Effective November 1. The Commission has made no definitive judgment as to the reliability of the existing data.3 are consistent with the extant empirical research assessing correlates of recidivism and patterns of career criminal behavior.. (See 18 U. Part A. e. up to a total of 4 points for this item. including probation. §4A1. The specific factors included in §4A1.S. imprisonment. Repeated criminal behavior is an indicator of a limited likelihood of successful rehabilitation.§4A1. Add 2 points for each prior sentence of imprisonment of at least sixty days not counted in (a). While empirical research has shown that other factors are correlated highly with the likelihood of recidivism. Criminal History Category The total points from items (a) through (f) determine the criminal history category in the Sentencing Table in Chapter Five.) A defendant’s record of past criminal conduct is directly relevant to those purposes. or escape status. for policy reasons they were not included here at this time. However.g. work release. the likelihood of recidivism and future criminal behavior must be considered. Add 2 points if the defendant committed the instant offense less than two years after release from imprisonment on a sentence counted under (a) or (b) or while (b) (c) (d) (e) – 374 – .

There is no limit to the number of points that may be counted under this item.1 in imprisonment or escape status on such a sentence. add only 1 point for this item. Certain prior sentences are not counted or are counted only under certain conditions: A sentence imposed more than ten years prior to the defendant’s commencement of the instant offense is not counted.1 and 4A1. The term "prior sentence" is defined at §4A1. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §4A1.2 govern the computation of the criminal history points. See §4A1.2(b).November 1.2. There is no limit to the number of points that may be counted under this item. Therefore. The term "sentence of imprisonment" is defined at §4A1. see §4A1. See §4A1.2(h) and (j) and the Commentary to §4A1. If 2 points are added for item (d). The term "prior sentence" is defined at §4A1.1(b). parole. Where a prior sentence of imprisonment resulted from a revocation of probation.1 and 4A1. See §4A1. The term "sentence of imprisonment" is defined at §4A1.2(e). (b).2. a conviction that has been expunged. Commentary The total criminal history points from §4A1. The following notes highlight the interaction of §§4A1. See §4A1. – 375 – .1 determine the criminal history category (I-VI) in the Sentencing Table in Chapter Five. A sentence imposed for an offense committed prior to the defendant’s eighteenth birthday is counted under this item only if it resulted from an adult conviction. §4A1. The definitions and instructions in §4A1.2(a). up to a total of 3 points for this item. §§4A1.2 must be read together.2(a).2(e). or a similar form of release. parole.2(k). Certain prior sentences are not counted or are counted only under certain conditions: A sentence imposed more than fifteen years prior to the defendant’s commencement of the instant offense is not counted unless the defendant’s incarceration extended into this fifteen-year period. Part A. A sentence for a foreign conviction. 2. Application Notes: 1.2(b). or an invalid conviction is not counted. §4A1. or (c) above because such sentence was counted as a single sentence.1(a).2(d). or a similar form of release. see §4A1.2(k). (f) Add 1 point for each prior sentence resulting from a conviction of a crime of violence that did not receive any points under (a). Where a prior sentence of imprisonment resulted from a revocation of probation. Two points are added for each prior sentence of imprisonment of at least sixty days not counted in §4A1. Three points are added for each prior sentence of imprisonment exceeding one year and one month.1(a).

2 (Definitions and Instructions for Computing Criminal History) having a custodial or supervisory component. or an invalid conviction is not counted. (i).2(n). Sentences for certain specified non-felony offenses are never counted. See §4A1. The term "prior sentence" is defined at §4A1. See §4A1. One point is added for each prior sentence not counted under §4A1.2(d).2(f). Certain prior sentences are not counted or are counted only under certain conditions: A sentence imposed more than ten years prior to the defendant’s commencement of the instant offense is not counted.2. See §4A1. A maximum of four points may be counted under this item. (j). and the Commentary to §4A1. (j).1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. 3. See §4A1. and the Commentary to §4A1.1(d). Sentences for certain specified non-felony offenses are counted only if they meet certain requirements.2(g). is not counted. or escape status. See §4A1. See §4A1.2(a)..2(h). An adult or juvenile sentence imposed for an offense committed prior to the defendant’s eighteenth birthday is counted only if imposed within five years of the defendant’s commencement of the current offense. For the purposes of this item.2(c)(2). §4A1. See §4A1.e.2(d). work release. A diversionary disposition is counted only where there is a finding or admission of guilt in a judicial proceeding. imprisonment. Sentences for certain specified non-felony offenses are never counted. an expunged conviction. See §4A1. 2009 An adult or juvenile sentence imposed for an offense committed prior to the defendant’s eighteenth birthday is counted only if confinement resulting from such sentence extended into the five-year period preceding the defendant’s commencement of the instant offense.2(e). See §4A1.2(c)(2). (i). Two points are added if the defendant committed any part of the instant offense (i. A sentence for a foreign conviction.2. A sentence for a foreign conviction or a tribal court conviction. an expunged conviction. including probation. supervised release. See §4A1. or an invalid conviction. Failure to report for service of a sentence of imprisonment is to be treated as an escape from such sentence.2(g). A military sentence is counted only if imposed by a general or special court martial. a "criminal justice sentence" means a sentence countable under §4A1. A military sentence is counted only if imposed by a general or special court martial. parole.2(h).2(c)(1). See §4A1. although active supervision is not required for this item – 376 – .1(c). See §4A1. §4A1.§4A1. 4.1(a) or (b). a tribal court conviction. any relevant conduct) while under any criminal justice sentence.

sentencing structures. For example.1(a) (a one-year sentence of imprisonment and a consecutive nine-month sentence of imprisonment are treated as a combined one-year-nine-month sentence of imprisonment). any relevant conduct) less than two years following release from confinement on a sentence counted under §4A1. or (c)). 5. fifty state systems. but a sentence to pay a fine. a probation.2(a)(2)).1(a) or (b).1(f) because the second sentence did not result in any additional point(s) (under §4A1. A defendant who commits the instant offense while a violation warrant from a prior sentence is outstanding (e. a total of 3 points is added under §4A1. Without the second sentence. See §4A1. §4A1. For purposes of this guideline. the defendant would only have received two points under §4A1.1(d). To minimize problems with imperfect measures of past crime seriousness. If the defendant received a five-year sentence of imprisonment for one robbery and a four-year sentence of imprisonment for the other robbery (consecutively or concurrently). See §4A1. such as whether the conviction was designated a felony or misdemeanor. would not be included. even if that sentence would have expired absent such warrant.1(f). territories. 6. a defendant’s criminal history includes two robbery convictions for offenses committed on different occasions. if two points are added under §4A1.1 to apply. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §4A1. §4A1.1(b) for the one-year sentence of imprisonment.1(a). But no additional point is added under §4A1. There are jurisdictional variations in offense definitions. See §4A1.1(f) because the sentence for the second robbery already resulted in an additional point under §4A1. a term of unsupervised probation would be included.. – 377 – . a total of 3 points also is added under §4A1. In recognition of the imperfection of this measure however. and foreign.2(a)(2). only one point is added under §4A1. A total of up to 3 points may be added under §4A1. (b). This also applies if the defendant committed the instant offense while in imprisonment or escape status on such a sentence.2(a). Failure to report for service of a sentence of imprisonment is to be treated as an escape from such sentence. For example.3 authorizes the court to depart from the otherwise applicable criminal history category in certain circumstances. However.e.2(m).2(p). §4A1.1(a). The sentences for these offenses were imposed on the same day and are counted as a single prior sentence. parole.1(f). (b). or supervised release violation warrant) shall be deemed to be under a criminal justice sentence for the purposes of this provision if that sentence is otherwise countable. See §4A1. In a case in which the defendant received two or more prior sentences as a result of convictions for crimes of violence that are counted as a single sentence (see §4A1.1(f) for each such sentence that did not result in any additional points under §4A1. "crime of violence" has the meaning given that term in §4B1.1(a).1(a). and manner of sentence pronouncement. the District of Columbia. if the defendant received a one-year sentence of imprisonment for one robbery and a nine-month consecutive sentence of imprisonment for the other robbery. Background: Prior convictions may represent convictions in the federal system. by itself. Two points are added if the defendant committed any part of the instant offense (i.2(n). tribal.1(e)..g. In contrast. or (c). criminal history categories are based on the maximum term imposed in previous sentences rather than on other measures. An additional point is added under §4A1.1(e). one point is added under §4A1. and military courts.November 1.

If there is no intervening arrest.1(a). See also §4A1. but not yet sentenced. Where a defendant has been convicted of an offense. such as confinement sentences of less than sixty days. and (c).1(e) implements another measure of recency by adding two points if the defendant committed any part of the instant offense less than two years immediately following his release from confinement on a sentence counted under §4A1. use the longest sentence of imprisonment if concurrent sentences were imposed. shorter confinement sentences of at least sixty days. whether by guilty plea. their combined impact is limited to three points. 1987.e. §4A1.1(a) or (b). 1991 (see Appendix C. fines. Section 4A1. (b). probation. thus. prior sentences are counted separately unless (A) the sentences resulted from offenses contained in the same charging instrument. amendments 259-261). use the aggregate sentence of imprisonment. In the case of a conviction for an offense – 378 – (2) (4) . or plea of nolo contendere.1(d) implements one measure of recency by adding two points if the defendant was under a criminal justice sentence during any part of the instant offense. amendment 709). November 1. Count any prior sentence covered by (A) or (B) as a single sentence. for conduct not part of the instant offense. However. such conviction shall be counted as if it constituted a prior sentence under §4A1. Definitions and Instructions for Computing Criminal History (a) Prior Sentence (1) The term "prior sentence" means any sentence previously imposed upon adjudication of guilt. If consecutive sentences were imposed. amendments 381 and 382). amendment 651). if prior sentences are counted as a single sentence. (d) and (e) are not completely combined. and all other sentences. If the defendant has multiple prior sentences. November 1.1(c) if a sentence resulting from that conviction otherwise would be countable. Amended effective November 1. determine whether those sentences are counted separately or as a single sentence. Historical Note: Effective November 1. October 27.1(f). and (c) of §4A1.§4A1. 1989 (see Appendix C. Because of the potential overlap of (d) and (e).. For purposes of applying §4A1. the defendant is arrested for the first offense prior to committing the second offense).2. 2003 (see Appendix C.1 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. and residency in a halfway house. 2009 Subdivisions (a). trial. Prior sentences always are counted separately if the sentences were imposed for offenses that were separated by an intervening arrest (i. or (B) the sentences were imposed on the same day. a defendant who falls within both (d) and (e) is more likely to commit additional crimes.1(c). 2007 (see Appendix C. Section 4A1.1 distinguish confinement sentences longer than one year and one month. (3) A conviction for which the imposition or execution of sentence was totally suspended or stayed shall be counted as a prior sentence under §4A1. (b).

means that the guilt of the defendant has been established.November 1. by whatever name they are known. are never counted: Fish and game violations Hitchhiking Juvenile status offenses and truancy Local ordinance violations (except those violations that are also violations under state criminal law) Loitering – 379 – . or (B) the prior offense was similar to an instant offense: Careless or reckless driving Contempt of court Disorderly conduct or disturbing the peace Driving without a license or with a revoked or suspended license False information to a police officer Gambling Hindering or failure to obey a police officer Insufficient funds check Leaving the scene of an accident Non-support Prostitution Resisting arrest Trespassing. or plea of nolo contendere. apply this provision only where the sentence for such offense would be countable regardless of type or length. (2) (c) Sentences Counted and Excluded Sentences for all felony offenses are counted. Sentences for misdemeanor and petty offenses are counted.2(c)(1). except as follows: (1) Sentences for the following prior offenses and offenses similar to them. whether by guilty plea." for the purposes of this provision. are counted only if (A) the sentence was a term of probation of more than one year or a term of imprisonment of at least thirty days. trial. by whatever name they are known. "Convicted of an offense. (b) Sentence of Imprisonment Defined (1) The term "sentence of imprisonment" means a sentence of incarceration and refers to the maximum sentence imposed. If part of a sentence of imprisonment was suspended.2 set forth in §4A1. (2) Sentences for the following prior offenses and offenses similar to them. "sentence of imprisonment" refers only to the portion that was not suspended. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §4A1.

.2(d)(2). Any other prior sentence that was imposed within ten years of the defendant’s commencement of the instant offense is counted.§4A1. Also count any prior sentence of imprisonment exceeding one year and one month. deferred prosecution) is not counted. The applicable time period for certain sentences resulting from offenses committed prior to age eighteen is governed by §4A1.1(c) for each adult or juvenile sentence imposed within five years of the defendant’s commencement of the instant offense not covered in (A). – 380 – . except that diversion from juvenile court is not counted. that resulted in the defendant being incarcerated during any part of such fifteen-year period. (2) (B) (e) Applicable Time Period (1) Any prior sentence of imprisonment exceeding one year and one month that was imposed within fifteen years of the defendant’s commencement of the instant offense is counted.g. Any prior sentence not within the time periods specified above is not counted.. whenever imposed. (2) (3) (4) (f) Diversionary Dispositions Diversion from the judicial process without a finding of guilt (e.1(b) for each adult or juvenile sentence to confinement of at least sixty days if the defendant was released from such confinement within five years of his commencement of the instant offense.g. In any other case. add 1 point under §4A1. (A) add 2 points under §4A1.1(a) for each such sentence.2 GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. speeding) Public intoxication Vagrancy. 2009 Minor traffic infractions (e. (d) Offenses Committed Prior to Age Eighteen (1) If the defendant was convicted as an adult and received a sentence of imprisonment exceeding one year and one month. A diversionary disposition resulting from a finding or admission of guilt. or a plea of nolo contendere.1(c) even if a conviction is not formally entered. add 3 points under §4A1. in a judicial proceeding is counted as a sentence under §4A1.

use the following: (i) in the case of an adult term of imprisonment totaling more than one year and one month. parole.1(a). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §4A1.2(e)(1)). Parole. (b). the date of the original sentence (see §4A1. (A) Revocation of probation.1(e) in respect to the recency of last release from confinement. special parole.2 (g) Military Sentences Sentences resulting from military offenses are counted if imposed by a general or special court martial. special parole. the date of the defendant’s last release from confinement on such sentence (see §4A1. supervised release. parole. The resulting total is used to compute the criminal history points for §4A1. For the purposes of determining the applicable time period. add the original term of imprisonment to any term of imprisonment imposed upon revocation. supervised release. or mandatory release. or Supervised Release (1) In the case of a prior revocation of probation.2(d)(2)(A)). supervised release. (k) Revocations of Probation. and (iii) in any other case.3 (Adequacy of Criminal History Category). or mandatory release may affect the points for §4A1. special parole. Sentences imposed by a summary court martial or Article 15 proceeding are not counted. (ii) in the case of any other confinement sentence for an offense committed prior to the defendant’s eighteenth birthday. (h) Foreign Sentences Sentences resulting from foreign convictions are not counted. Revocation of probation.November 1. but may be considered under §4A1. as applicable. but may be considered under §4A1. Mandatory Release.2(d)(2) and (e). (i) Tribal Court Sentences Sentences resulting from tribal court convictions are not counted. (2) (B) – 381 – . or mandatory release may affect the time period under which certain sentences are counted as provided in §4A1. the date of last release from incarceration on such sentence (see §4A1.2(d)(2)(B) and (e)(2)). (j) Expunged Convictions Sentences for expunged convictions are not counted. parole.3 (Adequacy of Criminal History Category). but may be considered under §4A1.3 (Adequacy of Criminal History Category). or (c).

a conviction for which the defendant has not yet been sentenced is treated as if it were a prior sentence under §4A1. parole.2(c).2(a). (o) Felony Offense For the purposes of §4A1.2 (l) GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. is a prior sentence if it was for conduct other than conduct that was part of the instant offense.2(a). (n) Failure to Report for Service of Sentence of Imprisonment For the purposes of §4A1. a defendant who commits the instant offense while a violation warrant from a prior sentence is outstanding (e.2(c)(1) (which lists certain misdemeanor and petty offenses).2(a)(4) only where the – 382 – . and (f) shall apply as if the execution of such sentence had not been stayed. Commentary Application Notes: 1. Conduct that is part of the instant offense means conduct that is relevant conduct to the instant offense under the provisions of §1B1. A sentence imposed after the defendant’s commencement of the instant offense. a conviction for which the defendant has not yet been sentenced is treated as if it were a prior sentence under §4A1. regardless of the actual sentence imposed. §4A1. 2009 Sentences on Appeal Prior sentences under appeal are counted except as expressly provided below. In the case of an offense set forth in §4A1. or supervised release violation warrant) shall be deemed to be under a criminal justice sentence if that sentence is otherwise countable.§4A1. the execution of which has been stayed pending appeal. (p) Crime of Violence Defined For the purposes of §4A1.2(a)(4). (b).. Prior Sentence. but prior to sentencing on the instant offense. the definition of "crime of violence" is that set forth in §4B1.g. (m) Effect of a Violation Warrant For the purposes of §4A1. §4A1. (d). (c).1(d) and (e).—"Prior sentence" means a sentence imposed prior to sentencing on the instant offense. or local offense punishable by death or a term of imprisonment exceeding one year. state. other than a sentence for conduct that is part of the instant offense. See §4A1.1(d).1(a). a "felony offense" means any federal.3 (Relevant Conduct). failure to report for service of a sentence of imprisonment shall be treated as an escape from such sentence.1(e) shall not apply. Under §4A1.1(c) if a sentence resulting from such conviction otherwise would have been counted. In the case of a prior sentence. a probation.1(f). even if that sentence would have expired absent such warrant.

$1.2(a)(3) and (b)(2). Upward Departure Provision. A sentence of probation is to be treated as a sentence under §4A1. this guideline and commentary do not confer upon the defendant any right to attack collaterally a prior conviction or sentence beyond any such rights otherwise recognized in law (e. § 851 expressly provides that a defendant may collaterally attack certain prior convictions). would have served time). and the resulting sentences were counted as a single sentence because either the sentences resulted from offenses contained in the same charging instrument or the defendant was sentenced for these offenses on the same day. For example. in the case of an indeterminate sentence of one to five years. 2.g. Vacated. or (c). in the case of an indeterminate sentence for a term not to exceed five years.—To qualify as a sentence of imprisonment. if a defendant was convicted of a number of serious non-violent offenses committed on different occasions. For the purposes of applying §4A1.2(b)(1) and (2). 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §4A1.C.1(c) unless a condition of probation requiring imprisonment of at least sixty days was imposed. or (B) have been ruled constitutionally invalid in a prior case are not to be counted. Nonetheless.2(c). Such offenses are not minor traffic infractions within the meaning of §4A1. or Invalidated Convictions. the defendant must have actually served a period of imprisonment on such sentence (or.3 (Adequacy of Criminal History Category).—A sentence which specifies a fine or other nonincarcerative disposition as an alternative to a term of imprisonment (e. 21 U.g. the stated maximum is five years. 4.—Convictions for driving while intoxicated or under the influence (and similar offenses by whatever name they are known) are counted. the stated maximum is five years. criminal history points are based on the sentence pronounced. in the case of an indeterminate sentence for a term not to exceed the defendant’s twenty-first birthday.2 offense is similar to the instant offense (because sentences for other offenses set forth in §4A1.000 fine or ninety days’ imprisonment) is treated as a non-imprisonment sentence.g. (b). Sentence of Imprisonment. 3.1(a). Sentences for Driving While Intoxicated or Under the Influence. That is.November 1. not the length of time actually served. See §4A1. if the defendant escaped. the stated maximum is the amount of time in pre-trial detention plus the amount of time between the date of sentence and the defendant’s twenty-first birthday).—Counting multiple prior sentences as a single sentence may result in a criminal history score that underrepresents the seriousness of the defendant’s criminal history and the danger that the defendant presents to the public.. an upward departure may be warranted.—Sentences resulting from convictions that (A) have been reversed or vacated because of errors of law or because of subsequently discovered evidence exonerating the defendant. in the case of a determinate sentence of five years. the assignment of a single set of points may not adequately reflect the seriousness of the defendant’s criminal history or the frequency with which the defendant has committed crimes. the length of a sentence of imprisonment is the stated maximum (e.. 5. See §4A1. Sentences Imposed in the Alternative. In such a case. Reversed. the criminal conduct underlying any conviction that is not counted in the criminal history score may be considered pursuant to §4A1. – 383 – . the stated maximum is five years. 6.. With respect to the current sentencing proceeding.S.2(c)(1) are counted only if they are of a specified type and length).

This reflects a policy that defendants who receive the benefit of a rehabilitative sentence and continue to commit crimes should not be treated with further leniency. for offenses committed prior to age eighteen. and such sentences are counted separately under §4A1. the revocation term of imprisonment (45 days) would be – 384 – 8. the maximum three points would be assigned.3 (Relevant Conduct). Attempting to count every juvenile adjudication would have the potential for creating large disparities due to the differential availability of records. Diversionary Dispositions.g. GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. If the court finds that a sentence imposed outside this time period is evidence of similar.2(j). the sentence given upon revocation should be added to the original sentence of imprisonment. See §1B1. the term "commencement of the instant offense" includes any relevant conduct. in order to restore civil rights or to remove the stigma associated with a criminal conviction. 10.2 7. only those that resulted in adult sentences of imprisonment exceeding one year and one month. if any. no more than three points will be assessed for a single conviction. Applicable Time Period. and the defendant was sentenced to a total of 45 days of imprisonment. §4A1. Revocations to be Considered.2(k) covers revocations of probation and other conditional sentences where the original term of imprisonment imposed. 2009 Offenses Committed Prior to Age Eighteen. . Where a revocation applies to multiple sentences. or the total of both sentences exceeded one year and one month. 9. if any.2(d) covers offenses committed prior to age eighteen. or resulted in imposition of an adult or juvenile sentence or release from confinement on that sentence within five years of the defendant’s commencement of the instant offense are counted.2(a)(2). Therefore. the court may consider this information in determining whether an upward departure is warranted under §4A1. did not exceed one year and one month.2(f) requires counting prior adult diversionary dispositions if they involved a judicial determination of guilt or an admission of guilt in open court.—Section 4A1. however. criminal conduct. Convictions Set Aside or Defendant Pardoned.—Section 4A1. Example: A defendant was serving two probationary sentences.2(d)(2) and (e). If one sentence had been a "straight" probationary sentence and the other had been a probationary sentence that had required service of 15 days of imprisonment. e. By this approach.3 (Adequacy of Criminal History Category). probation was revoked on both sentences as a result of the same violation conduct.—Section 4A1. the sentence imposed upon revocation. Sentences resulting from such convictions are to be counted. or serious dissimilar. 11.." this provision applies to all offenses committed prior to age eighteen. each counted separately under §4A1. However. To avoid disparities from jurisdiction to jurisdiction in the age at which a defendant is considered a "juvenile. at the time of revocation another sentence was imposed for a new criminal conviction. As used in §4A1. and the total should be counted as if it were one sentence. Rather than count the original sentence and the resentence after revocation as separate sentences. add the term of imprisonment imposed upon revocation to the sentence that will result in the greatest increase in criminal history points. If the sentence originally imposed. that conviction would be computed separately from the sentence imposed for the revocation. If.—Section 4A1. even if probation or conditional release was subsequently revoked.2(a)(2).—A number of jurisdictions have various procedures pursuant to which previous convictions may be set aside or the defendant may be pardoned for reasons unrelated to innocence or errors of law. expunged convictions are not counted.§4A1.2(d)(2) and (e) establishes the time period within which prior sentences are counted.

1992 (see Appendix C. 1990 (see Appendix C. amendments 262-265). 12.. including uncounseled misdemeanor sentences where imprisonment was not imposed.1(b) (for the combined 60-day term of imprisonment) and 1 criminal history point under §4A1. and (v) the degree to which the commission of the offense indicates a likelihood of recurring criminal conduct.—"Insufficient funds check. Application of Subsection (c). Such offenses are excluded from the definition of local ordinance violations in §4A1. amendment 709). 1989 (see Appendix C. Departures Based on Inadequacy of Criminal History Category (Policy Statement) (a) UPWARD DEPARTURES. Amended effective November 1. therefore.— (A) In General. Local Ordinance Violations. 1991 (see Appendix C. the court should use a common sense approach that includes consideration of relevant factors such as (i) a comparison of punishments imposed for the listed and unlisted offenses. (ii) the perceived seriousness of the offense as indicated by the level of punishment." as used in §4A1. November 1. This would result in a total of 2 criminal history points under §4A1. This enables a local court (e.3 added to the probationary sentence that had the 15-day term of imprisonment.2(c)(1). (B) (C) Background: Prior sentences. 1993 (see Appendix C.3. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §4A1. an upward departure may be warranted..1(c) (for the other probationary sentence).g. November 1. November 1. are to be counted in the criminal history score. (iv) the level of culpability involved.— (1) STANDARD FOR UPWARD DEPARTURE. sentences for such offenses are to be treated as if the defendant had been convicted under state law.g. does not include any conviction establishing that the defendant used a false name or non-existent account. Insufficient Funds Check. amendments 352 and 353). November 1. TYPES OF INFORMATION FORMING THE BASIS FOR UPWARD DEPARTURE. amendment 493). §4A1. 1987.November 1.— A number of local jurisdictions have enacted ordinances covering certain offenses (e.2(c)(2) and.—The information described in subsection (a) may include information concerning the following: (2) – 385 – . larceny and assault misdemeanors) that are also violations of state criminal law. Historical Note: Effective November 1. 2007 (see Appendix C.—In determining whether an unlisted offense is similar to an offense listed in subdivision (c)(1) or (c)(2). November 1. not otherwise excluded. amendments 381 and 382). a municipal court) to exercise jurisdiction over such offenses. amendment 472).—If reliable information indicates that the defendant’s criminal history category substantially under-represents the seriousness of the defendant’s criminal history or the likelihood that the defendant will commit other crimes. (iii) the elements of the offense.

— (A) IN GENERAL. PROHIBITIONS. are sufficient to warrant an upward departure from Criminal History Category VI. as a reference. DETERMINATION OF EXTENT OF UPWARD DEPARTURE. the criminal history category applicable to defendants whose criminal history or likelihood to recidivate most closely resembles that of the defendant’s.— (A) CRIMINAL HISTORY CATEGORY I.§4A1.. (B) (C) (D) (E) (3) PROHIBITION. (2) – 386 – . the court shall determine the extent of a departure under this subsection by using.g. Prior similar misconduct established by a civil adjudication or by a failure to comply with an administrative order. sentences for foreign and tribal offenses). (4) (B) (b) DOWNWARD DEPARTURES.—Except as provided in subdivision (B). UPWARD DEPARTURES FROM CATEGORY VI.— (1) STANDARD FOR DOWNWARD DEPARTURE.—In a case in which the court determines that the extent and nature of the defendant’s criminal history. Prior sentence(s) of substantially more than one year imposed as a result of independent crimes committed on different occasions.—A prior arrest record itself shall not be considered for purposes of an upward departure under this policy statement.—A departure below the lower limit of the applicable guideline range for Criminal History Category I is prohibited. taken together.3 (A) GUIDELINES MANUAL November 1. 2009 Prior sentence(s) not used in computing the criminal history category (e. Whether the defendant was pending trial or sentencing on another charge at the time of the instant offense. a downward departure may be warranted. Prior similar adult criminal conduct not resulting in a criminal conviction.—If reliable information indicates that the defendant’s criminal history category substantially over-represents the seriousness of the defendant’s criminal history or the likelihood that the defendant will commit other crimes. the court should structure the departure by moving incrementally down the sentencing table to the next higher offense level in Criminal History Category VI until it finds a guideline range appropriate to the case.

and "upward departure" have the meaning given those terms in Application Note 1 of the Commentary to §1B1. 2009 GUIDELINES MANUAL §4A1.2 IN EVENT OF DOWNWARD DEPARTURE TO CATEGORY I.2 (Limitation on Applicability of Statutory Maximum Sentences in Certain Cases) if.—For purposes of this policy statement.—The extent of a downward departure under this subsection for a career offender within the meaning of §4B1. and (ii) a repeat and dangerous sex offender against minors within the meaning of §4B1.3 (B) ARMED CAREER CRIMINAL AND REPEAT AND DANGEROUS SEX OFFENDER. In the case of a downward departure.November 1.4 (Armed Career Criminal). the specific reasons why the applicable criminal history category substantially over-represents the seriousness of the defendant’s criminal history or the likelihood that the defendant will commit other crimes. Definitions. (3) LIMITATIONS. "downward departure". – 387 – . the specific reasons why the applicable criminal history category substantially under-represents the seriousness of the defendant’s criminal history or the likelihood that the defendant will commit other crimes. the court shall specify in writing the following: (1) In the case of an upward departure. (2) Commentary Application Notes: 1. the defendant had more than one criminal history point under §4A1.—A defendant whose criminal history category is Category I after receipt of a downward departure under this subsection does not meet the criterion of subsection (a)(1) of §5C1.—A downward departure under this subsection is prohibited for (i) an armed career criminal within the meaning of §4B1.1 (Career Offender) may not exceed one criminal history category.—In departing from the otherwise applicable criminal history category under this policy statement.1 (Criminal History Category). (B) (c) WRITTEN SPECIFICATION OF BASIS FOR DEPARTURE. before receipt of the downward departure.1 (Application Instructions). the terms "depart".5 (Repeat and Dangerous Sex Offender Against Minors). LIMITATION ON APPLICABILITY OF §5C1.— (A) LIMITATION ON EXTENT OF DOWNWARD DEPARTURE FOR CAREER OFFENDER. "departure".

Receipt of a prior consolidated sentence of ten years for a series of serious assaults.—A downward departure from the defendant’s criminal history category may be warranted if. within the range of points typical for Criminal History Category VI. (iii) (iv) (B) Upward Departures from Criminal History Category VI. due to the fact that the lower limit of the guideline range for Criminal History Category I is set for a first offender with the lowest risk of recidivism. the court should consider that the nature of the prior offenses rather than simply their number is often more indicative of the seriousness of the defendant’s criminal record.3 2.. yet who may actually pose a greater risk of serious recidivism than older defendants. a defendant with five prior sentences for very large-scale fraud offenses may have 15 crimi